Kodiak Police Station

Document Sample
Kodiak Police Station Powered By Docstoc
					Kodiak Police Station




     Project Number: 04-23
  100% Technical Specification
          VOLUME II
           11/19/2008




          USKH WO # 818904
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station
Project No.: 04-23                              TABLE OF CONTENTS- VOLUME II


Section    Title

DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES
10100     VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS
10155     TOILET COMPARTMENTS
10200     LOUVERS
10265     IMPACT-RESISTANT WALL PROTECTION
10350     FLAGPOLES
10431     SIGNS
10505     METAL LOCKERS
10522     FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS
10605     WIRE MESH PARTITIONS
10671     METAL STORAGE SHELVING
10801     TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES
10999     MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES

DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT
11110     COMMERCIAL LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT
11132     PROJECTION SCREENS
11199     METAL PANEL DETENTION CELL SYSTEM
11451     RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES
11660     FORENSIC CABINETS

DIVISION 12    FURNISHINGS

12345      LABORATORY CASEWORK, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES
12484      FLOOR MATS
12500      WINDOW TREATMENT

DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTIONS
13071     BULLET-RESISTANT FIBERGLASS
13072     BULLET-RESISTANT TRANSACTION WINDOWS
13073     BULLET-RESISTANT HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND FRAME ASSEMBLY
13710     SUMMARY OF PERIMETER SECURITY WORK
13720     GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
13730     IMPLEMENTATION PLAN
13740     BASIC MATERIALS & MATHODS
13756     VISITOR–INMATE INTERCOM SYSTEM
13760     ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM AMAG
13770     VIDEO SURVEILLANCE AMAG
13790     NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS
13852     DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
13915     FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING

DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS
          NOT USED

DIVISION 15    MECHANICAL

15025      VARIABLE FREQUECY CONTROLLERS
15053      COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
15057      COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT
15061      HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
15073      VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS


                                     TOC - 1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station
Project No.: 04-23                               TABLE OF CONTENTS- VOLUME II


15076      IDENTIFICATION FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
15082      PIPING INSULATION
15092      SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PIPING
15098      ESCUTCHEONS FOR PIPING
15112      GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING
15127      METERS AND GAGES
15140      DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
15145      DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES
15150      SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
15155      SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES
15160      STORM DRAINAGE PIPING
15165      STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES
15181      HYDRONIC PIPING
15183      REFRIGERANT PIPING
15185      HYDRONIC PUMPS
15192      FUEL-OIL SYSTEMS
15410      PLUMBING FIXTURES
15415      DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLERS
15441      DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS
15512      CAST-IRON BOILERS
15671      CONDENSING UNITS
15725      MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL-STATION HANDLING UNITS
15762      UNIT HEATERS
15785      AIR-TO-AIR ENERGY RECOVERY EQUIPMENT
15815      METAL DUCTS
15820      DUCT ACCESSORIES
15838      POWER VENTILATORS
15840      AIR TERMINAL UNITS
15855      DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
15900      HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
15940      SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
15950      TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
15995      COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS

DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL
16051     COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL COMMUNICATION
16052     COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS
16053     COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL SAFETY AND SECURITY
16060     GROUNDING AND BONDING
16073     HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
16074     VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
16075     ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
16120     CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
16123     CONTROL-VOLTAGE AND ELECTRONIC SAFETY CABLES AND CONDUCTORS
16130     RACEWAYS AND BOXES
16139     CABLE TRAYS
16140     WIRING DEVICES
16145     LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
16231     PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR
16264     STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
16289     TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION
16410     ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
16415     TRANSFER SWITCHES
16420     ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS


                                     TOC - 2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station
Project No.: 04-23                              TABLE OF CONTENTS- VOLUME II


16441      SWITCHBOARDS
16442      PANELBOARDS
16491      FUSES
16511      INTERIOR LIGHTING
16521      EXTERIOR LIGHTING
16714      COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT ROOM FITTINGS
16735      SOUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
16995      ELECTRICAL COMMISSIONING
16997      ELECTRICAL FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING REQUIREMENTS
16998      ELECTRICAL PREFUNCTIONAL INSTALLATION EXAMINATION
17100      CONTROL SYSTEMS

END OF SECTION VOLUME II




                                    TOC - 3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 10100
Project No.: 04- 23                                                 VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS


                                         SECTION 10100

                                 VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    This Section includes the following:

        1.    Porcelain enamel markerboards with integral map rail and chalk tray.

        2.    Natural-cork tackboards.

1.03    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For each type of visual display board indicated.

  B.    Shop Drawings: For each type of visual display board required.

        1.    Include dimensioned elevations. Show location of joints between individual
              panels where unit dimensions exceed maximum panel length.

        2.    Include sections of typical trim members.

        3.    Show anchors, grounds, reinforcement, accessories, layout, and installation
              details.

  C.    Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of
        colors and textures available for the following:

        1.    Markerboards: Actual sections of porcelain enamel finish for each type of
              markerboard required.

1.04    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Source Limitations: Obtain visual display boards through one source from a single
        manufacturer.

  B.    Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of
        visual display boards and are based on the products indicated. Other manufacturers'
        products with equal performance characteristics may be considered. Refer to
        Division 1 Section "Product Requirements."



                                               10100-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 10100
Project No.: 04- 23                                                  VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS

        1.    Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except
              with Architect's approval and only to the extent needed to comply with
              performance requirements.      Where modifications are proposed, submit
              comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review.

1.05    PROJECT CONDITIONS

  A.    Field Measurements: Verify field measurements before preparation of Shop Drawings
        and before fabrication to ensure proper fitting. Coordinate fabrication schedule with
        construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.

        1.    Allow for trimming and fitting where taking field measurements before fabrication
              might delay the Work.

        2.    Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without
              delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating
              chalkboards without field measurements. Coordinate wall construction to ensure
              actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions.

1.06    WARRANTY

  A.    General Warranty: The special porcelain enamel chalkboard warranty specified in this
        Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other
        provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent
        with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract
        Documents.

  B.    Porcelain Enamel Chalkboard Warranty: Submit a written warranty executed by
        manufacturer agreeing to replace porcelain enamel chalkboards that do not retain their
        original writing and erasing qualities, become slick and shiny, or exhibit crazing,
        cracking, or flaking within the specified warranty period, provided the manufacturer's
        written instructions for handling, installation, protection, and maintenance have been
        followed.

        1.    Warranty Period: Life of the building.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01    MANUFACTURERS

  A.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
        offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
        the following:

        1.    Porcelain Enamel Markerboards:

              a.    Best-Rite Chalkboard Co.
              b.    Carolina Chalkboard Co.
              c.    Claridge Products and Equipment, Inc.
              d.    Ghent Manufacturing, Inc.


                                            10100-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 10100
Project No.: 04- 23                                                   VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS

              e.    Greensteel, Inc.
              f.    Lemco, Inc.
              g.    Marsh Chalkboard Company.
              h.    Nelson Adams Company.

        2.    Tackboards:

              a.    Best-Rite Chalkboard Co.
              b.    Carolina Chalkboard Co.
              c.    Claridge Products and Equipment, Inc.
              d.    Ghent Manufacturing, Inc.
              e.    Greensteel, Inc.
              f.    Lemco, Inc.
              g.    Marsh Chalkboard Company.
              h.    Nelson Adams Company.

2.02    MATERIALS

  A.    Porcelain Markerboards: Balanced, high-pressure-laminated, porcelain enamel liquid
        marker boards of 3-ply construction consisting of face sheet, core material, and
        backing.

        1.    Face Sheet: 24 gauge, “LCS” porcelain enamel clad, Type 1, stretcher-leveled
              aluminized-steel face sheet, as manufactured by Claridge Products and
              Equipment. Fuse porcelain enamel coating to steel at approximately 1000 deg F.

              a.    Cover Coat: Provide manufacturer's standard, light-colored, special writing
                    surface with gloss finish intended for use with erasable dry markers.

        2.    Core: 3/8-inch thick, particleboard core material complying with requirements of
              ANSI A208.1, Grade 1-M-1.

        3.    Backing Sheet: 0.002-inch thick, aluminum-foil sheet backing.

        4.    Laminating     Adhesive:        Manufacturer's     standard,    moisture-resistant,
              thermoplastic-type adhesive.

  B.    Natural-Cork Tackboards: Single-layer, 1/4-inch thick, seamless, compressed fine-
        grain, bulletin board quality, natural-cork sheet; face sanded for natural finish;
        complying with MS MIL-C-15116, Type II.

2.03    ACCESSORIES

  A.    Metal Trim and Accessories: Fabricate frames and trim of not less than 0.062-inch
        thick, extruded-aluminum alloy, size and shape as indicated, to suit type of installation.
        Provide straight, single-length units. Keep joints to a minimum. Miter corners to a
        neat, hairline closure.

        1.    Where size of visual display boards or other conditions require support in
              addition to normal trim, provide structural supports or modify trim as indicated or


                                             10100-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 10100
Project No.: 04- 23                                                  VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS

              as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard structural support
              accessories to suit conditions indicated.

        2.    Field-Applied Trim: Manufacturer's standard slip-on trim.

        3.    Chalktray: Manufacturer's standard, continuous, solid, extrusion-type, aluminum
              chalktray with ribbed section and smoothly curved exposed ends for each
              chalkboard.

        4.    Map Rail: Furnish map rail at top of each unit, complete with the following
              accessories:

              a.    Display Rail: Provide continuous cork display rail 1 inch wide, integral with
                    map rail.
              b.    End Stops: Provide one end stop at each end of map rail.
              c.    Map Hooks: Provide 2 map hooks for every 48 inches of map rail or
                    fraction thereof.

2.04    FABRICATION

  A.    Porcelain Enamel Liquid Marker Boards: Laminate facing sheet and backing sheet to
        core material under pressure with manufacturer's recommended flexible, waterproof
        adhesive.

  B.    Assembly: Provide factory-assembled markerboard and tackboard units, unless field-
        assembled units are required.

        1.    Make joints only where total length exceeds maximum manufactured length.
              Fabricate with minimum number of joints, balanced around center of board, as
              acceptable to Architect.

        2.    Provide manufacturer's standard vertical joint system between abutting sections
              of chalkboards.

        3.    Provide manufacturer's standard mullion trim at joints between chalkboards and
              tackboards.

2.05    FINISHES

  A.    General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal
        Products" for recommendations relative to applying and designating finishes.

  B.    Finish designations prefixed by AA conform to the system established by the Aluminum
        Association for designating aluminum finishes.

  C.    Class II, Clear Anodic Finish: AA-M12C22A31 (Mechanical Finish: nonspecular as
        fabricated; Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural
        Class II, clear coating 0.010 mm or thicker) complying with AAMA 607.1.




                                            10100-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                              Section 10100
Project No.: 04- 23                                                     VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01    EXAMINATION

  A.    Examine wall surfaces, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and
        other conditions affecting installation of visual display boards.

        1.    Surfaces to receive markerboards shall be free of dirt, scaling paint, and
              projections or depressions that would affect smooth, finished surfaces of
              markerboards.

        2.    Surfaces to receive tackboards shall be dry and free of substances that would
              impair the bond between tackboards and substrate.

        3.    Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been
              corrected.

3.02    INSTALLATION

  A.    Deliver factory-built visual display boards completely assembled in one piece without
        joints, where possible. If dimensions exceed panel size, provide 2 or more pieces of
        equal length as acceptable to Architect. When overall dimensions require delivery in
        separate units, prefit components at the factory, disassemble for delivery, and make
        final joints at the site. Use splines at joints to maintain surface alignment.

  B.    Install units in locations and at mounting heights indicated and according to
        manufacturer's written instructions. Keep perimeter lines straight, plumb, and level.
        Provide grounds, clips, backing materials, adhesives, brackets, anchors, trim, and
        accessories necessary for complete installation.

  C.    Coordinate Project-site-assembled units with grounds, trim, and accessories.        Join
        parts with a neat, precision fit.

3.03    ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

  A.    Verify that accessories required for each unit have been properly installed and that
        operating units function properly.

  B.    Clean units according to manufacturer's written instructions.


                                  END OF SECTION 10100




                                            10100-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 10155
Project No.: 04- 23                                                  TOILET COMPARTMENTS


                                        SECTION 10155

                                  TOILET COMPARTMENTS


PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    Section Includes:

        1.    Solid-polymer toilet compartments configured as toilet enclosures and urinal
              screens.

  B.    Related Sections:

        1.    Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for supports that attach ceiling-hung
              compartments to overhead structural system.

        2.    Division 10 Section "Toilet and Bath Accessories" for toilet tissue dispensers,
              grab bars, purse shelves, and similar accessories.

1.03    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details,
        material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes.

  B.    LEED Submittals:

        1.    Product Data for Credit MR 4.1 and Credit MR 4.2: For products having recycled
              content, documentation indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and
              preconsumer recycled content. Include statement indicating costs for each
              product having recycled content.

  C.    Shop Drawings: For toilet compartments. Include plans, elevations, sections, details,
        and attachments to other work.

        1.    Show locations of cutouts for compartment-mounted toilet accessories.

        2.    Show locations of reinforcements for compartment-mounted grab bars.

        3.    Show locations of centerlines of toilet fixtures.

        4.    Show ceiling grid and overhead support or bracing locations.



                                            10155 - 1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                              Section 10155
Project No.: 04- 23                                                       TOILET COMPARTMENTS


  D.    Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of unit indicated.

  E.    Samples for Verification: For the following products, in manufacturer's standard sizes:

        1.    Material, color, and finish required for units, prepared on 6-inch- (152-mm-)
              square Samples of same thickness and material indicated for Work.
        2.    Each type of hardware and accessory.

1.04    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Comply with requirements in GSA's CID-A-A-60003, "Partitions, Toilets, Complete."

  B.    Surface-Burning Characteristics:        As determined by testing identical products
        according to ASTM E 84, or another standard acceptable to authorities having
        jurisdiction, by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings
        of applicable testing agency.

        1.    Flame-Spread Index: 200 or less.

        2.    Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less.

  C.    Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions in the U.S. Architectural
        & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
        and Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and
        Facilities" for toilet compartments designated as accessible.

1.05    PROJECT CONDITIONS

  A.    Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of toilet fixtures, walls, columns, ceilings,
        and other construction contiguous with toilet compartments by field measurements
        before fabrication.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    MATERIALS

  A.    Aluminum Castings: ASTM B 26/B 26M.

  B.    Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M).

  C.    Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type 304, stretcher-leveled standard of flatness.

  D.    Stainless-Steel Castings: ASTM A 743/A 743M.

  E.    Zamac: ASTM B 86, commercial zinc-alloy die castings.




                                            10155 - 2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 10155
Project No.: 04- 23                                                    TOILET COMPARTMENTS


2.02    SOLID-POLYMER UNITS

  A.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
        offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
        the following:

        1.    Accurate Partitions Corporation.

        2.    Bradley Corporation; Mills Partitions.

        3.    Global Steel Products Corp.

        4.    Hadrian Manufacturing Inc.

        5.    Knickerbocker Partition Corporation.

        6.    Metpar Corp.

        7.    Sanymetal; a Crane Plumbing company.

        8.    Scranton Products, Inc. (Santana and Comtec Industries).

  B.    Toilet-Enclosure Style: Ceiling hung.

  C.    Urinal-Screen Style: Wall hung.

  D.    Door, Panel, Screen, and Pilaster Construction: Solid, high-density polyethylene
        (HDPE) or polypropylene (PP) panel material, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) thick,
        seamless, with eased edges, no-sightline system, and with homogenous color and
        pattern throughout thickness of material.

        1.    Integral Hinges: Configure doors and pilasters to receive integral hinges.

        2.    Heat-Sink Strip: Manufacturer's standard continuous, extruded-aluminum or
              stainless-steel strip fastened to exposed bottom edges of solid-polymer
              components to prevent burning.

        3.    Color: Scranton Products’ “Grey”.

  E.    Pilaster Shoes and Sleeves (Caps): Manufacturer's standard design; stainless steel.

  F.    Brackets (Fittings):

        1.    Full-Height (Continuous) Type:         Manufacturer's standard design; extruded
              aluminum.

  G.    Overhead Cross Bracing for Ceiling-Hung Units: As recommended by manufacturer
        and fabricated from solid polymer.

2.03    ACCESSORIES


                                            10155 - 3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 10155
Project No.: 04- 23                                                      TOILET COMPARTMENTS


  A.    Hardware and Accessories:          Manufacturer's standard design, heavy-duty operating
        hardware and accessories.

        1.    Material: Stainless steel.

        2.    Hinges: Manufacturer's standard integral hinge for solid-polymer doors.

        3.    Latch and Keeper: Manufacturer's standard surface-mounted latch unit designed
              for emergency access and with combination rubber-faced door strike and keeper.
              Provide units that comply with regulatory requirements for accessibility at
              compartments designated as accessible.

        4.    Coat Hook: Manufacturer's standard combination hook and rubber-tipped
              bumper, sized to prevent in-swinging door from hitting compartment-mounted
              accessories.

        5.    Door Bumper: Manufacturer's standard rubber-tipped bumper at out-swinging
              doors.

        6.    Door Pull: Manufacturer's standard unit at out-swinging doors that complies with
              regulatory requirements for accessibility. Provide units on both sides of doors at
              compartments designated as accessible.

  B.    Overhead Bracing: Manufacturer's standard continuous, extruded-aluminum head rail
        with antigrip profile and in manufacturer's standard finish.

  C.    Anchorages and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless
        steel finished to match the items they are securing, with theft-resistant-type heads.
        Provide sex-type bolts for through-bolt applications. For concealed anchors, use
        stainless steel, hot-dip galvanized steel, or other rust-resistant, protective-coated steel.

2.04    FABRICATION

  A.    Ceiling-Hung Units: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant anchoring
        assemblies with leveling adjustment nuts at pilasters for connection to structural
        support above finished ceiling. Provide assemblies that support pilasters from
        structure without transmitting load to finished ceiling. Provide sleeves (caps) at tops of
        pilasters to conceal anchorage.

  B.    Door Size and Swings: Provide 24-inch- (610-mm-) wide, in-swinging doors for
        standard toilet compartments and 36-inch- (914-mm-) wide, out-swinging doors with a
        minimum 32-inch- (813-mm-) wide, clear opening for compartments designated as
        accessible.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    INSTALLATION




                                              10155 - 4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 10155
Project No.: 04- 23                                                     TOILET COMPARTMENTS


  A.    General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install units rigid,
        straight, level, and plumb. Secure units in position with manufacturer's recommended
        anchoring devices.

        1.    Maximum Clearances:

              a.    Pilasters and Panels: 1/2-inch (13 mm).
              b.    Panels and Walls: 1-inch (25 mm).

  B.    Ceiling-Hung Units: Secure pilasters to supporting structure and level, plumb, and
        tighten. Hang doors and adjust so bottoms of doors are level with bottoms of pilasters
        when doors are in closed position.

3.02    ADJUSTING

  A.    Hardware Adjustment:       Adjust and lubricate hardware according to hardware
        manufacturer's written instructions for proper operation. Set hinges on in-swinging
        doors to hold doors open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when
        unlatched. Set hinges on out-swinging doors to return doors to fully closed position.

                                   END OF SECTION 10155




                                            10155 - 5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                                Section 10200
Project No.: 04- 23                                                                     LOUVERS



                                        SECTION 10200

                                           LOUVERS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
        Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    This Section includes the following:

        1.    Fixed, extruded-aluminum louvers, exterior:

              a.    Paint finish.

  B.    Related Sections include the following:

        1.    Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealants installed in perimeter joints between
              louver frames and adjoining construction.

        2.    Division 15 Sections for louvers that are a part of mechanical equipment.

1.03    DEFINITIONS

  A.    Louver Terminology: Definitions of terms for metal louvers contained in AMCA 501 apply
        to this Section, unless otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards.

  B.    Standard Free Area: 54 percent free area of a louver 48 inches wide by 48 inches high.

  C.    Maximum Standard Airflow: Airflow at point of beginning water penetration through a
        louver 48 inches wide by 48 inches high, identical to that provided.

  D.    Drainable-Blade Louver: Louver designed to collect and drain water to exterior at sill by
        means of gutters in front edges of blades and channels in jambs and mullions.

1.04    PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

  A.    Structural Performance: Provide exterior metal louvers capable of withstanding the effects
        of loads and stresses from wind and normal thermal movement without evidencing
        permanent deformation of louver components including blades, frames, and supports;
        noise or metal fatigue caused by louver blade rattle or flutter; or permanent damage to
        fasteners and anchors.

        1.    Wind Load: Uniform pressure (velocity pressure) of 20 lb./sq. Ft., acting inward or
              outward.



                                               10200-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                                   Section 10200
Project No.: 04- 23                                                                        LOUVERS

        2.    Thermal Movements: Provide louvers that allow for thermal movements resulting
              from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by
              preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, and other
              detrimental effects:

              a.    Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material
                    surfaces.

  B.    Air-Performance, Water-Penetration, and Air-Leakage Ratings: Provide louvers complying
        with performance requirements indicated, as demonstrated by testing manufacturer's stock
        units 48 inches wide by 48 inches high. Test units according to AMCA 500.

        1.    Perform testing on unpainted, cleaned, degreased units.

        2.    Perform water-penetration testing on louvers without screens.

1.05    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For each type of product specified.

  B.    Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color samples showing the full range of
        colors available for units with factory-applied finishes. Printed literature is not acceptable.

  C.    Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of louvers certifying that the products
        furnished comply with requirements and are licensed to bear the AMCA seal based on
        tests made according to AMCA 500 and complying with AMCA's Certified Ratings
        Program.

  D.    Product Test Reports: Indicate compliance of products with requirements based on
        comprehensive testing of current products.

1.06    PROJECT CONDITIONS

  A.    Field Measurements: Verify louver openings by field measurements before fabrication and
        indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with
        construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.

        1.    Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without
              delaying the Work, establish opening dimensions and proceed with fabricating
              louvers without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure that actual
              opening dimensions correspond to established dimensions.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01    MANUFACTURERS

  A.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
        products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
        following:

        1.    Construction Specialties, Inc.


                                               10200-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                               Section 10200
Project No.: 04- 23                                                                    LOUVERS

        2.    Greenheck Fan Corporation.

        3.    Louvers and Dampers, Inc.

        4.    Ruskin Manufacturing; Tomkins Industries, Inc.

  B.    Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
        incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, those indicated in the Louver
        Schedule at the end of Part 3.

2.02    MATERIALS

  A.    Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221, alloy 6063-T5 or T-52.

  B.    Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, alloy 3003 or 5005 with temper as required for forming, or
        as otherwise recommended by metal producer for required finish.

  C.    Fasteners: Of same basic metal and alloy as fastened metal or 300 series stainless steel.
        Do not use metals that are incompatible with joined materials.

        1.    Use types and sizes to suit unit installation conditions.

        2.    Use Phillips flat-head screws for exposed fasteners, unless otherwise indicated.

  D.    Anchors and Inserts: Of type, size, and material required for loading and installation
        indicated. Use nonferrous metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts for exterior
        installations and elsewhere as needed for corrosion resistance. Use toothed steel or
        expansion bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors.

  E.    Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC-Paint 12 but
        containing no asbestos fibers, or cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with
        ASTM D 1187.

2.03    FABRICATION, GENERAL

  A.    Assemble louvers and louvered hoods in factory to minimize field splicing and assembly.
        Disassemble units as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units
        for reassembly and coordinated installation.

        1.    Continuous Vertical Assemblies: Where height of louver units exceeds fabrication
              and handling limitations, fabricate units to permit field-bolted assembly with
              close-fitting joints in jambs and mullions, reinforced with splice plates and without
              interrupting blade-spacing pattern.

  B.    Maintain equal louver blade spacing, including separation between blades and frames at
        head and sill, to produce uniform appearance.

  C.    Maintain equal louver blade spacing to produce uniform appearance.

  D.    Fabricate frames, including integral sills, to fit in openings of sizes indicated, with
        allowances made for fabrication and installation tolerances, adjoining materials'


                                             10200-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 10200
Project No.: 04- 23                                                                  LOUVERS

        tolerances, and perimeter sealant joints.

        1.    Frame Type: Channel type, unless otherwise indicated.

  E.    Include supports, anchorages, and accessories required for complete assembly.

  F.    Join frame members to one another and to fixed louver blades with fillet welds concealed
        from view, unless size of louver assembly makes bolted connections between frame
        members necessary.

2.04    LOUVER SCREENS

  A.    General: Provide each exterior louver with louver screens complying with the following
        requirements:

        1.    Screen Location for Fixed Louvers: Interior face.

        2.    Screening Type: Insect screening.

  B.    Secure screens to louver frames with stainless-steel machine screws, spaced a maximum
        of 6 inches from each corner and at 12 inches o.c.

  C.    Louver Screen Frames: Fabricate screen frames with mitered corners to louver sizes
        indicated and to comply with the following requirements:

        1.    Metal: Same kind and form of metal as indicated for louver to which screens are
              attached.

              a.    Reinforce extruded-aluminum screen frames at corners with clips.

        2.    Finish: Painted to match wall color.

        3.    Type: Non-rewirable, U-shaped frames for permanently securing screen mesh.

  D.    Louver Screening for Aluminum Louvers: As follows:

        1.    Insect Screening: Aluminum, 18-by-14 mesh, and 0.014-inch wire.

2.05    FINISHES, GENERAL

  A.    Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
        recommendations for applying and designating finishes.

  B.    Finish louvers after assembly.

2.06    ALUMINUM FINISHES

  A.    Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with system established by the Aluminum
        Association for designating aluminum finishes.

  B.    High-Performance Organic Finish: 2-coat fluoropolymer finish complying with AAMA 2605


                                            10200-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                                 Section 10200
Project No.: 04- 23                                                                      LOUVERS

        and containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. Prepare,
        pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin
        manufacturers' written instructions.

        1.    Color: Custom colors to match wall colors (3).

        2.    Gloss: Matte.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01    PREPARATION

  A.    Coordinate Setting Drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for
        installation of anchorages. Coordinate delivery of such items to Project site.

3.02    INSTALLATION

  A.    Locate and place louver units level, plumb, and at indicated alignment with adjacent work.

  B.    Use concealed anchorages where possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to
        screws where required to protect metal surfaces and to make a weathertight connection.

  C.    Form closely fitted joints with exposed connections accurately located and secured.

  D.    Provide perimeter reveals and openings of uniform width for sealants and joint fillers, as
        indicated.

  E.    Repair finishes damaged by cutting, welding, soldering, and grinding. Restore finishes so
        no evidence remains of corrective work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field
        to the factory, make required alterations, and refinish entire unit or provide new units.

  F.    Install concealed gaskets, flashings, joint fillers, as louver installation progresses, where
        weathertight louver joints are required. Comply with Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for
        sealants applied during louver installation.

3.03    ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND PROTECTING

  A.    Periodically clean exposed surfaces of louvers that are not protected by temporary
        covering to remove fingerprints and soil during construction period. Do not let soil
        accumulate until final cleaning.

  B.    Before final inspection, clean exposed surfaces with water and a mild soap or detergent
        not harmful to finishes. Thoroughly rinse surfaces and dry.

  C.    Protect louvers from damage during construction. Use temporary protective coverings
        where needed and approved by louver manufacturer. Remove protective covering at the
        time of Substantial Completion.

  D.    Restore louvers and vents damaged during installation and construction so no evidence
        remains of corrective work. If results of restoration are unsuccessful, as determined by



                                             10200-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 10200
Project No.: 04- 23                                                                  LOUVERS

        Owner, remove damaged units and replace with new units.

        1.    Clean and touch up minor abrasions in finishes with air-dried coating that matches
              color and gloss of, and is compatible with, factory-applied finish coating.

3.04    LOUVER SCHEDULE

  A.    Exterior Louver Type (See Mechanical Drawings):

        1.    Products: Provide the following product or equal product by other approved
              manufacturer.

              a.    Ruskin Model No. ELF375DX.

        2.    Louver Type: Fixed louver.

        3.    Louver Depth: 4 inches.

        4.    Louver Construction: Extruded-aluminum frames and blades.

        5.    Blade Metal and Thickness: Aluminum, 0.080 inch.

        6.    Frame Metal and Thickness: Aluminum 0.080 inch.

        7.    Blade Type: Drainable blade.

        8.    Performance Requirements: As follows:

              a.    Maximum Standard Airflow: Not less than 7,498 CFM with not more than 0.15
                    inch wg static-pressure loss.

        9.    AMCA Seal: Mark units with AMCA Certified Ratings Seal.

        10.   Screen Type: Bird Screen.


                                  END OF SECTION 10200




                                           10200-6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                      Section 10265
Project No.: 04- 23                                  IMPACT-RESISTANT WALL PROTECTION


                                       SECTION 10265

                         IMPACT-RESISTANT WALL PROTECTION


PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1     RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2     SUMMARY

  A.    Section Includes:

        1.    Wall bumper rails.
        2.    Corner guards.
        3.    Impact-resistant wall coverings.

  B.    Related Sections:

        1.    Division 6 “Rough Carpentry” for wood blocking for surface-mounted bumper
              rails.
        2.    Division 8 Section "Door Hardware" for metal armor, kick, mop, and push plates.

1.3     SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, impact strength,
        dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each impact-
        resistant wall protection unit.

  B.    LEED Submittals:

        1.    Product Data for Credit EQ 4.1: For adhesives, including printed statement of
              VOC content.

  C.    Shop Drawings: For each impact-resistant wall protection unit showing locations and
        extent. Include sections, details, and attachments to other work.

  D.    Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of impact-resistant wall protection unit
        indicated.

        1.    Include similar Samples of accent strips and accessories involving color
              selection.

  E.    Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on
        Samples of size indicated below.




                                           10265-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 10265
Project No.: 04- 23                                    IMPACT-RESISTANT WALL PROTECTION

        1.    Wall and Corner Guards: 12 inches (300 mm) long. Include examples of joinery,
              corners, end caps, and field splices.
        2.    Impact-Resistant Wall Covering: 6 by 6 inches (150 by 150 mm) square.

  F.    Material Test Reports: For each impact-resistant plastic material.

  G.    Maintenance Data: For each impact-resistant wall protection unit to include in
        maintenance manuals.

        1.    Include recommended methods and frequency of maintenance for maintaining
              optimum condition of plastic covers under anticipated traffic and use conditions.
              Include precautions against using cleaning materials and methods that may be
              detrimental to plastic finishes and performance.

  H.    Warranty: Sample of special warranty.

1.4     QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Installer Qualifications:   An employer of workers trained and approved by
        manufacturer.

  B.    Source Limitations: Obtain impact-resistant wall protection units from single source
        from single manufacturer.

  C.    Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of
        impact-resistant wall protection units and are based on the specific system indicated.
        Refer to Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements."

        1.    Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except
              with Architect's approval. If modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive
              explanatory data to Architect for review.

  D.    Surface-Burning Characteristics: Provide impact-resistant, plastic wall protection units
        with surface-burning characteristics as determined by testing identical products per
        ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, or UL 723 by UL or another qualified testing agency.

1.5     DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

  A.    Store impact-resistant wall protection units in original undamaged packages and
        containers inside well-ventilated area protected from weather, moisture, soiling,
        extreme temperatures, and humidity.

        1.    Maintain room temperature within storage area at not less than 70 deg F (21
              deg C) during the period plastic materials are stored.
        2.    Keep plastic sheet material out of direct sunlight.
        3.    Store plastic wall protection components for a minimum of 72 hours, or until
              plastic material attains a minimum room temperature of 70 deg F (21 deg C).




                                           10265-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                       Section 10265
Project No.: 04- 23                                   IMPACT-RESISTANT WALL PROTECTION



1.6     PROJECT CONDITIONS

  A.    Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install impact-resistant wall protection
        units until building is enclosed and weatherproof, wet work is complete and dry, and
        HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature at 70 deg F (21 deg C) for not
        less than 72 hours before beginning installation and for the remainder of the
        construction period.

1.7     WARRANTY

  A.    Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to
        repair or replace components of impact-resistant wall protection units that fail in
        materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

        1.    Failures include, but are not limited to structural failures.
        2.    Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1     MATERIALS

  A.    Aluminum Sheet: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and
        finish indicated, but with not less than strength and durability properties specified in
        ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M) for Alloy 3003 or 5005.

  B.    Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 240/A 240M.

  C.    Fasteners: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless-steel, or other noncorrosive metal
        screws, bolts, and other fasteners compatible with items being fastened. Use security-
        type fasteners where exposed to view.

  D.    Adhesive: As recommended by impact-resistant plastic wall protection manufacturer
        and with a VOC content of 70 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59,
        Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

2.2     WALL GUARDS

  A.    Bumper Rail (WT11): Assembly consisting of continuous snap-on aluminum cover
        installed over concealed, continuous retainer; designed to withstand impacts.

        1.    Basis of Design:

              a.    Korogard Wall Protection Systems; a division of RJF International
                    Corporation.
              b.    Korogard CS45 Crash Rail.

        2.    Continuous Retainer: One-piece, formed aluminum.
        3.    Bumper: Continuous, formed aluminum, snap cover.



                                           10265-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                      Section 10265
Project No.: 04- 23                                  IMPACT-RESISTANT WALL PROTECTION

        4.    End Caps and Corners: Prefabricated cover for close alignment with snap-on
              cover.
        5.    Accessories: Concealed splices and mounting hardware.
        6.    Mounting: Surface mounted directly to wall.
        7.    Color: Black.

2.3     CORNER GUARDS

  A.    Surface-Mounted, Metal Corner Guards: Fabricated from one-piece, formed or
        extruded metal with formed edges; with 90-degree turn to match wall condition.

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    American Floor Products Co., Inc.
              b.    Arden Architectural Specialties, Inc.
              c.    Balco, Inc.
              d.    Construction Specialties, Inc.
              e.    IPC Door and Wall Protection Systems; Division of InPro Corporation.
              f.    Korogard Wall Protection Systems; a division of RJF International
                    Corporation.
              g.    Pawling Corporation.

        2.    Material: Stainless steel, Type 430.

              a.    Thickness: Minimum 0.0781 inch (2.0 mm).
              b.    Finish: Directional satin, No. 4.

        3.    Wing Size: Nominal 2-1/2 by 2-1/2 inches (65 by 65 mm)].
        4.    Corner Radius: 1/8 inch (3 mm).
        5.    Mounting: Oval head, countersunk screws through factory-drilled mounting holes.

2.4     IMPACT-RESISTANT WALL COVERING

  A.    Impact-Resistant Sheet Wall Covering (WT5): Fabricated from frp sheet wall-covering
        material.

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Formica Corporation (Kemlite Corporation).
              b.    IPC Door and Wall Protection Systems; Division of InPro Corporation.
              c.    Korogard Wall Protection Systems; a division of RJF International
                    Corporation.

        2.    Size: 48 by 120 inches (1219 by 3048 mm).
        3.    Sheet Thickness: 0.093 inch (2.4 mm).
        4.    Color and Texture: Formica/Kemlite Flax Gauze #7708.
        5.    Height: Full wall – no horizontal joints.



                                           10265-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 10265
Project No.: 04- 23                                     IMPACT-RESISTANT WALL PROTECTION

        6.    Trim and Joint Moldings: Extruded rigid plastic that matches sheet wall covering
              color.
        7.    Mounting: Adhesive.

2.5     FABRICATION

  A.    Fabricate impact-resistant wall protection units to comply with requirements indicated
        for design, dimensions, and member sizes, including thicknesses of components.

  B.    Fabricate components with tight seams and joints with exposed edges rolled. Provide
        surfaces free of wrinkles, chips, dents, uneven coloration, and other imperfections.
        Fabricate members and fittings to produce flush, smooth, and rigid hairline joints.

2.6     METAL FINISHES

  A.    Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"
        for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.

        1.    Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, or blend into finish.
        2.    Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform finish, free of cross scratches.
        3.    Run grain of directional finishes with long dimension of each piece.
        4.    When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded
              foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean.

  B.    Protect finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary
        protective covering before shipping.


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1     EXAMINATION

  A.    Examine substrates and wall areas, with Installer present, for compliance with
        requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of
        work.

  B.    Examine walls to which impact-resistant wall protection will be attached for blocking,
        grounds, and other solid backing that have been installed in the locations required for
        secure attachment of support fasteners.

        1.    For impact-resistant wall protection units attached with adhesive, verify
              compatibility with and suitability of substrates.

  C.    Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2     PREPARATION

  A.    Complete finishing operations, including painting, before installing impact-resistant wall
        protection system components.

  B.    Before installation, clean substrate to remove dust, debris, and loose particles.



                                            10265-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 10265
Project No.: 04- 23                                    IMPACT-RESISTANT WALL PROTECTION

3.3     INSTALLATION

  A.    General: Install impact-resistant wall protection units level, plumb, and true to line
        without distortions. Do not use materials with chips, cracks, voids, stains, or other
        defects that might be visible in the finished Work.

        1.    Install impact-resistant wall protection units in locations and at mounting heights
              indicated on Drawings.

        2.    Provide splices, mounting hardware, anchors, and other accessories required for
              a complete installation.

              a.    Provide anchoring devices to withstand imposed loads.
              b.    Where splices occur in horizontal runs, splice aluminum retainers and
                    covers at different locations along the run, but no closer than 12 inches
                    (305 mm).
              c.    Adjust end and corner covers as required to ensure tight seams.

  B.    Impact-Resistant Wall Covering: Install in strict accordance with manufacturer’s
        printed instructions with top and edge moldings, corners, and divider bars as required
        for a complete installation.

3.4     CLEANING

  A.    Immediately after completion of installation, clean covers and accessories using a
        standard, household cleaning agent.

  B.    Remove excess adhesive using methods and materials recommended in writing by
        manufacturer.


                                  END OF SECTION 10265




                                            10265-6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                               Section 10350
Project No.: 04-23                                                                   FLAGPOLES


                                         SECTION 10350

                                          FLAGPOLES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    Section includes aluminum, ground-mounted flagpoles.

  B.    Owner-Furnished Material: Flags.

  C.    Related Sections:

        1.    Division 16 Section "Exterior Lighting" for site lighting fixtures.

1.03    PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

  A.    Structural Performance: Flagpole assemblies, including anchorages and supports,
        shall withstand the effects of gravity loads, and the following loads and stresses within
        limits and under conditions indicated according to the following design criteria:

        1.    Seismic Loads: See Structural Drawings.

        2.    Wind Loads: 130 mph, Exposure ‘C’, according to NAAMM FP 1001, "Guide
              Specifications for Design of Metal Flagpoles."

        3.    Base flagpole design on polyester, nylon or cotton flags of maximum standard
              size suitable for use with flagpole.

1.04    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For type of product indicated. Include construction details, material
        descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, operating
        characteristics, fittings, accessories, and finish for flagpoles.

  B.    Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, and details. Show general arrangement,
        jointing, fittings, accessories, grounding, anchoring, and support.

        1.    Include section, and details of foundation system for ground-mounted flagpoles.

  C.    Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, in manufacturer's
        standard sizes.




                                             10350 - 1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                                  Section 10350
Project No.: 04-23                                                                      FLAGPOLES

  D.    Operation and Maintenance Data:             For flagpoles to include in operation and
        maintenance manuals.

1.05    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Source Limitations: Obtain flagpoles as complete unit, including fittings, accessories,
        bases, and anchorage devices, from single source from single manufacturer.

1.06    DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

  A.    General: Spiral wrap flagpoles with heavy paper and enclose in a hard fiber tube or
        other protective container.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    MANUFACTURERS

  A.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
        products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
        following:

        1.    American Flagpole; a Kearney-National Inc. company.

        2.    Baartol Company.

        3.    Concord Industries, Inc.

        4.    Eder Flag Manufacturing Company, Inc.

        5.    U.S. Flag & Flagpole Supply, LP.

2.02    FLAGPOLES

  A.    Flagpole Construction, General: Construct flagpoles in one piece if possible. If more
        than one piece is necessary, comply with the following:

        1.    Fabricate shop and field joints without using fasteners, screw collars, or lead
              calking.

        2.    Provide flush hairline joints using self-aligning, snug-fitting, internal sleeves.

        3.    Provide self-aligning, snug-fitting joints.

  B.    Exposed Height: 35 feet (10.6 m).

  C.    Metal Foundation Tube: Manufacturer's standard corrugated-steel foundation tube, not
        less than 0.064-inch- (1.6-mm-) nominal wall thickness. Provide with 3/16-inch (4.8-
        mm) steel bottom plate and support plate; 3/4-inch- (19-mm-) diameter, steel ground
        spike; and steel centering wedges welded together. Galvanize steel after assembly.
        Provide loose hardwood wedges at top of foundation tube for plumbing pole.



                                             10350 - 2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 10350
Project No.: 04-23                                                                 FLAGPOLES

        1.    Provide flashing collar of same material and finish as flagpole.

2.03    FITTINGS

  A.    Finial Ball:    Manufacturer's standard flush-seam ball, sized to match flagpole-butt
        diameter.

        1.    0.063-inch (1.6-mm) spun aluminum, finished to match flagpole.

  B.    Internal Halyard, Winch System: Manually operated winch with control stop device and
        removable handle, stainless-steel cable halyard, and concealed revolving truck
        assembly with plastic-coated counterweight and sling. Provide flush access door
        secured with cylinder lock. Finish truck assembly to match flagpole.

        1.    Halyard Flag Snaps: Provide two stainless-steel swivel snap hooks per halyard.

              a.       Provide with neoprene or vinyl covers.

        2.    Plastic Halyard Flag Clips: Made from injection-molded, UV-stabilized, acetal
              resin (Delrin). Clips attach to flag and have two eyes for inserting both runs of
              halyards. Provide two flag clips per halyard.

              a.       Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Quiet Halyard"
                       flag clasp by Lingo.

2.04    MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

  A.    Drainage Material: Crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel; coarse aggregate.

  B.    Sand: ASTM C 33, fine aggregate.

  C.    Elastomeric Joint Sealant:      Single-component pourable urethane joint sealant
        complying with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for Use NT
        (nontraffic) and for Use M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, for
        Use O.

  D.    Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187.

2.05    GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS

  A.    Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"
        for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.

  B.    Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable.
        Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the
        range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.

2.06    ALUMINUM FINISHES

  A.    Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A41, Class I, 0.018 mm or thicker.



                                             10350 - 3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 10350
Project No.: 04-23                                                                 FLAGPOLES

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    EXAMINATION

  A.    Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
        requirements for installation tolerances, including foundation; accurate placement,
        pattern, orientation of anchor bolts, and other conditions affecting performance of the
        Work.

  B.    Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02    PREPARATION

  A.    Prepare uncoated metal flagpoles that are set in foundation tubes by painting below-
        grade portions with a heavy coat of bituminous paint.

  B.    Foundation Excavation: Excavate to neat clean lines in undisturbed soil. Remove
        loose soil and foreign matter from excavation and moisten earth before placing
        concrete. Place and compact drainage material at excavation bottom.

  C.    Provide forms where required due to unstable soil conditions and for perimeter of
        flagpole base at grade. Secure and brace forms to prevent displacement during
        concreting.

  D.    Place concrete, as specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" Compact
        concrete in place by using vibrators. Moist-cure exposed concrete for not less than
        seven days or use nonstaining curing compound.

  E.    Trowel exposed concrete surfaces to a smooth, dense finish, free of trowel marks, and
        uniform in texture and appearance. Provide positive slope for water runoff to perimeter
        of concrete base.

3.03    FLAGPOLE INSTALLATION

  A.    General: Install flagpoles where shown and according to Shop Drawings and
        manufacturer's written instructions.

  B.    Ground Set: Place foundation tube, center, and brace to prevent displacement during
        concreting. Place concrete. Plumb and level foundation tube and allow concrete to
        cure. Install flagpole, plumb, in foundation tube.

        1.    Foundation Tube: Place tube seated on bottom plate between steel centering
              wedges and install hardwood wedges to secure flagpole in place. Place and
              compact sand in foundation tube and remove hardwood wedges. Seal top of
              foundation tube with a 2-inch (50-mm) layer of elastomeric joint sealant and
              cover with flashing collar.


                                  END OF SECTION 10350




                                           10350 - 4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                               Section 10431
Project No.: 04-23                                                                         SIGNS


                                        SECTION 10431

                                               SIGNS


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS
   A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    This Section includes the following:

        1.    Interior panel signs.

        2.    Back-lit channel characters (letters) for exterior use.

        3.    Illuminated logo.

        4.    Cast-metal plaque at Lobby 101.

        5.    Signage accessories.

  B.    Related Sections include the following:

        1.    Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary project
              identification signs.

        2.    Division 10 Section "Visual Display Board”.

        3.    Division 10 Section "Post and Panel Signs" for freestanding exterior aluminum
              panel signs, including accessible parking signs.

        4.    Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification" for labels, tags, and nameplates
              for mechanical equipment.

        5.    Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification" for labels, tags, and nameplates for
              electrical equipment.

        6.    Division 16 Section "Interior Lighting" for illuminated exit signs.




                                               10431-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 10431
Project No.: 04-23                                                                       SIGNS

1.03    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of
        individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type of sign.

  B.    Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, and large-scale sections of typical members
        and other components. Show mounting methods, grounds, mounting heights, layout,
        spacing, reinforcement, accessories, and installation details.

        1.    Provide message list for each sign, including large-scale details of wording,
              lettering, artwork, and braille layout.

        2.    Provide graphic copy of proposed layout for cast plaque.

              a.
  C.    Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sign material indicated that involves
        color selection.

  D.    Samples for Verification: For each type of sign, include the following Samples to verify
        color selected:

        1.    Panel Signs: Full-size Samples of each type of sign required.

        2.    Dimensional Characters: Full-size Samples of each type of dimensional
              character (letter and number) required. Show character style, material, finish,
              and method of attachment.

        3.    Casting: Show representative texture, character style, spacing, finish, and
              method of attachment.

        4.    Approved samples will be returned for installation into Project.

  E.    Qualification Data: For Installer.

  F.    Maintenance Data: For signage cleaning and maintenance requirements to include in
        maintenance manuals.

1.04    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative of signage manufacturer for
        installation and maintenance of units required for this Project.

  B.    Source Limitations:     Obtain each sign type through one source from a single
        manufacturer.

  C.    Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and
        with code provisions as adopted by authorities having jurisdiction.




                                             10431-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 10431
Project No.: 04-23                                                                      SIGNS

        1.    Interior Code Signage: Provide signage as required by accessibility regulations
              and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. These include, but are not
              limited to, the following:

1.05    PROJECT CONDITIONS

  A.    Field Measurements: Where sizes of signs are determined by dimensions of surfaces
        on which they are installed, verify dimensions by field measurement before fabrication
        and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.

1.06    COORDINATION

  A.    For signs supported by or anchored to permanent construction, advise installers of
        anchorage devices about specific requirements for placement of anchorage devices
        and similar items to be used for attaching signs.

        1.    For signs supported by or anchored to permanent construction, furnish templates
              for installation of anchorage devices.

  B.    Coordinate location of remote transformers with building construction. Ensure that
        transformers are accessible after completion of Work.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01    MANUFACTURERS

  A.    In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements
        apply for product selection:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:         Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified.

        2.    Basis-of-Design Product: The design for each sign is based on the product
              named. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either the named
              product or a comparable product by one of the other manufacturers specified.

2.02    PANEL SIGNS

  A.    General: Provide panel signs that comply with requirements indicated for materials,
        thicknesses, finishes, colors, designs, shapes, sizes, and details of construction.

        1.    Produce smooth panel sign surfaces constructed to remain flat under installed
              conditions within tolerance of plus or minus 1/16 inch measured diagonally.

  B.    Basis-of-Design Product:   Mohawk Sign Systems, Inc. Series 200A Sand Carved,
        Format D.



                                           10431-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 10431
Project No.: 04-23                                                                     SIGNS

  C.    Available Manufacturers:

        1.    Allenite Signs; Allen Marking Products, Inc.

        2.    Andco Industries Corp.

        3.    APCO Graphics, Inc.

        4.    ASI Sign Systems, Inc.

        5.    Best Manufacturing Co.

        6.    Innerface Sign Systems, Inc.

        7.    Mills Manufacturing, Inc.

        8.    Mohawk Sign Systems.

        9.    Supersine Company (The).

        10.   Vomar.

  D.    Plastic Laminate: Provide 1/8-inch thick hard phenolic ES/MP plastic laminate for sand
        carving: Color as selected by Architect from Manufacturer’s full range.

  E.    Unframed Panel Signs: Fabricate signs with edges mechanically and smoothly
        finished to comply with the following requirements:

        1.    Edge Condition: Square cut.

        2.    Corner Condition: Square.

  F.    Graphic Content and Style: Provide sign copy that complies with requirements
        indicated in the Sign Schedule for size, style, spacing, content, mounting height and
        location, material, finishes, and colors of signage.

  G.    Changeable Message Inserts: Fabricate signs to allow insertion of changeable
        messages in the form of transparent windows with paper inserts printed by Owner.
        Provide number of insert windows indicated on Sign Schedule.

  H.    Tactile and Braille Copy: Manufacturer's standard process for producing copy
        complying with ADA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC/ANSI A117.1. Text shall be
        accompanied by Grade 2 braille. Produce precisely formed characters with square cut
        edges free from burrs and cut marks.

  I.    Engraved Copy: Machine engrave letters, numbers, symbols, and other graphic
        devices into panel sign on face indicated to produce precisely formed copy, incised to
        uniform depth.



                                             10431-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 10431
Project No.: 04-23                                                                       SIGNS

        1.    Engraved Plastic Laminate: Engrave through exposed face ply of plastic-
              laminate sheet to expose contrasting core ply.

2.03    BACK-LIT CHANNEL CHARACTERS

  A.    Available Manufacturers:

        1.    A.R.K. Ramos.

        2.    ASI Sign Systems, Inc.

        3.    Gemini Incorporated.

        4.    Innerface Sign Systems, Inc.

        5.    Livers Bronze Co. Inc.

        6.    Metal Arts; Div. of L&H Mfg.

        7.    Mills Manufacturing, Inc.

        8.    Mohawk Sign Systems.

        9.    Signature Sign Signs, Inc.

        10.   Southwell Co. (The).

  B.    Fabricated Channel Characters: Form exposed faces and sides of characters to
        produce surfaces free from warp and distortion. Include internal bracing for stability
        and attachment of mounting accessories. Comply with the following requirements:

        1.    Stainless Steel Sheet: Painted, not less than 0.500 inch (1.27 mm) thick for face
              and 0.031 inch (0.78 mm) for returns.

              a.    Font: Helvetica medium.

              b.    Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range.

        2.    Provide manufacturer’s standard hardware for projection-mounting channel
              characters.

        3.    Provide manufacturer’s standard LED lighting including transformers, insulators,
              drivers and other components. Make provisions for servicing and concealed
              connections to building electrical system.




                                             10431-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 10431
Project No.: 04-23                                                                      SIGNS

2.04    ILLUMINATED LOGO

  A.    Fabricated Channel Logo: Form exposed sides of logo to produce a surface free from
        warp and distortion. Include internal bracing for stability and attachment of mounting
        accessories. Comply with the following requirements:

        1.    Logo Diameter: 36-inches (915 mm).

        2.    Logo Depth: Match fabricated channel characters.

        3.    Face Sheet:

              a.    Molded, seamless, translucent glass-fiber-reinforced polyester panel with a
                    minimum tensile strength of 15,000 psi (103 Mpa) when tested according to
                    ASTM D 638 and with a minimum flexural strength of 30,000 psi (207 Mpa)
                    when tested in accordance with ASTM D 790.

              b.    Thickness: Adequate to keep face perfectly flat.

              c.    Grahics: Digital image available from the City of Kodiak.

              d.    Font: Helvetica medium.

              e.    Colors: City standard.

        4.    Stainless Steel Sheet Return: Painted, not less than 0.500 inch (1.27 mm) thick.

              a.    Color: Match fabricated channel return color.

        5.    Provide manufacturer’s standard hardware for projection-mounting channel
              characters.

  B.    Provide manufacturer’s standard LED lighting including transformers, insulators,
        drivers and other components.          Make provisions for servicing and concealed
        connections to building electrical system.

2.05    CAST-METAL PLAQUES

  A.    General: Provide castings free from pits, scale, sand holes, and other defects.
        Comply with requirements specified for metal, border style, background texture, and
        finish and in required thickness, size, shape, and copy.

  B.    Available Manufacturers:

        1.    A.R.K. Ramos.

        2.    Gemini Incorporated.

        3.    Livers Bronze Co., Inc.


                                             10431-6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 10431
Project No.: 04-23                                                                   SIGNS

        4.    Matthews International Corporation; Bronze Division.

        5.    Metal Arts; Div. of L&H Mfg.

        6.    Mills Manufacturing, Inc.

        7.    Southwell Co. (The).

  C.    Bronze Castings: ASTM B 584, alloy UNS No. C83600 (No. 1 manganese bronze).

  D.    Font: Helvetica Medium.

  E.    Border Style: None (straight), polished edge.

  F.    Background Texture: Manufacturer's standard stipple finish.

  G.    Mounting: Concealed studs for substrates encountered.

  H.    Finishes: Exposed surfaces shall be free from porosity, burrs, and rough spots; with
        returns finished with fine-grain air blast.

        1.    Raised Areas: Hand-tool and buff borders and raised copy to produce
              manufacturer's standard satin finish.

        2.    Background Finish: Stippled.

              a.    Color: Charcoal gray.

        3.    Clear Protective Coating:   Coat exposed surfaces of copper alloys with
              manufacturer's standard clear organic coating specially designed for coating
              aluminum products.

2.06    PANEL SIGN TYPES

  A.    Room Signs:

        1.    Material: Plastic laminate.

        2.    Perimeter: Unframed.

        3.    Copy: Tactile and braille.

        4.    Font Style: Helvetica Medium.

        5.    Text: As indicated in the Sign Schedule.

        6.    Message: As indicated in the Sign Schedule.

        7.    Sizes:



                                             10431-7
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                               Section 10431
Project No.: 04-23                                                                         SIGNS

              a.    Sign: As indicated in the Sign Schedule.

              b.    Character: Minimum height of characters is 1 inch for room numbers and
                    3/4 inch for room identification and other text.

        8.    Colors: To be selected from manufacturer’s full range of available colors.

        9.    Schedule: Refer to Interior Sign Schedule contained in Division 10.

  B.    Toilet Room Signs:

        1.    Material: Plastic laminate.

        2.    Perimeter: Unframed.

        3.    Copy: Raised, plus Braille.

        4.    Character Style: Helvetica Medium.

        5.    Text: According to requirements in the ADA or of authorities having jurisdiction,
              whichever are more stringent.

        6.    Message: Fixed.

        7.    Sizes:

              a.    Symbols: 4 inches.

              b.    Character: Minimum 1-inch high characters.

        8.    Colors: To be selected from manufacturer’s full range of available colors.

        9.    Schedule: Refer to Interior Sign Schedule contained in Division 10.

2.07    ACCESSORIES

  A.    Mounting Methods for Interior Signs: Use double-sided vinyl tape fabricated from
        materials that are not corrosive to sign material and mounting surface.

  B.    Anchors and Inserts for Cast Letters and Plaques: Provide nonferrous-metal or hot-dip
        galvanized anchors and inserts for exterior installations and elsewhere as required for
        corrosion resistance. Use toothed steel or lead expansion-bolt devices for drilled-in-
        place anchors.

2.08    FINISHES, GENERAL

  A.    Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"
        for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.




                                            10431-8
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                              Section 10431
Project No.: 04-23                                                                        SIGNS

  B.    Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable,
        temporary protective covering before shipping.

  C.    Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces
        are acceptable if they are within one-half of range of approved Samples. Noticeable
        variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other
        components are acceptable if they are within range of approved Samples and are
        assembled or installed to minimize contrast.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01    EXAMINATION

  A.    Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
        requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of
        work.

  B.    Verify that concealed backings provided under other sections of Work are sized and
        located to accommodate signs.

  C.    Examine supporting members to ensure that surfaces are at elevations indicated or
        required to comply with authorities having jurisdiction and are free from dirt and other
        deleterious matter.

  D.    Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02    INSTALLATION

  A.    General: Locate signs and accessories where indicated, using mounting methods of
        types described and in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions.

        1.    Install signs level, plumb, and at heights indicated, with sign surfaces free from
              distortion and other defects in appearance.

        2.    Interior Wall Signs: Install signs on walls adjacent to latch side of door where
              applicable. Where not indicated or possible, such as double doors, install signs
              on nearest adjacent walls. Locate to allow approach within 3 inches of sign
              without encountering protruding objects or standing within swing of door.

  B.    Interior Wall-Mounted Panel Signs: Attach panel signs to wall surfaces using methods
        indicated below:

        1.    Vinyl-Tape Mounting: Use double-sided foam tape to mount signs to smooth,
              nonporous surfaces. Do not use this method for vinyl-covered or rough surfaces.

        2.    Silicone-Adhesive Mounting: Use liquid-silicone adhesive recommended in
              writing by sign manufacturer to attach signs to irregular, porous, or vinyl-covered



                                            10431-9
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 10431
Project No.: 04-23                                                                       SIGNS

              surfaces. Use double-sided vinyl tape where recommended in writing by sign
              manufacturer to hold sign in place until adhesive has fully cured.

  C.    Back-lit Channel Characters: Mount characters using standard fastening methods
        recommended in writing by manufacturer for character form, type of mounting, wall
        construction, and condition of exposure indicated. Allow for 130 mph winds.

        1.    Provide heavy paper template to establish character spacing and to locate holes
              for fasteners.

        2.    Projected Mounting: Mount characters at projection distance from wall surface
              as recommended by manufacturer..

  D.    Cast-Metal Plaques: Mount plaques using standard fastening methods recommended
        in writing by manufacturer for type of wall surface indicated.

        1.    Concealed Mounting: Mount plaques by inserting threaded studs into tapped
              lugs on back of plaque. Set in predrilled holes filled with quick-setting cement.

3.03    CLEANING AND PROTECTION

  A.    After installation, clean soiled sign surfaces according to manufacturer's written
        instructions. Protect signs from damage until acceptance by Owner.

3.04    SCHEDULE

  A.    Interior Panel Signs: Refer to “Interior Sign Schedule” in Division 10.

  B.    Back-Lit Channel Characters:

        1.    Provide “City of Kodiak Alaska” in 12 inch Arial characters.

        2.    Provide “Police Station” in 16 inch Arial characters.

  C.    Cast Plaque: Provide 15 inch high by 18 inch wide plaque. Final copy and layout
        subject to approval, but allow for the approximate following copy:

                  City of Kodiak, Alaska

                  Police Station

                  Mayor: Carolyn L. Floyd

                  City Council Members (allow for six )

                  City Engineer: Howard K. Weston, PE

                  Architect/Engineer: USKH Inc., Anchorage, Alaska




                                            10431-10
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                    Section 10431
Project No.: 04-23                                              SIGNS

                  Contractor: (to be determined)

                  Dedicated: (date to be determined)



                                  END OF SECTION 10431




                                           10431-11
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 10505
Project No.: 04-23                                                           METAL LOCKERS


                                        SECTION 10505

                                      METAL LOCKERS


PART 1 GENERAL


1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    This Section includes the following:

        1.    Corridor Lockers, single tier.

        2.    Airflow Wardrobe Lockers.

        3.    Evidence Lockers.

        4.    Sidearm Lockers.

  B.    Related Sections include the following:


        1.    Division 6 Section "Miscellaneous Carpentry" for wood furring and grounds.

1.03    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of
        individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type of locker and bench.
  B.    Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of
        colors available for units with factory-applied color finishes.

  C.    Samples for Verification: For the following products, in manufacturer's standard sizes,
        showing the full range of color, texture, and pattern variations expected. Prepare
        Samples from the same material to be used for the Work.

  D.    Maintenance Data: For adjusting, repairing, and replacing locker doors and latching
        mechanisms to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1.


1.04    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Source Limitations: Obtain locker units and accessories through one source from a
        single manufacturer.



                                               10505-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 10505
Project No.: 04-23                                                            METAL LOCKERS

1.05    DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

  A.    Do not deliver lockers until spaces to receive them are clean, dry, and ready for locker
        installation.
  B.    Protect lockers from damage during delivery, handling, storage, and installation.

  C.    Deliver master keys, control keys, and combination control charts to Owner.

1.06    COORDINATION

  A.    Coordinate size and location of framed bases.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01    MANUFACTURERS

  A.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
        offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
        the following:

        1.    American Locker.

        2.    DeBourgh (All American Locker).

        3.    Lyon Metal Products, Inc.

        4.    Penco Products, Inc.; Subsidiary of Vesper Corporation.

        5.    Sentinel Security Lockers.

  B.    Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
        incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products indicated in the
        Metal Locker Schedule at the end of Part 3.

2.02    MATERIALS

  A.    Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 366/A 366M, matte finish, suitable for exposed
        applications, and stretcher leveled or roller leveled to stretcher-leveled flatness.

  B.    Fasteners: Zinc- or nickel-plated steel, slotless-type exposed bolt heads, and self-
        locking nuts or lock washers for nuts on moving parts.

2.03    CORRIDOR LOCKERS

  A.    Basis-of-Design: DeBourgh’s Sentry Corridor Lockers.

              a.    Color: Deep Blue.

  B.    Size: 12 inches wide x 15 inches deep x 72 inches high.




                                            10505-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 10505
Project No.: 04-23                                                            METAL LOCKERS

  C.    Body: Form backs, tops, bottoms, sides, and intermediate partitions from steel sheet;
        flanged for double thickness at back vertical corners. Comply with the following:

        1.    Back-Material Sheet Thickness: 0.0239 inch.

        2.    Side-Material Sheet Thickness: 0.0239 inch.

        3.    Exposed Ends: Form exposed ends of non-recessed lockers from minimum
              0.0598-inch- thick steel sheet.

  D.    Frames: Form channel frames from minimum 0.0598-inch- thick steel sheet; lapped
        and welded at corners. Form continuous integral door strike on vertical frame
        members. Provide resilient bumpers to cushion door closing.

        1.    Latch Hooks: Form from minimum 0.1046-inch- thick steel; welded or riveted to
              door frames.

        2.    Cross Frames: Form intermediate channel cross frames between tiers from
              minimum 0.0598-inch- thick steel sheet. Weld to vertical frame members.

  E.    Doors: One-piece steel sheet, formed into channel shape at vertical edges and
        flanged at right angles at top and bottom edges. Fabricate to prevent springing when
        opening or closing, and to swing 180 degrees. Comply with the following:

        1.    Sheet Thickness: 0.0598 inch minimum.

        2.    Reinforcement: Brace or reinforce inner face of doors more than 15 inches wide.

        3.    Louvered Vents: Stamped, louvered vents in door face, as follows:

              a.    Single-Tier Lockers: No fewer than six louver openings at top and bottom.

              b.    Double-Tier Lockers:    No fewer than three louver openings at top and
                    bottom.

  F.    Shelves: Provide hat shelf fabricated from minimum 0.0239-inch- thick, formed steel
        sheet; flanged on all edges.

  G.    Hinges: Steel, full loop, five or seven knuckle; tight pin; minimum 2 inches high. Weld
        to inside of door frame and attach to door with at least two factory-installed fasteners
        that are completely concealed and tamper resistant when door is closed.

        1.    Provide at least three hinges for each door.

  H.    Recessed Handle and Latch: Manufacturer's standard housing, formed from 0.0359-
        inch- thick nickel-plated steel or stainless steel, with integral door pull, recessed for
        latch lifter and locking devices; nonprotruding latch lifter; and automatic, prelocking,
        pry-resistant latch, as follows:

        1.    Provide minimum three-point latching for each door.



                                            10505-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                                Section 10505
Project No.: 04-23                                                                METAL LOCKERS


  I.    Fabricate lockers to receive the following locking devices, installed on lockers using
        security-type fasteners:

               a.    Built-in Combination Locks:         Key-controlled, three-number dialing
                     combination locks; capable of at least five combination changes made
                     automatically with a control key. Automatically locking dead bolt.

  J.    Locker Accessories:

        1.     Hooks: Manufacturer's standard zinc-plated, ball-pointed steel. Provide one
               double-prong ceiling hook, and not fewer than two single-prong wall hooks for
               each units. Attach hooks with at least two fasteners.

        2.     Shelf: 0.0528 inch (1.35 mm) thick, with double bend at front and single bend at
               sides and back.

        3.     Number Plates: Manufacturer's standard etched, embossed, or stamped,
               aluminum number plates with numerals at least 3/8 inch high. Number lockers in
               sequence indicated. Attach plates to each locker door, near top, centered, with
               at least two aluminum rivets.

        4.     Continuous Metal Base (locker rooms 116 & 117): Minimum 0.0598-inch- thick
               steel sheet, channel or zee profiled for stiffness, fabricated in lengths as long as
               practicable to enclose base and base ends of lockers, and finished to match
               lockers.

               a.    Height: 4 inches.

        5.     Sloped Tops (Restroom 191 only): Manufacturer's standard, fabricated from
               minimum 0.0428-inch-thick steel sheet, approximately 20-degree pitch.

               a.    Closures, Vertical-end type.

        6.     Legs: All lockers other than those in locker rooms 116 & 117 are to have legs.

2.04    AIRFLOW WARDROBE LOCKERS.

  A.    Basis-of-Design: DeBourgh’s First Responder Personnel Lockers.

  B.    Size

        1.     Body: 30 inches wide x 24 inches deep x 61 inches high.

        2.     Drawer Unit: 30 inches wide x 36 inches deep x 17 inches high.

        3.     Overall Height: 78 inches.

  C.    Body

        1.     Back: Sheet thickness: 0.0478 inch.


                                              10505-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 10505
Project No.: 04-23                                                            METAL LOCKERS

        2.    Sides: Sheet thickness: 0.0598 inch.

        3.    Exposed Ends: Form exposed ends of non-recessed lockers from minimum
              0.0598-inch- thick steel sheet.

        4.    Perforated Top; Provide connection to ventilation ductwork to allow air to be
              drawn through the locker.

  D.    Frames: Form channel frames from minimum 0.0598-inch- thick steel sheet; lapped
        and welded at corners. Form continuous integral door strike on vertical frame
        members. Provide resilient bumpers to cushion door closing.

        1.    Latch Hooks: Form from minimum 0.1046-inch- thick steel; welded or riveted to
              door frames.

        2.    Cross Frames: Form intermediate channel cross frames between tiers from
              minimum 0.0598-inch- thick steel sheet. Weld to vertical frame members.

  E.    Doors: One-piece steel sheet, formed with double bends on both sides and single
        bends at top and bottom edges. Fabricate to prevent springing when opening or
        closing, and to swing 180 degrees. Comply with the following:

        1.    Sheet Thickness: 0.0747 inch minimum.

        2.    Reinforcement: Brace inner face of doors. Stiffeners shall be perforated with
              3/16 inch diameter holes to form peg boards.

        3.    Louvered Vents: Stamped, louvered vents in door face, as follows:

              a.    No fewer than six louver openings at top and bottom providing 7%
                    ventilation per square inch.

        4.    Hinges: 16 gauge continuous hinges welded to doors and riveted to locker frame.

  F.    Shelves: Provide brief case shelf fabricated from minimum 0.0598-inch- thick, formed
        steel sheet, flanged on all edges.

  G.    Handle and Latch: Provide three-point Cremone latching for each door.

        1.    Provide strike and eye for padlock.

  H.    Drawer Unit: 30" wide x 36" deep x 17" high drawer.

        1.    250 lb. Ball bearing drawer glides.

        2.    Butcher block hardwood bench.

  H.     Accessories:

        3.    Security Compartment: Lockable.



                                            10505-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 10505
Project No.: 04-23                                                             METAL LOCKERS

        4.    Three small shelves. All shelves shall stop 2" from rear of cabinet to
              accommodate air circulation.

        5.    Clothes hanging bar.

        6.    Boot Tray: perforated and removable for easy cleaning.

        7.    Mirror: 8.5" x 11" magnetic, unbreakable and adjustable.

  I.    Finish: Powder coat paint - 5 mil min.

              a.    Color: DeBourgh’s “Deep Blue”.

2.05    EVIDENCE LOCKERS

  A.    Basis-of-Design: Tiffin Metal Products’ Sentinel Evidence Lockers.

        1.    Evidence Submission #136: Models M1415, M1502, & M1710.

        2.    Evidence Receiving #137: Models M1415, M1502, & M1710.

  B.    Locking Mechanism (Customer Side): No key required. Spring latch shall lock when
        door is pushed closed. Door can be unlocked from control side only.

  C.    Locking Mechanism (Control Side): Full length door shall be locked closed by 12
        gauge plated steel latch/strap. Top and bottom shall be bayonet engaged until raised
        and pivoted clear to allow door to open.

  D.    Materials

        1.    Doors: 0.0625 inch stainless steel.

        2.    Shelves, Side, Top, and Bottom: 0.0239 inch zinc coated cold rolled steel with
              baked-on prime paint and baked-on enamel finish coat.

  E.    Locker Fabrication:

        1.    Frames shall be formed and welded into integral units. Top, bottom, frame parts,
              and sill cross members shall be welded into frame uprights on both customer and
              control sides.

        2.    Body parts shall be flanged, angled, and holed to high industrial standard.
              Shelves, top, and bottom panels shall be off-set stiffened and flanged at mating
              cross sills to provide maximum strength for smooth interior access and evidence
              insertion and removal. Lockers shall be assembled by welded, bolted, or
              reiveted construction utilizing corrosion resistant nuts and bolts and stainless
              steel rivets.

        3.    Doors (Customer Side): Louverless, minimum opening 130 degrees; self-closing
              and flange formed three sides; full length stainless steel continuous, spring
              loaded hinge; welded-on reinforcement; stainless steel welded-on handle plate


                                            10505-6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 10505
Project No.: 04-23                                                            METAL LOCKERS

              with press in number.

        4.    Doors (Control Side): Single door formed from expanded metal, minimum
              opening 130 degrees and flange formed four sides; full length stainless steel
              continuous hinge; welded-on reinforcement; readable compartment numbers.

        5.    Interior: Side panels shall be flush constructed to inside of frames for easy
              insertion and removal of evidence. Offset frame-to-side panel or protrusions into
              the opening are not permitted.

  F.    Locker Base: 4-inch high, solid face fabricated from 0.0625 inch sheet steel. Provide
        attachment holes to allow bolting to concrete floor.


2.06    SIDEARM LOCKERS.

  A.    Basis-of-Design: Tiffin Metal Products’ Sentinel Wall-Mounted Weapons Lockers.

        1.    Corridor #135: Model 0192S.

        2.    Corridor #196: Model 0192S.

        3.    Vestibule #185a: Model 0192S.

        4.    Sally Port #186: Model 0193S.

  B.    Overall Dimensions:

        1.    Model 0192S: 29.25”W x 8”D x 22.75”H.

        2.    Model 0193S: 29.25”W x 8”D x 30”H.

  C.    Materials:

        1.    Body: 0.1345 inch sheet steel.

        2.    Doors and Front Panels: 0.1793 inch sheet steel.

        3.    Continuous Hinges: 16 gauge with 3/16 inch stainless steel pins.

        4.    Felt lined bottoms.

        5.    Shelves, Side, Top, and Bottom: 0.0239 inch zinc coated cold rolled steel with
              baked-on prime paint and baked-on enamel finish coat.

  D.    Locker Fabrication:

        1.    Frames shall be formed and welded into integral units.

        2.    Body parts shall be flanged, angled, and holed to high industrial standard.
              Shelves, top, and bottom panels shall be off-set stiffened and flanged at mating


                                           10505-7
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 10505
Project No.: 04-23                                                            METAL LOCKERS

              cross sills to provide maximum strength for smooth interior access and evidence
              insertion and removal. Lockers shall be assembled by welded, bolted, or
              reiveted construction utilizing corrosion resistant nuts and bolts and stainless
              steel rivets.

2.07    FABRICATION

  A.    Fabricate lockers square, rigid, and without warp, with metal faces flat and free of
        dents or distortion. Make exposed metal edges free of sharp edges and burrs, and
        safe to touch. Weld frame members together to form a rigid, one-piece assembly.

2.08    FINISHES, GENERAL

  A.    Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"
        for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.

  B.    Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces
        are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples.
        Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance
        of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples
        and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.

2.09    STEEL SHEET FINISHES

  A.    Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, grease, mill scale, rust, and other
        contaminants that could impair paint bond. Use manufacturer's standard methods.

  B.    Baked-Enamel Finish:       Immediately after cleaning and pretreating, apply
        manufacturer's standard baked-enamel finish consisting of a thermosetting topcoat.
        Comply with paint manufacturer's written instructions for applying and baking to
        achieve a minimum dry film thickness of 1.4 mils on doors, frames, and legs, and 1.1
        mils elsewhere.

        1.    Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01    EXAMINATION

  A.    Examine concrete bases for suitable conditions where metal lockers are to be installed.

        1.    Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been
              corrected.

3.02    INSTALLATION

  A.    Install metal lockers and accessories level, plumb, rigid, and flush according to
        manufacturer's written instructions.

  B.    Assemble knocked-down lockers with standard fasteners, with no exposed fasteners
        on door faces and face frames.


                                           10505-8
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 10505
Project No.: 04-23                                                            METAL LOCKERS

  C.    Connect groups of all-welded lockers together with standard fasteners, with no
        exposed fasteners on face frames.

  D.    Anchor lockers to floors and walls at intervals recommended by manufacturer, but not
        more than 36 inches o.c. Install anchors through backup reinforcing plates where
        necessary to avoid metal distortion, using concealed fasteners.

  E.    Fit exposed connections of trim, fillers, and closures accurately together to form tight,
        hairline joints, with concealed fasteners and splice plates.

  F.    Attach boxed end panels with concealed fasteners to conceal exposed ends of
        nonrecessed lockers.

  G.    Attach finished end panels with fasteners only at perimeter to conceal exposed ends of
        nonrecessed lockers.

  H.    Anchor locker benches to floors. Uniformly space pedestals not more than 72 inches
        apart, and securely fasten to bench top and anchor to floor.


3.03    ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND PROTECTION
   A.   Adjust doors and latches to operate easily without binding. Verify that integral locking
        devices operate properly.

  B.    Clean interior and exposed exterior surfaces and polish stainless-steel and nonferrous-
        metal surfaces.

  C.    Protect lockers from damage, abuse, dust, dirt, stain, or paint. Do not permit locker
        use during construction.

  D.    Touch up marred finishes, or replace locker units that cannot be restored to factory-
        finished appearance. Use only materials and procedures recommended or furnished
        by locker manufacturer.


                                  END OF SECTION 10505




                                            10505-9
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 10522
Project No.: 04-23                                                FIRE-EXTINGUISHER CABINETS


                                          SECTION 10522

                              FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS


PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    Section Includes:

        1.    Fire protection cabinets.

        2.    Portable fire extinguishers.

1.03    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details,
        material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes
        for fire protection cabinets.

        1.    Fire Protection Cabinets: Include roughing-in dimensions, details showing
              mounting methods, relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction,
              door hardware, cabinet type, trim style, and panel style.

  B.    Samples for Initial Selection: For type of fire protection cabinet indicated.

  C.    Samples for Verification: For exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of size
        indicated below:

        1.    Size: 6 by 6 inches (150 by 150 mm) square.

  D.    Maintenance Data: For fire protection cabinets to include in maintenance manuals.

1.04    COORDINATION

  A.    Coordinate size of fire protection cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire
        extinguishers indicated are accommodated.

  B.    Coordinate sizes and locations of fire protection cabinets with wall depths.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS



                                             10522 - 1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 10522
Project No.: 04-23                                                FIRE-EXTINGUISHER CABINETS

  A.    General: Provide fire extinguishers of type, size, and capacity for each cabinet and
        other locations indicated.

  B.    Multipurpose Dry-Chemical Type: UL-rated 4-A:60-B:C, 10-lb nominal capacity.

2.02    FIRE PROTECTION CABINET

  A.    Cabinet Type: Suitable for specified fire extinguisher.

        1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may
              be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

              a.     J. L. Industries, Inc., a division of Activar Construction Products Group..
              b.     Kidde Residential and Commercial Division, Subsidiary of Kidde plc.
              c.     Larsen's Manufacturing Company.
              d.     Potter Roemer LLC.

  B.    Materials:

        1.    Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet:        ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS),
              Type B.

        2.    Transparent Acrylic Sheet: ASTM D 4802, Category A-1 (cell-cast sheet), 6 mm
              thick, polished.

  C.    Cabinet Construction: Nonrated.

  D.    Cabinet Material: Steel sheet.

  E.    Semirecessed Cabinet: Cabinet box partially recessed in walls of sufficient depth to
        suit style of trim indicated; with one-piece combination trim and perimeter door frame
        overlapping surrounding wall surface with exposed trim face and wall return at outer
        edge (backbend). Provide where walls are of insufficient depth for recessed cabinets
        but are of sufficient depth to accommodate semirecessed cabinet installation.

        1.    Rolled-Edge Trim: 2-1/2-inch (64-mm) backbend depth.

  F.    Cabinet Trim Material: Steel sheet.

  G.    Door Material: Steel sheet.

  H.    Door Style: Fully glazed panel with frame.

  I.    Door Glazing: Acrylic sheet.

        1.    Acrylic Sheet Color: Clear transparent acrylic sheet.

  J.    Door Hardware: Manufacturer's standard door-operating hardware of proper type for
        cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated.




                                             10522 - 2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 10522
Project No.: 04-23                                              FIRE-EXTINGUISHER CABINETS

        1.    Provide recessed door pull and friction latch.
        2.    Provide continuous hinge, of same material and finish as trim, permitting door to
              open 180 degrees.

  K.    Accessories:

        1.    Mounting Bracket: Manufacturer's standard steel, designed to secure fire
              extinguisher to wall or fire protection cabinet, of size required for type and
              capacity of fire extinguisher indicated, with plated finish.
        2.    Identification: Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter
              style, size, spacing, and location.

              a.    Identify fire extinguisher in fire protection cabinet with the words "FIRE
                    EXTINGUISHER."
              b.    Location:

                    1)    Applied to cabinet door.
                    2)    Applied above extinguisher if wall-mounted.

              c.    Application Process: Decals.
              d.    Lettering Color: Red.
              e.    Orientation: Vertical.

  L.    Finishes:

        1.    Manufacturer's standard baked-enamel paint for the following:

              a.    Exterior of cabinet (door and trim): Color: Red.
              b.    Interior of cabinet: Color: White.

        2.    Steel: Baked enamel or powder coat.

2.03    FABRICATION

  A.    Fire Protection Cabinets: Provide manufacturer's standard box (tub) with trim, frame,
        door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated.

        1.    Weld joints and grind smooth.

        2.    Provide factory-drilled mounting holes.

        3.    Prepare doors and frames to receive locks.

        4.    Install door locks at factory.

  B.    Cabinet Doors: Fabricate doors according to manufacturer's standards, from materials
        indicated and coordinated with cabinet types and trim styles selected.

        1.    Fabricate door frames with tubular stiles and rails and hollow-metal design,
              minimum 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick.
        2.    Miter and weld perimeter door frames.


                                               10522 - 3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 10522
Project No.: 04-23                                              FIRE-EXTINGUISHER CABINETS

  C.    Cabinet Trim: Fabricate cabinet trim in one piece with corners mitered, welded, and
        ground smooth.

2.04    GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS

  A.    Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"
        for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.

  B.    Finish fire protection cabinets after assembly.

  C.    Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable.
        Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the
        range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.

2.05    STEEL FINISHES

  A.    Surface Preparation: Remove mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel,
        complying with SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1, "White Metal Blast Cleaning" or SSPC-SP 8,
        "Pickling". After cleaning, apply a conversion coating suited to the organic coating to
        be applied over it.

  B.    Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish: Immediately after cleaning and pretreating,
        apply manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and
        thermosetting topcoat. Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for
        applying and baking to achieve a minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils (0.05 mm).

        1.    Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    EXAMINATION

  A.    Examine walls and partitions for suitable framing depth and blocking where
        semirecessed cabinets will be installed.

  B.    Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02    PREPARATION

  A.    Prepare recesses for fire protection cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet
        and trim style.

3.03    INSTALLATION

  A.    General: Install fire protection cabinets in locations and at mounting heights
        indicated below:

        1.    Fire Protection Cabinets: 54 inches (1372 mm) above finished floor to top of
              cabinet.

  B.    Fire Protection Cabinets: Fasten cabinets to structure, square and plumb.


                                            10522 - 4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 10522
Project No.: 04-23                                               FIRE-EXTINGUISHER CABINETS

        1.    Fasten mounting brackets to inside surface of fire protection cabinets, square
              and plumb.

  C.    Identification: Apply decals at locations indicated.

3.04    ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

  A.    Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as fire protection
        cabinets are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation
        instructions.

  B.    Adjust fire protection cabinet doors to operate easily without binding.        Verify that
        integral locking devices operate properly.

  C.    On completion of fire protection cabinet installation, clean interior and exterior surfaces
        as recommended by manufacturer.

  D.    Touch up marred finishes, or replace fire protection cabinets that cannot be restored to
        factory-finished appearance. Use only materials and procedures recommended or
        furnished by fire protection cabinet and mounting bracket manufacturers.

  E.    Replace fire protection cabinets that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond
        successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.


                                   END OF SECTION 10522




                                            10522 - 5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 10605
Project No.: 04-23                                                    WIRE MESH PARTITIONS


                                      SECTION 10605

                                 WIRE MESH PARTITIONS


PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    Section Includes:

        1.    Heavy-duty wire mesh partitions.

  B.    Related Sections:

        1.    Division 2 Section "Chain-Link Fences and Gates" for chain-link fencing.

1.03    DEFINITIONS

  A.    As defined in ASTM E 2016:

        1.    Intermediate Crimp: Wires pass over one and under the next adjacent wire in
              both directions, with wires crimped before weaving and with extra crimps
              between the intersections.

1.04    PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

  A.    Structural Performance: Wire mesh units shall withstand the effects of gravity loads
        and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated
        according to SEI/ASCE 7:

        1.    Seismic Loads: See Structural Drawings.

1.05    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details,
        material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes
        for wire mesh items.

  B.    Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other
        work.




                                          10605 - 1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 10605
Project No.: 04-23                                                    WIRE MESH PARTITIONS

1.06    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Source Limitations:     Obtain wire mesh items from single source from single
        manufacturer.

1.07    DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

  A.    Deliver wire mesh items with cardboard protectors on perimeters of panels and doors
        and with posts wrapped and crated to provide protection during transit and Project-site
        storage. Use vented plastic.

1.08    PROJECT CONDITIONS

  A.    Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of construction contiguous with wire
        mesh units by field measurements before fabrication.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    MATERIALS

  A.    Steel Wire: ASTM A 510 (ASTM A 510M).

  B.    Steel Plates, Channels, Angles, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.

  C.    Panel-to-Panel Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard steel bolts, nuts, and washers.

  D.    Postinstalled Expansion Anchors: With capability to sustain, without failure, load
        imposed within factors of safety indicated, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488,
        conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.

        1.    Carbon Steel: Zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5 (0.005
              mm) for Class SC 1 service condition (mild).

        2.    For Postinstalled Anchors in Concrete: Capability to sustain, without failure, a
              load equal to four times the loads imposed.

  E.    Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for
        application indicated and fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials; with clips or
        other accessory devices for attaching hangers of type indicated, and with capability to
        sustain, without failure, a load equal to 10 times that imposed by wire mesh
        construction, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190, conducted by a qualified
        testing and inspecting agency.

  F.    Seismic Bracing: Angles with legs not less than 1-1/4 inch (32 mm) wide, formed from
        0.04-inch- (1-mm-) thick, metallic-coated steel sheet; with bolted connections and 1/4-
        inch- (6-mm-) diameter bolts.

  G.    Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel,
        complying with SSPC-Paint 20.




                                           10605 - 2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 10605
Project No.: 04-23                                                     WIRE MESH PARTITIONS

2.02    HEAVY-DUTY WIRE MESH PARTITIONS

  A.    Mesh: 0.192-inch- (4.8-mm-) diameter, intermediate-crimp steel wire woven into 2-inch
        (50-mm) diamond mesh.

  B.    Vertical and Horizontal Panel Framing: 1-1/2-by-3/4-by-0.097-inch (38-by-19-by-2.5-
        mm) cold-rolled, C-shaped steel channels; with 3/8-inch- (9.5-mm-) diameter bolt holes
        spaced not more than 18 inches (450 mm) o.c. along center of framing.

  C.    Horizontal Panel Stiffeners: 2 cold-rolled steel channels, not less than 1 by 1/2 by 1/8
        inch (25 by 13 by 3 mm), bolted or riveted toe to toe through mesh or 1-1/2-by-3/4-by-
        1/8-inch (38-by-19-by-3-mm) cold-rolled steel channels with wire woven through.

  D.    Top Capping Bar: 3-inch-by-4.1-lb (76-mm-by-1.9-kg) hot-rolled steel channels.

  E.    Line Posts: 3-inch-by-4.1-lb (76-mm-by-1.9-kg) or 3-1/2-by-1-1/4-by-0.1265-inch (89-
        by-32-by-3.2-mm) steel channels.

  F.    Floor Shoes: Steel, cast iron, or cast aluminum, not less than 2 inches (50 mm) high;
        sized to suit vertical framing, drilled for attachment to floor, and with set screws for
        leveling adjustment.

  G.    Swinging Door: Fabricated from same mesh as partitions, with framing fabricated from
        1-1/2-by-3/4-by-1/8-inch (38-by-19-by-3-mm) steel channels or C-channels, banded
        with 1-1/2-by-1/8-inch (38-by-3-mm) flat steel bar cover plates on 4 sides, and with 1/8-
        inch- (3-mm-) thick angle strike bar and cover on strike jamb.

        1.    Hinges: Full-surface type, 3-1/2-by-3-1/2-inch (89-by-89-mm) steel, 1-1/2 pairs
              per door; riveted or welded to door and jamb framing.

        2.    Cylinder Lock: Mortise type with cylinder specified in Division 8 Section "Door
              Hardware"; operated by key outside and recessed lever inside.

  H.    Finish for Uncoated Ferrous Steel: Hot-dip galvanized.

2.03    FABRICATION

  A.    General: Fabricate wire mesh items from components of sizes not less than those
        indicated. Use larger-sized components as recommended by wire mesh item
        manufacturer. As required for complete installation, provide bolts, hardware, and
        accessories with manufacturer's standard finishes.

        1.    Fabricate wire mesh items to be readily disassembled.

        2.    Welding: Weld corner joints of framing and grind smooth, leaving no evidence of
              joint.

  B.    Heavy-Duty Wire Mesh Partitions: Fabricate wire mesh partitions with cutouts forall
        penetrations. Finish edges of cutouts to provide a neat, protective edge.

        1.    Mesh: Securely clinch mesh to framing.


                                           10605 - 3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 10605
Project No.: 04-23                                                     WIRE MESH PARTITIONS

        2.    Framing: Fabricate framing with mortise and tenon corner construction.

              a.    Provide horizontal stiffeners as required by panel height and as
                    recommended by wire mesh partition manufacturer. Weld horizontal
                    stiffeners to vertical framing.
              b.    Fabricate partition and door framing with slotted holes for connecting
                    adjacent panels.

        3.    Fabricate wire mesh partitions with 3 inches (76 mm) of clear space between
              finished floor and bottom horizontal framing.

        4.    Doors: Align bottom of door with bottom of adjacent panels.

              a.    Provide transom over door, fabricated from same mesh and framing as
                    partition panels.

        5.    Hardware Preparation: Mortise, reinforce, drill, and tap doors and framing as
              required to install hardware.

2.04    GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS

  A.    Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"
        for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.

  B.    Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a
        strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.

2.05    STEEL AND IRON FINISHES

  A.    Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with applicable standard
        listed below:

        1.    ASTM A 123/A 123M, for galvanizing steel and iron components.

        2.    ASTM A 153/A 153M, for galvanizing steel and iron hardware.

  B.    Powder-coated finish:

        1.    Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    EXAMINATION

  A.    Examine areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation
        tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

  B.    Examine floors for suitable conditions where wire mesh items will be installed.

  C.    Examine walls to which wire mesh items will be attached for properly located blocking,
        grounds, and other solid backing for attachment of support fasteners.


                                           10605 - 4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 10605
Project No.: 04-23                                                     WIRE MESH PARTITIONS

  D.    Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02    WIRE MESH PARTITIONS ERECTION

  A.    Anchor wire mesh partitions to floor with 3/8-inch- (9.5-mm-) diameter, postinstalled
        expansion anchors through anchor clips located at each post. Shim anchor clips as
        required to achieve level and plumb installation.

        1.    Anchors may be set with power-actuated fasteners instead of postinstalled
              expansion anchors if indicated on Shop Drawings.

  B.    Anchor wire mesh partitions to walls at 12 inches (305 mm) o.c. through back corner
        panel framing and as follows:

        1.    For steel-framed gypsum board assemblies, use hanger or lag bolts set into
              wood backing between studs. Coordinate with stud installation to locate backing
              members.

  C.    Secure top capping bar to top of framing channels with 1/4-inch- (6-mm-) diameter "U"
        bolts spaced not more than 28 inches (700 mm) o.c.

        1.    Provide line posts located between each panel.

  D.    Provide seismic supports and bracing as recommended by manufacturer and as
        required for stability, extending and fastening members to supporting structure.

  E.    Where standard-width wire mesh partition panels do not fill entire length of run, provide
        adjustable filler panels to fill openings.

  F.    Install doors complete with door hardware.

  G.    Bolt accessories to wire mesh partition framing.

3.03    ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

  A.    Adjust door to operate smoothly and easily, without binding or warping. Adjust
        hardware to function smoothly. Confirm that latch and lock engage accurately and
        securely without forcing or binding.

  B.    Remove and replace defective work including doors and framing that are warped,
        bowed, or otherwise unacceptable.

  C.    Touch-up Painting: Immediately after erection, clean bolted connections and abraded
        areas of shop paint; paint these areas with same material as used for shop painting.


                                  END OF SECTION 10605




                                           10605 - 5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 10671
Project No.: 04-23                                                     METAL STORAGE SHELVING


                                        SECTION 10671

                                METAL STORAGE SHELVING


  PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    Section Includes:

        1.    Four-post metal storage shelving (Room #128, Vehicle Storage).

        2.    Wall-mounted coat racks (Room #129, Uniforms & Supply).

1.03    PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

  A.    Delegated Design:     Design metal storage shelving, including comprehensive
        engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance
        requirements and design criteria indicated.

  B.    Structural Performance for Four-Post Metal Storage Shelving: Capable of withstanding
        the loads indicated according to MH 28.1.

  C.    Seismic Performance: Metal storage shelving shall withstand the effects of earthquake
        motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7.

        1.    Seismic Component Importance Factor: 1.5.

1.04    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: Include rated capacities, construction details, material descriptions,
        dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for metal storage
        shelving.

  B.    Samples for Initial Selection: Factory-applied color finish.

  C.    Seismic Qualification Certificates:     For metal storage shelving, accessories, and
        components, from manufacturer.

1.05    PROJECT CONDITIONS

  A.    Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install metal storage shelving until wet
        work in spaces is complete and dry, and temporary HVAC system is operating and




                                              10671-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 10671
Project No.: 04-23                                                 METAL STORAGE SHELVING

        maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during
        the remainder of the construction period.

  PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    MATERIALS

  A.    Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free
        of scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled.

  B.    Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B.

  C.    Steel Tubing: ASTM A 513, Type 2.

  D.    Floor Anchors: Galvanized-steel, post-installed expansion anchors or power-actuated
        fasteners. Provide number per unit recommended by manufacturer unless additional
        anchors are indicated in calculations.

  E.    Wall Anchors: Manufacturer's standard, galvanized-steel anchors designed to secure
        metal storage shelving to adjacent wall. Provide two per shelving unit unless additional
        anchors are indicated in calculations.

2.02    FOUR-POST METAL STORAGE SHELVING

  A.    Open Four-Post Metal Storage Shelving:              Factory-formed, field-assembled,
        freestanding system, designed for shelves to span between and be supported by
        corner posts, with shelves adjustable over the height of shelving unit. Fabricate initial
        shelving unit with a post at each corner. Fabricate additional shelving units as add-on
        units, designed to share two corner posts with initial shelving unit. Provide fixed top
        and bottom shelves, adjustable intermediate shelves, and accessories indicated.

        1.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
              products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
              the following:

              a.    Adjustable Shelving Products; a division of Karp Associates, Inc.
              b.    Borroughs Corporation.
              c.    Lyon Workspace Products, LLC.
              d.    Penco Products, Inc.
              e.    Richards-Wilcox, Inc.
              f.    Schaefer Systems International, Inc.
              g.    Tennsco.

        2.    Load-Carrying Capacity per Shelf:

              a.    12 inches (305 mm) shelves: 800 lb (363 kg).
              b.    18 inches (457 mm) shelves: 500 lb (227 kg).
              c.    24 inches (610 mm) shelves: 800 lb (363 kg).




                                            10671-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 10671
Project No.: 04-23                                                METAL STORAGE SHELVING

        3.    Posts: Fabricated from hot-rolled steel; in manufacturer's standard shape; with
              perforations at 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) o.c. to receive shelf-to-post connectors.

              a.    Steel Thickness, Nominal: As required for load-carrying capacity per shelf
                    and number of shelves .
              b.    Add-On Shelf Posts: Fabricated from hot-rolled steel, in manufacturer's
                    standard shape; perforated to match main posts and of same thickness.
              c.    Post Base: Adjustable steel floor plate, drilled for floor anchors.

        4.    Bracing: Manufacturer's standard, diagonal cross bracing at back; as required
              for stability, load-carrying capacity of shelves, and number of shelves.
        5.    Solid-Type Shelves: Fabricated from steel sheet as follows:

              a.    Steel-Sheet Thickness, Nominal: As required for load-carrying capacity per
                    shelf.
              b.    Fabricate fronts and backs of shelves with box-formed edges, with corners
                    lapped and welded.

        6.    Shelf Quantity: Four shelves per unit in addition to top and bottom shelf.
        7.    Shelf-to-Post Connectors: Manufacturer's standard connectors.
        8.    Base: Closed, with base strips fabricated from same material and with same
              finish as shelving.
        9.    Overall Unit Lengths:

              a.    12 inches (305 mm) shelves: Nine (9) feet - three (3) 36 inch (914 mm)
                    units with side panels at each end.
              b.    18 inches (457 mm) shelves: Eight (8) feet - two (2) 48 inches (1219 mm)
                    units with side panels at each end.
              c.    24 inches (610 mm) shelves: Nine (9) feet - three (3) 36 inch (914 mm)
                    units with side panels at each end.

        10.   Overall Unit Height: 72 inches (1829 mm).
        11.   Finish: Baked enamel.

              a.    Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

2.03    STEEL SHELVING FABRICATION

  A.    Shop Fabrication: Prefabricate shelving components in shop to greatest extent
        possible to minimize field fabrication; temporarily preassemble shelving components
        where necessary to ensure that field-assembled components fit together properly. Use
        connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for
        reassembly and coordinated installation.

  B.    Fabricate metal storage shelving square and rigid, with posts plumb and true and
        shelves flat and free of dents or distortion. Fabricate connections to form a rigid
        structure, free of buckling and warping.

        1.    Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and
              straight sharp edges.




                                           10671-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 10671
Project No.: 04-23                                                 METAL STORAGE SHELVING

        2.    Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using
              concealed fasteners where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous.
        3.    Build in straps, plates, brackets, and other reinforcements as needed to support
              shelf loading.
        4.    Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications to receive hardware, fasteners,
              and similar items.

  C.    Form metal in maximum lengths to minimize joints. Form bent-metal corners to
        smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing the
        Work.

  D.    Form edges and corners free of sharp edges or rough areas. Fold back and crimp
        exposed edges of unsupported sheet metal to form a 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) wide hem on
        the concealed side; ease edges of metal plate to radius of approximately 1/32 inch (0.8
        mm). Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs.

  E.    Weld corners and seams continuously to develop strength, minimize distortion, and
        maintain the corrosion resistance of base metals. At exposed locations, finish welds
        and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour
        of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. Weld before finishing components
        to greatest extent possible. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed
        surfaces before finishing.

2.04    STEEL SHELVING FINISH

  A.    Surface Preparation: Remove mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel,
        complying with SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1, "White Metal Blast Cleaning" or SSPC-SP 8,
        "Pickling."

  B.    Baked-Enamel Finish: Manufacturer's standard baked-on finish consisting of prime
        coat and thermosetting topcoat.          Comply with coating manufacturer's written
        instructions for cleaning, pretreatment, application, and minimum dry thickness.

2.05    WALL-MOUNTED COAT RACKS

  A.    Aluminum brackets, shelf rods and hanging rod.

  B.    Equal to Glaro Products’ wall-mounted coat rack with shelf.

  C.    Finish: Satin aluminum.

  PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    EXAMINATION

  A.    Examine areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation
        tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

  B.    Examine floors for suitable conditions where metal storage shelving will be installed.




                                            10671-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 10671
Project No.: 04-23                                                  METAL STORAGE SHELVING

  C.    Examine walls to which metal storage shelving will be attached for properly located
        blocking, grounds, or other solid backing for attachment of support fasteners.

  D.    Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02    PREPARATION

  A.    Vacuum and wet mop floor over which metal storage shelving is to be installed.

3.03    STEEL SHELVING INSTALLATION

  A.    Install storage shelving level, plumb, square, rigid, true, and with shelves flat and free
        of dents or distortion. Make connections to form a rigid structure, free of buckling and
        warping.

        1.    Install exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using
              concealed fasteners where possible.
        2.    Install braces, straps, plates, brackets, and other reinforcements as needed to
              support shelf loading and as required for stability.
        3.    Adjust post-base bolt leveler to achieve level and plumb installation.
        4.    Anchor shelving units to floor with floor anchors through floor plate. Shim floor
              plate to achieve level and plumb installation.
        5.    Install seismic restraints.
        6.    Connect side-to-side shelving units together.
        7.    Install shelves in each shelving unit at spacing indicated on Drawings or, if not
              indicated, at equal spacing.

              a.    Four-Post Metal Storage Shelving: Install four clips, one at each post, for
                    support of each shelf; with clips fully engaged in post perforations.

3.04    WALL-MOUNTED COAT RACK INSTALLATION

  A.    Install two rows of coat racks level, rigid, true, and with shelves flat and free of
        distortion. Make connections to form rigid units, free of buckling and warping.

  B.    Install against three walls in continuous rows with 24 inch (610 mm) clearance to walls
        at each end.

3.05    ADJUSTING

  A.    Adjust metal storage shelving so that connectors and other components engage
        accurately and securely.

  B.    Touch up marred finishes or replace metal storage shelving that cannot be restored to
        factory-finished appearance. Use only materials and procedures recommended or
        furnished by metal storage shelving manufacturer.




                                            10671-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                  Section 10671
Project No.: 04-23                                          METAL STORAGE SHELVING

  C.    Replace metal storage shelving that has been damaged or has deteriorated beyond
        successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.


                               END OF SECTION 10671




                                        10671-6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 10801
Project No.: 04-23                                              TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES


                                       SECTION 10801

                            TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    This Section includes the following:

        1.    Toilet and bath accessories.

        2.    Underlavatory guards.

  B.    Related Sections include the following:

        1.    Division 8 Section "Mirrored Glass" for frameless mirrors.

        2.    Division 10 Section "Toilet Compartments" for compartments and screens.

        3.    Division 10 Section     "Detention     Toilet   Accessories"   for   detention   toilet
              accessories.

1.03    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions and thickness,
        dimensions, profiles, fastening and mounting methods, specified options, and finishes
        for each type of accessory specified.

  B.    Setting Drawings: For cutouts required in other work; include templates, substrate
        preparation instructions, and directions for preparing cutouts and installing anchoring
        devices.

  C.    Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by
        room of each accessory required. Use designations indicated in the Toilet and Bath
        Accessory Schedule and room designations indicated on Drawings in product
        schedule.

  D.    Maintenance Data: For accessories to include in maintenance manuals specified in
        Division 1. Provide lists of replacement parts and service recommendations.




                                               10801-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 10801
Project No.: 04-23                                           TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES

1.04    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Source Limitations: Provide products of same manufacturer for each type of accessory
        unit and for units exposed to view in same areas, unless otherwise approved by
        Architect.
  B.    Product Options: Accessory requirements, including those for materials, finishes,
        dimensions, capacities, and performance, are established by specific products
        indicated in the Toilet and Bath Accessory Schedule.

        1.    Other manufacturers' products with equal characteristics may be considered.
              See Division 1 Section "Substitutions."

1.05    COORDINATION

  A.    Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances
        required for access by disabled persons, proper installation, adjustment, operation,
        cleaning, and servicing of accessories.

  B.    Deliver inserts and anchoring devices set into concrete or masonry as required to
        prevent delaying the Work.

1.06    WARRANTY

  A.    Manufacturer's Mirror Warranty: Written warranty, executed by mirror manufacturer
        agreeing to replace mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects within minimum
        warranty period indicated.

        1.    Minimum Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01    MANUFACTURERS

  A.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
        offering accessories that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
        to, the following:

  B.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide accessories by one
        of the following:

        1.    Toilet and Bath Accessories:

              a.    American Specialties, Inc.
              b.    Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc.
              c.    Bradley Corporation.


        2.    Underlavatory Guards:

              a.    Brocar Products, Inc.
              b.    Truebro, Inc.


                                             10801-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 10801
Project No.: 04-23                                            TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES


  C.    Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
        incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, those indicated in the Toilet
        and Bath Accessory Schedule at the end of Part 3.

2.02    MATERIALS

  A.    Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, with No. 4 finish (satin), in 0.0312-inch
        minimum nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated.

  B.    Brass: ASTM B 19, leaded and unleaded flat products; ASTM B 16, rods, shapes,
        forgings, and flat products with finished edges; ASTM B 30, castings.

  C.    Sheet Steel: ASTM A 366/A 366M, cold rolled, commercial quality, 0.0359-inch
        minimum nominal thickness; surface preparation and metal pretreatment as required
        for applied finish.

  D.    Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60.

  E.    Chromium Plating: ASTM B 456, Service Condition Number SC 2 (moderate service),
        nickel plus chromium electrodeposited on base metal.

  F.    Baked-Enamel Finish: Factory-applied, gloss-white, baked-acrylic-enamel coating.

  G.    Mirror Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 1, Quality q2, nominal 6.0 mm thick, with
        silvering, electroplated copper coating, and protective organic coating complying with
        FS DD-M-411.

  H.    Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153/A 153M, hot-dip galvanized after
        fabrication.

  I.    Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit,
        tamper and theft resistant when exposed, and have galvanized steel when concealed.

2.03    FABRICATION

  A.    General: Names or labels are not permitted on exposed faces of accessories. On
        interior surface not exposed to view or on back surface of each accessory, provide
        printed, waterproof label or stamped nameplate indicating manufacturer's name and
        product model number.

  B.    Surface-Mounted Toilet Accessories: Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units with
        tight seams and joints, and exposed edges rolled. Hang doors and access panels with
        continuous stainless-steel hinge. Provide concealed anchorage where possible.

  C.    Recessed Toilet Accessories: Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units of all-welded
        construction, without mitered corners. Hang doors and access panels with full-length,
        stainless-steel hinge. Provide anchorage that is fully concealed when unit is closed.




                                            10801-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 10801
Project No.: 04-23                                           TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES

  D.    Framed Glass-Mirror Units: Fabricate frames for glass-mirror units to accommodate
        glass edge protection material. Provide mirror backing and support system that
        permits rigid, tamper-resistant glass installation and prevents moisture accumulation.

        1.    Provide galvanized steel backing sheet, not less than 0.034 inch and full mirror
              size, with nonabsorptive filler material. Corrugated cardboard is not an
              acceptable filler material.

  E.    Mirror-Unit Hangers: Provide mirror-unit mounting system that permits rigid, tamper-
        and theft-resistant installation, as follows:

        1.    One-piece, galvanized steel, wall-hanger device with spring-action locking
              mechanism to hold mirror unit in position with no exposed screws or bolts.

        2.    Heavy-duty wall brackets of galvanized steel, equipped with concealed locking
              devices requiring a special tool to remove.

  F.    Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and
        resupplying. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01    INSTALLATION

  A.    Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners
        appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install
        units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated.

  B.    Secure mirrors to walls in concealed, tamper-resistant manner with special hangers,
        toggle bolts, or screws. Set units level, plumb, and square at locations indicated,
        according to manufacturer's written instructions for substrate indicated.

  C.    Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf (1112 N), when tested
        according to method in ASTM F 446.

3.02    ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

  A.    Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation and verify that mechanisms
        function properly. Replace damaged or defective items.

  B.    Remove temporary labels and protective coatings.

  C.    Clean and polish       exposed     surfaces   according   to   manufacturer's    written
        recommendations.




                                           10801-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                                 Section 10801
Project No.: 04-23                                                   TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES

3.03       TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORY SCHEDULE


       Room             Quantity             Description             Manufacturer     Model No.

 Men 115                   3       Mirror (18”x30”)               Bobrick             B-165 1830

                           1       Paper Towel/Waste Receptacle   Bobrick              B-3947

                           2       Soap Dispenser                 Bobrick              B-2111

                           2       Toilet Paper Dispenser         Bobrick              B-2888

                           1       Grab Bar (18”)                 Bobrick              B-5806

                           1       Grab Bar (36”)                 Bobrick              B-5806

                           1       Grab Bar (42”)                 Bobrick              B-5806

                           4       Robe Hooks                     Bobrick              B-76717

                           1       Folding Shower Seat            Bobrick              B-5191

                           2       Soap Dishes                    Bobrick              B-76807

                           2       Shower Rods & Curtains         Bobrick              B204-2

                           2       Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser    Bobrick               B-221



 Women 118                 2       Mirror (18”x30”)               Bobrick             B-165 1830

                           1       Paper Towel/Waste Receptacle   Bobrick              B-3947

                           1       Soap Dispenser                 Bobrick              B-2111

                           2       Toilet Paper Dispenser         Bobrick              B-2888

                           2       Sanitary Napkin Disposal       Bobrick               B-254

                           1       Grab Bar (18”)                 Bobrick              B-5806

                           1       Grab Bar (36”)                 Bobrick              B-5806

                           1       Grab Bar (42”)                 Bobrick               B6206

                           2       Robe Hooks                     Bobrick              B-76717

                           1       Folding Shower Seat            Bobrick              B-5191

                           1       Shower Rod & Curtain           Bobrick              B204-2

                           1       Soap Dish                      Bobrick              B-76087

                           2       Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser    Bobrick               B-221



                                                      10801-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 10801
Project No.: 04-23                                            TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES




 Toilet 104             1   Mirror (18”x30”)               Bobrick             B-165 1830

 Toilet 111             1   Paper Towel/Waste Receptacle   Bobrick              B-3947

 Toilet 140             1   Soap Dispenser                 Bobrick              B-2111

                        1   Toilet Paper Dispenser         Bobrick              B-2888

                        1   Grab Bar (18”)                 Bobrick              B-2806

                        1   Grab Bar (36”)                 Bobrick              B-5806

                        1   Grab Bar (42”)                 Bobrick              B-5806

                        1   Sanitary Napkin Disposal       Bobrick               B-254

                        1   Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser    Bobrick               B-221



 Janitor 123            1   Shelf w/ Mop & Broom Holder    Bobrick             B-239x44



 Break Room 139         1   Paper Towel Holder             InterDesign         Forma Wall



 Restroom 191           1   Mirror                         Bobrick             B-165 1830

 Restroom 194           1   Paper Towel/Waste Receptacle   Bobrick              B-3947

                        1   Soap Dispenser                 Bobrick              B-2111

                        1   Toilet Paper Dispenser         Bobrick              B-2888

                        1   Grab Bar (18”)                 Bobrick              B-5806

                        1   Grab Bar (36”)                 Bobrick              B-5806

                        1   Grab Bar (42”)                 Bobrick              B-5806

                        1   Grab Bar                       Bobrick              B-5861

                        1   Sanitary Napkin Disposal       Bobrick               B-254

                        1   Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser    Bobrick               B-221

                        1   Soap Dish                      Bobrick              B-76087

                        1   Shower Rods & Curtains         Bobrick              B204-2

                        1   Folding Shower Seat            Bobrick              B-5191



                                               10801-6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 10801
Project No.: 04-23                                             TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES


                        2   Robe Hooks                      Bobrick              B-76717



 Restroom 155           1   Vandal Resistant Soap Dish      Bobrick               B-973

 Restroom 176           2   Vandal Resistant Clothes Hook   Bobrick               B-983

 Restroom 167           1   Vandal Resistant Frameless      Bobrick               B-942
                            Mirror



                        1   Folding Shower Seat             Bobrick              B-5191

                        1   Shower Rods & Curtains          Bobrick              B-204-3

                        1   Grab Bar                        Bobrick              B-58616



 Shower 162             1   Vandal Resistant Soap Dish      Bobrick               B-973

 Shower 165             1   Vandal Resistant Clothes Hook   Bobrick               B-983

 Shower 169             1   Vandal Resistant Frameless      Bobrick               B-942
                            Mirror

                        1   Shower Rods & Curtains          Bobrick              B-204-2



 Men’s Cell #161        1   Grab Bar                        Bobrick              B-58616

 Men’s Dorm #166        1   Grab Bar                        Bobrick              B-58616

 Women’s Cell #170      1   Grab Bar                        Bobrick              B-58616




                                END OF SECTION 10801




                                           10801-7
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 10999
Project No.: 04-23                                             MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES


                                         SECTION 10999

                              MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    WORK INCLUDED

  A.    This Section includes the following:

        1.    Television wall bracket.

        2.    Overhead video projector bracket

  B.    Related Sections include the following:

        1.    Division 9 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies.”

         2.   Division 16 Section “Television Equipment.”

1.03    COORDINATION

  A.    Coordinate installation of supportive and related construction with work of other
        Sections, including rough openings, supports, blocking, brackets, and electrical
        connections.

1.04    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Division 1 Section
        “Submittal Procedures.”

  B.    Indicate components, dimensions, construction, method of attachment, and installation
        details, superimposed loads and power requirements where applicable.

  C.    Submit samples under provisions of Division 1 Section “Submittal Procedures.”

  D.    Submit manufacturer’s installation instructions for all permanently mounted items under
        provisions of Division 1 Section “Submittal Procedures.”

1.05    PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

  A.    Schedule delivery of items to avoid prolonged storage at job site or delay of work
        progress.

  B.    Deliver in manufacturer’s factory packaging.


                                            10999 - 1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 10999
Project No.: 04-23                                               MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES

  C.    Conform to requirements of Division 1 Section “Product Requirements.”

1.06    MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS

  A.    Furnish maintenance and operation instructions under provisions of Division 1 Section
        “Closeout Procedures.”

  B.    Include equipment and part lists, electrical schematics, and maintenance procedures
        for equipment and finishes as applicable.

1.07    WARRANTY

  A.    Submit manufacturer’s warranties under provisions of Division 1 Section “Closeout
        Procedures.”

  B.    Warranty: One Year.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01    GENERAL

  A.    Products listed establish minimum standard of quality.

  B.    Equal products by other listed approved manufacturers will be acceptable.

2.02    TELEVISION BRACKETS AND LCD PROJECTOR MOUNTS

  A.    Television Bracket:

        1.    Single arm wall swivel bracket mounted with adjustable 0 to 15 degree tilt;
              positive television securement; interior mounting bracket; sized to fit 27-inch
              television.

        2.    Basis of Specification is Model #DS 27 Single Arm Wall Swivel Bracket with
              Mounting Plate, both as manufactured by Peerless Sales Company.

  B.    Overhead Video Projector Bracket:

        1.    Ceiling mounted yoke type swivel bracket, 75 pound minimum capacity.

        2.    Basis of Specification is Model #PJRL 30 as manufactured by Peerless Sales
              Company.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01    PREPARATION

  A.    Verify work of other trades has been coordinated; verify dimensions and circuitry
        effecting work of this section.




                                          10999 - 2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 10999
Project No.: 04-23                                             MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES

  B.    Verify that rough openings, supports and electrical rough-ins are properly prepared to
        receive work.

  C.    Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.

3.02    ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION

  A.    Assemble and install items in strict accordance with manufacturer’s printed
        instructions.

  B.    Coordinate with work of other Sections for installation and work sequence, including
        routing of conduits for signal lines.

  C.    Television mounted items to be installed rigidly secure, true and level and plumb, with
        lines parallel to adjacent construction.

  D.    Test all operable components and items.

3.03    CLEAN UP

  A.    Remove all packaging and labels.

  B.    Leave finished surfaces clean.


                                  END OF SECTION 10999




                                           10999 - 3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                              Section 11110
Project No.: 04-23                                COMMERCIAL LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT


                                   SECTION 11110

                        COMMERCIAL LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT


PART 1 GENERAL

1.1   SECTION INCLUDES

      A.   Washer extractor.

      B.   Drying tumbler.

1.2   RELATED SECTIONS

      A.   Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete: Foundation bases for equipment.

      B.   Division 15 Sections for supply and exhaust fans; exhaust ductwork; service
           roughing-ins; drain traps; valves, pipes, and fittings; and other materials
           required to complete commercial laundry equipment installation.

      C.   Division 16 Sections for wiring disconnect switches, and other electrical
           materials required to complete commercial laundry equipment installation.

1.3   REFERENCES

      A.   UL Certification: Provide electric equipment and components that are
           evaluated by UL for fire, and electric shock according to applicable safety
           standards and that are UL certified for compliance and labeled for intended
           use.

      B.   NFPA 54 - National Fuel Gas Code.

      C.   NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.

1.4   SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used,
           including:

           1.    Preparation instructions and recommendations.
           2.    Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.

      B.   Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, roughing-in dimensions,
           fabrication details, utility service requirements, and attachments to other
           work.

      C.   Coordination Drawings: Indicate locations of laundry equipment and
           connections to utilities, and clearance requirements for equipment access
           and maintenance.

      D.   Operation and Maintenance Data: For laundry equipment to include in



                                       11110-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                              Section 11110
Project No.: 04-23                                COMMERCIAL LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT

           emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Include a schedule with
           the following:
           1.     Designation indicated on Drawings.
           2.     Manufacturer's name and model number.
           3.     List of factory-authorized service agencies including their addresses
                  and telephone numbers.

1.5   DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Store equipment on site protected from weather, direct sunlight and
           temperature extremes. Do not remove packaging prior to storage.

      B.   Consult manufacturer if machines are to be stored for an extended period of
           time.

1.6   PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.   Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation)
           within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not
           install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's
           absolute limits.

1.7   WARRANTY

      A.   Washer Extractor Parts Only: Manufacturer's standard form in which
           manufacturer agrees to repair or replace any part of the equipment assembly
           that fails within specified warranty period.

           1.    Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion.

      B.   Washer Extractor Parts Only, Mainframe and Cylinder Shaft Assembly
           Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to
           repair or replace main frame, bearing, cylinder or cylinder shaft assembly
           that fails within specified warranty period.

            1.    Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

      C.   Dryer Tumbler Parts Only: Manufacturer's standard form in which
           manufacturer agrees to repair or replace any part of the equipment assembly
           that fails within specified warranty period.

           1.    Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1   MANUFACTURERS

      A.   Acceptable Manufacturers:

            1.    UniMac/Alliance Laundry Systems.
            2.    Speed Queen Commercial Laundry Equipment.


                                        11110-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                               Section 11110
Project No.: 04-23                                 COMMERCIAL LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT



      B.     Manufacturer must have factory-trained maintenance personnel
             within 300 miles of Anchorage.
2.2    WASHER EXTRACTOR MATERIALS

      A.   Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304 with No. 4 finish (directional satin
           finish) on exposed surfaces.

2.3   WASHER EXTRACTOR COMPONENTS

      A.   General Characteristics:
           1.   Frame: Heavy duty structural steel A-frame.
           2.   Construction: Cylinder, tub and front panel, 304 grade stainless steel.
           3.   Control System: Two programming methods including the keypad and
                Windows based PC; 99 cycle capacity, capable of precise temperature
                controlled fills, thermal cool down, overnight soak, cycle count and
                time remaining display.
           4.   Cylinder Drive: 6 speed, inverter controlled, direct drive V-belt with
                rotation sensing.
           5.   Chemical Supply System:
                a.     Manually filled 3 compartment dry chemical dispensing system.
                b.     Automatic flushing and connections for 8 external supply lines
                       and control signals for 6 external supplies.
           6.   Drain Valve: Automatically opens in event of power failure.

      B.   Basis of Design: Model No. UX55PV:
           1.    Capacity: 55 lb (25 kg).
           2.    Cylinder Volume: 8.3 cu. ft. (234 L).
           3.    Extract G Force: 26-418.
           4.    Water Inlet Valves and Size: 3 at 3/4 in (19 mm).
           5.    Drain Valves and Diameter: 1 at 3 inches (76 mm).
           6.    Drive Motor: 4 hp.
           7.    Electrical Requirements: 208v-240v/60Hz/1phase or 3phase.

2.4   DRYER TUMBLER MATERIALS

      A.   Galvanized Steel: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275) coating designation;
           commercial-quality, cold-rolled steel that is zinc coated by the hot-dip
           process and chemically treated.

2.5   DRYER TUMBLER COMPONENTS

      A.   General Characteristics:
           1.   Construction: Heavy duty embossed steel with electrostatically applied
                baked enamel finish.
           2.   Control System: Programmable microprocessor with 8 auto drying
                cycles, ability to time dry, including variable temperature settings and
                wrinkle free at end of cycle until door opens or maximum of 60
                minutes.
           3.   Lint Filter: Self cleaning, depositing lint to large storage area at bottom



                                        11110-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                 Section 11110
Project No.: 04-23                                   COMMERCIAL LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT

                 of tumbler.

      B.   Basis of Design: Dryer Tumbler Model No. UT075:
           1.    Capacity: 75 lb (34 kg).
           2.    Lint Filter: 576 sq. in (3716 sq. cm).
           3.    Door: High grade stainless steel reversible door with rubber gasket
                 and heavy duty hinge.
           4.    Heat Source: Electric 30 Kw with 3/4 hp motor.
           5.    Exhaust Size: 8 in (203 mm).
           6.    Electrical Requirements: 208v-240v/60Hz/1phase or 3phase.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1   EXAMINATION

      A.   Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared.

      B.   If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify
           Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding.

3.2   PREPARATION

      A.   Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation.

      B.   Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for
           achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions.

3.3   INSTALLATION

      A.   Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

      B.   System Startup and Commissioning: Arrange for a local manufacturer's
           representative to inspect machines prior to startup and operation.

3.4   PROTECTION

      A.   Protect installed products until completion of project.

      B.   Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial
           Completion.

                                   END OF SECTION




                                          11110-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 11132
Project No.: 04-23                                                       PROJECTION SCREENS


                                       SECTION 11132

                                  PROJECTION SCREENS


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    This Section includes the following:

        1.    Recessed, front-projection screens.

  B.    Related Sections include the following:

        1.    Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for wood backing for recessed screen
              installation.

        2.    Division 16 Sections for electrical wiring, connections, and installation of remote-
              control switches for electrically operated projection screens.

1.03    DEFINITIONS

  A.    Gain: Ratio of light reflected from or refracted by screen material to that reflected
        perpendicularly from a magnesium carbonate surface as determined per FS GG-S-
        00172D(1).

  B.    Half-Gain Angle: The angle, measured from the axis of the screen surface, to the most
        central position on perpendicular plane through the horizontal centerline of the screen
        where the gain is half of the peak gain.

1.04    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For type of screen specified.

1.05    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Source Limitations: Obtain projection screens through one source from a single
        manufacturer. Obtain each screen as a complete unit, including necessary mounting
        hardware and accessories.




                                               11132-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 11132
Project No.: 04-23                                                     PROJECTION SCREENS

  B.    Coordination of Work: Coordinate layout and installation of projection screens with
        other construction supported by, or penetrating through, ceilings, including light
        fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system, and partitions.

1.06    DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

  A.    Do not deliver projection screens until building is enclosed, other construction within
        spaces where screens will be installed is substantially complete, and installation of
        screens is ready to begin.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01    FRONT-PROJECTION SCREENS

  A.    Material and Viewing Surface of Front-Projection Screens: Provide recessed screens
        manufactured from mildew- and flame-resistant fabric of type indicated for each type of
        screen specified and complying with the following requirements:

        1.    Matte-white viewing surface with gain characteristics complying with FS GG-S-
              00172D(1) for Type A screen surface.

        2.    Material: Vinyl-coated glass-fiber fabric.

        3.    Mildew Resistance: Provide mildew-resistant screen fabrics as determined by
              FS 191A/5760.

        4.    Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide projection-screen fabrics identical
              to materials that have been tested for flame resistance according to both small-
              and large-scale tests of NFPA 701.

        5.    Seamless Construction: Provide screens in sizes indicated without seams.

        6.    Edge Treatment: Black masking borders.

        7.    Format: HDTV.

        8.    Size of Viewing Surface:

              a.    Briefing/EOC #113: 65” H x 116” W with 70” black drop.
              b.    Conference Room #154: 52”H x 92”W with 24” black drop.

  B.    Electrically Operated Screens, General: Provide manufacturer's standard UL-labeled
        units consisting of case, screen, motor, controls, mounting accessories, and other
        components necessary for a complete installation. Remotely control operation of each
        screen to comply with the following:

        1.    Single-Station Control: 3-position control switch with metal device box and cover
              plate for flush wall mounting and for connection to 120-V, ac power supply.




                                            11132-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 11132
Project No.: 04-23                                                      PROJECTION SCREENS

              a.    Provide key-operated switch.

        2.    Motor in Roller: Instant-reversing motor of size and capacity recommended by
              screen manufacturer with permanently lubricated ball bearings, automatic
              thermal-overload protection, preset limit switches to automatically stop screen in
              up and down positions, and positive-stop action to prevent coasting. Mount
              motor inside roller with vibration isolators to reduce noise transmission.

        3.    Screen Mounting: Top edge securely anchored to rigid metal roller and bottom
              edge formed into a pocket holding a 3/8-inch- diameter, metal rod with ends of
              rod protected by plastic caps.

              a.    Roller for motor in roller supported by vibration- and noise-absorbing
                    supports.

  C.    Electrically Operated Screens with Ceiling Closure: Units designed and fabricated for
        recessed installation with screen case fabricated from aluminum extrusions or in 1
        piece from steel sheet not less than 0.0299 inch, with flat back design. Provide units
        with baked-enamel finish, and with end caps and mounting brackets.

  D.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

        1.    Matte-White Viewing Surfaces:

              a.    Matte White; Da-Lite Screen Co., Inc.
              b.    Fiberglass Matte White; Draper Shade & Screen Co., Inc.
              c.    Matte White; Bloch Enterprises, Inc.

        2.    Electrically Operated Screens with Ceiling Closure, Motor in Roller:

              a.    Advantage Deluxe Electrol; Da-Lite Screen Co., Inc.
              b.    Paragon; Draper Shade & Screen Co., Inc.
              c.    Alpine: Bloch Enterprises, Inc.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01    INSTALLATION

  A.    General: Install projection screens at locations indicated to comply with screen
        manufacturer's written instructions.

  B.    Install front-projection screens with screen cases in position and relationship to
        adjoining construction indicated. Securely anchor to supporting substrate in a manner
        that produces a smoothly operating screen with vertical edges plumb and viewing
        surface flat when screen is lowered.

        1.    Test electrically operated units to verify that screen, controls, limit switches,
              closure, and other operating components are in optimum functioning condition.



                                           11132-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                     Section 11132
Project No.: 04-23                                                PROJECTION SCREENS

3.02    PROTECTING AND CLEANING
   A.   Protect projection screens after installation from damage during construction. If
        damage occurs despite such protection, remove and replace damaged components or
        entire unit as required to provide units in their original, undamaged condition.

                                END OF SECTION 11132




                                        11132-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 11199
Project No.: 04-23                                         METAL PANEL DETENTION CELL SYSTEM


                                         SECTION 11199

                         METAL PANEL DETENTION CELL SYSTEM
                                  (Additive Alternate)

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    Section Includes prefabricated detention cells.

        1.    Cell walls: Two-inch thick double skinned steel panels.

        2.    Cell Ceilings: Double skin acoustical security ceilings.

        3.    Security hollow metal doors and frames for the cell modules only.

        4.    Detention hardware for doors in cell modules only (excluding any control system
              elements that connect to hardware).

        5.    All floor and ceiling channels and miscellaneous cell panel connection materials
              as required.

        6.    Concrete grout filling of all cell wall panels.

        7.    Installation of metal conduit for electrical connections as required.

        8.    Supply and return air grilles.

        9.    Detention furnishing, including bunk, desk, stool, shelf, mirror.

        10.   Detention lavatory commode combo units.

        11.   Electrical items, including cell light fixture, intercom, call button, as specified
              herein.

        12.   Security glazing in cell door.

1.03    RELATED SECTIONS:

        1.    Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for building anchors into
              concrete construction.

        2.    Division 9 Section "Painting" for field painting of detention cells.

                                               11199 - 1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                       Section 11199
Project No.: 04-23                                    METAL PANEL DETENTION CELL SYSTEM

        3.    Division 15 Section "Metal Ducts" for connecting mechanical ductwork to
              detention cells.

        4.    Division 15 Section for “Security Plumbing Fixtures”.

        5.    Division 16 Sections for connecting electrical and electronic work to
              detention cells.

        6.    Detention Hardware 11190

        7.    Security Glass and Glazing 11190

        8.    Section 08740 Detention Locking Control Systems: Items(s)

1.04    REFERENCES

  A.    ASTMA A 1008 / A 1008M-05, Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon,
        Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved
        Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable.

  B.    ASTM A 1011/ A 1011M-05, Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-rolled,
        Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with
        Improved Formability.

  C.    ASTM A 653/A 653M-05, Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-coated (Galvanized) or
        Zinc-Iron Alloy-coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot Dipped Process, (Commercial Steel).

  D.    ASTM A240/A240M, Standard Specification for Chromium-Nickel stainless steel plate,
        Sheet and Strip…

  E.    ASTM C 143/ C 143M-05, Standard Test Method for Slum of Hydraulic Cement
        Concrete.

  F.    ASTM C 423, Standard Test Method for Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption
        Coefficient by the Reverberation Room Method


  G.    UL 752-00, 10th Edition, Bullet Resisting Equipment.

  H.    ASTM E-84-04, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building
        Materials

  I.    ASTM-E119, Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.

  J.    ANSI A 250.10 – 1998 (R2004), Standard Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for
        Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames.

  K.    ASTM F 1450-97 (2004), Standard Test Methods for Hollow Metal Swinging Door
        Assemblies for Detention and Correctional Facilities.

                                          11199 - 2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 11199
Project No.: 04-23                                     METAL PANEL DETENTION CELL SYSTEM


  L.    ASTM F 2322 – 03, Standard Test Methods for Physical Assault on Vertical Fixed
        Barriers for Detention and Correctional Faculties.

  M.    AWS D1.3 Structural Welding Code for Sheet Metal

  N.    NAAMM HMMA 803-98, Steel Tables

  O.    HMMA-820 TN01-03, Grouting Hollow Metal Frames.

  P.    NAAMM HMMA 840-99, Installation and Storage of Hollow Metal Doors and Frames.


  Q.    ASTM C1019, Standard Test Method for Sampling and Testing Grout.

1.05    TESTING

  A.    Performance grades for each detention cell wall and detention hollow metal openings
        shall be as indicated on the contract documents. Performance test requirements for
        each cell and opening shall be as indicated for individual grade number designations
        shown in the tables in ASTM F 2322, ASTM F 1450 and ASTM F 1592. Test
        procedures shall be performed on wall designs as described in Paragraphs B, C, D, E,
        F, and G.

  B.    Wall Assembly Impact Test (ASTM F 2322-03)

        1.    Scope and Significance: This test method establishes setup and impact testing of
              sample wall.

        2.    Test Sample: A wall consisting of two 8’-0” (914 mm x 2438 mm) wall sections
              constructed in accordance with section 2.02.

        3.    Test Requirements: Subject one location on the sample wall to 600 blows equally
              divided between a sharp and a blunt impactor. The blunt impactor shall deliver
              the required impact at 200 foot pounds per impact while the impactor shall deliver
              the required impacts at 100 foot pounds per impact to the sample location.
              Repeatability of impact location during each series shall be no more than 2
              inches horizontally and vertically from the designated impact target. Testing shall
              take no longer than 60 minutes. Specimen fails if a 5” x 5” x 8” rectangular box
              can pass through the wall following impacts.

  C.    Wall Delamination Test

        1.    Scope and Significance: This test documents the overall integrity of the panel
              system, resistance to delamination, and prevention of bulging of panels during
              grout application.

        2.    Test Sample: A 4’ X 4’ (101.6 mm X 101.6 mm) sample shall be constructed in
              accordance with Paragraph 2.02 in this Section. No end closing pieces are to be
              used in this test.

                                           11199 - 3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 11199
Project No.: 04-23                                     METAL PANEL DETENTION CELL SYSTEM

        3.    Apparatus: Using a steel I-beam table capable of withstanding a load of 10,000
              pounds with no deflection, fix to tabletop a steel I-beam enclosure to
              accommodate sample.

        4.    Procedure:
              a.   Mount sample in test fixture and weld bottom face sheet at its center to I-
                   beam tabletop.
              b.   Weld a 3” x 3” (76.2 mm X 76.2 mm) .250” (6.4 mm) thick steel plate
                   centered on the top face sheet. Center on 3” x 3” (76.2 mm X 76.2 mm)
                   .250 “ (6.4 mm) thick steel plate an eyelet.
              c.   Using a hydraulic porta-power and a calibrated load cell to measure
                   pounds force, pull on the eyelet in an upward direction.
              d.   Use a dial indicator to measure deflection at center of the sample.

        5.    Pass/Fail Criteria: Apply 3000 pound load and measure the deflection. The
              maximum deflection allowable is .0125” (3.2 mm).

  D.    Ceiling Assembly Impact Test

         1. Impact testing under this section is performed using the methods and testing
            equipment described in ASTM F 2322.

  E.    Ceiling Static Load Test

        1.    Scope: This test is designed to evaluate the capability of a ceiling assembly to
              resist a steadily increasing force applied at corner points, joints between ceiling
              panels, and the ceiling assembly’s central point.

        2.    Significance of Use: This test method is intended to simulate a ceiling assembly’s
              resistance to uplift at vulnerable locations.

        3.    Apparatus: The test fixture and wall described in paragraph 1.05.B.1 shall be
              used in this test.

                  a. A hydraulic ram and pump equipped with a gauge or load cell shall be
                     used to provide the static load. The pump ram and gauge shall be
                     calibrated by the testing laboratory and a chart provided that converts
                     pounds-force per square-inch gauge (kilograms per square meter) to
                     pounds-force (Newton’s). If a load cel is used, it shall be certified by the
                     testing laboratory prior to use.

        4.    Procedure: Apply static load to the attack side of the component at the locations
              and magnitude appropriate to the security rating desired in accordance with that
              specified in Table 1. Specimen fails when the desired load cannot be achieved
              without physical failure or the ability for egress.

        5.    Record the pass/fail results at 100 lb. Increments to procedure a graph, static
              load versus failure. Increase the load until target loads for each sample are
              reached.



                                           11199 - 4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 11199
Project No.: 04-23                                     METAL PANEL DETENTION CELL SYSTEM

        6.    Minimum uplift load at corners, joints, and center of panel at center of room:
              800lbs/sq.in.

  F.    Bullet Resistance Test

        1.    Where specified on individual openings, bullet resistance shall be certified by the
              application of the laboratory bullet resistance rating label on the door for the
              opening indicating compliance with testing procedure described in UL Standard
              752. The bullet resistance rating shall be Level 8.

  G.    Cell Furnishing Static Load Test

        1.    Scope

              a.    This test simulates a wall panel’s resistance to bending when loads are
                    applies to cell furnishings.

        2.    Significance of Use

              a.    The primary purpose of this test is to approximate the levels of pressure
                    apparent when an inmate jumps on the outer edge of a bunk, desk or stool.

        3.    Test Sample

              a.    Erect a wall or use the same wall as specified under the Wall Impact Test
                    consisting of three 3’-0” x 8’-0” (914 mm x 2438 mm) panels constructed in
                    accordance with paragraph 2.02.

        4.    Apparatus

              a.    Attach the piece of furniture by typical means (bolting or welding) to the
                    wall panel system.

        5.    Procedure

              a.     Apply a load to the outer edge of the furniture item using a hydraulic porta-
                    power and a load cell to measure pounds force. Apply 1,500 pounds.

        6.    Pass/Fail Criteria

              a.    No permanent visible disfigurement is allowed to the wall panel system.

  H.    Acoustical Tests

        1.    Erect a wall or use the same wall as specified under the Wall Impact Test
              consisting of three 3’0” x 8’-0” (914 mm x 2438 mm) panels constructed in
              accordance with section 2.02.

        2.    Conduct these tests in accordance to: ASTM E90-97 Standard Test
              Classification for Determination of Sound Transmission Class. (Minimum STC


                                           11199 - 5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 11199
Project No.: 04-23                                     METAL PANEL DETENTION CELL SYSTEM

              class rating of 45-49), and ASTM E1332-94 Standard Test Classification for
              Determination of Outdoor-Indoor Transmission Class. Minimum OITC class
              rating is 41.

  I.    Test Reports

        1.    The manufacturer shall provide test reports and documentation by an
              independent testing laboratory documenting successful completion of each
              performance test.

1.06    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Manufacturer’s Qualifications:

        1.    Manufacturer shall provide evidence they have retained a structural engineering
              firm licensed in the state of Alaska.

        2.    Manufacturer’s production welders shall be qualified under AWS D1.3 and upon
              request shall provide copes of Welders Certifications in accordance with AWS
              D1.3.

        3.    Manufacturers shall have evidence of having successfully completed a steel wall
              panel project of at least 50 cells that has been in continual operation for minimum
              of ten (5) years.

        4.    Manufacturers shall have written test reports of their having passed the testing
              requirements of Paragraph 1.05 using their current materials and production
              processes.

  B.    Basis of Design Product:

        1.    The design is based on the following:

              a.    Trussbilt, LLC – New Brighton, MN.
                    (651) 633-6100     Fax: (651) 628-9482
                    Website: www.trussbilt.com

        2.    Subject to compliance with requirements, comparable products will be
              considered provided they meet or exceed the specified product.

  C.    Quality Criteria

        1.    All panel construction shall be in accordance with construction of assemblies
              which meet the requirements of Paragraphs 1.05 and 1.06.

        2.    Fabrication methods and product quality shall meet standards set by the Hollow
              Metal Manufacturers Association, HMMA, a Division of the National Association
              of Architectural Metal Manufacturers, NAAMM, as set forth in these
              specifications.



                                           11199 - 6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 11199
Project No.: 04-23                                     METAL PANEL DETENTION CELL SYSTEM

  D.    Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and
        approved for installation of units required for this Project.

  E.    Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 329 for testing tool-
        resisting steel.

  F.    Source Limitations for Detention cells: Obtain detention cells from single source from
        single manufacturer.

  G.    Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:

        1.    AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."

        2.    AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel."

1.07    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Submittal Drawings

        1.    Show wall and ceiling panel elevations and sections.

        2.    Show location and details of all openings.

        3.    Indicate performance grade levels on the submittal as they are shown on the
              contract drawings and in the door schedule.

  B.    Samples

        1.    Wall Panel: 1’-0” X 1’-0” (305 mm x 305 mm) corner section showing internal
              construction.

        2.    Ceiling Panel: 1’-0” x 1’-0” (305 mm x 305 mm) showing wall mounting detail and
              panel section.

        3.    All samples submitted shall be of the production type and shall represent in all
              respects the minimum quality of work to be furnished by the manufacturer. No
              work represented by the samples shall be fabricated until the samples have been
              approved.

  C.    Test Report

        1.    Manufacturer shall submit an independent testing laboratory reports certifying
              that products meet all test requirements set forth in Section 1.05 above.

  D.    Manufacturer shall submit his qualifications as required by Paragraph 1.0.6.




                                           11199 - 7
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 11199
Project No.: 04-23                                      METAL PANEL DETENTION CELL SYSTEM

  E.    Engineering Documentation

        1.    Manufacturer shall provide certification by an independent professional engineer
              documenting the required ceiling/structures. Engineering documentation shall
              address compliance with structural requirements and seismic issues.

1.08    WARRANTY

  A.    All panels shall be warranted from defects in workmanship and qualify for a period of
        ten (10) year from date of shipment.

1.09    PROJECT CONDITIONS

  A.    Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of construction contiguous with
        detention cells by field measurements before fabrication.

1.10    COORDINATION

  A.    Coordinate installation of anchorages for detention cells. Furnish setting drawings,
        templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts,
        anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors that are to be embedded in adjacent
        construction. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.

  B.    Coordinate size of security grilles and vents with size of ducts.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    HOLLOW METAL WALL PANELS

  A.    Materials

        1.    Panel face sheets, mounting angles, channels and cover plates shall be
              constructed of 0.093 in. (2.3 mm) minimum thickness and shall have a zinc
              coating applied by the hot-dip process conforming to ASTM A 653M Commercial
              Steel (CS), coating designation A60 (Z180). The steel shall be free of scale,
              pitting, coil breaks or other surface blemishes. It shall also be free of buckles,
              waves or any other defects caused by the use of improperly leveled sheets.

        2.    Floor mounting channels shall be constructed of 0.123 in (3.1 mm) minimum
              thickness stainless steel meeting ASTM A240/A240M, Type 306.

        3.    All panels shall be fully grouted in the field by the wall panel manufacturer. Grout
              specifications shall or exceed all requisite testing per Paragraph 1.05, structural
              and seismic requirements, and STC ratings specified for this project.




                                            11199 - 8
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 11199
Project No.: 04-23                                       METAL PANEL DETENTION CELL SYSTEM

  B.     Construction

         1.    All panels shall be of the types and sizes shown on the approved submittal
               drawings, shall be constructed in accordance with the specifications and shall
               meet the performance requirements of Paragraphs 1.05 B through G.

         2.    Panel face sheets shall be joined at their vertical edges by a continuous rabbeted
               joint extending the full height of the panel.

         3.    Panel thickness shall be 2 in. (50 mm) minimum and furnished with grout holes
               along the top edge for grouting in place at the job site. After grouting, grout holes
               will be concealed by a coverplate. Panels shall be neat in appearance and free
               from warpage or buckle. Edge bends shall be true and straight and of minimum
               radius for the thickness of material used.

         4.    Panels shall be stiffened by one of the following systems:

               a.     Continuous steel truss design core material, .015 in. (.4 mm) minimum mild
                      steel, having truncated triangular sections extending continuously from one
                      panel face to the other, spot welded to each face sheet 2 ¾ in. (69.9 mm)
                      oc horizontally and 3 in. (76.2 mm) oc vertically. Core material shall extend
                      full height and width of panel.
               b.     Rolled or formed 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) mild steel channels extending from top to
                      bottom of panel and continuous from one face to the other, spaced not
                      more than 4 in. (101.6 mm) oc and welded to both panel faces not more
                      than 3 in. (76.2 mm) oc vertically.

         5.    Door Frames and Vents

               a.     Panels shall be provide with cutouts reinforced with steel moldings, not less
                      than 0.093 in. (2.3 mm) to secure door fames and air venting grills in
                      accordance with sizes shown on the contract drawings.



2.02     SECURITY CEILING SYSTEM

  A.     Materials:

       1. Panel face sheet thickness: 0.053 in. minimum thickness

       2. Panel face sheets shall be made of commercial quality, level, cold-rolled steel
          conforming to ASTM A 1008 / A 1008M CS Type B and shall have a zinc coating
          applied by the hot-dip process conforming to ASTM A 653/A653M Commercial Steel
          (CS), coating designation A40. The steel shall be free of scale, pitting, coil breaks or
          other surface blemishes. It shall also be free of buckles, waves or any other defects
          caused by the use of improperly leveled sheets.




                                             11199 - 9
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 11199
Project No.: 04-23                                      METAL PANEL DETENTION CELL SYSTEM

  B.    Construction:

        1.    Double skin ship-lap joint plank ceiling system.

        2.    Panel core construction: Panels shall be stiffened using one of the systems.

        3.    Start and ending panels: Single skinned, non-perforated material cut to size in
              the field by the installing contractor.

        4.    Wall perimeter angles: Formed angles 0.123 in. minimum thickness and punched
              16 in. on center for 3/8 in. expansion anchors. Panels shall be welded to the wall
              angles 1 in. weld 12 in. on center.

        5.    Interim Tee supports: Tee supports shall be two wall-mounted angles bolted
              back-to-back using 3/8”-16 bolts, 24 in. on center.

              a.    Suspension for Tee supports shall be 3/8 in galvanized threaded rod,
                    bolted to the above structure and Tee support, 36 in (914 mm) on center.

        6.    Fasteners: All exposed fasteners shall be a minimum No. 10 size, pin Torx,

              tamper-proof security screw or blind rivets. Wall anchor bolts shall be 3/8 in.
              diameter (Rawl 5015 or equivalent) and shall be placed 16 in. on center.

        7.    Acoustical material: The inside surface of all perforated ceiling pans shall be
              covered with a Class “A” poly-encapsulated fiberglass insulation of sufficient
              thickness and density to provide the acoustical requirements as outlined in
              Section 1.05 of this specification.

        8.    Lights HVAC: All light and air units are to be sized to fit into and trim off to full
              panel width openings and shall be independently supported from above by the
              trade requiring the opening.

2.03    SECURITY GRILLES AND VENTS

  A.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, [available manufacturers
        offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
        the following]:

        1.    American Jail Products, LLC.

        2.    Anemostat; a Mestek company.

        3.    Price Industries.

        4.    Titus.




                                           11199 - 10
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 11199
Project No.: 04-23                                     METAL PANEL DETENTION CELL SYSTEM

  B.    Tool-Resisting Steel, Perforated-Plate Security Vents:

        1.    Faceplate: 1/4-inch- thick, homogeneous tool-resisting steel plate; with 2-
              inch- square perforations 1 inch apart in each direction.

        2.    Wire Mesh: 0.135-inch- diameter steel wire woven into a 3/8-inch mesh,
              attached to faceplate by bolts or studs.

        3.    Backup Plate: 1/4-inch- thick, homogeneous tool-resisting steel plate with
              perforations matching faceplate.

        4.    Perimeter Frame: 3/16-inch- thick, mild steel flat bar with anchor studs
              welded to back.

        5.    Finish: Factory primed for field painting.

  C.    Anchors: Provide minimum 1/2-inch- diameter, headed stud anchors at 12 inches
        o.c.

2.04    FABRICATION, GENERAL

  A.    Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize
        field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and
        handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces.
        Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.

  B.    Coordinate dimensions and attachment methods of detention cells with those of
        adjoining construction to produce integrated assemblies with closely fitting joints and
        with edges and surfaces aligned unless otherwise indicated.

  C.    Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs.

  D.    Form and grind edges and corners to be free of sharp edges or rough areas.

  E.    Form metal in maximum lengths to minimize joints. Form sheet-metal corners to
        smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing the
        Work.

  F.    Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with referenced AWS standard and
        the following:

        1.    Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength
              and corrosion resistance of base metals.

        2.    Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.

        3.    Remove welding flux immediately.



                                          11199 - 11
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 11199
Project No.: 04-23                                      METAL PANEL DETENTION CELL SYSTEM

        4.    Finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended at exposed
              connections so that no roughness shows after finishing and contour of
              welded surface matches that of adjacent surface.

        5.    Weld before finishing components to greatest extent possible. Remove
              weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or
              grinding.

  G.    Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure.
        Fabricate and space anchoring devices to secure detention cells rigidly in place and to
        support indicated loads. Build in straps, plates, and brackets as needed to support and
        anchor fabricated items to adjoining construction. Reinforce formed-metal units as
        needed to attach and support other construction.

  H.    Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap detention cell components to receive hardware, security
        fasteners, and similar items.

  I.    Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles, surfaces, and straight
        sharp edges.

  J.    Form exposed connections with hairline joints flush and smooth using concealed
        fasteners where possible. Use exposed security fasteners of type indicated or, if not
        indicated, flat-head (countersunk) security screws.    Locate joints where least
        conspicuous.

  K.    Doors: Fabricate swinging doors of same type bar-grille assembly as bar-grille
        partition in which they are installed. Weld lockbox at lock jamb of door, fabricated of
        steel plate to match horizontal flat bars. Comply with requirements in Division 8
        Section "Detention Door Hardware" for detention hinges and detention locks and
        latches.

        1.    Food-Pass Openings: Frame top and sides of opening with flat bar of same
              quality and size as horizontal flat bars. Weld 1/4-inch- thick steel plate shelf, of
              same quality as horizontal flat bars, at bottom of opening.

2.05    STEEL FINISHES

  A.    Steel] [and] [Galvanized-Steel Prime Finish: Apply manufacturer's standard primer
        immediately after cleaning and pretreating.

  B.    [Steel] [and] [Galvanized-Steel] Factory Finish: Immediately after cleaning and
        pretreating, apply manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-on finish consisting of
        prime coat and thermosetting topcoat, with a minimum dry film thickness of 1 mil for
        topcoat.

        1.    Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    EXAMINATION

                                           11199 - 12
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 11199
Project No.: 04-23                                       METAL PANEL DETENTION CELL SYSTEM

  A.    Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer and Detention Specialist
        present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other
        conditions affecting performance of detention cells.

  B.    Examine roughing-in for embedded and built-in anchors to verify actual locations of
        detention enclosure connections before installation.

  C.    Prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to
        performance of detention cells.

  D.    Inspect built-in and cast-in anchor installations, before installing detention cells, to
        verify that anchor installations comply with requirements. Prepare inspection reports.

        1.    Remove and replace anchors where inspections indicate that they do not comply
              with specified requirements. Reinspect after repairs or replacements are made.

        2.    Perform additional inspections to determine compliance of replaced or additional
              work. Prepare inspection reports.

  E.    Verify locations of detention cells with those indicated on Shop Drawings.

  F.    Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02    INSTALLATION, GENERAL

  A.    Install detention cells plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place,
        complying with manufacturer's written recommendations.

  B.    Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where
        necessary for securing detention cells to in-place construction. Include threaded
        fasteners for inserts, security fasteners, and other connectors.

        1.    Proprietary Built-in Masonry Anchors: Install integral with unit masonry. Comply
              with requirements in Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry Assemblies."

  C.    Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Obtain manufacturer's written approval for cutting,
        drilling, and fitting required for installing detention cells. Set detention cells accurately
        in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and
        free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels.

  D.    Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into
        adjacent construction.

  E.    Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections
        that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping
        size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been
        hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.




                                            11199 - 13
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 11199
Project No.: 04-23                                     METAL PANEL DETENTION CELL SYSTEM

  F.    Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:

        1.    Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength
              and corrosion resistance of base metals.

        2.    Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.

        3.    Remove welding flux immediately.

        4.    Finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended at exposed
              connections so that no roughness shows after finishing and contour of
              welded surface matches that of adjacent surface.

3.03    INSTALLATION OF SECURITY GRILLES AND VENTS

  A.    Locations: Install security grilles and vents in penetrations and openings with
        dimensions exceeding 8 inches in either direction.

  B.    Support Frames: Set support frames in adjacent construction.

  C.    Grilles: Weld vertical bar supports to support frame.

  D.    Field weld perimeter frames to duct sleeves.

3.04    TOUCH-UP PAINTING

   A.    Immediately after installation, areas where prime coat has been damaged and where
         welding has occurred shall be sanded smooth and touched up with same primer or
         finish touch up paint as applied by the manufacturer.

   B.    Remove rust before touch up primer is applied.

                                  END OF SECTION 11199




                                          11199 - 14
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 11451
Project No.: 04-23                                                RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES


                                       SECTION 11451

                                RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    This Section includes the following:

        1.    Range.

        2.    Range hood.

        3.    Garbage disposal.

        4.    Dishwashers.

        5.    Refriberators.

  B.    Related Sections include the following:

        1.    Division 15 Section "Domestic Water Piping" for plumbing connections to
              residential appliances.

        2.    Division 15 Section "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping" for drainage plumbing
              connections to residential appliances.

        3.    Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties and Fixtures" for kitchen sinks, waste
              disposers, and instant hot-water dispensers.

        4.    Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables" for services and connections to
              residential appliances.

1.03    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data:   For each appliance type required indicating compliance with
        requirements. Include complete operating and maintenance instructions for each
        appliance.

1.04    QUALITY ASSURANCE




                                               11451-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 11451
Project No.: 04-23                                                  RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES

  A.    Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who is an authorized representative of
        the residential appliance manufacturer for both installation and maintenance of
        appliances required for this Project.
  B.    Source Limitations: Obtain residential appliances through one source from a single
        manufacturer.

  C.    Electrical Appliances: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a
        testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

  D.    UL and NEMA Compliance: Provide electrical components required as part of
        residential appliances that are listed and labeled by UL and that comply with applicable
        NEMA standards.

  E.    AGA and ANSI Standards: Provide gas-burning appliances that carry the design
        certification seal of AGA and that comply with ANSI Z21-Series standards.

  F.    AHAM Standards: Provide appliances that comply with the following AHAM standards:

        1.    Refrigerators and Freezers: Total volume and shelf area ratings certified
              according to ANSI/AHAM HRF-1.
  G.    Energy Ratings: Provide residential appliances that carry labels indicating energy-cost
        analysis (estimated annual operating costs) and efficiency information as required by
        the Federal Trade Commission.

1.05    DELIVERY

  A.    Deliver appliances only after utility rough-in is complete and construction in the spaces
        to receive appliances is substantially complete and ready for installation.

1.06    WARRANTIES

  A.    General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner
        of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and
        shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor
        under requirements of the Contract Documents.

  B.    Special Warranties: Written warranties, executed by manufacturer of each appliance
        specified agreeing to repair or replace residential appliances or components that fail in
        materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

        1.    Electric Range: Five-year limited warranty for in-home service on surface-burner
              elements.
        2.    Dishwasher: Five-year warranty against deterioration of tub and door liner.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01    PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS




                                            11451-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 11451
Project No.: 04-23                                                   RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES

  A.    Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, appliances that may be
        incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, those indicated in the
        Residential Appliance Schedule at the end of Part 3.

2.02    RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES

  A.    Electric Range: Slide in unit, with electric cooktop with four burner elements and lower
        oven, with front mounted controls, listed by UL and complying with requirements
        specified in the Residential Appliance Schedule.

  B.    Exhaust Hood: Wall-mounted, undercabinet exhaust hood, listed by UL, and
        complying with requirements specified in the Residential Appliance Schedule.

  C.    Garbage Disposal: Undersink unit, listed by UL, and complying with requirements
        specified in the Residential Appliance Schedule.

  D.    Dishwasher: Built-in, undercounter, automatic dishwasher, listed by UL, and complying
        with requirements specified in the Residential Appliance Schedule.

2.03    FINISHES

  A.    Porcelain-Enamel Finish: Provide manufacturer's standard factory-applied porcelain-
        enamel finish over cleaned and pretreated steel sheet.
        1.   Color: White.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01    EXAMINATION
   A.   Examine roughing-in for plumbing, mechanical, and electrical services, with Installer
        present, to verify actual locations of services before residential appliance installation.

        1.    Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been
              corrected.

3.02    INSTALLATION

  A.    General: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

  B.    Built-in Equipment: Securely anchor units to supporting cabinets or countertops with
        concealed fasteners. Verify that clearances are adequate for proper functioning and
        rough openings are completely concealed.

  C.    Freestanding Equipment: Place units in final locations after finishes have been
        completed in each area. Verify that clearances are adequate to properly operate
        equipment.

  D.    Utilities: Refer to Divisions 15 and 16 for plumbing and electrical requirements.

3.03    ADJUSTING AND CLEANING




                                            11451-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 11451
Project No.: 04-23                                                    RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES

  A.    Test each item of residential appliances to verify proper operation. Make necessary
        adjustments.

  B.    Verify that accessories required have been furnished and installed.

  C.    Remove packing material from residential appliances and leave units in clean
        condition, ready for operation.

3.04    RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCE SCHEDULE

  A.    Electric Range: Where this designation is indicated, provide electric ranges complying
        with the following:

        1.    Type: 30-inch-wide, slide in.

        2.    Cooktop: Recessed, hinged, tilt-up, porcelain-enamel cooktop with four surface
              burners.
              a.   Burner Types: One 6-inch, one 6/9 -inch dual element and two 7-inch,
                   plug-in, coil-burner elements.
              b.   Cooktop Light: Full-width fluorescent light in backsplash above cooking
                   surface.

        3.    Oven: Combination convection, self-cleaning oven with porcelain-enamel interior
              with four rack levels; three tilt-proof, chrome-plated, self-locking oven racks.
              a.     Oven Door: Counterbalanced, removable, porcelain-enamel oven door,
                     with observation window. Provide towel-bar-type handle.

        4.    Control Panel: Combination surface-burner/oven control panel mounted at front
              of cooking surface and meeting the Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility
              Guidelines. Include burner "ON" indicator light, automatic oven timer, and digital
              clock.
              a.     Controls: Solid-state, electronic-touch-pad, press-to-start type.

        5.    Storage Drawer:     Removable, full-width storage drawer below oven with
              porcelain-enamel front panel.
              a.    Finish: Stainless steel.

        6.    Standard of Quality: GE Model PGS908SEMSS.

  B.    Microwave Oven/Exhaust Hood:

        1.    Type: 30-inch undercabinet, microwave oven and ventilating range hood.

        2.    Duct Type: 7 inch- diameter round, horizontal outlet.

        3.    Blower: 460 cfm dual centrifugal, infinite speed control.

        4.    Finish: Stainless steel.

        5.    Standard features include the following:



                                              11451-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                              Section 11451
Project No.: 04-23                                                      RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES

              a.    Permanent washable filter.
              b.    Wall or roof cap and shutter.

        6.    Standard of Quality: General Electric Model #SCA1001K.

  C.    Garbage Disposal:

        1.    Type: Undersink mounted, with connection for dishwasher.
        2.    Size: 3/4 horsepower.
        3.    Feed: Continuous.
        4.    Standard of Quality: GE Model GFC720F.

  D.    Dishwasher:

        1.    Type: Automatic, built-in, under-the-counter dishwasher; sized to replace 24-inch
              base cabinet; operable at water pressures from 15 to 120 psi.

        2.    Tub and Door Liner: Stainless steel.
              a.   Detergent Dispenser:       Sealed detergent and automatic rinsing-aid
                   dispensers in door liner.

        3.    Rack System: PVC-coated sliding dish racks with removable silverware basket.

        4.    Operation: Four wash cycles with hot-air and heat-off drying cycle options.

        5.    Controls: Solid-state, electronic, press-to-start type.
              a.   Front Panel Finish: Stainless steel.

        6.    Standard features include the following:
              a.   Full-extension, PVC-coated, upper and lower dish racks.

        7.    Removable silverware basket.

        8.    Sound-absorbing exterior insulation blanket around tub and back.

        9.    Soft food disposer.
              a.     Self-cleaning food-filter system.

        10.   Boosting Unit: Provide 162 degree electric water heat boosting unit.

        11.   Standard of Quality: GE Model PDW9280NSS.

  E.    Side-by-Side Refrigerator:


        1.    Type: Slip-into-cabinet, frost-free, side-by-side refrigerator/freezer.

        2.    Front Panel: Stainless steel.

        3.    Storage Capacity:
              a.   Fresh Food Compartment Volume: 15.46 cu. ft. (0.436 cu. m).


                                              11451-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 11451
Project No.: 04-23                                                     RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES

              b.    Freezer Volume: 9.56 cu. ft. (0.28 cu. m).
              c.    Shelf Area: 23.90 sq. ft. (2.22 sq. m)

        4.    Refrigerator Features:
              a.    Shelves: 3 Adjustable, slide-out, glass shelves.
              b.    Compartment Storage:
                    1) Bottom Drawer: Adjustable temperature.
                    2) Snack drawer.
                    3) Top Drawer: adjustable humidity.
              c.    Door Storage Bins: 3
              d.    Interior light in each compartment.

        5.    Freezer Features:
              a.   Shelves: 4 Wire (3 adjustable).
              b.   Door Shelves: 5 Fixed.
              c.   Automatic icemaker and storage bin.
              d.   Ice and cold-water dispenser in door.
              e.   Water filtration.

        6.    Temperature Controls: Separate temperature controls for each compartment.

        7.    EnergyStar Qualified: Yes.

        8.    Approximate Dimensions: 35-3/4”W x 69-3/4”H x 33-9/16”D.

        9.    Standard of Quality: GE Model GSH25JFTBS.

  F.    Undercounter Refrigerator:

        1.    Type: Slip-under-counter refrigerator.

        2.    Front Panel: Stainless steel.

        3.    Total Capacity: 5.40 cu. ft. (0.158 cu. m).

        4.    Refrigerator Features:
              a.    Defrost Type: Cycle.
              b.    Compartment Storage: Vegetable/fruit crisper.
              c.    Shelves: 3 Adjustable, slide-out, glass shelves.
              d.    Removable utility bin.
              e.    Interior light.

        5.    Temperature Control: Electronic.

        6.    Approximate Dimensions: 23-3/4”W x 34-1/2”H x 23-3/4”D.

        7.    Standard of Quality: GE ModelZIFS240PSS.

                                  END OF SECTION 11451




                                              11451-6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                   Section 11660
Project No.: 04-23                                                FORENSIC CABINETS


                                   SECTION 11660

                                FORENSIC CABINETS


PART 1 GENERAL

1.1   SECTION INCLUDES

      A.   Evidence drying cabinet.

      B.   Forensic cabinets.

1.2   RELATED SECTIONS

      A.   Division 15 Sections for supply and exhaust fans; exhaust ductwork; service
           roughing-ins; drain traps; valves, pipes, and fittings; and other materials
           required to complete commercial laundry equipment installation.

      B.   Division 16 Sections for wiring disconnect switches, and other electrical
           materials required to complete commercial laundry equipment installation.

1.3   REFERENCES

      A.   ASHRAE 110-1995: Laboratory Fume Hoods.

      B.   UL Certification: Provide electric equipment and components that are
           evaluated by UL for fire, and electric shock according to applicable safety
           standards and that are UL certified for compliance and labeled for intended
           use.

      C.   NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.

1.4   SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used,
           including:

           1.    Preparation instructions and recommendations.
           2.    Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.

      B.   Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, roughing-in dimensions,
           fabrication details, utility service requirements, and attachments to other
           work.

      C.   Coordination Drawings: Indicate locations of laundry equipment and
           connections to utilities, and clearance requirements for equipment access
           and maintenance.

      D.   Operation and Maintenance Data: For equipment to include in emergency,
           operation, and maintenance manuals. Include a schedule with the following:
           1.   Designation indicated on Drawings.



                                       11660-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                    Section 11660
Project No.: 04-23                                                 FORENSIC CABINETS

           2.    Manufacturer's name and model number.
           3.    List of factory-authorized service agencies including their addresses
                 and telephone numbers.

1.5   DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Store equipment on site protected from weather, direct sunlight and
           temperature extremes. Do not remove packaging prior to storage.

      B.   Consult manufacturer if cabinets are to be stored for an extended period of
           time.

1.6   PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.   Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation)
           within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not
           install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's
           absolute limits.

1.7   WARRANTY

      A.   Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
           replace any part of the equipment assembly that fails within specified
           warranty period.

           1.    Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1   MANUFACTURERS

      A.   Acceptable Manufacturers:

            1.    Evidence drying cabinet: AirClean Systems.
            2.    Forensic cabinets: Fisher Hamilton, Inc.

      B.     Subject to compliance with requirements, other manufacturers
             offering similar products will be considered.
2.2    EVIDENCE DRYING CABINET

      A.   Basis of Design: AirClean Systems DrySafe Model No. ACEVD36A.

      B.   Construction: Polypropylene.

      C.   Dimensions: 36”W x 27”D x 84”H.

      D.   Controls: Microprocessor.

      E.   Light: Vapor-proof fluorescent.

      F.   Filters:


                                        11660-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                    Section 11660
Project No.: 04-23                                                 FORENSIC CABINETS

             1.    Door: Pre-filter
             2.    Chamber: Pre-filter.
             3.    Exhaust: HEPA.
             4.    Exhaust: Bonded carbon.

      G.   Waste Pump: Standard.

      H.   Gas Detector: Standard.

      I.   Pressure Switch: Standard.

      J.   Drying Rod: Stainless steel.

      K.   Drying Shelves: Three collapsible.

      L.   Drain: Standard.

      M.   Electrical:

             1.    Voltage: 110/220
             2.    Amps: 2.8/1.4

2.3   FORENSIC CABINETS

      A.   Basis of Design: Fisher Hamilton.

             1.    Model #950P200GY, wall-mounted.

                   a.    Capacity: 13 cu. ft.
                   b.    Exhaust Volume: 13 cfm.
                   c.    Location: Evidence Submission #136.

             2.    Model #950P201GY, floor-mounted.

                   a.    Capacity: 31 cu. ft.
                   b.    Exhaust Volume: 31 cfm.
                   c.    Location: Vehicle Forensics #130.

      B.   General Characteristics:

           1.     Units shall consist of three separate fuming chambers of various sizes
                  to allow separate fuming processes concurrently.
           2.     Each chamber shall be dampered, lockable, and glazed.
           3.     Chambers shall have v-strip sealed doors to minimize airflow during
                  fuming process.
           4.     Each chamber shall include a vapor-proof incandescent light and
                  access to 110 volt AC receptacles.
           5.     Cabinet Construction: 45lb. density particle board core, with doweled
                  joinery, with chemical-resistance plastic laminate interiors and high-
                  pressure plastic laminate exterior.
           6.     Provide hanging rods in each chamber.
           7.     Install padlock hasps on chamber doors.


                                          11660-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 11660
Project No.: 04-23                                                     FORENSIC CABINETS

           8.    Door glazing shall be laminated safety glass.
           9.    Doors to hang on stainless-steel piano hinges and have self-latching
                 stainless-steel handles.
           10.   Furnish a test report for each chamber verifying proper containment
                 with chamber closed. Test shall be based on ASRAE 110-1995
                 methodology. Containment shall be 4.0 AM 0.05 PPM or better.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1   EXAMINATION

      A.   Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared.

      B.   If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify
           Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding.

3.2   PREPARATION

      A.   Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation.

      B.   Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for
           achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions.

3.3   INSTALLATION

      A.   Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

      B.   System Startup and Commissioning: Arrange for a local manufacturer's
           representative to inspect cabinets prior to startup and operation.

3.4   PROTECTION

      A.   Protect installed products until completion of project.

      B.   Repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion.

                                END OF SECTION 11660




                                          11660-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiaky Police Station                                                 Section 12345
Project No.: 04-23                LABORATORY CASEWORK, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES


                                        SECTION 12345

              LABORATORY CASEWORK, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    This Section includes the following:

        1.    Fixed modular steel casework.

        2.    Mobile Table.

        3.    Laboratory countertops.

        4.    Laboratory sinks.

        5.    Drying cabinets.

        6.    Solvent and acid storage cabinets.

        7.    Forensics cabinet (superglue).

  B.    Related Sections include the following:

        1.    Division 15 Sections for plumbing fixtures, piping, and connections.

        2.    Division 16 Sections for electrical fixtures, wiring, and connections.

1.03    REFERENCES

  A.    Laboratory Casework:

        1.    SAMA Standard Performance Requirements.

  B.    Solvent and Acid Storage Cabinets:

        1.    OSHA Section 1910.106, General Industry Standards.

        2.    NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code.




                                               12345-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiaky Police Station                                                  Section 12345
Project No.: 04-23                 LABORATORY CASEWORK, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES

1.04    SUBMITTALS

  A.    General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract
        and Division 1 Specification Sections.

  B.    Shop Drawings: Indicate casework and equipment locations, large scale plans,
        elevations, cross sections, details, rough-in and anchor placement dimensions and
        tolerances and clearances required.

  C.    Product Data: Provide manufacturer’s technical data for each component and item of
        laboratory casework and equipment specified, including equipment dimensions and
        construction, configurations, color selection charts, attachment and anchorage details,
        equipment capacities, physical dimensions, construction details, utility and service
        requirements and locations, point loads and factory finishes.

  D.    Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions: Indicate special installation requirements.

        1.    Instruction: Submit for review and approval, written instructions in booklet form
              providing additional details on safe operation and maintenance.

  E.    Finish Samples: Submit samples of each color of finish for casework, work surfaces,
        and other prefinished work as well as accessories for selection by Architect.

  F.    Operation and Maintenance Data:

        1.    Submit information in bound manual form, type written or computer word
              processed on 8-1/2-inch by 11-inch paper.

        2.    Operation Data: Include description of required operation, adjusting, and testing.

        3.    Maintenance Data: Identify system maintenance requirements, servicing cycles,
              and spare part sources.

1.05    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Manufacturer’s Qualifications:      Modern plant with proper tools, dies, fixtures and
        skilled workmen to produce high quality laboratory casework and equipment. Installers
        shall be factory certified by the manufacturers.

  B.    Coordination: The supplier/installer shall coordinate the installation of all products
        under this section, including mechanical, plumbing and electrical items which are
        provided by the supplier and installed by other contractors.

  C.    Owner has the right to inspect equipment at the manufacturer’s factory prior to
        shipment. Equipment found not to be in conformance with requirements of the contract
        documents may be rejected.

  D.    Installer’s qualifications: Shall be factory certified by the manufacturer.




                                             12345-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiaky Police Station                                                 Section 12345
Project No.: 04-23                LABORATORY CASEWORK, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES

1.06    DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

  A.    Deliver, store, protect and handle products on the site in such a manner as to minimize
        the risk of damage, decay, deterioration or loss from theft.

  B.    All products shall be delivered to the job site in manufacturer’s original unopened
        containers, crates or protective wrappings with the manufacturer’s name and address
        clearly labeled thereon.

  C.    Accept products on site and inspect on arrival for damage.

  D.    Protect products from damage and soiling at all times. Keep products covered with
        polyethylene film or other suitable protective coverings. Protect installed casework
        throughout construction period with corrugated cardboard completely covering the top
        and securely taped to edges. Mark cardboard in large lettering “No Standing”.

1.07    PROJECT CONDITIONS

  A.    Do not deliver or install laboratory casework until building is secure and weathertight,
        all painting is completed and ceilings, overhead ductwork and lighting are installed.

1.08    FIELD MEASUREMENTS

  A.    Verify field measurements shown on shop drawings or as instructed by manufacturer.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01    ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS

  A.    Subject to compliance with these specifications, acceptable products include, but are
        not limited to, those manufactured and provided by the following companies. Minor
        differences from these specifications in the design, manufacturing techniques and
        appearance of the products offered by these approved manufacturer’s are acceptable.

        1.    Fisher Hamilton Scientific, Inc.

        2.    Kewaunee Scientific Corp.

        3.    Jamestown Metal Products.

        4.    Labconco.

2.02    FIXED MODULAR STEEL LABORATORY CASEWORK

  A.    Casework Design Requirements:

        1.    Flush construction: Surfaces of doors, drawers and panel faces shall align with
              cabinet fronts without overlap of case ends, top or bottom rails. Horizontal and




                                             12345-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiaky Police Station                                                Section 12345
Project No.: 04-23               LABORATORY CASEWORK, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES

              vertical case shell members (panels, top rails and bottoms) shall meet in the
              same plane without overlap, cracks or crevices.

        2.    Slimline styling: Maximum front width of end panels ¾-inch and maximum front
              height of top and bottom members 1-inch.

        3.    Self supporting units: Completely welded shell assembly without applied panels
              at ends, backs or bottoms, so that cases can be used interchangeably or as a
              single, stand-alone unit.

        4.    Interior of case units: Easily cleanable, flush interior. Base cabinets, 30 inches
              and wider, with double swinging doors shall provide full access to complete
              interior without center vertical post.

        5.    Drawers: Sized on a modular basis for interchange to meet varying storage
              needs, and designed to be easily removable in field without use of special tools.

        6.    Case openings: Rabbeted-like joints all four sides of case opening for hinged
              doors and two sides for sliding doors in order to provide dust resistant case.

        7.    Framed glazed doors: Identical in construction, hardware and installation to solid
              panel doors. Design frame glazed doors to be removable for glass replacement.

        8.    Fillers, scribes and closures: Provide and install as necessary for a complete
              installation.

  B.    Casework Performance Requirements:

        1.    Structural performance requirements: Casework components shall withstand the
              following minimum loads without damage to the component or to the casework
              operation:

              a.    Steel base unit load capacity: 500 lbs. per lineal foot.
              b.    Suspended units: 300 lbs.
              c.    Drawers in a cabinet: 150 lbs.
              d.    Hanging wall cases: 300 lbs.
              e.    Load capacity for shelves of base units, wall cases and tall cases: 180 lbs.

        2.    Metal Finish Performance Requirements:

              a.    Abrasion resistance: Maximum weight loss of 5.5 mg. per 100 cycle when
                    tested on a Taber Abrasion Tester #E40101 with 1000 gm wheel pressure
                    and Calibrase #CS10 wheel.
              b.    Hardness: Surface hardness equivalent to 4H or 5H pencil.
              c.    Humidity resistance: Withstand 1000 hour exposure in saturated humidity
                    at 100 deg F.
              d.    Moisture resistance:




                                           12345-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiaky Police Station                                                   Section 12345
Project No.: 04-23                  LABORATORY CASEWORK, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES

                    (1)   No visible effect to surface finish after boiling water trickled over test
                          panel inclined 45 degrees for five minutes.
                    (2)   No visible effect to surface finish following 100 hour continuous
                          application of a water soaked cellulose sponge, maintained in a wet
                          condition throughout the test period.

              e.    Adhesion: Score finish surface of test panel with razor blade into 100
                    squares, 1/16-inch by 1/16-inch, cutting completely through the finish but
                    with minimum penetration of the substrate, and brush away particles with
                    soft brush. Minimum 95 squares shall maintain their finish.
              f.    Salt spray: Withstand minimum 200 hour salt spray test.

  C.    Chemical Resistance Finish Performance Requirements:

        1.    Test procedure: Apply 10 drops (approximately 0.5 cc) of each reagent identified
              to the source of the finished test panels laid flat and level on a horizontal surface.
              Ambient temperature: 68-72 deg F. After one hour flush away chemicals with
              cold water and wash surface with detergent and warm water at 150 deg F, and
              with alcohol to remove surface stains. Examine surface under 100 foot candles
              of illumination.

        2.    Evaluation ratings: Change in surface finish and function shall be described by
              the following ratings:

              a.    Excellent: Indicates excellent to superior integrity of finish film. Includes
                    no effect or slight change in gloss and slight discoloration.
              b.    Good: Clearly discernible change in color or gloss. Finish remains intact
                    and protective with no significant impairment to function or life.
              c.    Failure: Obvious and significant deterioration, visible blistering, pitting,
                    bare spots, or roughness of surface.

        3.    Test results (concentration by weight):

              REAGENT                                     RATING

              a. Acetic Acid, 93%                         Excellent

              b. Formic Acid, 33%                         Good

              c. Hydrochloric Acid, 37%                   Excellent

              d. Nitric Acid, 25%                         Excellent

              e. Nitric Acid, 60%                         Good

              f. Phosphoric Acid, 75%                     Excellent

              g. Sulfuric Acid, 28%                       Excellent



                                             12345-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiaky Police Station                                                 Section 12345
Project No.: 04-23                LABORATORY CASEWORK, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES

              REAGENT                                    RATING

              h. Sulfuric Acid, 85%                      Excellent

              i. Ammonium Hydroxide, 10%                 Excellent

              j. Sodium Hydroxide, 10%                   Excellent

              k. Sodium Hydroxide, 25%                   Excellent

              l. Acetone                                 Excellent

              m. Carbon Tetrachloride                    Excellent

              n. Ethyl Acetate                           Excellent

              o. Ethyl Alcohol                           Excellent

              p. Ethyl Ether                             Excellent

              q. Formaldehyde, 37%                       Excellent

              r. Hydrogen Peroxide, 5%                   Excellent

              s. Methylethyl Ketone                      Excellent

              t. Phenol, 85%                             Good

              u. Xylene                                  Excellent


        4.    Finish drawer bodies in matching or harmonizing color and apply corrosion-
              resistant treatment to selected, concealed interior parts.

        5.    Provide independent certified test report on chemical resistant finish.

  D.    Casework Materials:

        1.    Sheet steel: Mild, cold rolled and leveled unfinished steel.

        2.    Minimum gauges:

              a.    20 gauge: Interior drawer fronts, scribing strips, filler panels, enclosures,
                    drawer bodies, shelves, security panels and sloping tops.
              b.    18 gauge: Case tops, ends, bottoms, bases, backs, vertical posts,
                    uprights, glazed door members, door exterior panels and access panels.
              c.    16 gauge: Top front rails, top rear gussets, intermediate horizontal rails,
                    table legs and frames, leg rails and stretchers.




                                            12345-6
City of Kodiak
Kodiaky Police Station                                                Section 12345
Project No.: 04-23               LABORATORY CASEWORK, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES

              d.    14 gauge: Drawer suspensions, door and case hinge reinforcements and
                    front corner reinforcements.
              e.    11 gauge: Table leg corner brackets and gussets for leveling screws.

        3.    Glass for glazed doors: 7/32-inch thick clear tempered safety glass.

  E.    Casework Fabrication:

        1.    Base Units and Cases:

              a.    Base units and 25-inch, 31-inch, and 37-inch high wall cases: One piece
                    end panels and back, wrap-around design, reinforced with internal
                    reinforcing front and rear posts. Base units shall be 22 inches overall in
                    depth.
              b.    49-inch and 84-inch high cases: Formed end panels with front and rear
                    reinforcing post channels; back shall be formed steel panel, recessed ¾-
                    inch for mounting purposes.
              c.    Posts: Front post fully closed with full height reinforcing upright. Shelf
                    adjustment holes in front and rear posts shall be perfectly aligned for level
                    setting, adjustable to ½-inch o.c.
              d.    Secure intersection of case members with spot and arc welds. Provide
                    gusset reinforcement at front corners.
              e.    Base unit backs: Provide drawer units without backs and cupboard units
                    with removable backs for access to services behind unit.
              f.    Bottoms: Base units and 25-inch, 31-inch, 37-inch and 49-inch high wall
                    cases shall have one piece bottom with front edge formed into front rail,
                    rabbeted as required for swinging doors and drawers and flush design for
                    sliding doors. Holes or capped punch outs for leveling screw access are
                    not acceptable.
              g.    Top rail for base units: Interlock with end panels, flush with front of unit.
              h.    Horizontal intermediate rails: Recessed behind doors and drawer fronts;
                    removable for later revision in cabinet configuration.
              i.    Base for base units: 4-inch high x 3-inch deep with formed steel base and
                    11 gauge die formed steel gussets at corners. Provide 3/8-inch diameter
                    leveling screw with integral bottom flange of minimum 0.56 sq. in. area at
                    each corner, accessible through openings in toe space.
              j.    Tops of wall cases: One piece, with front edge formed into front rail.
              k.    Vertical service cores: Provide manufacturer’s standard service core
                    matching adjacent wood laboratory casework in color and finish.
                    Coordinate free area within service core with related disciplines.

        2.    Drawers:

              a.    Drawer fronts: ¾-inch, double wall construction, prepainted prior to
                    assembly and sound deadened; top front corners welded and ground
                    smooth.
              b.    Drawer bodies: Bottom and sides formed into one-piece construction with
                    bottom and sides coved and formed top edges.



                                            12345-7
City of Kodiak
Kodiaky Police Station                                                Section 12345
Project No.: 04-23               LABORATORY CASEWORK, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES

              c.    Drawer suspension: Heavy duty coved raceways for both case and drawer
                    with nylon-tired, ball bearing rollers; self-centering and self-closing when
                    open to within 5 inches of the closed position.
              d.    Provide drawer with rubber bumpers. Friction centering devices are not
                    acceptable. Provide security panels for drawers with keyed different locks.
              e.    File drawers: Provide with full extension slides for full access and
                    operation. Provide all file support inserts.

        3.    Doors:

              a.    Solid panel doors: 3/4-inch thick, double wall, telescoping box steel
                    construction with interior prepainted and sound deadened, all outer corners
                    welded and ground smooth. Reinforce interior of front panel with welded
                    steel hat channels. Secure hinges with screws to internal 14 gauge
                    reinforcing in case and door. Hinges shall be removable; welding of hinges
                    is not acceptable. Doors shall close against rubber bumpers.
              b.    Frame glazed doors: Outer head shall be one piece construction. Inner
                    head shall consist of top, bottom and side framing members which are
                    removable for installation or replacement of glass. Provide continuous
                    vinyl glazing retainer to receive glass. In all other respects, framed glazed
                    door construction and quality shall match solid panel doors.

        4.    Shelves:

              a.    Form front and back edges down and back ¾-inch. Form end down ¾-
                    inch. Reinforce shelves over 36-inch long with welded hat channel
                    reinforcement the full width of shelf.
              b.    Pull-out shelves: Same suspension as specified for drawers.
              c.    Base moldings: 4 inches or 6 inches high as required, to be installed by
                    the flooring subcontractor.

  F.    Cabinet Hardware

        1.    General: Provide and factory install cabinet hardware on laboratory casework.

              a.    Drawer and hinged door pulls: Shall be selected by Architect from
                    complete line of manufacturer’s options.
              b.    Hinges: Institutional type, five knuckle projecting barrel hinges, minimum
                    2-1/2 inches long, type 302 or 304 stainless steel or steel with powder-paint
                    finish. Provide two hinges for doors up to 36 inches high; three hinges for
                    doors over 36 inches high. Drill each leaf for three screw attachment to
                    door and frame.
              c.     Door catches: Adjustable type, spring actuated nylon roller catches.
              d.    Elbow catches: Spring type of cadmium plated steel, with strike of suitable
                    design.
              e.    Locks: 5-disc tumbler, heavy duty cylinder type. Exposed lock noses shall
                    be finish plated and stamped with identifying numbers. Finish: Dull nickel
                    (satin) plated.



                                            12345-8
City of Kodiak
Kodiaky Police Station                                                Section 12345
Project No.: 04-23               LABORATORY CASEWORK, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES

              f.    Keying: Lock locations are indicated in the lab casework plans. Master
                    key one level built-in flexibility to accommodate, if required, 3-levels, 1-
                    Grandmaster, 59-Master groups and 70 Sub-master groups with 13
                    primary changes under each. Separate keying shall be provided for each
                    laboratory workstation. Coordinate final keying scheme with the Owner.
              g.    Keys: Stamped brass available from manufacturer or local locksmith, and
                    supplied in the following quantities, unless otherwise specified:

                    (1)   2-for each keyed different lock.
                    (2)   3-for each group keyed alike locks.
                    (3)   2-for master keys for each system.

              h.    Adjustable Shelf Supports: Die formed steel, zinc plated, designed to
                    engage in shelf adjustment holes.

2.03    MOBILE TABLE

  A.    General Requirements:

        1.    Work surface support frame: 11 gauge cold rolled steel tubing. Cabinet support
              channels: 14 gauge cold rolled steel. Weld members using the inert gas
              process.

        2.    Support arms:

              a.    Cantilever support arms: 11 gauge cold rolled steel.

        3.    End caps: Flame resistant ABS plastic, color matched.

        4.    Finish: Chemical resistant powder paint finish in manufacturer’s standard color
              to be selected.

        5.    Leg upright: 16 gauge cold rolled steel.

        6.    Weight capacity: Work surface plus 600 lbs.

        7.    Provided 4-6-inch diameter rubber wheels, each having foot operated locking
              mechanisms.

  B.    Table Frames:

        1.    Table Frames: 4-1/2-inch high “C” channel front and back aprons, end rails and
              cross rails.

        2.    Table drawers: Provide front and back rails; drawer unit, hardware and
              suspension same as specified for base unit drawers.

        3.    Leg rails and stretchers: Channel formed.




                                           12345-9
City of Kodiak
Kodiaky Police Station                                                  Section 12345
Project No.: 04-23                 LABORATORY CASEWORK, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES

  C.    Provide and install undercounter butcher paper dispenser where shown on the
        drawings. Dispenser shall accommodate a 36-inch wide roll of standard white butcher
        paper. Dispenser shall be all steel construction and shall include paper roll rod and
        steel cutting edge across the full width of the dispenser. Cutting edge shall be spring
        loaded, keeping the cutting edge in contact with the butcher paper roll regardless of the
        amount of paper on the roll. Provide 3 rolls of paper with each dispenser.

        1.    Manufacturer: Bulman, model #A-520, or equal manufacturer.

  D.    Chemical Resistance Finish Performance Requirements: Same as fixed modular steel
        laboratory casework.

2.04    LABORATORY COUNTER TOPS

  A.    General: Provide welded stainless steel laboratory counter tops at locations shown on
        the drawings, in the configuration indicated, and as specified herein. Coordinate cut-
        outs and fittings with work of other Sections.

  B.    Materials:

        1.    Stainless Steel: Type 304 with #4 finish.

        2.    Gauge: 14 gauge at tops with integral sinks, and at tops with welded field joints;
              16 gauge at other tops.

        3.    Sound Dampening: Waterborne and non-flammable in its liquid state, containing
              no volatile organic compounds (VOC); minimum film thickness of 20 mil upon
              drying after spray application.

  C.    Counter Top Fabrication:

        1.    Tops: Form tops with 1-inch lip and ½-inch return flange, with 16 gauge stainless
              steel reinforcing channels applied to underside to provide rigidity and sound
              dampening. Form edges, flanges and curbs integrally with top, from single piece
              of sheet material. At tops with sinks, provide seamless, die-formed 3/16-inch
              high integral marine edges at top perimeter. Coat underside of tops with sound
              dampening material.

        2.    Sink Bowls: Fabricated from 16 gauge stainless steel and electrically welded to
              prepared opening in counter top; grind welds flush and polish to a satin finish for
              a unified appearance without visible seam or joint line. Coat underside of sink
              bowl with sound dampening material.

        3.    Joints: Electrically weld all shop joints, grind smooth and polish. Design field
              joints to be mechanically bolted and supported full length, resulting in a hair-line
              seam with flat, level surfaces on each side of joint.

        4.    Work Surface Performance Requirements:




                                           12345-10
City of Kodiak
Kodiaky Police Station                                                   Section 12345
Project No.: 04-23                  LABORATORY CASEWORK, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES

              a.    Test procedure: Apply five drops of each reagent to surface and cover with
                    25mm watch glass, convex side down; test volatiles using one ounce bottle
                    stuffed with saturated cotton. After 24 hour exposure, flush surface, clean,
                    rinse and wipe dry.
              b.    Evaluation ratings: Change in surface finish and function shall be
                    described by the following ratings:

                    (1)   No effect: No detectable change in surface material.
                    (2)   Excellent: Slight detectable change in color or gloss, but no change
                          to the function or life of the work surface material.
                    (3)   Good: Clearly discernible change in color or gloss, but no significant
                          impairment of work surface function or life.
                    (4)   Fair:    Objectionable change in appearance due to surface
                          discoloration or etch, possibly resulting in deterioration of function
                          over an extended period.
                    (5)   Failure: Pitting, cratering or erosion of work surface material;
                          obvious and significant deterioration.

        5.    Test results:

              REAGENT                                    RATING

              a. Hydrochloric Acid, 37%                  Excellent

              b. Nitric Acid, 22%                        Excellent

              c. Nitric Acid, 30%                        Excellent

              d. Nitric Acid, 70%                        Good

              e. Phosphoric Acid, 85%                    No Effect

              f. Sulfuric Acid, 33%                      No Effect

              g. Sulfuric Acid, 77%                      No Effect

              h. Sulfuric Acid, 96%                      Failure

              i. Ammonium Hydroxide, 28%                 No Effect

              j. Sodium Hydroxide, 10%                   No Effect

              k. Sodium Hydroxide, 20%                   No Effect

              l. Sodium Hydroxide, 40%                   No Effect

              m. Sodium Hydroxide Flake                  No Effect




                                           12345-11
City of Kodiak
Kodiaky Police Station                                                  Section 12345
Project No.: 04-23                 LABORATORY CASEWORK, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES

              REAGENT                                RATING

              n. Acetone                             Excellent

              o. Carbon Tetrachloride                No Effect

              p. Ethyl Acetate                       No Effect

              q. Ethyl Alcohol                       No Effect

              r. Ethyl Ether                         Excellent

              s. Formaldehyde                        No Effect

              t. Hydrogen Peroxide, 5%               No Effect

              u. Methylethyl Ketone                  Excellent

              v. Phenol                              Excellent

              w. Xylene                              No Effect

              x. Fomic Acid, 90%                     Excellent

              y. Hydrofluoric Acid, 48%              Fair

              z. Chromic Acid, 60%                   Failure

              aa. Acetic Acid, 98%                   Excellent

              bb. d and h, equal parts               Excellent

              cc. Sodium Sulfide                     Excellent

              dd. Zinc Chloride                      No Effect

              ee. Tincture of Iodine                 Excellent

              ff. Silver Nitrate                     No Effect

              gg. Methyl Alcohol                     No Effect

              hh. Butyl Alcohol                      No effect

              ii. Benzene                            Excellent

              jj. Toluene                            Excellent

              kk. Gasoline                           No Effect



                                          12345-12
City of Kodiak
Kodiaky Police Station                                                 Section 12345
Project No.: 04-23                LABORATORY CASEWORK, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES

              REAGENT                                    RATING

              ll. Dichlor Acetic Acid                    Good

              mm. Di Methyl Formamide                    Excellent

              nn. Amyl Acetate                           Excellent

              oo. Chloroform                             Excellent

              pp. Cresol                                 Excellent

              qq. Trichloroethylene                      Excellent

              rr. Furural                                Good

              ss. Methylene Chloride                     Excellent

              tt. Mono Chlor Benzene                     Good

              uu. Dioxane                                Excellent

              vv. Acid Dichromate                        Fair

              ww. Naphthalene                            Excellent

2.05    DRYING CABINETS

  A.    Provide drying cabinets where indicated and as follows:

        1.    Basis of specification: Product No. 950S1850 24 inches W x 21 ¾ D x 84 inches
              H, Fisher Hamilton, Inc.

  B.    General: Unit shall consist of a single chamber with five adjustable shelves with a
        single framed glass left-hinged door. The door shall have a lock. The unit shall have a
        vapor-proof incandescent light. The unit shall have a ventilation duct to permit exhaust
        ductwork attachment capable of 15 air changes per hour. The unit shall have
        thermostatically controlled heating from room temperature to 150 deg F and shut off at
        160 deg F. The unit shall have a removable closet rod.

  C.    Construction shall be 18 gauge steel ends, top and back. Adjustable shelves shall be
        20 gauge. Unit shall have leveling adjustment within access panel. Door to be 18
        gauge with clear laminated tempered safety glass.

  D.    Provide shop drawing for review and modification as required based on the reviews.
        Shop drawings shall be approved by the Architect prior to fabrication of the drying
        cabinets.

  E.    Drying Cabinets Requirements:



                                           12345-13
City of Kodiak
Kodiaky Police Station                                                    Section 12345
Project No.: 04-23                   LABORATORY CASEWORK, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES

        1.    Style; Tall cabinet.

        2.    Compartment: Single with Adjustable Shelves.

        3.    Exhaust volume: 15 air changes per hour.

        4.    In-take grill on front of cabinet.

        5.    Dryer with adjustable thermostat.

        6.    Power connection wiring.

2.06    SOLVENT AND ACID STORAGE CABINETS

  A.    Applicable to cabinets beneath the forensics hoods.

  B.    Solvent Storage Cabinet Performance Requirements:

        1.    Maximum internal temperature: 325 deg F., when subjected to a 10 minute fire
              test using standard time-temperature curve per ASTM E152-72 (Article 42, NFPA
              No. 30).

        2.    Reference Standards:

              a.    OSHA General Industry Standards Section 1910.106.
              b.    NFPA Flammable and Combustible Liquid Code No. 30.

  C.    Solvent Storage Cabinet Construction

        1.    Top, bottom and sides: 18 gauge steel, double wall construction with 1-1/2-inch
              air space, removable access and back panels; all joints welded. Set bottom of
              door two inches above bottom of cabinet to create two inches deep well to
              contain spillage of liquids.

        2.    Hardware:

              a.    3 point latching device and lock.
              b.    Full length piano hinge.
              c.    Door operation: Self-closing with fusible link.

        3.    Upper and lower arrester vents: Factory Mutual approved vents located so that
              they can be plugged both internally and externally to assure isolation of stored
              fluid, but can be opened for ventilation means as required by applicable local
              codes.

        4.    Cabinet grounding attachment: Screw at base of cabinet for firm attachment of
              grounding wire.

        5.    Cabinet color and markings:



                                              12345-14
City of Kodiak
Kodiaky Police Station                                                 Section 12345
Project No.: 04-23                LABORATORY CASEWORK, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES

              a.    Cabinet and markings color shall be selected from the manufacturer’s
                    standard colors.
              b.    Mark with Factory Mutual approval.
              c.    Label cabinet: “FLAMMABLE – KEEP FIRE AWAY”.

  D.    Acid Storage Cabinet Construction:

        1.    Interior of cabinets shall be lined with acid-resistant, glass reinforced cement. No
              asbestos allowed.

        2.    Double steel doors with two sets of vents in each door.

        3.    18 gauge steel construction complying with requirements for fixed modular steel
              casework as specified herein. Provide with adjustable, removable full width and
              full depth steel shelves.

        4.    Label cabinet: “ACID STORAGE”.

  E.    Ventilation of acid storage cabinet:

        1.    Acid cabinet located under fume hood shall be equipped with ventilation kit
              providing positive ventilation from the cabinet, bypassing the interior of the fume
              hood between the liner and the steel housing, and connecting directly to the
              exhaust duct transition piece above the fume hood.

  F.    Cabinet finish: Comply with requirements for fixed modular steel casework as
        specified herein. Colors shall be selected from the manufacturer’s standard color
        selections.

2.07    FORENSICS CABINET (SUPERGLUE)

  A.    Provide a multi-chambered forensics cabinet (superglue) where indicated and as
        follows:

        1.    Product No. 950P202 Forensics Cabinet, Fisher Hamilton, Inc.

  B.    General: Unit shall consist of three separate fuming chambers of various sizes to allow
        separate fuming processes concurrently. Each chamber shall be dampered, lockable,
        and glazed. Chambers shall have V-strip sealed doors to minimize airflow during
        fuming process. Each compartment shall include a vapor-proof incandescent light and
        access to 110 VAC receptacles.

  C.    Construction shall be 45 pound density particle board core with doweled joinery. Liner
        shall be Wilson Art Chemsurf® chemical resistant plastic laminate, color white.
        Exterior shall be high-pressure plastic laminate, color gray.

  D.    Provide test report verifying proper containment with the chamber closed. Test shall
        be based on ASHRAE 110-1995 methodology. Containment shall be 4.0 AM 0.05
        PPM or better.


                                               12345-15
City of Kodiak
Kodiaky Police Station                                                 Section 12345
Project No.: 04-23                LABORATORY CASEWORK, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES

  E.    Forensics Cabinet Requirements:

        1.    Counter Top Cabinet:

              a.    Style: Counter Top.
              b.    Compartment Location: Right.
              c.    Capacity: 13 cubic feet.
              d.    Exhaust Volume: 13 CFM.
              e.    Weight: 230 pounds.
              f.    110 V. Power.

        2.    Floor Mount Cabinet:

              a.    Style: Floor Mount
              b.    Compartment Location: Right.
              c.    Capacity: 31 cubic feet.
              d.    Exhaust Volume: 31 CFM.
              e.    Weight: 395 pounds.
              f.    110 V. Power.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01    EXAMINATION

  A.    Verify all equipment rough-in conditions and requirements.

  B.    Coordinate with other trades for the proper and correct installation of plumbing and
        electrical rough-in, structural backing for items attached to walls, and for rough opening
        dimensions required for the installation of products in this section.

3.02    INSTALLATION

  A.    General Requirements:

        1.    Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

        2.    Install in accordance with standards required by authority having jurisdiction.

        3.    Sequence installation to ensure utility connections are achieved in an orderly and
              expeditious manner.

        4.    Touch-up minor damaged surfaces caused during installation.                Replace
              damaged components as directed by Architect.

        5.    Equipment in this section shall be installed with all necessary fittings mounted for
              final connection by Divisions 15 and 16.

  B.    Casework Installation:




                                           12345-16
City of Kodiak
Kodiaky Police Station                                                  Section 12345
Project No.: 04-23                 LABORATORY CASEWORK, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES

        1.    Install plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required, using
              concealed shims. Where laboratory casework abuts other finished work, scribe
              and apply filler strips for accurate fit with fasteners concealed where practicable.

        2.    Base cabinets: Set cabinets straight, plumb, and level. Adjust set tops within
              1/16-inch of a single plane. Fasten each individual cabinet to floor at toe space,
              with fasteners spaced 24-inch o.c. Bolt continuous cabinets together with joints
              flush, tight, and uniform, and with alignment of adjacent units within 1/16-inch
              tolerances. Secure individual cabinets with not less than 2 fasteners into floor,
              where they do not adjoin other cabinets.

        3.    Secure wall cabinets to solid supporting members such as wall studs with
              concealed wall blocking, CMU, etc.

        4.    Abut top edge surfaces in one true plane. Provide flush joints not to exceed 1/8-
              inch between top units.

  C.    Countertop Installation:

        1.    Where required due to field conditions, scribe to abutting surfaces.

        2.    Field jointing: Only factory prepared field joints, located per approved shop
              drawings, shall be permitted. Secure joints in field, where practicable, in same
              manner as factory, with dowels, splines, adhesives, or fasteners recommended
              by manufacturer. Locate field joints as shown on accepted shop drawings,
              factory prepared so there is no jobsite processing of top and edge surfaces.

        3.    Secure work surfaces to casework and equipment components with material and
              procedures recommended by the manufacturer.

        4.    Fastenings: Use concealed clamping devices for field joints, except for natural
              stone, composition stone, and epoxy tops, located within 6 inches of front, at
              back edges and at intervals not exceeding 24 inches. Tighten in accordance with
              manufacturer’s instructions to exert a constant, heavy clamping pressure at
              joints. Except for natural stone, composition stone and epoxy tops, secure tops
              to cabinets with “Z” type fasteners or equivalent, using 2 or more fasteners at
              each front, end, and back.

        5.    Workmanship: Abut top and edge surfaces in one true plane, with internal
              supports placed to prevent any deflection. Provide flush hairline joints in top
              units using clamping devices. At joints, use manufacturer’s recommended
              adhesives and holding devices to provide joint widths not more than 1/16-inch
              wide at any location, completely field and flush with abutting edges.

              a.    Where necessary to penetrate tops with fasteners, countersink heads
                    approximately 1/8-inch and plug holes flush with material equal in chemical
                    resistance, color, hardness and texture to top surface.
              b.    After installation, carefully dress joints smooth, remove any surface
                    scratches, clean and polish entire surface.


                                           12345-17
City of Kodiak
Kodiaky Police Station                                                Section 12345
Project No.: 04-23               LABORATORY CASEWORK, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES

              c.    Provide holes and cutouts as required for mechanical and electrical service
                    fixtures.
              d.    Provide scribe mountings for closures at junctures of top, curb and splash
                    with walls as recommended by manufacturer for materials involved. Use
                    chemical resistant, permanently elastic sealing compound where
                    recommended by manufacturer.

  D.    Accessory Installation:  Install accessories and fittings in accordance with
        manufacturer’s recommendations. Turn screws to seat flat; do not drive.

3.03    ADJUSTING

  A.    Adjust operating equipment, with the exception of air-moving equipment, to efficient
        operation for its intended use, and as required by the manufacturer.

  B.    Make final adjustments to laboratory casework, including doors, drawers hardware,
        fixtures and other moving or operating parts to ensure proper and smooth operation.

3.04    CLEANING

  A.    Clean equipment, casework, countertops and all other surfaces as recommended by
        the manufacturer, rendering all work in a new and unused appearance. Touch up as
        required.

  B.    Clean adjacent construction and surfaces which may have been soiled in the course of
        installation of work in this section.

  C.    Clean countertops with diluted dishwashing liquid and water leaving tops free of all
        grease and streaks. Use no wax or oils.

3.05    PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK

  A.    Provide all necessary protective measures to prevent exposure of equipment and
        surfaces from exposure to other construction activity.

  B.    Advise contractor of procedures and precautions for protection of material and installed
        equipment and casework from damage by work of other trades.

3.06    DEMONSTRATION

  A.    Provide systems demonstration and demonstrate all equipment operations and
        functions to representatives of the owner.

                                  END OF SECTION 12345




                                           12345-18
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 12484
Project No.: 04-23                                                               FLOOR MATS


                                        SECTION 12484

                                         FLOOR MATS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    This Section includes the following:

        1.    Carpet-type mats.

  B.    Related Sections include the following:

        1.    Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for concrete work, including forming,
              placing, and finishing concrete floor slabs.

        2.    Division 9 Section "Carpet" for tufted carpet.

1.03    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: Include manufacturer's specifications, construction details, material
        descriptions, dimensions and profiles, and finishes for type of floor mat specified.

  B.    Samples for Initial Selection: For type of floor mat indicated.

  C.    Samples for Verification: 12-inch- square assembled sections of floor mat, showing
        type of metal finish and color of exposed floor mats.

  D.    Maintenance Data: For cleaning and maintaining floor mats to include in maintenance
        manuals.

1.04    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Source Limitations: Obtain floor mats and frames through one source from a single
        manufacturer.

  B.    Accessibility Requirements:       In addition to requirements of authorities having
        jurisdiction, provide installed floor mats that comply with Section 4.5 in the U.S.
        Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with
        Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)."




                                               12484-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                                Section 12484
Project No.: 04-23                                                                   FLOOR MATS

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01    MANUFACTURERS

  A.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
        offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
        the following:

        1.    Carpet-Type Mats:

              a.    Pedimat M-1 by Ronick Matting Systems.
              b.    Color: Wrought Iron #7325.

2.02    FLOOR MATS

  A.    Carpet: Solution dyed polypropylene fibers with 50/50 blend of 600/12-denier filament
        and 595/D1 monofilament. The texturized fibers shall have ultraviolet blockers and
        color as an integral part of the filament.

        1.    Each carpet fiber and monofilament shall be fusion-bonded to 1/8- to 1a rigid
              two-ply backing to prevent fraying.

        2.    Weight: 32 oz./sq. yd.

  B.    Hinge: Exposed hinge rail connectors shall be extruded 6063-T6 aluminum, mill finish,
        with perforations for drainage.

        1.    Tread rails shall be high-impact vinyl/acrylic with co-extruded soft-durometer
              cushions.

2.03    FABRICATION

  A.    Provide single unit for each mat installation; do not exceed manufacturer's
        recommended maximum sizes for units that are removed for maintenance and
        cleaning. Where joints in mats are necessary, space symmetrically and away from
        normal traffic lanes.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01    INSTALLATION

  A.    Install surface-type units at locations indicated; coordinate with entrance locations and
        traffic patterns.

3.02    PROTECTION

  A.    Defer installation of floor mats until Project is near Substantial Completion.

                                   END OF SECTION 12484




                                             12484-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 12500
Project No.: 04-23                                                        WINDOW TREATMENT

                                         SECTION 12500

                                     WINDOW TREATMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01   SECTION INCLUDES

        A.    Provide window treatment consisting of blinds and shades as specified herein.
              Provide at exterior windows as noted on drawings.

1.02   RELATED SECTIONS

        A.    Sections of Division 1.

1.03   QUALITY ASSURANCE

        A.    Provide window treatment units which are complete assemblies produced by one
              manufacturer for each type required, including hardware, accessory items,
              mounting brackets, and fasteners.

        B.    Flame Resistance Requirements

              1. All finishes to meet Class C flame spread per Chapter 8 of the IBC 200 and
                  Table 803.4.

1.04   SUBMITTALS

        A.    Make submittals in conformance with Section 01300.

        B.    Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of
              window treatment unit required. Include methods of installation for each type of
              opening and supporting structure.

        C.    Shop Drawings

              1. Submit shop drawings for special components and application conditions of
                  window treatment units, which are not fully dimensioned or detailed in
                  manufacturer's product data. Show relationships to adjoining work.

        D.    Samples:

              1. Color Confirmation

                  a. Submit manufacturer's color charts.

              2. For Verification Purposes

                  a. Submit samples of each component, material and finish which will be
                        exposed to view, for each type of window treatment required.
                  b. Prepare samples from same materials to be used for the work.


                                             12500 -1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 12500
Project No.: 04-23                                                       WINDOW TREATMENT

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01   Manufacturers

        A.    Blinds

              1. Manufacturer's offering products complying with requirements include Hunter
                  Douglas, Levelor Lorentzen, Inc., and Carey McFall Co., or other
                  manufacturers producing products equivalent in physical characteristics,
                  performance, and finish as specified herein.

        B.    Shades

              1. Mecho Shade Systems, Inc. : 42-03 35th Street, Long Island City, NY 11101,
                  Ph: 718-729-2020, Fax: 718-729-2941, email: info@mechoshade.com,
                  www.mechoshade.com

              2. Draper, 411 S. Pearl St., Spiceland, IN 47385, Ph: 765-987-7999, Fax: 765-
                  987-7142, e-mail: draper@draperinc.com, www.draperinc.com.

2.02   HORIZONTAL BLINDS

        A.    Headrail

              1. Manufacturer's standard headrail consisting of channel shaped section
                  fabricated from minimum 0.025-inch thick sheet steel with rolled edges at top.

              2. Increase metal thickness as recommended by manufacturer for large blind
                  units.

              3. Furnish complete with tilting mechanism, top and end braces, top cradles,
                  cord lock, and accessory items required for type of blind and installation
                  indicated.

        B.    Bottom Rail

              1. Manufacturer's standard tubular steel bottom rail, designed to withstand
                  twisting or sagging.

              2. Contour top surface to match slat curvature, with flat or slightly curved
                  bottom.

              3. Close ends with manufacturer's standard metal or plastic end caps.

              4. Finish rail in same color as slats.

        C.    Slats

              1. Manufacturer's standard, spring-tempered 1-inch wide aluminum slats, 0.008
                  inch thick.



                                            12500 -2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 12500
Project No.: 04-23                                                         WINDOW TREATMENT

        D.    Ladders

              1. Manufacturer's standard ladder construction design to support and maintain
                  slats at correct spacing and alignment in open and closed positions.

        E.    Tilting Mechanism

              1. Manufacturer's standard assembly including low friction gear tilter, drum and
                  cradle at each ladder, tilt rod, tape clips, and grommet guides to prevent wear
                  on ladder and cords; all designed to hold slats at any angle and prevent
                  movement of slats due to vibration, operated by detachable clear plastic
                  wand, of correct length to provide convenient operation.

        F.    Lifting Mechanism

              1. Manufacturer's standard, including cord locks with cord separators and braid
                  polyester or nylon lifts cords. Include cord equalizers of self-aligning type, to
                  maintain horizontal blind position.

        G.    Installation Brackets

              1. Manufacturer's standard brackets designed to facilitate removal of head
                  channels. Provide intermediate brackets at spacing recommended by blind
                  manufacturer. Include all necessary hardware.

        H.    Finish

              1. Steel Components

                  a. Galvanize and either phosphate coat or prime exposed steel surfaces,
                        followed by manufacturer's standard baked-on synthetic resin enamel
                        finish.

              2. Aluminum Slats

                  a. Provide manufacturer's standard factory-applied finish system consisting
                        of chemical conversion coating followed by baked-on synthetic resin
                        enamel finish coat.

2.03   HORIZONTAL BLIND FABRICATION AND OPERATION

        A.    Fabricate window treatment components from non-corrosive, non-staining, non-
              fading materials which are completely compatible with each other, and which do
              not require lubrication during normal expected life.

        B.    Space slats to provide overlap for light exclusion when in fully closed position.

        C.    Equip horizontal blind units for the following operation:

              1. Full-tilting operating with slats rotating approximately 180 degrees.




                                            12500 -3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                              Section 12500
Project No.: 04-23                                                           WINDOW TREATMENT

              2. Full-height raising, to manufacturer's minimum stacking dimension, with lifting
                  cord locks for stopping blind at any point of ascending or descending travel.

2.04   WINDOW SHADES

        A.    General

              1. Shades shall be wall-mounted with a valence from shade manufacturer. See
                  electrical section for power and switching.

              2. Two rollers within a single pocket style headbox. Headbox of extruded
                  aluminum alloy, painted white on bottom and front. Without ceiling tile lip.
                  Removable bottom closure attaches without exposed fasteners. Available in
                  stock lengths for installation ahead of shades and screen. Grooves extruded
                  along the top of box allow brackets to be inserted to accommodate
                  suspension style mounting. Boxes may be pre-wired with factory-installed
                  junction boxes.

                  a. Equal to Mecho Shade “Electro/2 Double Shade”.

        B.    Electric Operator: Drive unit inside roller, to be 3-wire, instantly reversible,
              lifetime lubricated. Right hand standard. Push button style adjustable limit
              switches, thermal overload protector, and electric brake. Operates on 110-120v
              AC 1 ph. 60 hz. current. Draw: 1.2 amps.

        C.    Line Voltage Switch: Maintained rocker switch.

              1. MechoShade Systems’ ESWX 0688 PS WH.

        D.    Rollers (except spring rollers): Sizes 1 1/4" dia. x .030 wall, 1 1/2" dia. x .065
              wall, or 2" dia. x .080 wall, in steel or extruded aluminum. 3" dia. steel tube
              available, and will accept optional sound reducing motor adaptors. Roller
              assembly shall be easily removable.

        E.    Mounting Brackets: Steel stampings, which twist into grooves in the top of the
              headbox and can then be slid into the proper locations.

        F.    Roller Idler Assembly: Type 6/6 injected molded nylon and a zinc-plated cold
              rolled steel pin. Sliding pin for easy installation and removal of the roller. Idler pin
              for 1 1/4" dia. roller rotates in nylon bushing, which securely interlocks with
              mounting bracket.

        G.    Coupler Assembly: Couplers: Type 6 nylon. Coupler pins: 1018 zinc plated steel.
              Coupler bracket: 1018 zinc plated steel with center bronze bushing. Allows for
              one motor operator to drive up to two additional shade rollers. Overall width of
              group not to exceed (30' motorized). Coupler Assembly to fit 2" or 3" dia. rollers
              with adjacent rollers of the same diameter.

        H.    Side Channels (available on rear shade only): One-piece construction. Channel
              consists of 2 chambers. One accepts the fabric and contains groove for fabric



                                             12500 -4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 12500
Project No.: 04-23                                                         WINDOW TREATMENT

              retainer. The second accepts fabric guide and channel locator. Outside mounts
              require plastic cover buttons.

        I.    Sill Channel (available on rear shade only): Accepts slat bar, prevents light
              leakage. Bottom of channel provides for use of flat head screws.

        J.    Fabrics

              1. Visually Transparent Single-Fabric Shadecloth: MechoShade Systems, Inc.,
                  EuroVeil "5300" Series: 0.010 diameter (0.254 mm) non-raveling
                  vinyl/polyester yarn, fabric thickness 0.025 inches (0.635 mm).

                  a. Dense Basket Weave "5300 series, 5 percent open.

                  b. Extra Dense Twill Weave "6000" series, 2-3 percent open.

                  c.    Color: #5311 Graphite.

              2. Vinyl Room Darkening Shadecloth (Single-Fabric): MechoShade Systems,
                  Inc., "0700 series", blackout material, washable and colorfast laminated and
                  embossed vinyl coated fabric, 0.012 inches thick (0.30 mm) blackout material
                  and weighing 0.81 lbs. per square yard, with a minimum of 62 threads per
                  square inch in colors selected from manufacturer's available range.

                  a. Color: #0711 Dark Grey.


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01   INSTALLATION

        A.    Install window treatment units top-mounted on header behind window frames and
              in manner to comply with manufacturer's instructions. Position units level, plumb,
              secure, and at correct height. Anchor units with correct clips, brackets,
              anchorages, suited to the type of mounting indicated or required. Install blinds in
              as large a width as possible. Where blinds are in more than one section for an
              opening, have intermediate ends of blinds occur over a mullion.

        B.    Provide sufficient clearance between sash and blinds to permit unencumbered
              operation of sash hardware.

        C.    Protect installed units to ensure their being in proper operating condition, without
              damage, blemishes, or indication of use at completion of project. Repair or
              replace damaged units.


                                    END OF SECTION 12500




                                            12500 -5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                              Section 13071
Project No.: 04-23                                                 BULLET RESISTANT FIBERGLASS


                                         SECTION 13071

                              BULLET RESISTANT FIBERGLASS


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    This Section includes the following:

        1.    Bullet resistant fiberglass panels installed with gypsum board assemblies.

  B.    Related Sections:     The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this
        Section:

        1.    Division 9 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies” for framing, gypsum panels, and
              other components forming gypsum board assemblies.

1.03    REFERENCE

  A.    The following publication is part of this specification:

        1.    Underwriters Laboratory UL 752, 9th Edition, Standard for Bullet Resisting
              Equipment, dated January 27, 1995.

1.04    PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

  A.    Security Level: Bullet resistant fiberglass panels shall be UL listed for the following
        security level:

        1.    Level 3- Resistance to 0.44 Magnum, 240-grain lead, velocity range 1350 – 1485
              ft./sec.

  B.    Design: Through the design, manufacturing technique, and application the bullet
        resistant fiberglass shall be of the “non-ricochet type.” This design is intended to
        permit the encapture and retention of an attacking projectile lessening the potential of a
        random injury or lateral penetration.

1.05    SUBMITTALS

  A.    General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract
        and Division 1 Specification Sections.

  B.    Product Data for each type of product specified.


                                               13071-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                              Section 13071
Project No.: 04-23                                                 BULLET RESISTANT FIBERGLASS

  C.    Product certificates signed by manufacturer of bullet resistant fiberglass panels
        certifying that their products comply with specified requirements.

  D.    Manufacturer’s instructions for installation of bullet resistant fiberglass.

1.06    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Single-Source Responsibility for Bullet Resistant Fiberglass: Obtain bullet resistant
        fiberglass panels from a single manufacturer.

1.07    DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

  A.    Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand name,
        identification of manufacturer or supplier, and with UL Labels intact and legible.

  B.    Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage
        from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, construction traffic, and other
        causes. Neatly stack bullet resistant fiberglass panels flat and off the floor in a manner
        that will prevent sagging.

1.08    PROJECT CONDITIONS

  A.    Environmental Conditions, General: Establish and maintain environmental conditions
        for applying bullet resistant fiberglass panels that comply with manufacturer’s
        recommendations.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01    MANUFACTURERS

  A.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
        the following:

        1.    Bullet Resistant Fiberglass Panels:
                                                                     ®
              a.    Safeguard Security Services, Inc., Armortex .
                                                               ®
              b.    North American Bullet Proof, ShotGard .

2.02    BULLET RESISTANT FIBERGLASS PANELS

  A.    General: The panels shall be fabricated from multiple layers of woven roving ballistic
        grade fiberglass cloth impregnated with a thermoset polyester resin and compressed
        into flat, rigid sheets. The production technique and materials used shall provide
        controlled internal delamination to permit the encapture of a penetrating projectile.
        Panels shall comply with the following.

        1.    Thickness: 7/16-inch minimum.

        2.    Weight: 4.0 lbs./sq. ft. minimum.



                                              13071-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 13071
Project No.: 04-23                                              BULLET RESISTANT FIBERGLASS

2.03    MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

  A.    General: Provide auxiliary materials for installation of bullet resistant fiberglass that
        comply with referenced standards and recommendations of manufacturer.
  B.    Laminating Adhesive:      Special adhesive or joint compound recommended for
        laminating gypsum panels to bullet resistant fiberglass panels.

  C.    Steel drill screws of size and type recommended by unit manufacturer for fastening
        bullet resistant fiberglass panels to steel studs. Screws shall be galvanized or
        stainless steel.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01    EXAMINATION

  A.    Examine substrates to which bullet resistant fiberglass panels attach or abut, installed
        hollow metal frames, and structural framing, with Installer present, for compliance with
        requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of
        assemblies specified in the Section.        Do not proceed with installation until
        unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02    INSTALLATION
   A.   Joints: All joints shall be reinforced by a back-up layer of bullet resistant material. The
        bullet resistance of the joint, as reinforced, shall be at least equal to that of the panel.
        Minimum width of reinforcing material layer at joint shall be 4 inches (2 inches each
        side of joint).

  B.    Application: Bullet resistant fiberglass panels shall be installed in accordance with the
        manufacturer’s printed instructions. Attach panels to steel studs with screws at
        spacing recommended by the manufacturer, but not less than 8 inches on-center. The
        method of application shall maintain the bullet resistance rating at junctures with the
        concrete floor slab, the bullet resistant door frame, and the bullet resistant transaction
        window.


                                   END OF SECTION 13071




                                             13071-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 13072
Project No.: 04-23                                 BULLET RESISTANT TRANSACTION WINDOWS


                                         SECTION 13072

                        BULLET RESISTANT TRANSACTION WINDOWS


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

   A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
         Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

   A.    This Section includes the following:

        1.    Bullet resistant three-sided hollow metal transaction window between Lobby 104
              and Records 110.

   B.    Related Sections:     The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this
         Section:

        1.    Division 8 Section “Glazing” for non-bullet resistant glass.

        2.    Division 9 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies” for framing, gypsum panels, and
              other components forming gypsum board assemblies.

        3.    Division 13 Section “Bullet Resistant Fiberglass.”

        4.    Division 13 Section “Bullet Resistant Hollow Metal Door and Frame Assembly”
              for bullet resistant glazing in door assemblies.

1.03    REFERENCE

   A.    The following publication is part of this specification:

        1.    Underwriters Laboratory UL752, 9th Edition, Standard for Bullet Resisting
              Equipment, dated January 27, 1995.

1.04    PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

   A.    Security Level: Bullet resistant transaction window frames, glazing, and related
         components shall be UL listed for the following security level:

        1.    Level 3 – Resistance to 0.44 Magnum, 240 grain lead, velocity range 1350-1485
              ft./sec.




                                              13072-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                      Section 13072
Project No.: 04-23                               BULLET RESISTANT TRANSACTION WINDOWS

1.05    SUBMITTALS

   A.    General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract
         and Division 1 Specification Sections.

   B.    Product Data for each type of product specified.

   C.    Shop drawings showing frame elevations and profiles; size, type, and spacing of
         anchors; welding details; and details of joints and connections.

   D.    Product certificates signed by manufacturer of transaction windows certifying that their
         products comply with specified requirements.

   E.    Manufacturer’s instructions for installation of transaction windows and cleaning of the
         glazing material.

1.06    QUALITY ASSURANCE

   A.    Single-source responsibility for transaction windows: Obtain transaction windows from
         a single manufacturer.

1.07    DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

   A.    Deliver transaction windows in original packages or containers bearing brand name,
         identification of manufacturer or supplier, and with UL labels intact and legible.

   B.    Store transaction windows inside under cover and keep them dry and protected
         against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, construction
         traffic, and other causes.

1.08    PROJECT CONDITIONS

   A.    Environmental Conditions, General: Establish and maintain environmental conditions
         for installation of transaction windows that comply with manufacturer’s
         recommendations.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01    MANUFACTURERS

   A.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
         the following:

        1.    Bullet Resistant Three Sided Hollow Metal Transaction Windows:

              a.    Safeguard Security Service, Inc., Amortex®.
              b.    North American Bullet Proof, ShotGard®.

2.02    BULLET RESISTANT TRANSACTION WINDOWS



                                            13072-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                       Section 13072
Project No.: 04-23                                BULLET RESISTANT TRANSACTION WINDOWS

   A.    General: Through the design, manufacturing technique, and application, frames shall
         be of the “non-ricochet type.” This design is intended to permit the encapture and
         retention of an attacking projectile lessening the potential of a random injury or lateral
         penetration. The encapturing barrier shall be bullet resistant fiberglass. Frames shall
         be of a protection level equal to or greater than the glazing. Units shall be
         manufactured in strict accordance with the specifications, design, and details. No field
         alterations of transaction windows will be allowed unless approved by the
         manufacturer and the Architect. All welding shall be done in accordance with the
         requirements and standard practices of the American Welding Society. All exposed
         welds shall be ground flush and finished smooth. Standard manufacturing tolerances
         shall be +/- 1/16 inch for frame opening, diagonal dimensions, width, height, and
         depth.

   B.    Frames: Frames shall be three sided hollow metal “natural voice” modules,
         constructed of brake formed commercial grade cold rolled 16 gauge stainless steel
         with a #3 finish, and lined with bullet resistant fiberglass. Steel shall be free of scale,
         pitting, coil breaks, and free of defects. Corners shall be continuously welded the full
         length of the intersection. Knocked down and mechanical joints are not acceptable.
         Replacement of glazing shall be from the secure side of the window unit and shall not
         require the removal of the frame from the opening.

   C.    Glazing: Glazing shall be laminated glass as required to achieve the protection level
         specified. The bottom edge of the glazing panel shall have a stainless steel cap of 20
         gauge with a #3 finish.

   D.    Sill: Provided by Division 6, Section “Interior Architectural Woodwork.”

   E.    Dip Tray: Equal to Armortex Model RMDT-1012

  F.    Transaction Drawer: Equal to Armortex Model 6003

2.03    MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

   A.    General: Provide auxiliary materials for installation of transaction windows that
         comply with referenced standards and recommendations of manufacturer.

   B.    Steel drill screws of size and type recommended by manufacturer for fastening
         transaction windows to steel studs. Screws shall be galvanized or stainless steel.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01    EXAMINATION

   A.    Examine substrates to which transaction windows attach or abut with Installer present,
         for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions
         affecting performance of assemblies specified in this Section. Do not proceed with
         installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.




                                             13072-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                      Section 13072
Project No.: 04-23                               BULLET RESISTANT TRANSACTION WINDOWS

3.02    INSTALLATION

   A.    Set frames and glaze in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Repair
         damaged units (if approved by the manufacturer and Architect) or replace with new
         units.

   B.    Protection: Protect frames from scratches or other damage after installation.

   C.    Cleaning: Upon completion, clean exposed surfaces of frames and glazing products
         thoroughly in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

                                  END OF SECTION 13072




                                           13072-4
City of Kodiak                                                                  Section 13073
Kodiak Police Station                                              BULLET RESISTANT HOLLOW
Project No.: 04-23                                          METAL DOOR AND FRAME ASSEMBLY


                                         SECTION 13073

         BULLET RESISTANT HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND FRAME ASSEMBLY

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    This Section includes the following:

        1.    Bullet resistant door and frame assembly.

        2.    Bullet resistant glazing at door lites.

  B.    Related Sections:     The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this
        Section:

        1.    Division 8 Section “Door Hardware.”

        2.    Division 9 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies” for framing, gypsum panels, and
              other components forming gypsum board assemblies.

        3.    Division 9 Section “Painting” for field painting of bullet resistant doors and
              frames.

        4.    Division 13 Section “Bullet Resistant Fiberglass.”

1.03    REFERENCE

  A.    The following publication is part of this specification:

        1.    Underwriters Laboratory UL 752, 9th Edition, Standard for Bullet Resisting
              Equipment, dated January 27, 1995.

1.04    PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

  A.    Security Level: Bullet resistant door and frame assembly shall be UL listed for the
        following security level:

        1.    Level 3 – Resistance to 0.44 Magnum, 240 grain lead, velocity range 1350-1485
              ft./sec.




                                               13073-1
City of Kodiak                                                                 Section 13073
Kodiak Police Station                                             BULLET RESISTANT HOLLOW
Project No.: 04-23                                         METAL DOOR AND FRAME ASSEMBLY

1.05    SUBMITTALS

  A.    General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract
        and Division 1 Specification Sections.

  B.    Product Data for each type of product specified.

  C.    Shop drawings showing frame and door elevations and profiles; size, type, and spacing
        of anchors; welding details; and details of joints and connections.

  D.    Product certificates signed by manufacturer of bullet resistant door and frame
        assembly certifying that their products comply with specified requirements.

  E.    Manufacturer’s instructions for installation of bullet resistant door and frame assembly.

1.06    QUALITY ASSURANCE
   A.   Single-source Responsibility for Bullet Resistant Door and Frame Assembly: Obtain
        bullet resistant door and frame assemblies from a single manufacturer.

1.07    DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

  A.    Deliver bullet resistant door and frame assemblies in original packages or containers
        bearing brand name, identification of manufacturer or supplier, and with UL Labels
        intact and legible.

  B.    Store bullet resistant door and frame assemblies inside under cover and keep them dry
        and protected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination,
        construction traffic, and other causes.

1.08    PROJECT CONDITIONS

  A.    Environmental Conditions, General: Establish and maintain environmental conditions
        for installation of transaction windows that comply with manufacturer’s
        recommendations.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01    MANUFACTURERS

  A.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
        the following:

        1.    Bullet Resistant Door and Frame Assemblies:

              a.    Safeguard Security Service, Inc., Amortex®.
              b.    North American Bullet Proof, ShotGard®.

2.02    BULLET RESISTANT DOOR AND FRAME ASSEMBLY

  A.    General: Through the design, manufacturing technique, and application, doors and
        frames shall be of the “non-ricochet type.” This design is intended to permit the


                                            13073-2
City of Kodiak                                                                 Section 13073
Kodiak Police Station                                             BULLET RESISTANT HOLLOW
Project No.: 04-23                                         METAL DOOR AND FRAME ASSEMBLY

        encapture and retention of an attacking projectile lessening the potential of a random
        injury or lateral penetration. The encapturing barrier shall be bullet resistant fiberglass.
        Units shall be manufactured in strict accordance with the specifications, design, and
        details. No field alterations of bullet resistant door and frame assemblies will be
        allowed unless approved by the manufacturer and the Architect. All welding shall be
        done in accordance with the requirements and standard practices of the American
        Welding Society. All exposed welds shall be ground flush and finished smooth.
        Standard manufacturing tolerances shall be +/- 1/16” for frame opening width, height,
        diagonal dimension, and overall width and height (outside to outside).

  B.    Door: Bullet resistant hollow metal doors shall be constructed with 16 gauge
        commercial grade steel faces, foamed in place rigid urethane foam, and bullet resistant
        fiberglass core. Rails and stiles shall be 16 gauge steel welded to face plates to
        provide a flush surface on all edges. Door unit shall be pre-hung with a Roton
        Continuous Gear Hinge in steel frame. Door and frame shall be mortised and
        reinforced at the factory from hardware templates in accordance with the approved
        hardware schedule. Templates are to be provided to the door manufacturer by the
        hardware contractor. Drilling and taping for surface mounted hardware shall be
        performed at the jobsite by the installing contractor.

  C.    Frames: Frames shall be a protection level equal to doors. Frames shall be
        constructed with 16 gauge commercial grade steel lined with bullet resistant fiberglass.
        Corners shall be continuously welded the full length of the intersection. Knocked down
        and mechanical joints are not acceptable. Frames for lites shall of similar construction
        and shall not compromise protection level of door.

  D.    Glazing: Glazing shall be laminated glass as required to achieve the protection level
        specified.

  E.    Finishes: Cold rolled steel shall be factory prime painted gray and finish painted in the
        field. The continuous hinge shall be clear anodized aluminum.

2.03    MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

  A.    General: Provide auxiliary materials for installation of bullet resistant door and frame
        assemblies that comply with referenced standards and recommendations of
        manufacturer.

  B.    Steel drill screws of size and type recommended by manufacturer for fastening bullet
        resistant door and frame assemblies to steel studs. Screws shall be galvanized or
        stainless steel.




                                             13073-3
City of Kodiak                                                              Section 13073
Kodiak Police Station                                          BULLET RESISTANT HOLLOW
Project No.: 04-23                                      METAL DOOR AND FRAME ASSEMBLY

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01    EXAMINATION

  A.    Examine substrates to which bullet resistant door and frame assemblies attach or abut
        with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and
        other conditions affecting performance of assemblies specified in this Section. Do not
        proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02    INSTALLATION

  A.    Set frames in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Repair damaged units (if
        approved by the manufacturer and Architect) or replace with new units.

  B.    Coordinate for installation of hardware furnished by Division 8 Section “Door Hardware”
        and test and adjust door for smooth operation.

  C.    Protection: Protect doors and frames from scratches or other damage after installation.

                                  END OF SECTION 13073




                                           13073-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 13710
Project No.: 04-23                                       SECURITY SYSTEM - SUMMARY OF WORK


                                        SECTION 13710

                         SECURITY SYSTEM - SUMMARY OF WORK

PART 1     GENERAL

1.01 GATE WORK

     A.    Trench and install conduit for power and communications from the building to the
           area of the gate as shown on the drawings.

     B.    Install forms for pouring concrete for gate support.

     C.    Install bollards as shown on the drawings.

     D.    Install a ground rod into the ground and extending the height of the gooseneck
           stand to be inside the gooseneck stand.

     E.    Pour concrete into the forms:

             1.    East and west gate operator pads.

             2.    North and south islands on both sides of the gate.

             3.    Footing to support the double yoke between the islands.

     F.    Install the bolts into the wet concrete to match mounting positions for the gate
           operators and gooseneck stand for the card reader and video intercoms.

     G.    Remove the forms

     H.    Install the buried loops just prior to laying the roadway.

     I.    Install the gate and operator

     J.    Make all power and communications connections.

     K.    Make all adjustments necessary for correct operation of the gates & control
           equipment.

1.02 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM

     A.    Provide proximity card readers of the type and locations as shown on the Project
           Drawings.

     B.    Provide a reader interface units as shown on the Project Drawings.

     C.    Provide electrified lock hardware and power supplies as shown on the Project
           Drawings.
                                             13710 - 1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 13710
Project No.: 04-23                                     SECURITY SYSTEM - SUMMARY OF WORK


     D.    Provide a door status sensor, such as a magnetic contact, and a request-to-exit
           sensor at each door as shown on the Project Drawings.

     E.    Interface with the Video Surveillance System to enable camera call-up when a door
           is in alarm condition or an intercom call button is pressed.


1.03 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM

     A. Provide indoor fixed position cameras with varifocal lenses in vandal-resistant
        housings as indicated on the Project Drawings.

     B. Provide exterior fixed position cameras with varifocal lenses in vandal-resistant
        environmental housings as indicated on the Project Drawings.

     C. Provide exterior pan/tilt/zoom cameras in vandal-resistant environmental housings as
        indicated on the Project Drawings.

     D. Provide exterior gate control intercoms with internal color cameras.

     E. Provide a rack-mounted video server as indicated on the Project Drawings

     F. Provide a video client server in the Dispatch Office with large flat screen displays.

     G. Provide interface with the access control system to automatically preposition
        moveable cameras should an alarm occur.


1.04 MISCELLANEOUS

     A.   The addition of all wire, cable, conduit, and raceways required to provide system
           operation as indicated.

     B.   Complete "as-built" documentation of all security systems, including documentation
          of existing equipment, wiring, conduits, and raceways.

     C.   Other Work as defined within the Project Drawings and Specifications.


1.05 PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING AS ALTERNATE #1


1.06 VISITOR-INMATE INTERCOM SYSTEM

     A.    Install handset back-boxes as shown on the drawings.

     B.    Install a junction boxes to bring together wiring from the handsets, amplifier, power
           supply, etc. as shown on the drawings.


                                           13710 - 2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 13710
Project No.: 04-23                                      SECURITY SYSTEM - SUMMARY OF WORK


     C.    Install wiring from all devices to the junction box.

     D.    Furnish and install all equipment listed and shown on the drawings.

1.07 JAIL PAGING & INTERCOM SYSTEM

     A.    Install call station and ceiling speaker back-boxes as shown on the drawings.

     B.    Install a junction boxes to bring together wiring from the call stations, speakers,
           control panel and PLC to a central area next to the Terminal Board Units (TBUs).

     C.    Install wiring from all devices to the junction box.

     D.    Furnish and install all equipment listed and shown on the drawings.

1.08 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM

     A.    Provide latchbolt monitors to report the status of the jail doors as shown on the
           Project Drawings.

     B.    Provide back boxes for all readers and junction boxes as shown on the Project
           Drawings.

     C.    Provide card or dual technology readers using a proximity card and scrambled
           digital code at doors as shown on the Project Drawings.

     D.    Provide auxiliary equipment such as door sensors and request-to-exit motion
           detectors at doors and shown on the Project Drawings.

     E.    Provide auxiliary power supplies for the electric locks and REQ motion detectors.

     F.    Provide wiring to interconnect all devices as shown on the Project Drawings.

     G.    Interface the access control system with the PLC system.

1.09 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM

     A.    Provide back boxes where cameras can be recessed in the walls or ceilings.

     B.    Install CAT-6 wiring from each camera to a network switch in the Data Room.

     C.    Provide wiring from the Data Room to the hard client workstation in the Control
           Center.

     D.    Provide indoor fixed position cameras with varifocal lenses in vandal-resistant
           housings as indicated on the Project Drawings.



                                            13710 - 3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                       Section 13710
Project No.: 04-23                                   SECURITY SYSTEM - SUMMARY OF WORK


     E.    Provide a rack-mounted hard client workstation as indicated on the Project
           Drawings

     F.    Provide two rack-mounted flat screen displays as shown on the Project Drawings.

     G.    Integrate with the Access Control and PLC systems.

PART 2   PRODUCTS
    Not Used.

PART 3   EXECUTION
    Not Used.

                                 END OF SECTION 13710




                                         13710 - 4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 13720
Project No.: 04-23                                                    GENERAL REQUIREMENTS


                                        SECTION 13720

                                 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

PART 1      GENERAL

1.01    SECTION INCLUDES

This section includes basic requirements that shall be applicable to all Work:

       1.02 RELATED SECTIONS

       1.03 SCOPE OF WORK

       1.04 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK

       1.05 REFERENCES

       1.06 DEFINITIONS

       1.07 INTENT AND CORRELATION

       1.08 SECURITY CONSULTANT

       1.09 VISITING SITE

       1.10 DRAWINGS

       1.11 CLARIFICATION OF SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS

       1.12 CONTRACTOR DESIGN

       1.13 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES

       1.14 COORDINATION WITH CITY OF KODIAK

       1.15 CITY OF KODIAK REPRESENTATIVES

       1.16 COORDINATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS

       1.17 PERMITS

       1.18 CODES AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

       1.19 FINAL ACCEPTANCE

       1.20 CONTRACTORS GUARANTEE


                                            13720 - 1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 13720
Project No.: 04-23                                                  GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS

     A.    13710 - Summary Of Work

     B.    13730 - Implementation Plan

     C.    13740 - Basic Materials and Methods

     D.    13750 - Intrusion Detection and Alarm System

     E.    13760 – Access Control System

     F.    13770 - Video Surveillance System

     G.    13880 – Network and Communications Systems

     H.    13990 – Racking System

1.03 SCOPE OF WORK

     A.    The Work included in this contract is defined within these specifications, and on the
            Project Drawings.

1.04 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK

     A.    Provide an intrusion detection system, access control system, the interface of the
           two systems together and the installation of a video surveillance and
           communications systems.

1.05 REFEREENCES

     A.    Underwriters Laboratory (UL)

           1.    UL1610 - Central Station Burglar-Alarm Units

           2.    UL609 - Local Burglar Alarm Units and Systems

           3.    UL High Line Security

           4.    All power supplies shall be UL listed and have a UL label on them.

     B.    Federal Communications Commission (FCC)

           1.    Part 15 – Radio Frequency Devices

           2.    Part 68 – Connection of Terminal Equipment to the Telephone Network

     C.    National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)


                                           13720 - 2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 13720
Project No.: 04-23                                                  GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

           1.     NFPA 70 – National electrical Code – current version during Notice to
                  Proceed.

           2.     NFPA 101 – Life Safey

           3.     NFPA 731 – Security System Installation.

1.06 DEFINITIONS

     A.    Words that are in common use are used throughout the Drawings and
           Specifications, except:

          1.    Words which have well-known technical or trade meanings are used in
                  accordance with such recognized meanings.

          2.    Whenever the following listed words and phrases are used, they shall be
                  mutually understood to have the following respective meanings:

     B.    The words “as indicated.” means: as shown on the Drawings, and in accordance with
           the Specifications.

     C.    The words “as required.” means: as required to provide a complete and satisfactory
           Work in full conformance with the Drawings and Specifications.

     D.    The word “New” means: new Work to be provided by Contractor.

     E.    The word “Provide” means: furnish, install, connect, test and make ready for use.

     F.    The word “Punchlist” means: a list of items incorrectly done or remaining to be
           finished.

     G.    The words “Relocate existing” means: remove existing item from present location.
           Reinstall, re-connect, and test existing item and make ready for use at new location
           as shown on the Drawings.

     H.    The words “Remove existing “ means: remove existing item and return item to City of
           Kodiak.

     I.    The word “Replace” means: remove existing item and return item to City of Kodiak.
           Provide new item as indicated.

     J.    The word “Work”: The Work is the completed construction required by the Drawings
           and Specifications, and includes all labor necessary to produce such construction,
           and all materials and equipment incorporated or to be incorporated in such
           construction.

     K.    The word “Furnish” means: supply item as specified. Item to be installed by others.

1.07 INTENT AND CORRELATION

                                           13720 - 3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 13720
Project No.: 04-23                                                    GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

     A.    The intent of the Drawings and Specifications is to include all items necessary for the
            proper execution and completion of the Work.

     B     The Drawings and Specifications are complementary, and what is required by any
            one shall be as binding as if required by both.

1.08 SECURITY CONSULTANT

     A.    Definition: The Security Consultant shall be the person or entity retained by City of
           Kodiak to assist City of Kodiak with the implementation of the security system.

     B.    The Security Consultant shall be City of Kodiak's technical consultant and
            representative with regards to the Security Improvement Project. At the request of
            City of Kodiak, Security Consultant may perform the following:

          1. Review of Contractor's design, including review of Shop Drawings and
               Submittals.

          2. Clarification and interpretation of the Drawings and Specifications.

          3. Quality control inspections to observe field conditions and quality of
               workmanship.

          4. Inspections and review of job progress for purposes of schedule compliance
                monitoring.

          5. Review of Change Order proposals.

          6. Inspection of equipment and materials in storage.

          7. Acceptance testing and administration of project closeout.

          8. Review of Documentation and Project Record Drawings.

          9. Coordination of system programming, configuration, and start-up.

          10. Other functions as assigned by City of Kodiak.

1.09 VISITING SITE

     A.    Bidder is expected to visit site of proposed Work. Verify and inspect the existing site
           to determine the conditions that affect this Work.

     B.    Include all costs in the Bid price for the Work and/or material required to comply with
            the Contract Documents, based on the actual existing conditions and the
            information indicated on the Contract Documents.




                                            13720 - 4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 13720
Project No.: 04-23                                                   GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

     C.    Failure to comply with the above paragraph will not relieve the Contractor from the
            necessity of doing any and all Work which is necessary to make all installation Work
            complete and systems operational.

1.10 DRAWINGS

     A.    Drawings are diagrammatic - device placements shown are approximate unless
           specifically noted. Contractor shall place devices to provide proper operation and to
           avoid conflict with other building systems.

     B.    Drawings are intended to convey the general relationship of various components of
           the system. Drawings do not necessarily show every component that may be
           required for a complete installation. Unless specifically noted otherwise, Contractor
           shall provide all materials and labor required for a complete and operational system.

     C.    Drawings do not show complete details of the buildings or the existing systems that
           may affect the Work. Before submitting a bid, Contractor shall visit each of the
           existing buildings and familiarize himself with all features of the buildings that may
           affect his work.

1.11 CLARIFICATION OF SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS

     A.    Bring obscure or questionable items to the attention of the Security Consultant prior
           to the bid date. Necessary directions and explanations will be given by the Security
           Consultant to all bidders in Addendum form.

1.12 CONTRACTOR DESIGN

     A.    The Drawings represent the level of system design to be provided by City of Kodiak.
            Contractor shall provide all additional system design work required, including:

          1. Conduit and raceway system layout and sizing including locations of all splice,
             junction and pull boxes.

          2. Wire and cable layout and sizing.

          3. Point-to-point wiring and equipment hook-up information.

          4. Equipment mounting details.

          5. Design of equipment cabinets.

          6. Other detailed design work required.

     B.    Contractor's design shall conform to all applicable codes and ordinances. All
           electrical design, including the sizing and placement of conduit, raceways and
           conductors, shall be in accordance with NFPA 70: National Electrical Code, 1990,
           unless local codes establish more stringent requirements.

                                           13720 - 5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 13720
Project No.: 04-23                                                      GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

     C.    Contractor's design work is subject to review and approval by Security Consultant.

1.13 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES

     A.    The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using his best skill and attention.
            Contractor is solely responsible for all construction means, methods, and
            techniques.

     B.    The Contractor shall employ a competent foreman who shall be in attendance at the
            project site during the progress of the Work. The foreman shall represent the
            Contractor and all communications given to the foreman shall be as binding as if
            given to the Contractor.

1.14 COORDINATION WITH CITY OF KODIAK

     A.    Contractor shall closely schedule and coordinate his activities at City of Kodiak
           facilities with designated City of Kodiak representatives.

     B.    Contractor shall provide City of Kodiak's Facility Management Inspector with a work
           plan on a weekly basis. Such work plan will describe locations of intended
           activities, types of activities, and potential conflicts to facility operations. Work plan
           shall be submitted at least 48 hours prior to start of work week. Scheduling of Work
           which creates objectionable noise or interferes with facility operations is subject to
           the approval of City of Kodiak.

     C.    All facilities and buildings where Work is to be performed will remain in full operation
           throughout the term of this contract. Where facility operations conflict with those of
           Contractor, the operations of the facility will take precedence over the operations of
           the Contractor.

     D.    The Contractor shall be totally responsible for coordinating all general construction
            segments required to install the Security System. This shall include, but not be
            limited to:

          1.   Trenching and backfilling

          2.   Connections to power

          3.   Overhead cable runs

1.15 COORDINATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS

     Contractor shall fully cooperate and coordinate with other contractors and representatives
     employed by City of Kodiak at the project site. Contractor shall coordinate with other on-
     site contractors to prevent delays, conflict of Work area, and interference with on-going
     work.

1.16 PERMITS

                                             13720 - 6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 13720
Project No.: 04-23                                                   GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

     The Contractor shall make application for and obtain any and all permits required by
     federal, state, county, city, or other authority having jurisdiction over the Work.

1.17 CODES AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

     A.    All Work is to conform to all building, fire, and electrical codes and ordinances
           applicable in Kodiak, Alaska.             In case of conflict between the
           Drawings/Specifications and codes, the codes shall govern. Notify City of Kodiak
           and Security Consultant of any such conflicts.

     B.    Contractor shall secure and pay for all licenses, permits, plan reviews, engineering
           certifications, and inspections required by regulatory agencies. Contractor shall
           prepare, at Contractor's expense, any documents, including drawings, that may be
           required by regulatory agencies.

1.18 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

     A.    Prior to final acceptance and Contractor's request for final payment for the Work,
           Contractor shall submit the following to the Security Consultant for review and
           approval:

           1.    Record Drawings (As-Builts)

           2.    Operating and Maintenance Manuals

           3.    Certificates of Code Authority Acceptance if applicable

           4.    Test Data

           5.    Other project documentation specified elsewhere herein and/or indicated on
                 the Drawings.

     B.    Format of Operating and Maintenance Manuals

           1.    Manuals shall consist of all material listed above except drawings. All material
                 shall be placed in a 3-ring binder of sufficient size to hold all material. The
                 cover of the binder shall list the project owner’s name, name and address of
                 the project, and date of substantial completion.

           2.    The first page shall be the Table of Contents with information segregated into
                 groups:

                 a.     Test Data

                 b.     IP Addresses

                 c.     Training Material

                 d.     Intrusion Alarm Zone Information and Equipment Literature

                                            13720 - 7
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 13720
Project No.: 04-23                                                  GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                 e.     Access Control Literature and Card Reader Assignments

                 f.     Video Surveillance Literature and Camera Assignments

                 g.     Communications Literature

                 h.     Network Literature and Master IP Assignments

1.19 FINAL ACCEPTANCE

     A.    After all Work is completed, and prior to requesting the Acceptance test, Contractor
           shall conduct a final inspection, and pre-test all equipment and system features.
           Contractor shall correct any deficiencies discovered as the result of the inspection
           and pre-test.

     B.    Contractor shall submit a request for the Acceptance test in writing to the Security
           Consultant. Such request shall be submitted to Security Consultant no less than
           fourteen days prior to the requested test date. The request for Acceptance test shall
           be accompanied by a certification from Contractor that all Work is complete and has
           been pre-tested, and that all corrections have been made.

     C.    During Acceptance test, Contractor shall demonstrate all equipment and system
           features to Security Consultant and City of Kodiak. Contractor shall fully cooperate
           with the Security Consultant and provide assistance with the inspection and test.
           Contractor shall remove covers, open wiring connections, operate equipment, and
           perform other reasonable Work as requested by the Security Consultant.

     D.    Any portions of the Work found to be deficient or not in compliance with the
           Drawings and Specifications will be rejected. Security Consultant will prepare a list
           of any such deficiencies observed during the Acceptance test. A copy of such list
           will be provided to Contractor and City of Kodiak. Contractor shall promptly correct
           all deficiencies. Upon correction of deficiencies, Contractor shall submit a request
           in writing to Security Consultant for another Acceptance Test.

     E.    If, at the conclusion of the Acceptance Test, all Work is found to be acceptable and
            in compliance with the Drawings and Specifications, Security Consultant will issue a
            letter of Acceptance to Contractor and City of Kodiak.

     F.    Upon completion of the Acceptance Testing, the Contractor shall arrange for
           providing a training session with City of Kodiak employees on the operation and
           maintenance of the Security Systems.

1.20 CONTRACTORS GUARANTEE

     A.    Contractor warrants that all Work furnished under this Contract will be of good
           quality, free from faults and defects, and in conformance with the Drawings and
           Specifications.



                                           13720 - 8
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 13720
Project No.: 04-23                                                  GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

     B.    Contractor shall provide a parts and labor guarantee on all Work. Unless otherwise
           specified herein, Contractor's guarantee shall be for a period of one year from date
           of Acceptance, except where any specific guarantees from a supplier or equipment
           manufacturer extends for a longer time.

     C.    Contractor's guarantee shall cover all costs associated with troubleshooting, repair,
           and replacement of defective Work, including costs of labor, transportation, lodging,
           materials, and equipment.

     D.    Security Contractor's guarantee shall cover ALL portions of the Work, including
           portions of the Work that are subcontracted out to others. Where any Work is found
           to be defective during the Guarantee period, Security Contractor shall correct the
           defect without any expense to City of Kodiak.

     E.    Guarantee shall not cover any damage to material or equipment caused by accident,
           misuse, unauthorized modification or repair by City of Kodiak, or acts of god.

     F.    Contractor shall promptly respond to City of Kodiak's requests for service during the
           guarantee period. Contractor shall provide repair service as soon as reasonably
           possible upon request from City of Kodiak, but in no case shall service response
           exceed 24 hours from time of request.


                                  END OF SECTION 13720




                                           13720 - 9
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 13730
Project No.: 04-23                                                       IMPLEMENTATION PLAN


                                        SECTION 13730

                                  IMPLEMENTATION PLAN


PART 1     GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION
     A.    This implementation plan describes the general approach that shall be followed in
            order to minimize the time for the security systems to be operational.

1.02 APPROACH
     A.    Contractor shall plan and schedule all work in such a sequence as to minimize the
           time before the system is operational. The following is a suggested work sequence:

           1.    Order all equipment needed and notify any subcontractors to schedule their
                 participation.

           2.    Perform all system layout work including a visit to all site location for a survey
                 to determine exact locations of equipment placements.

           3.    Insure there are an adequate number of power receptacles available to
                 operate all security equipment and coordinate with City of Kodiak as to where
                 power is available.

           4.    Provide shop drawings to verify location of all equipment, conduit runs, power
                 connections, etc.

           5.    Prepare and pre-test all equipment to the greatest extent possible.

           6.    Coordinate with City of Kodiak IT Department to obtain IP addresses.

           7.    Rough-in back boxes for all systems.

           8.    Install all conduit from device locations to communications rooms/closets.

           9.    Pull all wires and cables inside the conduit and on raceways.

           10.   Install the intrusion detection sensors.

           11.   Install the access control readers, locks, power supplies and sensors

           12.   Install the camera assemblies.

           13.   Install the access control panels.

           14.   Install the intercom stations and controllers.


                                             13730-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 13730
Project No.: 04-23                                                      IMPLEMENTATION PLAN

           15.   Install the intrusion alarm digital keypads.

           16.   Install the wiring between all of the devices.

           17.   Perform all programming as required.

           18.   Test and inspect all systems.

           19.   Provide as-built drawings and manuals to the Architect.

           20.   Provide Training.

           21.   Notify the Architect to perform the Acceptance Test.

           22.   Perform the Acceptance Test.

           23.   Perform all corrections from the punchlist.

           24.   Notify the Architect when ready for re-inspection.

           25.   Provide the Owner with all programming sheets and keys to the equipment
                 cabinets, tools for tamper-resistant enclosures and tools for manual resetting
                 devices

           26.   Provide City of Kodiak with operating manuals, maintenance/repair manuals,
                 all programming sheets and keys to the equipment cabinets, tools for tamper-
                 resistant enclosures and tools for manual resetting devices such as fire
                 manual pull stations

PART 2   PRODUCTS
    Not Used

PART 3     EXECUTION
     Not Used

                                     END OF SECTION 13730




                                             13730-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 13740
Project No.: 04-23                                            BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS

                                        SECTION 13740

                              BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS


PART 1       GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
This section includes basic requirements that shall be applicable to all Work:

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS

   A. 13710 - Summary Of Work

   B. 13720 - General Requirements

   C. 13730 - Implementation Plan

   D. 13750 - Intercommunications Systems

   E. 13760 – Access Control System

   F. 13770 - Video Surveillance System

   G. 13880 – Interface with PLC System

   H. 16073 – Vibration and Seismic Controls

   I.    16120 – Conductors and Cables

   J. 16123 – Control Voltage and Electronic Safety Cables and Conductors

   K. 16714 – Communication Equipment Room Fittings

1.03 QUALIFICATIONS OF CONTRACTOR

        A.   Contractor shall be an installation and service contractor regularly engaged in the
             sale, installation, maintenance and service of intrusion, access control and video
             surveillance systems.

        B.   Contractor shall have five years experience with the installation, start-up and
             programming of systems of a similar size and complexity to the one proposed.

        C.   Contractor shall be a factory-authorized dealer of the major products specified,
             especially access control systems. An factory-authoirzed dealer shall NOT be used
             as a Sub-Contractor.

1.04 SUPERVISION OF WORK

                                            13740-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 13740
Project No.: 04-23                                            BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
     A.    Contractor shall employ a competent Foreman to be in responsible charge of the
           Work. Foreman shall be on the project site daily during the execution of the Work.

     B.    Contractor’s Foreman shall be a regular employee, principle, or officer of Contractor,
           who is thoroughly experienced in projects of a similar size and type. Contractor shall
           not use contract employees or Subcontractors as Foremen.

1.05 QUALIFICATIONS OF TECHNICIANS

     A.    All electronic systems Work shall be performed by electronic technicians thoroughly
           trained in the installation and service of specialty low-voltage electronic systems.

     B.    Journeyman Wireman electrical workers may be used to install conduit, raceways,
            wiring, and the like, provided that final termination, hook-up, programming, and
            testing is performed by a qualified electronic technician, and that all such Work is
            supervised by the Contractor’s Foreman.

     C.    All incidental Work, such as cutting and patching, lock hardware installation, painting,
           carpentry, and the like, shall be accomplished by skilled craftspersons regularly
           engaged in such type of work. All such Work shall comply with the highest
           standards applicable to that respective industry or craft.

     D.    All 120 VAC power wiring and connections are to be performed by a qualified
           Journeyman Wireman, licensed to perform such Work in the State of Alaska.

1.06 SUBCONTRACTORS

     A.    Definition: A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the
           Contractor to perform any of the Work at the site.

     B.    Use of any Subcontractor is subject to the approval of City of Kodiak. The
           Contractor shall identify all Subcontractors on the Bid Form. The Contractor shall
           make no substitution for any Subcontractor previously selected without approval
           from City of Kodiak.

     C.    Contractor’s Foreman shall be on the project site daily during all periods when
           Subcontractors are performing any of the Work. Contractor’s Foreman shall be in
           responsible charge of all Work, including any Work being performed by
           Subcontractors.

     D.    By an appropriate written agreement, the Contractor shall require each
           Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be
           bound to the Contractor by the terms of the Drawings and Specifications, and to
           assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which the
           Contractor, by these documents, assumes toward City of Kodiak.

1.07 LABOR AND MATERIALS

     A.    Unless otherwise provided in the Drawings and Specifications, the Contractor shall
           provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, utilities, construction

                                           13740-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 13740
Project No.: 04-23                                             BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
           equipment and machinery, transportation and other facilities and services necessary
           for the proper execution, operation and completion of the Work.

1.08 SPECIFICATION LANGUAGE

     A.    Specifications and notes are written in imperative and abbreviated form. Imperative
           language of the technical specifications is directed at the Contractor, unless
           specifically noted otherwise. Incomplete sentences shall be completed by inserting
           “shall”, “shall be”, “the Contractor shall”, and similar mandatory phrases by
           inference. The words “shall be” shall be supplied by inference where a colon (:) is
           used within product specifications.

1.09 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS

     A.    Contractor shall be provided three (3) sets of the Drawings and Specifications for his
           use. Additional sets, if requested by Contractor, shall be furnished to the Contractor
           for the actual cost of reproduction.

     B.    Contractor shall carefully study the Drawings and Specifications, and shall at once
           report to the Security Consultant any error, unforeseen circumstances,
           inconsistency or omission he may discover.

     C.    The Security Consultant shall be the interpreter of the requirements of the Drawings
            and Specifications, subject to the final approval of City of Kodiak. All interpretations
            and opinions of the Security Consultant shall be made in writing or in the form of
            drawings.

1.10 SUBMITTALS

     A.    Procedures:

           1.    Provide submittals to the City of Kodiak Project Manager

           2.    Submit five (5) copies of each submittal.

                 a.     Architect

                 b.     Electrical Engineer

                 c.     Security Consultant

                 d.     Project Manager

                 e.     City of Kodiak

     B.    Shop Drawings:

           1.    General Shop Drawings for the project as described in detail in the GENERAL
                 REQUIREMENTS.


                                              13740-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 13740
Project No.: 04-23                                           BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
           2.    Provide other Shop Drawings only if specifically requested by the Project
                 Manager.

     C.    Product Data:

           1.    General Product Data submittals are required for this project.

           2.    Provide other Product Data submittals only if specifically requested by the
                 Project Manager.

     D.    Manufacturers Installation and Programming Instructions:

           1.    Provide Manufacturers Installation and Programming               Instructions   as
                 requested in the various Specification Sections.

1.11 PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS

     A.    Definition: Project Record Drawings are drawings that completely record and
           document all aspects and features of the Work. (Also known as “as-built” drawings.)

     B.    The purpose of Project Record Drawings is to provide factual information regarding
           all aspects of the Work, to enable future service, modifications, and additions to the
           Work.

     C.    Project Record Drawings are an important element of this Work. Contractor shall
           accurately maintain Project Record Drawings throughout the course of this project.
           Project Record Drawings shall include documentation of all Work, including the
           documentation of existing equipment, wiring, conduits, and raceways that are to be
           reused in the Work.

     D.    Contractor shall be provided with an electronic copy of the Design Drawings for
           Contractor’s use in preparing Project Record Drawings.

     E.    Contractor shall maintain the working set of Project Record Drawings at the project
           site throughout the course of the Work. The working set shall be updated on a daily
           basis as the Work progresses.

     F.    Project Record Drawings shall accurately show the physical placement of the
           following:

           1.    Equipment and devices.

           2.    Conduit and raceways.

           3.    Junction and pull box locations.

           4.    End-of-line resistor locations.

           5.    Interfaces to external equipment.

           6.    Connections to power and telephone circuits.

                                           13740-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 13740
Project No.: 04-23                                           BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
     G.    Project Record Drawings shall show the physical placement of each device and
           conduit or aerial center line, to be accurate to within one foot (1') of the nearest
           landmark. Where the site plan furnished conflicts with actual conditions, Contractor
           shall amend site plan as required. Indicate exact description of conduit runs (above
           ground, two foot trench, along outside wall of building, above dropped ceiling, etc.).

     H.    Project Record Drawings shall show wire and cable runs, zone numbers, tamper
           circuit configuration, panel/circuit breaker numbers from which equipment is
           powered, and splice points. Such information may be shown on the site plans.

     I.    Project Record Drawings shall be available for inspection on a daily basis.
           Incomplete or inaccurate Project Record Drawings may be cause for delay of
           Contractor’s payment.

     J.    Upon completion of Work, and prior to Final Acceptance, Contractor shall prepare
           and submit a final record set of Project Record Drawings. This set shall consist of
           all data transferred from the working set, supplemented by Riser Diagrams,
           Mounting Details and other information.

     K.    The final record set of Project Record Drawings shall be drafted by a skilled
           draftsperson, under the supervision of Contractor. The preliminary submittal shall
           be on 30” X 42” bond paper. The final drawings shall be on reproducible medium
           (vellum or mylar), not bond paper. If the Contractor was provided Project Drawings
           in CAD format on disk, the Contractor shall submit Project Record Drawings in the
           same CAD format on disk in addition to the mechanical medium.

     L.    All final Project Record Drawings shall be provided to the Project Manager for
           distribution.

     M.    Contractor shall provide an enclosure for storing a complete set of manuals and as-
           built drawings. The cabinet shall be capable of holding drawings on bond paper that
           are ANSI Architectural size C (18" X 24") folded in half. The cabinet may be either
           custom fabricated and wall mounted or a standard rack cabinet drawer. The cabinet
           shall be provided with a lock and keys.

1.12 SYSTEM DOCUMENTATION

     A.    Definition: System Documentation is a complete collection of all installation,
           programming, operation, and maintenance manuals and work sheets relating to the
           equipment provided as part of the Work.

     B.    Contractor shall maintain a file of System Documentation at the project site
           throughout the course of the Work. Such file shall be updated with new information
           as equipment is received and installed. System Documentation shall be available
           for inspection on a daily basis.

     C.    Upon completion of Work, and prior to final Acceptance, Contractor shall prepare
           and submit to the Project Manager all sets of System Documentation.

1.13 FACILITIES

                                          13740-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 13740
Project No.: 04-23                                            BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
     A.    Security of Contractor’s Tools and Equipment: City of Kodiak is not responsible for
           the care, storage or security of any of the Contractor’s tools or equipment.

     B.    Power: Electrical power will be supplied by City of Kodiak to the extent that the
           usage is compatible with available facilities in the vicinity of the work.

     C:    Telephone: Contractor may use a telephone designated by City of Kodiak for local
            and toll-free calls. The costs of long distance calls are the responsibility of the
            Contractor and shall not be charged to City of Kodiak.

     D.    Rest room Facilities: Contractor may use existing Rest room facilities designated by
           City of Kodiak.

     E.    Parking: City of Kodiak reserves the right to limit or restrict Contractor parking based
           upon the daily requirements of the other contractors on site.

     F.    Dust Control: Make provisions to control all dust, dirt, and foreign material caused
           by the performance of the Work.

     G.    Use of explosive type fastening equipment is prohibited.

     H.    Notify City of Kodiak immediately of any damage or possible damage to any other
           equipment.

1.14 CLEAN-UP

     A.    Contractor shall clean-up, on a daily basis as the Work progresses, all dirt, dust and
           debris caused by Contractor’s operations. Clean-up shall be completed by the end
           of each workday to the satisfaction of City of Kodiak’s on-site representative. In the
           event that Contractor fails to clean-up, City of Kodiak may elect to have clean-up
           performed by others, with the costs of such clean-up being charged to the
           Contractor.

1.15 CONSTRUCTION AIDS

     A.    Definition: Construction Aids are facilities and equipment required by personnel to
           facilitate the execution of the Work. Construction Aids include scaffolds, staging,
           ladders, platforms, hoists, cranes, lifts, trenchers, core drillers, protective
           equipment, and other such facilities and equipment.

     B.    Contractor shall provide all Construction Aids required in the execution of the Work.
           Construction Aids that are the property of City of Kodiak or other contractors shall
           not be used without permission.

     C.    Storage of Construction Aids shall be coordinated with City of Kodiak’s on-site
           representative.

1.16 EXISTING WIRING, CONDUITS, AND RACEWAYS



                                           13740-6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 13740
Project No.: 04-23                                             BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
     A.    City of Kodiak does not warrant the condition of any portion of the existing wiring,
           conduit or raceway systems. Prior to submitting his proposal, Contractor shall
           examine all existing conditions and determine to what extent the existing wiring,
           conduit, and raceway systems may be reused.

     B.    Contractor’s proposal price shall include the cost of replacing existing wiring, conduit,
           and raceways as required.


PART 2     PRODUCTS


2.01 GENERAL

     A.    All products not provided by City of Kodiak shall be new and unused, and shall be of
           manufacturer’s current and standard production.

     B.    Where two or more equipment items of the same kind are provided, all shall be
           identical and provided by the same manufacturer.

     C.    Drawings and Specifications indicate major system components, and may not show
           every component, connector, module, or accessory that may be required to support
           the operation specified. Contractor shall provide all components needed for
           complete and satisfactory operation.


2.02 PRODUCT AVAILABILITY

     A.    Contractor, prior to submitting a proposal, shall determine product availability and
           delivery time, and shall include such considerations into his proposed Contract
           Time.

     B.    Certain products specified may only be available through factory authorized dealers
           and distributors. Contractor shall verify his ability to procure the products specified
           prior to submitting a proposal.


2.03 SUBSTITUTIONS

     A.    Where products are specified by brand name and model number, substitutions are
           not allowed, except for the following reasons:

          1.   A product is discontinued by the manufacturer or otherwise becomes unavailable
                  due to no fault of the Contractor.

          2.   Subsequent information or changes indicate that the specified product will not
                 perform as intended.

     B.    Requests for substitutions shall be made in writing to the Security Consultant.


2.04 WIRE AND CABLE

                                            13740-7
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 13740
Project No.: 04-23                                              BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
     A.    General: Provide all wire and cable required to install systems as indicated. Wire
           and cable shall be sized to provide minimum voltage drop and minimum resistance
           to the devices being supplied.

     B.    All cables shall be specifically designed for their intended use (direct burial, aerial,
           etc.).

     C.    Comply with equipment manufacturers recommendations for wire and cable.

     D.    Comply with all applicable codes and ordinances.


2.05 CONDUIT AND RACEWAY SYSTEMS

     A.    General: The placing of surface mounted conduit on the exterior of any building
           shall be approved by City of Kodiak prior to its installation.

     B.    Interior Conduit:

          1.   Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT)

          2.   Flexible Metal Conduit

          3.   Provide fittings and connectors as required for installation of EMT or flexible
                  conduit.

     C.    Surface Raceways:

          1.   Sheet metal channel with fitted cover, suitable for use as surface metal raceway,
                 WIREMOLD or approved equal.

          2.   Provide fittings, elbows, and connectors designed for use with raceway system.

     D.    Exterior Conduit: (any of the following as determined by local code requirements):

          1.   Rigid Steel Conduit

          2.   Rigid Aluminum Conduit

          3.   Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (only if buried 18" below ground surface).

          4.   Intermediate Metal Conduit

          5.   Provide rain-tight fittings and connectors as required for installation of exterior
                  conduit.

     E.    Exterior Flexible Conduit:

          1.   Liquidtight Flexible Conduit: Flexible metal conduit with PVC jacket.

          2.   Provide rain-tight fittings and connectors as required for installation of Liquidtight
                  Flexible Conduit.

                                            13740-8
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 13740
Project No.: 04-23                                              BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
2.06 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES

       A.   Interior Boxes: Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: Sizes to be determined in accordance
             with code requirements for conductor fill. No box shall be smaller than a single
             gang 1-1/2 deep. Provide box covers as required.

       B.   Exterior Boxes: All exterior boxes shall NEMA 4 or NEMA 3R, watertight and dust-
            tight

       C.   All interior and exterior boxes shall have their covers fastened using security screws.

       D.   All exterior boxes and all interior boxes mounted below seven feet (7’) above the
            floor shall have tamper switches to detect and report attempt to remove the covers.


2.07 TRENCHING

       A.   Contractor shall only perform trenching at the locations and depths indicated on the
            Shop Drawings.

       B.   Damage to underground utilities.

            1.   Contractor shall be responsible for damages and repair to underground utilities
                   caused by trenching for conduit or cabling.

            2.   Asphalt shall be repaired by a qualified paving City of Kodiak.


2.08 PLYWOOD BACKING

       A.   Provide a plywood backing for mounting all security control equipment on any wall.


2.09 LIGHTNING PROTECTION

       A.   The Contractor shall provide suitable lightning protection for the exterior equipment
             vulnerable to lightning strikes.

       B.   All lightning protection equipment shall be UL listed.


PART 3       EXECUTION


3.01    GENERAL

       A.   Perform all Work as indicated in the Drawings and Specifications.

       B.   Install all equipment in accordance with equipment manufacturers instructions unless
             specifically noted otherwise.



                                             13740-9
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 13740
Project No.: 04-23                                              BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
3.02    WORKMANSHIP

       A.   Comply with highest industry standards, except when specified requirements
            indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship.

       B.   Perform Work with persons experienced and qualified to produce workmanship
            specified.

       C.   Maintain quality control over suppliers and Subcontractors.

       D.   Quality of workmanship is considered important. Security Consultant will have the
            authority to reject Work which does not conform to the Drawings and Specifications.


3.03    EQUIPMENT PRE-TEST

       A.   All equipment shall be bench tested prior to delivery to job site and prior to
            installation. Bench test per manufacturers installation instructions.


3.04    WIRE AND CABLE

       A.   Design, layout, size, and plan new wire and cable runs as required.

       B.   All wire and cable to all intrusion detection sensors shall be “home-run” from the
            equipment to the control/communicator unless otherwise specified.

       C.   All wire and cable, including any wire and cable that is existing and will be reused in
            the Work, shall be installed in conduit or surface metal raceway, except as follows:

            1.   Wire or cable, in lengths of less than ten (10) feet, that is “fished” within walls,
                   ceilings, and door frames.

       D.   All wire and cable passing through metalwork shall be sleeved by an approved
            grommet or bushing.

       E.   Avoid splicing conductors. All splices shall be made in junction boxes (except at
            equipment). Splices shall be made with an approved crimp connection. Wire nuts
            shall not be used on any low-voltage wiring.

       F.   Identify all wire and cable at terminations and at every junction box. Identification
             shall be made with an approved permanent label, Brady or equal.


3.05    WIRE AND CABLE TERMINATIONS

       A.   Identify all inputs and outputs on terminal strips with permanent marking labels.

       B.   Neatly dress and tie all wiring. The length of conductors within enclosures shall be
            sufficient to neatly train the conductor to the terminal point with no excess. Run all
            wire and cable parallel or normal to walls, floors and ground.


                                             13740-10
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 13740
Project No.: 04-23                                             BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
       C.   Install connectors as required by equipment manufacturers.

       D.   Terminations shall be made so that there is no bare conductor at the terminal. The
             conductor insulation shall bear against the terminal or connector shoulder.

       E.   Do not obstruct equipment controls or indicators with wire or cable. Route wire and
            cable away from heat producing components such as resistors, regulators, and the
            like.


3.06    CONDUIT AND RACEWAY INSTALLATION

       A.   Design, lay-out, size and plan new conduit and raceway systems as required.

       B.   Indoor Requirements:

            1.    Route exposed conduit and raceway parallel and perpendicular to walls and
                  adjacent piping.

            2.    Maintain minimum six (6) inch clearance between conduit and piping.

            3.    Group conduit in parallel runs where practical and use conduit rack
                  constructed of steel channel with conduit straps or clamps.

            4.    Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams.
                  Fasten conduits and raceways to structural steel using approved spring clips
                  or clamps.

            5.    Where conduit penetrates fire-rated walls and floors, seal opening with UL
                  listed fire rated sealer or other methods as approved by codes.

            6.    No exposed conduit, raceway, or junction box shall be installed within any
                  office area.

            7.    Install all boxes straight and plumb.

            8.    Do not support conduit from mechanical, plumbing, or fire sprinkler systems.

            9.    Drill or core drill all holes in walls, ceilings, or floors where required for new
                  conduits. Do not cause damage to any structural steel or other structural
                  support member by drilling or cutting.

            10.   Do not use flexible conduit in lengths longer than six (6) feet.

       C.   Outdoor Requirements:

              1. Where conduit penetrates exterior walls, seal opening around conduit in an
                 approved manner to make watertight.

              2. Use galvanized straps and fasteners on all exterior conduit.

              3. All exterior boxes will only be used to aid in pulling the cable between points.

                                           13740-11
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 13740
Project No.: 04-23                                            BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
       D.   Power & Communication Circuits

            Power and communication circuits shall be installed in separate conduits and the
            conduits shall be kept apart a minimum of six inches.


3.07    PENETRATIONS

       A.   Do not penetrate any roof, flashing, exterior wall, or parapet without prior approval
            from City of Kodiak’s designated Construction Project representative.


3.08    FIRE RATED DOORS AND FRAMES

       A.   Do nothing to modify a UL. rated door or frame that would void the UL. label or fire
            rating.


3.09    GROUNDING

       A.   Provide earth-grounding of equipment as required by equipment manufacturer.
            Earth ground shall be connected to ground rod or approved cold water pipe.
            Electrical or telephone City of Kodiak ground connections shall not be used as earth
            grounds. Connections to mounting posts or building structural steel shall not be
            used as earth grounds.


3.10    POWER TO SECURITY EQUIPMENT

       A.   Power all equipment from 120 VAC circuit dedicated for security use, except as
            noted. Mark all panel circuit breakers with labels worded “Security Equipment - Do
            Not Operate”, or equivalent.

       B.   All plug-in transformers shall be located at the security control panels. Secure all
            low-voltage plug-in transformers to outlet with screw or strap. Clearly label all
            transformers to identify purpose and use.


3.11    CUTTING AND PATCHING

       A.   The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting or patching that may be
             required to complete the Work.


3.12    PLYWOOD BACKING

       A.   Install plywood backing on control equipment wall as needed. Fasten plywood
             securely with counter-sunk flat head screws.


                                       END OF SECTION

                                           13740-12
       City of Kodiak
       Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 13752
       Project No.: 04-23                                            JAIL INTERCOM & PAGING SYSTEM


                                         SECTION 13752

                               JAIL INTERCOM & PAGING SYSTEM
                                           (Alternate #1)


Part l - General Requirements

1.01    General Overview

       A.   The conditions of the General Contract (General, Supplementary, Special and Other
            Conditions) and the General Requirements are hereby made a part of this section.

       B.   All bids shall be based on the equipment specified herein. The catalogue numbers and
            model designations are those of Telecor, Inc., Mississauga, Ontario, Canada and are
            considered to be the accepted Base Bid.

       C.   Any bidder proposing to substitute equipment of another manufacturer must have prior
            approval and, as a minimum, that equipment must comply with the outline of functions and
            features listed under the Scope of Work.

       D.   Substitutions will not be considered for acceptance when:

            1.    They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals without a
                  formal request from the contractor to the Architect/Engineer/Consultant/Consultant.

            2.    Acceptance of a substitute product will require substantial revision of contract
                  documents.

            3.    In the judgment of the Architect/Engineer/Consultant, adequate information to
                  formulate a complete evaluation is not provided.

            4.    If the substitution is requested after a contract is awarded directly by a trade
                  contractor, sub-contractor or supplier.

       E.   The Architect/Engineer/Consultant will determine the acceptability of proposed substitutions
            and no substitute equipment shall be ordered or installed without the written acceptance of
            the Architect/Engineer/Consultant.

       F.   Bidders wishing to submit alternate equipment shall submit to the specifying authority, at
            least 10 days prior to bid opening, the substitute equipment proposed to provide the precise
            functional equivalent system to meet the specifications. Bidders shall provide adequate
            information to allow proper evaluation. At the request of the specifying authority, a live
            demonstration of the system may be required. As a minimum, the following information
            shall be submitted:

            1.    A brief description of how each feature will be accomplished.

            2.    A block diagram showing any integration necessary.

            3.    A letter from each manufacturer stating that they support any integration that is

                                                     13752-1
     City of Kodiak
     Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 13752
     Project No.: 04-23                                             JAIL INTERCOM & PAGING SYSTEM

                required to meet the specification.

          4.    5 references where similar systems are installed.

          5.    Working drawings.

          6.    Specifications and data sheets.

          7.    Installation manuals including those of all integrated manufacturers.

          8.    User manuals including those of all integrated manufacturers.

          9.    A written waiver of any claims for additional costs caused by the substitution which
                may subsequently become apparent.

     G.   Final approval of the alternate system shall be determined by the owner and
          Architect/Engineer/Consultant at the time of completion. Failure to provide the precise
          functional equivalent shall result in the removal of the alternate system and installation of
          the specified system at the contractor’s cost.

1.02 Scope of Work

     A.   Furnish and install all equipment, materials, accessories, labour, services and
          documentation in accordance with the specifications and drawings to provide a new,
          complete and operating Security Voice Communication System to function as outlined
          herein.

     B.   This performance specification provides the minimum requirements for a network-based
          multi-channel, microprocessor-controlled communications system to include but not be
          limited to the following functions:

          1.    2-Way Intercom Communications

          2.    One-way Paging and Audio Program Distribution

          3.    Telephone Communications, if required

          4.    Input and Output Integration and Control of Third-Party Appliances and Systems

     C.   The system is capable of audio distribution using standard, non-proprietary intercoms,
          DTMF telephones, loudspeakers, and other equipment as described herein. The system
          shall be capable of incorporating a Windows® -based programming application, providing
          control of system functions. The system equipment shall be capable of providing multiple
          simultaneous communications channels between all remote communications units in the
          system. The system shall provide two independent channels; one for audio communications
          to any intercom and one to any paging loudspeaker. Systems not providing multiple,
          simultaneous voice channels shall not be considered as equals.



     D.   The systems contractor shall be the manufacturer’s authorized representative for the
          equipment proposed and shall have adequate experience with the equipment and
                                                   13752-2
       City of Kodiak
       Kodiak Police Station                                                               Section 13752
       Project No.: 04-23                                                JAIL INTERCOM & PAGING SYSTEM

                certification from the equipment manufacturer.

       E.       If several manufacturers are required to provide these functions, proof must be provided to
                the owner that they will function as one integrated system.

1.02 Related Sections

       A. Section 16073 – Vibration and Seismic Controls

       B. Section 16120 – Conductors and Cables

       C. Section 16123 – Control Voltage and Electronic Safety Cables and Conductors

       D. Section 16130 – Raceway and Boxes

       E. Section 16139 – Cable Trays

       F. Section 16714 – Communication Equipment Room Fittings

       G. Section 16735 – Sound Distribution System

       H. Section 16995 – Electrical Commissioning

       I.     Section 16997 – Electrical Functional Performance Testing

       J. Section 16998 – Electrical Pre-Functional Installation Examination




Part 2 - Products

2.01        System Controller
       A.       The Controller shall be of a modular design, constructed for mounting in a standard 19-inch
                communications headend rack or cabinet. The Controller shall be microprocessor-based
                and contain the CPU, memory and audio circuitry to communicate with intercom stations
                and paging speakers in its control area. All user programmable data shall be stored in non-
                volatile FLASH memory to prevent memory loss during a power failure. The Controller shall
                be powered from an internal power supply unit suitable for powering Controller functions,
                intercom amplification, Control Consoles and device termination boards in a system. The
                Controller shall be capable of linking to other Controllers in a Primary network of up to 31
                units over a total distance of 3000 ft in network cable length. Controllers shall be capable of
                being configured into Primary and Secondary networks of up to 250 Controllers totalling up
                to 9000-ft in combined network cable length. A networked Controller shall be capable of
                communicating with any other Controller while maintaining independent operation of its
                designated control area. The Controller shall be capable of providing redundant back-up to
                other Controllers in a networked system. The Controllers in a network shall not rely on a
                centralized computer for their continued operation. The Controller shall be capable of easily
                and transparently integrating with other building control systems through PLC or PC
                integration using standard RS-232 serial communications. The Controller shall be capable
                                                        13752-3
       City of Kodiak
       Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 13752
       Project No.: 04-23                                            JAIL INTERCOM & PAGING SYSTEM

            of adapting to pre-existing Integration PLC Programming from earlier installations of other
            manufacturers. The Controller shall be capable of using one program file that is
            automatically and simultaneously uploaded through one Controller to all Controllers in a
            networked system. The Controller shall have integral and independent channels for paging,
            intercoms, networks, consoles, auxiliary inputs and telephony. The Controller shall provide
            audio amplification of 4 Watts (rms) to the intercom stations connected to it and be capable
            of being configured to provide up to 60 Watts (rms) to the intercom stations. The Controller
            shall be capable of integrating with a facility’s existing PBX/KSU telephone system and
            treating system telephones, including wireless phones, as Control Consoles with call-in,
            intercom and paging functionalities. The Controller shall have an integral Speaker
            Intelligibility Control to electronically optimize the audio quality of intercom stations on an
            individual basis without affecting other stations in the system. The Controller shall have an
            integral Tone Generator for creating custom sounds, sirens and alarms linked to functions
            and events in the intercom system. The Controller’s architecture shall be designed for
            backwards compatibility, thereby allowing upgrades, not wholesale replacement of the
            communications system.

2.02    Control Console Master Stations: for selecting and communicating with other Master Stations,
        Intercom Stations, Paging Speakers, Telephones and Sequential Audio Monitoring of Intercom
        Stations and Paging Speakers.

       A.   The Communications System shall have the capability to support, as a minimum, 8 types of
            Control Console configurations:

            1.    Desk Telephone-type, microprocessor-based complete with dial pad, function keys,
                  handset, microphone, speaker and an 8 lines by 24 characters backlit LCD display.
                  The Console shall be capable of performing all internal communication functions as
                  well as providing access to the facility’s other Control Consoles, Intercom Stations
                  and Paging systems.

            2.    Desk Telephone-type, microprocessor-based complete with dial pad, function keys,
                  handset, microphone, speaker and an 8 lines by 24 characters backlit LCD display.
                  The Console shall be capable of performing all internal communication functions as
                  well as providing access to the facility’s other Control Consoles, Intercom Stations,
                  Paging and Telephone PBX/KSU systems. When operating as a telephone, the
                  Console shall provide full single line telephony functionality including placing,
                  receiving, holding and forwarding internal and external calls and displaying Caller ID
                  information.

            3.    Direct Station Selector Type with 29 pushbuttons and 25 visual status LEDs
                  assembled on a 19-inch rack mounted panel. A shift key shall be provided to perform
                  alternate functions with the 25 intercom pushbuttons. Three (3) custom
                  programmable pushbuttons shall be provided that can be programmed to the facility
                  operator’s requirements. LED’s shall be tri-color type with each color representing a
                  progressive stage in station call processing such that blinking Red signals a new call-
                  in, solid Green signals a call is connected and blinking Yellow signals a call is on
                  hold. LED colors have similar application in a programmed Page application.

            4.    Direct hardware support for a Custom Graphic Panel, which shall be controlled by
                  Virtual Control Console electronics and a PLC or PC interfaced to the Virtual Control
                  Console via an RS232 connection. The audio speaker, microphone, illuminated Push-

                                                    13752-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 13752
Project No.: 04-23                                            JAIL INTERCOM & PAGING SYSTEM

           to-Talk and Cancel Call switches, digital volume control and connection points for 2
           auxiliary programmable buttons shall be built into the custom graphic panel and wired
           to the Virtual Control Console panel electronic circuitry.

     5.    Audio and control functions shall reside on a factory assembled 19-inch steel
           reinforced rack or millwork mounted Master Control Console Panel. The Master
           Control Console Panel shall have the audio speaker, microphone, illuminated Push-
           to-Talk and Cancel call switches, digital volume control and connection points for 2
           auxiliary programmable buttons built into the panel and wired to its electronic circuitry.
           The microphone shall be either a recessed panel mount or gooseneck model.

     6.    A Computer Touch Screen, which shall be operated in conjunction with a Virtual
           Control Console, a 19” Rackmount Control Console or a Telephone-style Master
           Control Console, and a PLC interfaced to them via RS232 connection. The method of
           operating the touch screen shall be fully programmable to conform to the
           requirements of the operating staff. If so desired, text information shall appear on the
           screen to assist staff in processing calls. Control electronics for the audio control
           functions shall reside on a Virtual Control Console or 19-inch rack mounted Master
           Control Console Panel.

     7.    A Computer Touch Screen, which shall be operated in conjunction with a Virtual
           Control Console and a Desktop Speaker and Microphone Assembly complete with
           illuminated Push-to-Talk and Cancel call switches, digital volume control, console
           transfer, page and headset activation buttons with LEDs built into the panel and wired
           to Virtual Control Console electronics and a PLC or PC interfaced to the Virtual
           Control Console via an RS232 connection. The microphone shall be a gooseneck
           model with luminant ring LED indicator.

     8.    Wireless telephones with Caller ID display shall be used as a mobile Control Console
           or as a mobile extension to a fixed Control Console. Wireless telephones shall be
           either extensions of the facility’s KSU/PBX telephone system or a standalone wireless
           telephone, independent of the KSU/PBX. Wireless Consoles shall be capable of
           placing or receiving calls to or from intercom stations and of initiating pages
           throughout the communications system. Intercom station calls placed to the Wireless
           Console shall have their numeric/alphanumeric ID’s and the Call Type Indicator
           displayed on the telephone.

B.   The system shall be capable of incorporating all 6 types of Control Consoles within the
     system or within an individual control center thereby offering redundancy or dual operation
     within a single control center.

C.   Each Control Console shall be capable of operating totally independent of any other Control
     Console located elsewhere in the system network. All Control Consoles within the system
     shall be capable of operating simultaneously.

D.   Main Control Consoles shall be capable of taking over control of a secondary Control
     Console area in the event of an inmate take-over in that area or in an unmanned secondary
     control area.

E.   In the event of a malfunction of a Graphic Panel, Touch Screen or Direct Select Panel,
     voice communications shall still be possible in systems using the 19-inch rack mounted

                                             13752-5
     City of Kodiak
     Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 13752
     Project No.: 04-23                                             JAIL INTERCOM & PAGING SYSTEM

          Control Console, Virtual Master Control Console with Desktop Speaker Microphone
          Assembly, or Telephone-type Console.

     F.   Any of the 6 types of Control Consoles shall be capable of placing and receiving calls from
          other stations associated with other control centers in a networked system. Supply
          instruments in quantities and at locations as shown on the drawings.

2.03 Intercoms

     A.   Individual Door or Cell Intercom Speakers and associated call-in buttons shall be provided
          in quantities and locations as shown on the drawings.

     B.   Each intercom station shall be capable of being independently acoustically adjusted
          through programming to provide maximum voice intelligibility without re-tapping or affecting
          other intercoms in the system.

     C.   Conversations within one control center area shall not block any conversations from taking
          place within another control center area.

     D.   Paging to a speaker, group or zone of speakers shall not block intercom conversations
          except when specifically programmed to do so as in a priority override page.

     E.   Call-in lines shall be supervised for open and short circuits. Supervision is continuous,
          whereby if a failure occurs it is reported immediately.

     F.   Intercom station addresses shall be capable of being programmed with informational text
          that can be displayed on the Desk Telephone-type Control Console display panel, Caller ID
          capable telephones or the Touch Screen to assist operators in processing calls.

     G.   A single call-in button shall be capable of being programmed to provide signalling for
          multiple usages, i.e. normal call-in, officer in duress, medical assistance, lock down all
          doors etc.

     H.   Intercom stations shall not be required to be home run wired to a central processor or
          control center location but shall be connected to smart terminal boards that can be located
          remotely in close proximity to the stations. The Intercom Station Termination Boards shall
          be addressable and communicate with the Controller using an RS485 Serial Data Network
          Protocol. The terminal boards shall be daisy-chained with a six pair cable back to their
          respective Controller located in the control center equipment room(s). Terminal boards shall
          be located as shown on the drawings. Contractors using systems that require home run
          wiring shall be responsible for the cost to size-up the conduit to accommodate larger wiring
          requirements.

     I.   Intercom stations shall be capable of being selected by the operator “on the fly” for
          sequential audio listening. Once the stations are selected, the system will sequence
          between the selected stations allowing the operator to listen to each selected station. The
          operator shall be able to temporarily halt the sequencing to listen to a single station, initiate
          audio recording if required, and then resume sequential monitoring. Console Types 1
          through 5 shall be capable of providing this feature.

     J.   The circuit on which the intercom call-in switch is wired shall be capable of simultaneously

                                                   13752-6
     City of Kodiak
     Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 13752
     Project No.: 04-23                                              JAIL INTERCOM & PAGING SYSTEM

           supporting up to 4 call-in switches or input devices.

     K.    Intercom stations shall be of a security grade, 25 Volt, 8 Ohm, tapped transformer with 11
           gauge front plate, second steel protection layer, waterproof Mylar speaker cone, solid metal
           call buttons with a protective mechanical stop and concealed mounting of the call button,
           speaker and transformer assembly to the rear of the front plate. There shall be no through-
           hole intercom faceplate attachment of the call button or speaker/transformer assembly or
           proprietary electronics within the intercom stations.

2.04 Public Address

     A.    All-Call announcements shall be initiated from any assigned Control Console.

     B.    Area or Zone Call Announcements shall be initiated from any assigned Control Console.

     C.    The Controller shall provide a separate Page audio path to allow overhead paging and
           intercom communications to occur separately and simultaneously.

     D.    The Controller shall provide unlimited overhead zone page zones scalable in 5 and 10
           paging circuit smart terminal boards. Supply speakers, mounting boxes and accessories in
           quantities and at locations as shown on the drawings.

     E.    Addressable Page Termination Boards for connecting page zones to the System shall
           switch 50 Watts of audio power per circuit and 250 Watts per termination board.

     F.    Addressable Page Termination Boards shall be capable of being remotely located within
           the area of the overhead speakers and shall be daisy chained together with a 6 pair
           shielded cable back to their associated Controller.

     G.    An external audio source may be connected to the overhead speakers through the
           Controller for program distribution.

     H.    Overhead speakers can be programmed to a “Quick Zone 1, 2, 3 etc.” for quick and easy
           access.

     I.    Each area associated with a control center shall be capable of having an independent All
           Page and Zone Page system.

     J.    Paging Zones may include an unlimited number of other paging Zones to create an
           unlimited Zoning hierarchy.

     K.    Paging speakers shall be capable of being selected by the operator “on the fly” for audio
           listening. Once the speakers are selected, the System will sequence between the selected
           stations allowing the operator to listen to each selected station. The operator shall be able
           to temporarily halt the sequencing to listen to a single station, separately record the audio if
           required, and then resume sequential monitoring. Console Types 1 through 5 shall be
           capable of providing this feature.

2.05 Distributed Network

     A.    Each area associated with a control center shall have an integral and autonomous intercom
           and paging system that allows independent intercom and paging communications including
                                                    13752-7
     City of Kodiak
     Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 13752
     Project No.: 04-23                                            JAIL INTERCOM & PAGING SYSTEM

           intercoms to be directly incorporated into Paging Zones.

     B.    Each operator within a control center shall be able to conduct audio communications within
           a designated area without any blockage.

     C.    Each control center shall be provided with a minimum of one Controller.

     D.    The System shall be capable of supporting a primary and secondary network.

     E.    All of the Controllers shall be networked together through the use of Controller Network
           Boards. The Network Boards shall be looped together with a 4-pair CAT-5 or higher cable
           network bus. Controllers shall also be capable of being connected to fiberoptic networks
           using the Network Boards and Fiberoptic Interface Transceivers. The fiberoptic transceivers
           shall be capable of being powered through the Controller and through redundant local
           power supplies so that the failure of any Controller in the network shall not inhibit data and
           audio traffic flow to the remaining Controllers.

     F.    Networked systems shall have a capacity of up to 250 Controllers and shall be capable of
           being cabled up to a distance of 3000-ft in a Primary network and up to 9000-ft in a
           combined Primary and Secondary network.

     G.    Control Consoles from one System shall have programmable access to intercom and page
           stations on other Systems via the network.

     H.    Intercom Controllers shall contain integral network switching and routing circuitry. The
           Controllers in a network shall not rely on a centralized computer for their continued
           operation. Systems that require centralized computers, external network switches and
           routers shall not be acceptable.

     I.    Controllers and Consoles from one System shall provide automatic redundant back-up to
           other Controllers and Consoles in a multi-channel system such that there shall be no single
           point of failure in the communications network.

     J.    PLC integration shall be connected at any single Controller on the network via an RS232
           port.

     L.    New Systems shall be added to the network by simply wiring to the nearest Controller on
           the network.

2.06 Configuration Software: Windows® -based application software for configuring Systems to the
     operational requirements of the facility.

     A.    Configuration Software shall provide as a minimum the following features and capabilities:

           1.    The software shall automatically detect all of the hardware in the System. The
                 software shall provide templates for the automatic set-up of intercoms, Consoles and
                 Console Groups for system-wide programming of stations simultaneously on a global
                 basis.

           2.    The software shall provide automatic set-up of Direct Select Pushbutton Control
                 Consoles.

                                                   13752-8
       City of Kodiak
       Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 13752
       Project No.: 04-23                                             JAIL INTERCOM & PAGING SYSTEM

            3.    The software shall provide for the creation of call-in types and selection from 254
                  priority levels.

            4.    The software shall provide for the creation of dry contact stations.

            5.    The software shall provide for the creation of inputs for executing Controller actions.

            6.    The software shall provide for the creation of input patterns for inputs.

            7.    The software shall provide for the creation of Zones for paging and audio listening.

            8.    The software shall provide for the creation of and assignment of up to 100 distinctive
                  tones and tone sequences from a built-in tone generator.

            9.    The software shall provide for the creation of flexible and customizable serial port
                  messages for remote device and PLC integration.

            10.   The software, which utilizes a flexible, customizable and adaptive protocol, shall
                  provide for the creation of inbound serial message commands from remote devices
                  and PLC integration.

            11.   The software shall provide for the creation of a configured Controller network with one
                  program file for all Control Consoles and devices in the system.

            12.   The software shall provide for the upload of configuration programming and data to all
                  networked Controllers simultaneously through any one Controller in a network via
                  local PC, modem or Internet connection.

            13.   The software shall provide for the independent adjustment of listen sensitivity,
                  automatic gain control, high and low end frequencies and volume levels for each
                  intercom station for optimum intelligibility without re-tapping or affecting other stations
                  in the System.

2.07    Audio Monitoring System: Audio Monitoring System providing audio surveillance of selected
        intercom and speaker locations.

       A.   The Audio Monitoring System shall allow audio to be monitored from any intercom station
             or speaker connected to the facility’s Intercom and Paging System.

       B.   The Audio Monitoring System shall provide the ability for alarms to be initiated when the
            sound at a monitored location exceeds preset audio parameters.

       C.   The Audio Monitoring System shall initiate a call to a Control Console upon detection of an
            alarm, indicating the location of the alarm on the Console display, if so equipped.

       D.   The Audio Monitoring System shall have a false alarm cancel feature, which when activated
            will automatically reprogram the amplitude variable that caused the alarm condition thereby
            desensitizing the channel to similar audio conditions in the future.

       E.   The Audio Monitoring System shall allow the Console operator to establish two-way
            communications with the alarm location for verification.

                                                     13752-9
       City of Kodiak
       Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 13752
       Project No.: 04-23                                            JAIL INTERCOM & PAGING SYSTEM

       F.   The Audio Monitoring System shall, as an option, have the ability to provide internal relay
            contacts to activate auxiliary devices such as CCTV cameras, graphic panels and door
            locks for each location being monitored.

2.08    Intercom/Telephone System: Internal Master-to-Master communications system for
        Administrative and Office Staff.

       A.   All Type 1b Consoles shall have the capability to be connected to a facility’s
            Intercom/Display Phone System for full telephone functionality.

       B.   All Instruments on the facility's Intercom/Telephone System shall have the capability to
            access the Security Communications System(s) to perform intercom and page functions.

       C.   Intercom/Display Phone stations shall be password restricted to this access as may be
            required.

       D.   The Intercom/Display Phone System shall provide, as a minimum, the following features:

            1.    The system shall support Intercom/Display Phone instruments, telephones, single line
                  phones and wireless phones. Supply instruments in quantities and at locations as
                  shown on the drawings.

            2.    The system shall provide complete “allow and deny” tables for each Intercom/Display
                  Phone in the system to provide full restriction capabilities as may be required.

            3.    The system shall provide complete voice mail for every station in the system with
                  automatic message light for each instrument.

            4.    The system shall provide 20 Auto Attendants for automatic call processing.

            5.    Each Intercom/Display Phone shall be capable of being placed in a “Do Not Disturb”
                  mode.

            6.    The system shall provide a quantity of 3 telephonic conference rooms allowing up to
                  16 parties to be on a conference call simultaneously within each conference room.

            7.    The system shall be capable of dialling by name.

2.09    Integration to Third Party Input/Output Devices

       A.   The System shall be capable of providing input and output control of external devices and
             signals, using internal circuitry within the System.

       B.   The System shall not require a PC, PLC or external memory to control devices.

       C.   Each device termination board shall enable the System to support separate inputs and

       D.   Programming of these inputs and outputs shall be via a Windows® -based software
            package. Each of the inputs and outputs can be individually configured.

       E.   Input and Output termination boards shall support dry contact input and output signalling.
            Input and Output contacts can be isolated or ground referenced.
                                                   13752-10
       City of Kodiak
       Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 13752
       Project No.: 04-23                                            JAIL INTERCOM & PAGING SYSTEM

       F.   Each Input termination board input port is capable of initiating different System actions such
            as triggering a call-in at a pre-programmed priority level, triggering a page or page tone or
            triggering an output such as turning on a CCTV camera or light. The input mode may be
            configured as normally open, normally closed, or toggle.

       G.   An Output termination board shall interface with external equipment such as CCTV video
            camera controllers, duress monitoring systems, access control card readers, system status
            indicators, digital message units, graphic control panels, and a variety of other similarly
            controlled devices that use dry contacts which are normally open or normally closed. The
            Output port action shall be available in different modes including on, off, toggle, cycle, pulse
            and duration.

2.10    System Components (Telecor)
          Part Number                                         Description
       T3-SC-MC                T3 Security Intercom Controller Model C
       T3-KRA-2                KSU/Telephone Access Board
       AR-2                    Audio Receptacle
       MCC-PM                  Desktop Microphone Console
       MCC-VC-MC               Virtual Master Control Console Model C
       T3-TBU-11               25 Station IC Termination Board
       T3-TBU-22               Paging Termination Board Unit (10 Circuit)
       CHAP-25/2-P             12' Cable Harness (25 pairs c/w Amphenol)
       CHAP-T3-TBU-1           T3-TBU Wiring Harness
       CHAP-T3SCAMP            T3-SC to Power Amplifier Wiring Harness
       TM-2X25                 Terminal Block (supports 2 TCH or 2 CHAP-25/2-P or 1 TCHRJ21-SH)
       T3-TBU-03               19" Rack Mount Term. Board Chassis
       A-15T                   Re-Entrant Horn Loudspeaker, 15 W
       B25                     Square Speaker Baffle
       CC1                     Channel Supports
       H20                     Square Recessed Enclosure for 2440-24, Selected Speakers
       B25-11                  Vandalproof Speaker Baffle
       3-BBS                   Surface Enclosure for ICS-3 Series
       G3                      Weather Tight Gasket
       ICS-3A                  I.C. Station/Call Switch
       TEL-60                  60 Watt Amplifier - Rack Mount

PART 3 - EXECUTION

   3.01     Installation and Testing

       A.   The equipment shall be installed by qualified technicians who have been factory trained and
            certified by the manufacturer.

       B.   All wiring shall be color coded, uniform and in accordance with accepted codes, standards
            and instructions.


                                                    13752-11
       City of Kodiak
       Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 13752
       Project No.: 04-23                                            JAIL INTERCOM & PAGING SYSTEM

       C.   All equipment shall be mounted securely, plumb and level.

       D.   All cable runs at the controllers’ terminal boards and in all junction boxes shall be tagged
            and clearly identified.

       E.   All work shall be coordinated with other affected trades and contractors to avoid conflicts
            and to ensure orderly and efficient progress of the equipment installation.

       F.   The Security Communications System shall be turned on and adjustments made to
            hardware and software to meet the requirements of the specifications.

       G.   The System shall be completely tested to assure that all components, stations, speakers,
            integrated equipment and accessories are functional in accordance with the specifications.

       H.   The System shall be final tested in the presence of the owners or their appointed
            representative and their acceptance shall be provided in writing.

3.02    Service and Maintenance

       A.   The contractor shall provide a one-year warranty on the installed System against defects in
            material and workmanship. All in-warranty labour and materials shall be provided at no
            expense to the owner during normal working hours. The warranty shall begin on the date of
            acceptance by the owner or their appointed representative.

       B.   The contractor shall supply within 30 days of acceptance by the owner and as part of the
            System, the following spare parts in the quantities shown as recommended by the
            manufacturer.

       C.   The contractor shall, at the owner’s request, make available a service contract offering
            continuing factory authorized service to the System after expiry of the warranty period. The
            manufacturer shall also make available to the owner, technical training for their staff to
            maintain the system.

       D.   The system manufacturer shall maintain engineering and service departments capable of
            rendering advice regarding installation and final adjustments to the System.

3.03    Quality Assurance

       A.   The Security Communications Controller, Console, Termination Boards and related
             Adaptors and Accessories shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI Z299.3 Quality
             Standards. All equipment items including wire and cable shall be designed or
             recommended by the manufacturer to function as a complete System and shall be
             accompanied by the manufacturers’ complete service notes and drawings detailing all
             interconnections. If more than one manufacturer is used to make up the System, letters
             from the individual manufacturers must be included in the submittal along with approved
             interface drawings certifying that the interfaced systems meet the requirements of the
             specification. Since the customer is buying a single communication system from one
             supplier, after the warranty period, the customer need contact only one manufacturer
             designated for support. The contractor shall supply the owner the name of the designated
             manufacturer who is taking the responsibility to support the System after the warranty
             period.

                                                    13752-12
       City of Kodiak
       Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 13752
       Project No.: 04-23                                             JAIL INTERCOM & PAGING SYSTEM

       B.   The installing contractor shall be an established electronic communications contractor that
            currently maintains, and has operated an electronic communications business for at least 5
            years. The installing contractor shall submit a certificate that they have been trained in the
            installation and service of the specified equipment by each manufacturer that is being
            proposed.

       C.   The contractor shall show satisfactory evidence that it maintains a fully equipped service
            organization capable of furnishing adequate inspection and service to the System. The
            contractor shall submit a letter from the manufacturer(s) being proposed, listing the required
            service and installation manuals, by date and version, and certify that the contractor
            possesses such manuals. The contractor shall maintain at its facility the necessary spare
            parts in the proper proportion as recommended by the manufacturer(s) to maintain and
            service the System. The contractor must include a list of the spare parts that it has at its
            facility with its submittal.

3.04    Safety and Compliance Testing

        The Communication System supplied shall be listed by Underwriter’s Laboratories under the
        appropriate category standard i.e. UL Standard 1459 for telephone systems. A copy of all
        applicable UL listing cards shall be included with the contractor’s submittal.

3.05    In-Service Training

       A.   The contractor shall provide a minimum of 24 hours of in-service training on the System.
            These hours shall be broken down into segments that will facilitate the training of all staff in
            the operation of the System. Operators’ Manuals and User Guides shall be provided at the
            time of this training. Each staff member shall be provided with a User’s Guide.

       B.    The manufacturer shall conduct periodic training programs on the technical operation and
             programming of the system. These training programs shall be made available to the owner
             and their staff on a quarterly calendar basis.

3.06    Wiring

        System wiring and equipment installation shall be in accordance with good engineering
        practices as established by EIA and NEC. Wiring shall meet all state and local electrical codes.
        All wiring shall test free of all grounds and shorts. Wire type shall be installed to allow full
        flexibility of the system including the allowing of any future extensions to be added to the device
        termination board closest to the point of extension.

3.07    Protection

       A.    The contractor shall provide all necessary and adequate transient protection on the AC
             power feed and on all station lines leaving or entering the building.

       B.    The contractor shall note in its system drawings the type and location of these protection
             devices as well as all wiring information.

3.08    Warranty

       A.     The contractor shall warranty all materials, installation and workmanship for one (1) year

                                                    13752-13
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 13752
Project No.: 04-23                                          JAIL INTERCOM & PAGING SYSTEM

       from date of acceptance or substantial completion, unless otherwise specified. A copy of
       the manufacturer's warranty shall be provided with close-out documentation and included
       with the operation and installation manuals.

B.   The contractor shall maintain a service organization with adequate spare parts stock within
     100 miles of the installation. Any defects that render the system inoperative shall be
     repaired within 24 hours of the owner notifying the contractor.

                                   END OF SECTION 13752




                                           13752-14
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 13756
Project No.: 04-23                                            VISITOR-INMATE INTERCOM SYSTEM



                                            SECTION 13756

                                VISITOR-INMATE INTERCOM SYSTEM

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01        RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.        Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including general and supplementary
            conditions apply to this section.

1.02        SUMMARY

       A.   Section Includes

            1.     Telephone Handsets

            2.     Power Supply

            3.     Monitoring Station.

            4.     Isolation Transformer.

            5.     Wiring.

       B.   Related Sections

            1.     Division 16

1.03 SYSTEM DESCIPTION
       A.   The system shall consist of a two telephone handsets, one on each side of the visitor
            window to allow duplex communication between both parties without pushing any
            buttons. The visitor side shall have an armored cable to make it vandal resistant. The
            visitor’s side shall have a standard phone cord.

       B.   The intercom amplifier shall have a line level output for recording or remote monitoring.



2.01        SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

       A.   Telephone Handsets
            1.   Inmate Side.

                 Lowell model TTP-2LA-DT or pre-approved equivalent. The unit shall have a
                 stainless steel plate with the handset. The hook-switch style shall be chrome.
                 The hndset color shall be light ash. The unit shall have a dynamic transmitter
                 mouthpiece a dynamic receiver earpiece wired in series and a two-form “C”



                                               13756-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                              Section 13756
Project No.: 04-23                                             VISITOR-INMATE INTERCOM SYSTEM

                   hookswitch. The unit shall have an armored cable cord. The unit shall mount to
                   a standard double-gang electrical backbox.

            2.     Visitor’s Side.

                   Lowell model TTP-2LA-DT or pre-approved equivalent. The unit shall have a
                   stainless steel plate with the handset. The hook-switch style shall be chrome.
                   The handset color shall be light ash. The unit shall have a dynamic transmitter
                   mouthpiece and a dynamic receiver earpiece wired in series and a two-form “C”
                   hookswitch. The unit shall have an armored cable cord. The unit shall mount to
                   a standard double-gang electrical backbox.

       B.   Amplifier.

            The amplifier shall power both handsets and provide a high-impedance audio line
            level output for recording or monitoring.

       C.   Monitoring Station.

            The system shall include a remote monitoring station to listen to visitor-inmate
            conversations live. The unit shall be a Louroe model APR01 station and a Louroe
            model AD-1 power suppply. These units shall be located in the Jail Control Room.

       D.   Isolation Transformer.

            To ensure both recording and live monitoring without ground faults, the Contractor
            shall include an isolation transformer as part of he system. This unit shall be a Jensen
            model Isomax CI-1RR.

       E.   Wiring.

            All wiring shall conform to the recommendations of the manufacturers of the
            components. As a minimum, all connections shall be with a 2-conductor shielded 20
            gauge pair with a 22 gauge drain wire.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01        PREPARATION
       A.   The Contractor shall order all required parts and equipment upon notification of award
            of the Work.

       B.   The Contractor shall bench test all equipment prior to delivery to the job site.

       C.   The Contractor shall verify the availability of power where required.

3.02             INSTALLATION
       A.   Provide the correct type and size of electrical back boxes for the handsets.

       B.   Provide conduit from the handset backboxes up the wall then supported until it
            reaches the nearest cable tray.



                                                13756-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 13756
Project No.: 04-23                                         VISITOR-INMATE INTERCOM SYSTEM

    C.   Route wiring from the handsets to their power supply. Connect the line output on the
         power supply to the input on the isolation transformer.

    D.   From the isolation transformer, route one cable to the voice logger and another cable
         to the monitoring station.

    E.   The Contractor shall carefully follow the instructions in the manufacturers' Installation
         Manual to insure all steps have been taken to provide a reliable, clear communications
         system.

    F.   The Contractor shall execute adequate testing of the system to insure a high
         probability of sound without distortion, noise or hum.

    G. The Contractor shall provide adequate training of the system to insure proper
       operation without errors or confusion.


                                      END OF SECTION




                                            13756-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                              Section 13760
Project No.: 04-23                                                      ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM


                                            SECTION 13760

                                       ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM

PART 1           GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

  A.        Section Includes
            1.     Head-end Hardware and Software
            2.     Field Panels
            3.     Proximity Card Readers and Cards
            4.     Combination Proximity Card and Scrambled Code Readers
            5.     Door Status Sensors
            6.     Request-to-Exit Motion Detectors
            7.     Emergency Call Buttons
            8.     Electrified Locks
            9.     Auxiliary Power Supplies
            10.    Wiring

  B.        Related Sections
            1.     Section 13710 – Summary of Perimeter Security Work
            2.     Section 13752 – Jail Intercom System
            3.     Section 13756 – Visitor-Inmate Intercom System
            4.     Section 13770 – Video Surveillance System
            5.     Section 16073 – Vibration and Seismic Controls
            6.     Section 16120 – Conductors and Cables
            7.     Section 16123 – Control Voltage and Electronic Safety Cables and Conductors
            8.     Section 16714 – Communication Equipment Room Fittings
            9.     Section 16995 – Electrical Commissioning
            10.    Section 16997 – Electrical Functional Performance Testing
            11.    Section 16998 – Electrical Pre-Functional Installation Examination


1.02 REFERENCES

       A.        NFPA 70 – National Electric Code, Current version.
       B.        NFPA 101 – Life Safety Code
       C.        NFPA 731 – Security System Installation.



                                                    13760-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 13760
Project No.: 04-23                                                  ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM

     D.    All power supplies shall be UL listed and have a UL label on them.
     E.    Access control system shall be UL 294 listed.
     F.    UL 325 listed

1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
     A.    The system shall be a fully operational electronic access control system using Web-
           based workstations for Administration work from any PC with a web browser
           installed and the person having the correct IP address and password.
     B.    The system shall be programmed to include, but not be limited to, the database for
           all users and operators, access levels, delay times, integrated functions, auxiliary
           functions, and all other functions as required by the end user. Programming that
           adds or deletes holders of cards to the dBase shall restrict this access to designated
           personnel.
     C.    The master field panel shall be IP-addressable, which shall connect to the PC-
           based server using a dedicated security Ethernet network. All additional field panels
           needed shall be connected to the master field panel via 20 mil current loop. The
           scope of work includes all components and wiring to accomplish communication to
           the Security LAN using the rack mounted switches and routers at the MDF and a
           fully functional interface with the head-end.
     D.    The system shall interface with the video surveillance system and Programmable
           Logic Controller (PLC) system. The access control system shall only control doors
           with card readers and/or scrambled digital keypads. Where entry or exit requires
           use of both technologies, they shall be physically mounted next to each other. The
           system shall conform with the Security Operational Description.
     E.    All field panels shall be located in the same room, next to each other and with power
           supplies to operate the electric locks and request-to-exit motion detectors. Intercom
           field panels shall also be located in the same room.
     F.    All cable, component, and circuit labeling and color coding shall conform to the City
           of Kodiak’s IT Standards.
     G.    Pre-installation Meeting: Before security field work commences, the Contractor shall
           schedule and hold a Pre-Installation Meeting including all contractors involved with
           this scope, the Architect, Engineers and Consultants, the Police Department
           Representative, and the City’s IT Department. The meeting will include a review of
           the planned installation, coordinating the work with other specification sections, and
           showing that planning and programming will conform to the Security Operational
           Description.
     H.    The system shall be fully integrated with the video surveillance system to manage
           camera switching, pre-set movement of PTZ Cameras, and recording upon
           activation of certain access control actions including entry into certain areas.
     I.    The system shall provide auxiliary inputs for monitoring other systems, such as
           panic buttons.

1.04 MAINTENANCE
     A.    Provide full procedures for all database back-ups.




                                               13760-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                              Section 13760
Project No.: 04-23                                                      ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM

     B.        Provide full procedures for server/workstation hard drive maintenance, such as
               defrag, etc.
     C.        Provide full procedures for maintaining physical and software firewalls.
     D.        Provide full procedures for upgrading software.
     E.        Provide full procedures for testing battery condition on all field panels for adequate
               back-up time.
     F.        Provide full procedures for any other tasks that must be performed to ensure the
               warranty remains intact.
     G.        Provide diagnostic software to determine any system problem and furnish a
               solution.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
     A.        All electronic components; except lock power supplies, some card readers and the
               scrambled keypad; shall be provided by a single manufacturer.
     B.        Acceptable manufacturers include: AMAG
2.02 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM - SYSTEM COMPONENTS

    A.     Head-End Hardware and Software
          1.      PC-Based access control head-end: Dell, conforming to access manufacturer’s
                  requirements.
          2.      Server-Based access control head-end: Dell, PowerEdge 1950 or 2950 series
                  server, conforming to access manufacturer’s requirements
          3.      Software: AMAG Symmetry Professional with optional software modules for
                  Video Management and Web Access.
     B.        Field Panels
          1.     AMAG Symmetry M2150 8DBC Controllers.
          2.     AMAG Symmetry M2150 MN-TRANS-150-UL transformers.
          3.     12 volt 7 amp hour rechargeable batteries.
          4.     AMAG Symmetry MN-NIC-4 network interface card.
     C.        Proximity Card Readers
           1. AMAG model S670 standard card reader (3.8”W x 4.9”H x 1.8”D).
           2. AMAG model S680 mullion card reader (1.8”W x 5.0”H x 1.0”D).
           3. AMAG model S690 wall switch card reader (2.8”W x 5.0”H x 1.2”D).
           4. AMAG WIM-8 Wiegand Interface Module for a single reader.
           5. AMAG MX-5375-G-N HID MaxiProx Long Range Proximity Reader
           6. HID model ISO-PROX. Provide 200 cards with the system.
     D.        Scrambled Code Reader




                                                    13760-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 13760
Project No.: 04-23                                                   ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM

           Schlage model SERIII-W Scramble Keypad. Determination of compatibility with
           other brands and interface requirements with field panels is strictly up to the
           Contractor.
     E.    Door Status Sensors
          1. Model numbers for the sensors include both terminal and lead types. Sensors
             shall be single sensors with two outputs. Sensors may be provided with leads as
             long as the leads are long enough to reach the junction-box, otherwise terminal
             types shall be provided. Splicing the leads in the conduit will not be permitted.
          2. Wooden Doors - SENTROL model 1075W or 1078W - 3/8 inch press fit
             terminating with 1 1/8 inch gap - must be used with UL 1061, 22 AWG wire
          3. Steel Doors - SENTROL model 1078CTW
          4. Overhead Doors - SENTROL model 2202A or GRI 200-36 - industrial extra wide
             gap with 1.5 foot stainless steel armored cable.
          5. Jail Doors – Securitron model LMS-1 latch monitor switch.
     F.    Request-to-Exit Motion Detectors
           The RTE device shall be a Bosch (Detection Systems) model DS160, a Tyco
           (Kantech) model T*REX, or a GE Security (Sentrol) model RCR-REX.
     G.    Emergency Call Buttons
           Alarm Controls Corporation model PBL-1, Dortronics Systems model W5287-P15,
           or Safety Technology Inc. model SS-2401E or approved equivalent.
     H.    Electrified Locks
           Refer to Division 8.
     I.    Auxiliary Power Supplies
          1. All electrified panic hardware comes with its own power supply as described in
             Division 8.
          2. All other electrified    locks   shall   be   powered    by   an   Altronix   model
             AL1024ULXPD8CB
          3. All request-to-exit motion detectors shall be powered by an Altronix model
             AL300ULPD8
     J.    Wiring
          1. Field Panel to each Proximity Reader – 8 conductors, 22AWG, stranded,
             jacketed, with an overall shield.
          2. Field Panel to each Door Contact – 2 conductors, 22AWG, stranded, jacketed.
          3. Field Panel to each REQ Motion Detector – 4 conductors, 22AWG, stranded,
             jacketed.
          4. Field Panel to each Electric Lock/Power Supply – 2 conductors, 18AWG or better
             depending on distance, stranded, jacketed.
          5. Field Panel to Field Panel – 2 shielded twisted pairs, 22AWG, stranded, jacketed.

2.03 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM – SPARE PARTS



                                               13760-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 13760
Project No.: 04-23                                                    ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM

     A.    AMAG model S690 wall switch card reader
     B.    AMAG 8DBC Controller
     C.    Twelve of each size & type of spare fuse for each type of power supply and field
           panel.

PART 3     EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION
     A.    The Contractor shall order all required parts and equipment upon notification of
            award of the Work.
     B.    The Contractor shall bench test all equipment prior to delivery to the job site.
     C.    The Contractor shall verify the availability of power where required. If a new source
            of power is required, a licensed electrician shall be used to install it.
     D.    The Contractor shall arrange for obtaining all programming information including
            access times, free access times, door groups, operator levels, etc.

3.02 INSTALLATION
     A.    The Contractor shall coordinate with the City of Kodak’s ITC Department for interface
            with the City’s network.
     B.    The Contractor shall carefully follow the instructions in the manufacturers' Installation
            Manual to insure all steps have been taken to provide a reliable, easy to operate
            system.
     C.    The Administrator Terminal shall be connected to the remote terminals before
            connecting to any card reader processors.
     E.    Perform all Work as indicated in the Drawings and Specifications.
     F.    The Contractor shall install the appropriate cable from the CPU to readers, door
            contacts, request-to-exit devices, and electric locks at each door.
     G.    All communications cables shall be kept away from power circuits.
     H.    The Contractor shall install the power supply(s) for electric locks in locations where
            they won’t interfere with other operations.
     I.    The Contractor shall also execute adequate testing of the system to insure proper
            operation.
     J.    The Contractor shall provide adequate training of the system users to insure
            adequate understanding to prevent operating errors.

3.03 INITIAL PROGRAMMING AND CONFIGURATION
     A.    Contractor shall provide initial programming and configuration of the security
           management system. Programming shall include defining hardware, doors, monitor
           points, clearance codes, time codes, door groups, alarm groups, operating
           sequences, camera call-ups, and the like. Input of all program data shall be by
           Contractor. Contractor shall consult with Owner to determine all operating
           parameters.




                                                 13760-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                               Section 13760
Project No.: 04-23                                                       ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM

     B.        Contractor shall develop and input system graphics, such as maps and standby
               screens. Owner shall provide floor plan drawings as the basis for the creation of
               maps. Development of maps shall include the creation of icons for all doors,
               monitor points, and tamper circuits. Owner shall provide floor plan drawings, in the
               form of Autocad .DWG or .DXF files, as the basis for the creation of maps.
     C.        Owner, with the cooperation and assistance of Contractor, will input the cardholder
               data for each access card.
     D.        Contractor shall maintain hard copy worksheets which fully document the system
               program and configuration. Worksheets shall be kept up to date on a daily basis by
               Contractor until final Acceptance by Owner. Worksheets shall be subject to
               inspection and approval by Owner. Provide final copies to Owner prior to Project
               Close-out.
     E.        Contractor shall maintain a complete, up-to-date magnetic tape backup of the
               system configuration and cardholder database. Backup shall be maintained
               throughout programming period until final Acceptance by Owner. Submit back-up
               tapes to Owner upon Final Acceptance.
     F.        Approximately sixty (60) days after Final Acceptance Test, Contractor shall return to
               project to provide follow-up assistance with system configuration as requested by
               Owner. Contractor shall include an allowance of twenty (20) hours of labor for
               follow-up assistance in his Base Bid price.

3.04 TRAINING
     A.        Contractor shall provide complete operator training on the Access Control System.
               Training shall consist of thirty-two hours of classroom instruction for people selected
               by City of Kodiak. The training shall be in separate sessions for System
               Administrators, Operators, and Maintenance Personnel. There shall not be more
               than five (5) people trained at a time. The training shall include two (2) hours of
               individual hands-on training for every person. Hands-on training shall include the
               opportunity for each person to operate the system, and to practice each operation
               that an operator would be expected to perform.
     B.        Training shall cover all operating features of the system, including the following:
          1.      System set-up and cardholder database configuration.
          2.      Access control features.
          3.      Alarm monitoring features.
          4.      Report generation and searches.
          5.      Card management.
          6.      Disk backup procedures
          7.      Routine maintenance and adjustment procedures.
     C.        Training sessions are to be held at Owner’s facility, and are to be scheduled at the
               convenience of Owner. Contractor shall provide written training outline and agenda
               for each training session prior to scheduling.
     D.        Contractor shall provide written training materials for each person.




                                                    13760-6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 13760
Project No.: 04-23                                                   ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM

     E.    City of Kodiak reserves the right to audio and/or video record any/all training
           sessions. This recording will be eliminated if the Contractor can provide a
           manufacturer’s training session on video tape or DVD.

3.05 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING SUPPORT
     A.    Contractor shall provide the services of a software engineer to assist the Owner in
           coordinating the interfaces between the access control system and the intrusion
           alarm panel, video surveillance system, and elevator control system if appropriate.
     B.    Contractor shall provide a software engineer who is thoroughly knowledgeable of
           the security system applications.
     C.    Software engineer shall be on-site and available to meet with Owner’s
           representatives for a period of not less than two consecutive days. On-site visit shall
           be scheduled at the convenience of the Owner.


                                   END OF SECTION 13760




                                                13760-7
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 13770
Project No.: 04-23                                             VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM


                                      SECTION 13770

                              VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM

PART 1     GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
     A.    Section Includes

           1.    Camera Assemblies (camera, lens, housing, mount, etc.)

           2.    Video Recorder Server Hardware & Software

           3.    Client Workstation and Monitors

           4.    Web Server Hardware and Software

           5.    Auxiliary Power Supplies

           6.    Video Transmission Systems

           7.    Wiring

     B.    Related Sections

           1.    Section 13710 – Summary Of Work

           2.    Section 13756 – Visitor-Inmate Intercom System

           3.    Section 13760 – Access Control System

           4.    Section 16073 – Vibration and Seismic Controls

           5.    Section 16120 – Conductors and Cables

           6.    Section 16123 – Control Voltage and Electronic Safety Cables and
                 Conductors

           7.    Section 16714 – Communication Equipment Room Fittings

           8.    Section 16995 – Electrical Commissioning

           9.    Section 16997 – Electrical Functional Performance Testing

           10.   Section 16998 – Electrical Pre-Functional Installation Examination




     C.    Intent and Correlation
                                            13770 - 1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 13770
Project No.: 04-23                                             VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM
           1.    The intent of the Project Drawings and Specifications is to include all items
                 necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work.

           2.    The Project Drawings and Specifications are complementary, and what is
                 required by any one shall be as binding as if required by both.

1.02 REFERENCES
     A.    NFPA 70 – Current version.

     B.    NFPA 731 – Security System Installation.

     C.    IEEE Standards on Networks.

     D.    All power supplies shall be UL listed and have a UL label on them.

1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
     A.    General Description
           The video surveillance system shall consist of only two types of cameras—a fixed
           positioned camera with a varifocal lens inside of a ruggedized and weatherproof
           domed housing for both interior and exterior use and an exterior P/T/Z camera in a
           ruggedized and weatherproof housing for outdoor use only. Both cameras will be
           IP-addressable digital cameras. No analog cameras or encoders/decoders will be
           allowed except for the gate intercom station. The signals to/from the cameras shall
           be sent over a separate security network to an on-site network video recorder. No
           DVRs will be allowed. The NVR shall provide viewing of live video, alarm call-up
           and playback of recorded video at on-site workstations. Live and recorded video
           shall also be accessible on-site using a web browser and having the correct IP
           address and password. Installation of the security network along with all routers,
           switchers, bridges, etc. is also part of the scope of work.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
     A.    Qualifications

           1.    Qualifications of Contractor

                 a.     Contractor shall be an installation and service contractor regularly
                        engaged in the sale, installation, maintenance and service of video
                        surveillance systems.

                 b.     Contractor shall have five (5) years experience with the installation,
                        start-up and programming of systems of a similar size and complexity to
                        the one proposed.

                 c.     Contractor shall be a factory authorized dealer of the system proposed
                        for at least two (2) years.

           2.    Supervision of Work



                                           13770 - 2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 13770
Project No.: 04-23                                               VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM
                 a.     Contractor shall employ a competent Foreman to be in responsible
                        charge of the Work. Foreman shall be on the project site daily during the
                        execution of the Work.

                 b.     Contractor’s Foreman shall be a regular employee, principle, or officer
                        of Contractor, who is thoroughly experienced in projects of a similar size
                        and type. Contractor shall not use contract employees or
                        Subcontractors as Foremen.

           3.    Qualifications of Technicians

                 a.     All electronic systems Work shall be performed by electronic technicians
                        thoroughly trained in the installation and service of specialty low-voltage
                        electronic systems.

                 b.     Journeyman Wireman electrical workers may be used to install conduit,
                        raceways, wiring, and the like, provided that final termination, hook-up,
                        programming, and testing is performed by a qualified electronic
                        technician, and that all such Work is supervised by the Contractor’s
                        Foreman.

                 c.     All incidental Work, such as cutting         and patching, lock hardware
                        installation, painting, carpentry, and the   like, shall be accomplished by
                        skilled craftspersons regularly engaged      in such type of work. All such
                        Work shall comply with the highest            standards applicable to that
                        respective industry or craft.

                 d.     All 120 VAC power wiring and connections are to be performed by a
                        qualified Journeyman Wireman, licensed to perform such Work in the
                        City of Kodiak.

           4.    Qualifications of Subcontractors

                 a.     Definition: A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct
                        contract with the Contractor to perform any of the Work at the site.

                 b.     Use of any Subcontractor is subject to the approval. The Contractor
                        shall identify all Subcontractors on the Bid Form. The Contractor shall
                        make no substitution for any Subcontractor previously selected without
                        approval.

                 c.     Contractor’s Foreman shall be on the project site daily during all periods
                        when Subcontractors are performing any of the Work. Contractor’s
                        Foreman shall be in responsible charge of all Work, including any Work
                        being performed by Subcontractors.

                 d.     By an appropriate written agreement, the Contractor shall require each
                        Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the
                        Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by the terms of the
                        Drawings and Specifications, and to assume toward the Contractor all
                        the obligations and responsibilities which the Contractor, by these
                        documents, assumes toward Owner.

                                            13770 - 3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 13770
Project No.: 04-23                                               VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM
     B.    Supervision and Construction Procedures

           1.    The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using his best skill and
                 attention. Contractor is solely responsible for all construction means,
                 methods, and techniques.

           2.    The Contractor shall employ a competent foreman who shall be in attendance
                 at the project site during the progress of the Work. The foreman shall
                 represent the Contractor and all communications given to the foreman shall
                 be as binding as if given to the Contractor.

     C.    Regulatory Requirements

           1.    All Work is to conform to all building, fire, and electrical codes and ordinances
                 applicable in the OWNER.                In case of conflict between the
                 Drawings/Specifications and codes, the codes shall govern. Notify OWNER
                 Project Manager of any such conflicts.

           2.    Contractor shall secure and pay for all licenses, permits, plan reviews,
                 engineering certifications, and inspections required by regulatory agencies.
                 Contractor shall prepare, at Contractor’s expense, any documents, including
                 drawings, that may be required by regulatory agencies.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL
     A.    Lightning Protection

          1.     The Contractor shall provide adequate lightning protection for all cameras.

          2.     All lightning protection equipment shall be UL listed.

     B.    Surge Protection
           The Contractor shall provide suitable surge protection for all cameras.

2.02 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
     A.    General
           The Contractor shall furnish all material and labor for a complete and operative
           Video Surveillance System including documentation, programming, and training.
     B.    Products

           1.    Camera Assemblies

                 a.     Interior Vari-Focal Length Cameras in Domed Housings

                        1)    General Surveillance

                              Bosch model NWD-48V03-20S with 3-9.5mm varifocal lens.


                                            13770 - 4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 13770
Project No.: 04-23                                              VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM
                        2)   Long Corridors

                             Bosch model NWD-48V04-20S with 3.7-12mm varifocal lens.

                        3)   Mounting Options

                             Bosch model VDA-455CMT inside corner mount adaptor

                             Bosch model VDA-445WMT pendant mount adaptor

                 b.     Exterior Vari-Focal Length Cameras in Domed Housings

                        1)   Bosch model VDN-495V03-20S with 3-9.5mm varifocal lens.

                        2)   Bosch model VDA-445WMT pendant mount

                        3)   Adapt pendant mount to Pelco model CM335121 or custom
                             fabricated corner mount.

                        4)   Provide 14/2 power cable to all exterior fixed cameras from central
                             power supply.

                 c.     Exterior Fixed Focal Length Cameras on Gooseneck Pedestal at the
                        Gate

                        1)   Speco Technologies model CVC695AMHR

                        2)   12-volt power supply for both cameras.

                        3)   NVT model NV-214A-M transceivers.

                        4)   Any brand of video encoder model compatible with the NVR.

                 d.     Exterior Pole-Mounted Pan/Tilt/Zoom Cameras in Environmental Domed
                        Housing

                        1)   Bosch model VG4-524-ECE0M

                        2)   Appropriate additional mounting hardware to attach to the pole to
                             ensure surviving 120mph winds.

                        3)   Altronix model T244130WP 24VAC, 4Amp power supply.

                        4)   Network interface shall adapt to fiber

          2.     Video Recorder Server Hardware & Software

                 a.     Video Server Software – Acceptable Solutions:

                        1)   AMAG Symmetry Video Management Software VID-MOD-064-V6

                        2)   DVTel Video Management Software

                                           13770 - 5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                                Section 13770
Project No.: 04-23                                                    VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM
                        3)    Genetec Omnicast Video Management Software

                        4)    Lenel LNVR Video Management Software

                        5)    Milestone Systems XProtect Professional

                 b.     Server Hardware Minimum            Requirements      –   As   Required   by
                        Manufacturer. Typical:

                        1)    Dell PowerEdge 1950/2950 server with OS, SQL and one year of
                              maintenance.

                        2)    2x Dual Core Intel® Xeon® 5160, 3.00 GHz, 4 MB Cache, 1333
                              MHz FSB

                        3)    Windows Server® 2003 SP1 or Windows Server® 2003 R2

                        4)    4 GB of RAM

                        5)    80 GB hard drive for OS and Omnicast applications

                        6)    1 TB additional hard drive(s) for video storage at Server

                        7)    1 TB NAS in RAID5 configuration in IDF room.

                        8)    Standard SVGA video card

                        9)    800 x 600 or higher screen resolution

                        10)   10/100/1000 Ethernet Network Interface Card

                        11)   CD/DVD ROM drives

                 c.     Miscellaneous Hardware

                        1)    Monitors in Dispatch shall be suspended from poles attached to
                              the ceiling. Provide any necessary equipment required to extend
                              the signal for the length of cable between the monitors &
                              workstation.

                        2)    Monitors in Dispatch shall be Dell model E207WFP 20-inch
                              Widescreen Flat Panel LCD Monitors.

                        3)    Appropriate type and length of video monitor cables.

                 d.     Bid Price shall include all licensing fees.

          3.     Client Workstation and Monitor

                 a.     Hardware



                                             13770 - 6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 13770
Project No.: 04-23                                                VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM
                        1)    A Dell Intel® Core®2 Duo 2.4 GHz or higher, 4 MB Cache, 1066
                              MHz FSB

                        2)    Microsoft® Windows 2000 SP4 or Windows XP Pro SP2

                        3)    1.0 GB of RAM

                        4)    160 GB of storage or more

                        5)    128 MB x16 nVidia Quadro FX550 dual-head, or better

                        6)    1280 x 1024 or higher screen resolution

                        7)    10/100/1000 Ethernet Network Interface Card

                        8)    16x DVD+/-RW drive1

                        9)    Sound card

                        10)   APC model Line-R600 line conditioner or approved equivalent

                        11)   Additional cooling fan/vent hole if the server is placed inside a
                              cabinet

                        12)   Sony model SDM-P234/B monitors and appropriate mounts

                        13)   Temporary keyboard & mouse for set-up provided by OWNER

                 b.     Software

                        Web Browser: Internet Explorer version 6 or newer provided by Owner.

          4.     Web Server hardware and software.

                 Owner provides all web access hardware and software.

          5.     Auxiliary Power Supplies

                 All fixed cameras shall be power through the network (PoE). PTZ cameras
                 shall need a separate power supply for heaters, blowers, and fiber optic
                 interface equipment if needed. The power supply shall be of the appropriate
                 voltage and current rating for each location’s needs. The power supply shall
                 be manufactured by Altronix and include surge suppression and lightning
                 protection.

          6.     Video Transmission Systems

                 All video transmission shall be over a separate security Ethernet network.

          7.     Wiring



                                            13770 - 7
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 13770
Project No.: 04-23                                                VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM
                 All wiring will be via the Ethernet network except for the power wiring to each
                 outdoor camera and fiber to PTZ cameras.

2.03 REQUIREMENTS FOR ALTERNATIVE #1
     A.    Products

          1.     Client Workstation and Monitor

                 a.     Hardware

                        1)    A Dell Intel® Core®2 Duo 2.4 GHz or higher, 4 MB Cache, 1066
                              MHz FSB

                        2)    Microsoft® Windows 2000 SP4 or Windows XP Pro SP2

                        3)    1.0 GB of RAM

                        4)    160 GB of storage or more

                        5)    128 MB x16 nVidia Quadro FX550 dual-head, or better

                        6)    1280 x 1024 or higher screen resolution

                        7)    10/100/1000 Ethernet Network Interface Card

                        8)    16x DVD+/-RW drive1

                        9)    Sound card

                        10)   APC model Line-R600 line conditioner or approved equivalent

                        11)   Additional cooling fan/vent hole if the server is placed inside a
                              cabinet

                        12)   Standard keyboard & mouse

                        13)   C&H Products USB camera control joystick.

          2.     Video Recorder Server Hardware & Software

                 a.     Miscellaneous Hardware

                        1)    Marshall model         V-R171P-HAD, iTECH model WRPSD817
                              seventeen inch rack mounted monitors or approved equivalent in
                              the jail control room.

                        2)    Appropriate type and length of video monitor cables.

PART 3     EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION

                                            13770 - 8
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 13770
Project No.: 04-23                                               VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM
     A.    The Contractor shall order all required parts and equipment for rough-in upon
           notification of award of the Work.

     B.    The Contractor shall bench test all equipment prior to delivery to the job site.

     C.    The Contractor shall verify the availability of power where required. If a new source
           of power is required, a licensed electrician shall be used to install it.

     D.    The Contractor shall arrange for obtaining all information from the Owner for
           programming the Network Video Recorder software.

3.02 INSTALLATION
     A.    General

           1.    The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner’s Project Manager for storage
                 of the equipment in a secured location prior to installation.

           2.    The Contractor shall carefully follow the instructions in the manufacturers’
                 Installation Manual to insure all steps have been taken to provide a reliable,
                 easy to operate system.

           3.    The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner’s facilities coordinator to
                 insure the proper location to tap into electrical power.

           4.    Perform all Work as indicated in the Drawings and Specifications.

           5.    The Contractor shall install the appropriate cables from the cameras to the
                 network equipment.

           6.    The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner’s ITC Department for interface
                 with the network.

           7.    All communications cables shall be kept away from power circuits.

           8.    The Contractor shall also execute adequate testing of the system to insure
                 proper operation.

           9.    The Contractor shall provide adequate training of the system users to insure
                 adequate understanding to prevent operating errors.

3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
     A.    Final Tests & Inspection
           The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner’s Project Manager for final tests and
           inspections in the presence of the Project Manager, System Designer/Consultant,
           and a factory support person from the manufacturer.

3.04 TRAINING
     A.    Contractor shall provide complete operator training on the Video Surveillance
           System. Training shall consist of thirty-two hours of classroom instruction for people

                                            13770 - 9
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 13770
Project No.: 04-23                                               VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM
           staff selected by the Owner. The training shall be in separate sessions for System
           Administrators, Operators, and Maintenance Personnel. There shall not be more
           than five (5) people trained at a time. The training shall include two (2) hours of
           individual hands-on training for every person. Hands-on training shall include the
           opportunity for each person to operate the system, and to practice each operation
           that an operator would be expected to perform.

     B.    Training shall cover all operating features of the system, including the following:

           1.    System set-up and video archiving configuration.

           2.    Recording Time Zones.

           3.    Recording Triggers.

           4.    Interface with Alarm and/or Access Control System

           5.    Database management.

           6.    Disk backup procedures

           7.    Routine maintenance and adjustment procedures.

     C.    Training sessions are to be held at Owner’s facility, and are to be scheduled at the
           convenience of Owner. Contractor shall provide written training outline and agenda
           for each training session prior to scheduling.

     D.    Contractor shall provide written training materials for each person.

     E.    The Owner reserves the right to audio and/or video record any/all training sessions.
           This recording will be eliminated if the Contractor can provide a manufacturer’s
           training session on video tape or DVD.

     F.    Contractor shall provide written training materials for each person.

3.05 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING SUPPORT
     A.    Contractor shall provide the services of a software engineer to assist the Owner in
           coordinating the interfaces with the access control system and the intrusion alarm
           panel.

     B.    Contractor shall provide a software engineer who is thoroughly knowledgeable of
           the security system applications.

     C.    Software engineer shall be on-site and available to meet with Owner’s
           representatives for a period of not less than two consecutive days. On-site visit shall
           be scheduled at the convenience of the Owner.


                                       END OF SECTION



                                           13770 - 10
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 13852
Project No.: 04-23                               DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM


                                         SECTION 13852


                        DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM


PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    Section Includes:

        1.    Fire-alarm control unit.

        2.    Manual fire-alarm boxes.

        3.    System smoke detectors.

        4.    Heat detectors.

        5.    Notification appliances.

        6.    Remote annunciator.

        7.    System printer.

1.03    DEFINITIONS

  A.    LED: Light-emitting diode.

  B.    NICET: National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies.

1.04    SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

  A.    Noncoded, either UL-certified or FMG-placarded addressable system, with multiplexed
        signal transmission, dedicated to fire-alarm service only.

  B.    The system FACP is installed in the police dispatch center. As the dispatch center is
        the central monitoring station for the region, no further remote annunciation is required.

1.05    PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

  A.    Seismic Performance: Fire-alarm control unit and raceways shall withstand the effects
        of earthquake motions determined according to SEI/ASCE 7.




                                            13852-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 13852
Project No.: 04-23                                 DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM

        1.    The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of
              any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the
              unit will be fully operational after the seismic event."

1.06    SUBMITTALS

  A.    General Submittal Requirements:

        1.    Submittals shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction prior to submitting
              them to Architect.

        2.    Shop Drawings shall be prepared by persons with the following qualifications:

              a.    Trained and certified by manufacturer in fire-alarm system design.
              b.    NICET-certified fire-alarm technician, Level III minimum.
              c.    Licensed or certified by authorities having jurisdiction.

  B.    Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

  C.    Shop Drawings: For fire-alarm system. Include plans, elevations, sections, details,
        and attachments to other work.

        1.    Comply with recommendations in the "Documentation" Section of the
              "Fundamentals of Fire Alarm Systems" Chapter in NFPA 72.

        2.    Include voltage drop calculations for notification appliance circuits.

        3.    Include battery-size calculations.

        4.    Include performance parameters and installation details for each detector,
              verifying that each detector is listed for complete range of air velocity,
              temperature, and humidity possible when air-handling system is operating.

        5.    Include plans, sections, and elevations of heating, ventilating, and air-
              conditioning ducts, drawn to scale and coordinating installation of duct smoke
              detectors and access to them. Show critical dimensions that relate to placement
              and support of sampling tubes, detector housing, and remote status and alarm
              indicators.     Locate detectors according to manufacturer's written
              recommendations.

        6.    Include alarm signaling-service equipment rack or console layout, grounding
              schematic, amplifier power calculation, and single-line connection diagram.

        7.    Include floor plans to indicate final outlet locations showing address of each
              addressable device. Show size and route of cable and conduits.




                                             13852-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 13852
Project No.: 04-23                               DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM

  D.    Seismic Qualification Certificates:     For fire-alarm control unit, accessories, and
        components, from manufacturer.

        1.    Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual
              test of assembled components or on calculation.

        2.    Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and
              locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.

        3.    Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is
              based and their installation requirements.

  E.    Field quality-control reports.

  F.    Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire-alarm systems and components to include
        in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in
        Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data”, include the following:

        1.    Comply with the "Records" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance"
              Chapter in NFPA 72.

        2.    Provide "Record of Completion Documents" according to NFPA 72 article
              "Permanent Records" in the "Records" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and
              Maintenance" Chapter.

        3.    Record copy of site-specific software.

        4.    Provide "Maintenance, Inspection and Testing Records" according to NFPA 72
              article of the same name and include the following:

              a.    Frequency of testing of installed components.
              b.    Frequency of inspection of installed components.
              c.    Requirements and recommendations related to results of maintenance.
              d.    Manufacturer's user training manuals.

        5.    Manufacturer's required maintenance related to system warranty requirements.

        6.    Abbreviated operating instructions for mounting at fire-alarm control unit.

        7.    Copy of NFPA 25.

  G.    Software and Firmware Operational Documentation:

        1.    Software operating and upgrade manuals.

        2.    Program Software Backup: On magnetic media or compact disk, complete with
              data files.




                                            13852-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                       Section 13852
Project No.: 04-23                              DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM

        3.    Device address list.

        4.    Printout of software application and graphic screens.

1.07    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Installer Qualifications: Personnel shall be trained and certified by manufacturer for
        installation of units required for this Project.

  B.    Installer Qualifications: Installation shall be by personnel certified by NICET as fire-
        alarm Level II technician.

  C.    Source Limitations for Fire-Alarm System and Components: Obtain fire-alarm system
        from single source from single manufacturer. Components shall be compatible with,
        and operate as, an extension of existing system.

  D.    Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
        NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and
        application.

  E.    NFPA Certification: Obtain certification according to NFPA 72 by an NRTL.

1.08    PROJECT CONDITIONS

  A.    Interruption of Existing Fire-Alarm Service: Do not interrupt fire-alarm service to
        facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions
        and then only after arranging to provide temporary guard service according to
        requirements indicated:

        1.    Notify Architect no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of
              fire-alarm service.

        2.    Do not proceed with interruption of fire-alarm service without Architect's written
              permission.

1.09    SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING

  A.    Existing Fire-Alarm Equipment: Maintain existing equipment fully operational until new
        equipment has been tested and accepted. As new equipment is installed, label it "NOT
        IN SERVICE" until it is accepted. Remove labels from new equipment when put into
        service and label existing fire-alarm equipment "NOT IN SERVICE" until removed from
        the building.

  B.    Equipment Removal: After acceptance of new fire-alarm system, remove existing
        disconnected fire-alarm equipment and wiring.

1.010   SOFTWARE SERVICE AGREEMENT

  A.    Comply with UL 864.




                                           13852-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 13852
Project No.: 04-23                                 DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM

  B.    Technical Support: Beginning with Substantial Completion, provide software support
        for two years.

  C.    Upgrade Service: Update software to latest version at Project completion. Install and
        program software upgrades that become available within two years from date of
        Substantial Completion. Upgrading software shall include operating system. Upgrade
        shall include new or revised licenses for use of software.

        1.    Provide 30 days' notice to Owner to allow scheduling and access to system and
              to allow Owner to upgrade computer equipment if necessary.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    MANUFACTURERS

  A.    Basis-of-Design Product:     Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
        EDWARDS System Technology (EST), model EST2 system and related devices, or
        comparable product by one of the following:

        1.    Seimens

        2.    Simplex

        3.    Monaco

2.02    SYSTEMS OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION

  A.    Fire-alarm signal initiation shall be by one or more of the following devices and
        systems:

        1.    Manual stations.

        2.    Heat detectors.

        3.    Smoke detectors.

        4.    Duct smoke detectors.

        5.    Automatic sprinkler system water flow.

  B.    Fire-alarm signal shall initiate the following actions:

        1.    Continuously operate alarm notification appliances.

        2.    Identify alarm at fire-alarm control unit and remote annunciators.

        3.    Switch heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning equipment controls to fire-alarm
              mode.

        4.    Close smoke dampers in air ducts of designated air-conditioning duct systems.



                                              13852-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 13852
Project No.: 04-23                                  DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM

        5.    Activate emergency lighting control.

        6.    Activate emergency shutoffs for gas and fuel supplies.

        7.    Record events in the system memory.

        8.    Record events by the system printer.

  C.    Supervisory signal initiation shall be by one or more of the following devices and
        actions:

        1.    Valve supervisory switch.

        2.    Low-air-pressure switch of a dry-pipe sprinkler system.

        3.    Operation of the flow switch in each stand pipe header.

  D.    System trouble signal initiation shall be by one or more of the following devices and
        actions:

        1.    Open circuits, shorts, and grounds in designated circuits.

        2.    Opening, tampering with, or removing alarm-initiating and supervisory signal-
              initiating devices.

        3.    Loss of primary power at fire-alarm control unit.

        4.    Ground or a single break in fire-alarm control unit internal circuits.

        5.    Abnormal ac voltage at fire-alarm control unit.

        6.    Break in standby battery circuitry.

        7.    Failure of battery charging.

        8.    Abnormal position of any switch at fire-alarm control unit or annunciator.

        9.    Fire-pump power failure, including a dead-phase or phase-reversal condition.

        10.   Low-air-pressure switch operation on a dry-pipe or preaction sprinkler system.

        11.   Flow switch operation on a sprinkler system

  E.    System Trouble and Supervisory Signal Actions: Initiate notification appliance and
        annunciate at fire-alarm control unit and remote annunciators. Record the event on
        system printer.

2.03    FIRE-ALARM CONTROL UNIT

  A.    General Requirements for Fire-Alarm Control Unit:



                                             13852-6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 13852
Project No.: 04-23                               DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM

        1.    Field-programmable, microprocessor-based, modular, power-limited design with
              electronic modules, complying with UL 864 and listed and labeled by an NRTL.

              a.    System software and programs shall be held in flash electrically erasable
                    programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), retaining the information
                    through failure of primary and secondary power supplies.
              b.    Include a real-time clock for time annotation of events on the event
                    recorder and printer.

        2.    Addressable initiation devices that communicate device identity and status.

              a.    Smoke sensors shall additionally communicate sensitivity setting and allow
                    for adjustment of sensitivity at fire-alarm control unit.
              b.    Temperature sensors shall additionally test for and communicate the
                    sensitivity range of the device.

        3.    Addressable control circuits for operation of mechanical equipment.

  B.    Alphanumeric Display and System Controls: Arranged for interface between human
        operator at fire-alarm control unit and addressable system components including
        annunciation and supervision. Display alarm, supervisory, and component status
        messages and the programming and control menu.

        1.    Annunciator and Display: Liquid-crystal type, 3 lines of 80 characters, minimum.

        2.    Keypad: Arranged to permit entry and execution of programming, display, and
              control commands and to indicate control commands to be entered into the
              system for control of smoke-detector sensitivity and other parameters.

  C.    Circuits:

        1.    Signaling Line Circuits: NFPA 72, Class A.

              a.    Signaling Line Circuits Style 5.
              b.    Install no more than 50 addressable devices on each signaling line circuit.

        2.    Notificication Devices: NFPA 72, Class B

              a.    Notification Appliance Circuits: Style Z.

        3.    Serial Interfaces: Two RS-232 ports for printers.

  D.    Stairwell Pressurization: Provide an output signal using an addressable relay to start
        the stairwell pressurization system. Signal shall remain on until alarm conditions are
        cleared and fire-alarm system is reset. Signal shall not stop in response to alarm
        acknowledge or signal silence commands.

        1.    Pressurization starts when any alarm is received at fire-alarm control unit.




                                            13852-7
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 13852
Project No.: 04-23                               DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM

        2.    Alarm signals from smoke detectors at pressurization air supplies have a higher
              priority than other alarm signals that start the system.

  E.    Printout of Events: On receipt of signal, print alarm, supervisory, and trouble events.
        Identify zone, device, and function. Include type of signal (alarm, supervisory, or
        trouble) and date and time of occurrence. Differentiate alarm signals from all other
        printed indications. Also print system reset event, including same information for
        device, location, date, and time. Commands initiate the printing of a list of existing
        alarm, supervisory, and trouble conditions in the system and a historical log of events.

  F.    Primary Power: 24-V dc obtained from 120-V ac service and a power-supply module.
        Initiating devices, notification appliances, signaling lines, trouble signals, supervisory
        signals, supervisory and digital alarm communicator transmitters shall be powered by
        24-V dc source.

        1.    Alarm current draw of entire fire-alarm system shall not exceed 80 percent of the
              power-supply module rating.

  G.    Secondary Power: 24-V dc supply system with batteries, automatic battery charger,
        and automatic transfer switch.

        1.    Batteries: Sealed, valve-regulated, recombinant lead acid

  H.    Instructions: Computer printout or typewritten instruction card mounted behind a
        plastic or glass cover in a stainless-steel or aluminum frame. Include interpretation and
        describe appropriate response for displays and signals. Briefly describe the functional
        operation of the system under normal, alarm, and trouble conditions.

2.04    MANUAL FIRE-ALARM BOXES

  A.    General Requirements for Manual Fire-Alarm Boxes: Comply with UL 38. Boxes shall
        be finished in red with molded, raised-letter operating instructions in contrasting color;
        shall show visible indication of operation; and shall be mounted on recessed outlet box.
        If indicated as surface mounted, provide manufacturer's surface back box.

        1.    Double-action mechanism requiring two actions to initiate an alarm, plastic-rod
              type; with integral addressable module arranged to communicate manual-station
              status (normal, alarm, or trouble) to fire-alarm control unit.

        2.    Station Reset: Key- or wrench-operated switch.

2.05    SYSTEM SMOKE DETECTORS

  A.    General Requirements for System Smoke Detectors:

        1.    Smoke Detectors shall be EST 3D or approved equal which is cross listed for use
              with the FACP and other system components.

        2.    Comply with UL 268; operating at 24-V dc, nominal.




                                            13852-8
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 13852
Project No.: 04-23                                 DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM

        3.    Detectors shall be four-wire type.

        4.    Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status (normal,
              alarm, or trouble) to fire-alarm control unit.

        5.    Base Mounting: Detector and associated electronic components shall be
              mounted in a twist-lock module that connects to a fixed base. Provide terminals
              in the fixed base for connection to building wiring.

        6.    Self-Restoring: Detectors do not require resetting or readjustment after actuation
              to restore them to normal operation.

        7.    Integral Visual-Indicating Light: LED type indicating detector has operated and
              power-on status.

        8.    Remote Control:       Unless otherwise indicated, detectors shall be analog-
              addressable type, individually monitored at fire-alarm control unit for calibration,
              sensitivity, and alarm condition and individually adjustable for sensitivity by fire-
              alarm control unit.

              a.    Rate-of-rise temperature characteristic shall be selectable at fire-alarm
                    control unit for 15 or 20 deg F (8 or 11 deg C) per minute.
              b.    Fixed-temperature sensing shall be independent of rate-of-rise sensing and
                    shall be settable at fire-alarm control unit to operate at 135 or 155 deg F
                    (57 or 68 deg C).
              c.    Provide multiple levels of detection sensitivity for each sensor.

  B.    Photoelectric Smoke Detectors:

        1.    Detector address shall be accessible from fire-alarm control unit and shall be
              able to identify the detector's location within the system and its sensitivity setting.

        2.    An operator at fire-alarm control unit, having the designated access level, shall
              be able to manually access the following for each detector:

              a.    Primary status.
              b.    Device type.
              c.    Present average value.
              d.    Present sensitivity selected.
              e.    Sensor range (normal, dirty, etc.).

  C.    Ionization Smoke Detector:

        1.    Detector address shall be accessible from fire-alarm control unit and shall be
              able to identify the detector's location within the system and its sensitivity setting.

        2.    An operator at fire-alarm control unit, having the designated access level, shall
              be able to manually access the following for each detector:

              a.    Primary status.



                                             13852-9
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 13852
Project No.: 04-23                                DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM

              b.    Device type.
              c.    Present average value.
              d.    Present sensitivity selected.
              e.    Sensor range (normal, dirty, etc.).

  D.    Duct Smoke Detectors: Photoelectric type complying with UL 268A.

        1.    Detector address shall be accessible from fire-alarm control unit and shall be
              able to identify the detector's location within the system and its sensitivity setting.

        2.    An operator at fire-alarm control unit, having the designated access level, shall
              be able to manually access the following for each detector:

              a.    Primary status.
              b.    Device type.
              c.    Present average value.
              d.    Present sensitivity selected.
              e.    Sensor range (normal, dirty, etc.).

        3.    Weatherproof Duct Housing Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 4X; NRTL listed for
              use with the supplied detector.

        4.    Each sensor shall have multiple levels of detection sensitivity.

        5.    Sampling Tubes: Design and dimensions as recommended by manufacturer for
              specific duct size, air velocity, and installation conditions where applied.

        6.    Relay Fan Shutdown: Rated to interrupt fan motor-control circuit.

2.06    HEAT DETECTORS

  A.    General Requirements for Heat Detectors: Comply with UL 521.

  B.    Heat Detector, Combination Type: Actuated by either a fixed temperature of 135 deg F
        (57 deg C) .

        1.    Mounting: Adapter plate for outlet box mounting.

        2.    Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status (normal,
              alarm, or trouble) to fire-alarm control unit.

2.07    NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES

  A.    General Requirements for Notification Appliances: Individually addressed, connected
        to a signaling line circuit, equipped for mounting as indicated and with screw terminals
        for system connections.

  B.    General Requirements for Notification Appliances: Connected to notification appliance
        signal circuits, zoned as indicated, equipped for mounting as indicated and with screw
        terminals for system connections.



                                            13852-10
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                       Section 13852
Project No.: 04-23                              DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM

        1.    Combination Devices: Factory-integrated audible and visible devices in a single-
              mounting assembly, equipped for mounting as indicated and with screw terminals
              for system connections.

  C.    Horns: Electric-vibrating-polarized type, 24-V dc; with provision for housing the
        operating mechanism behind a grille. Comply with UL 464. Horns shall produce a
        sound-pressure level of 90 dBA, measured 10 feet (3 m) from the horn, using the
        coded signal prescribed in UL 464 test protocol.

  D.    Visible Notification Appliances: Xenon strobe lights comply with UL 1971, with clear or
        nominal white polycarbonate lens mounted on an aluminum faceplate. The word
        "FIRE" is engraved in minimum 1-inch- (25-mm-) high letters on the lens.

        1.    Rated Light Output:

              a.    15 cd, or as specified on the project drawings.

        2.    Mounting: Wall mounted unless otherwise indicated.

        3.    For units with guards to prevent physical damage, light output ratings shall be
              determined with guards in place.

        4.    Flashing shall be in a temporal pattern, synchronized with other units.

        5.    Strobe Leads: Factory connected to screw terminals.

        6.    Mounting Faceplate: Factory finished, red.

2.08    REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR

  A.    Description: Annunciator functions shall match those of fire-alarm control unit for
        alarm, supervisory, and trouble indications. Manual switching functions shall match
        those of fire-alarm control unit, including acknowledging, silencing, resetting, and
        testing.

        1.    Mounting: Flush cabinet, NEMA 250, Type 1.

  B.    Display Type and Functional Performance: Alphanumeric display and LED indicating
        lights shall match those of fire-alarm control unit. Provide controls to acknowledge,
        silence, reset, and test functions for alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals.

2.09    SYSTEM PRINTER

  A.    Printer shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL as an integral part of fire-alarm system.

2.010   DEVICE GUARDS

  A.    Description: Welded wire mesh of size and shape for the manual station, smoke
        detector, gong, or other device requiring protection.




                                           13852-11
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 13852
Project No.: 04-23                               DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM

        1.    Factory fabricated and furnished by manufacturer of device.

        2.    Finish: Paint of color to match the protected device.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION

  A.    Comply with NFPA 72 for installation of fire-alarm equipment.

  B.    Install wall-mounted equipment, with tops of cabinets not more than 72 inches (1830
        mm) above the finished floor.

        1.    Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in Division 16
              Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems."

  C.    Smoke- or Heat-Detector Spacing:

        1.    Comply with NFPA 72, "Smoke-Sensing Fire Detectors" Section in the "Initiating
              Devices" Chapter, for smoke-detector spacing.

        2.    Comply with NFPA 72, "Heat-Sensing Fire Detectors" Section in the "Initiating
              Devices" Chapter, for heat-detector spacing.

        3.    Smooth ceiling spacing shall not exceed 30 feet (9 m).

        4.    Spacing of detectors for irregular areas, for irregular ceiling construction, and for
              high ceiling areas shall be determined according to Appendix A in NFPA 72.

        5.    HVAC: Locate detectors not closer than 3 feet (1 m) from air-supply diffuser or
              return-air opening.

        6.    Lighting Fixtures: Locate detectors not closer than 12 inches (300 mm) from any
              part of a lighting fixture.

  D.    Duct Smoke Detectors: Comply with NFPA 72 and NFPA 90A. Install sampling tubes
        so they extend the full width of duct.

  E.    Heat Detectors in Elevator Shafts: Coordinate temperature rating and location with
        sprinkler rating and location.

  F.    Remote Status and Alarm Indicators: Install near each smoke detector and each
        sprinkler water-flow switch and valve-tamper switch that is not readily visible from
        normal viewing position.

  G.    Audible Alarm-Indicating Devices: Install not less than 6 inches (150 mm) below the
        ceiling. Install bells and horns on flush-mounted back boxes with the device-operating
        mechanism concealed behind a grille.




                                            13852-12
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 13852
Project No.: 04-23                                 DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM

  H.    Visible Alarm-Indicating Devices: Install adjacent to each alarm bell or alarm horn and
        at least 6 inches (150 mm) below the ceiling.

  I.    Device Location-Indicating Lights: Locate in public space near the device they monitor.

  J.    Fire-Alarm Control Unit: Surface mounted, with tops of cabinets not more than 72
        inches (1830 mm) above the finished floor.

  K.    Annunciator: Install with top of panel not more than 72 inches (1830 mm) above the
        finished floor.

3.02    CONNECTIONS

  A.    For fire-protection systems related to doors in fire-rated walls and partitions and to
        doors in smoke partitions, comply with requirements in Division 8 Section "Door
        Hardware." Connect hardware and devices to fire-alarm system.

        1.    Verify that hardware and devices are NRTL listed for use with fire-alarm system
              in this Section before making connections.

  B.    Make addressable connections with a supervised interface device to the following
        devices and systems. Install the interface device less than 3 feet (1 m) from the device
        controlled. Make an addressable confirmation connection when such feedback is
        available at the device or system being controlled.

        1.    Alarm-initiating connection to smoke-control system (smoke management) at
              firefighter smoke-control system panel.

        2.    Smoke dampers in air ducts of designated air-conditioning duct systems.

        3.    Alarm-initiating connection to activate emergency lighting control.

        4.    Alarm-initiating connection to activate emergency shutoffs for gas and fuel
              supplies.

        5.    Supervisory connections at valve supervisory switches.

        6.    Supervisory connections at low-air-pressure switch of each dry-pipe sprinkler
              system.

3.03    IDENTIFICATION

  A.    Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements
        for identification specified in Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification."

  B.    Install framed instructions in a location visible from fire-alarm control unit.




                                             13852-13
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 13852
Project No.: 04-23                               DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM

3.04    GROUNDING

  A.    Ground fire-alarm control unit and associated circuits; comply with IEEE 1100. Install a
        ground wire from main service ground to fire-alarm control unit.

3.05    FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

  A.    Field tests shall be witnessed by Architect, or individual designated by the Architect.

  B.    Perform tests and inspections.

        1.    Manufacturer's Field Service:            Engage a factory-authorized service
              representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations,
              including connections, and to assist in testing.

  C.    Tests and Inspections:

        1.    Visual Inspection: Conduct visual inspection prior to testing.

              a.    Inspection shall be based on completed Record Drawings and system
                    documentation that is required by NFPA 72 in its "Completion Documents,
                    Preparation" Table in the "Documentation" Section of the "Fundamentals of
                    Fire Alarm Systems" Chapter.
              b.    Comply with "Visual Inspection Frequencies" Table in the "Inspection"
                    Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter in NFPA 72;
                    retain the "Initial/Reacceptance" column and list only the installed
                    components.

        2.    System Testing: Comply with "Test Methods" Table in the "Testing" Section of
              the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter in NFPA 72, and
              Specifications 16995, 16997, 16998.

        3.    Test audible appliances for the public operating mode according to
              manufacturer's written instructions. Perform the test using a portable sound-level
              meter complying with Type 2 requirements in ANSI S1.4.

        4.    Test audible appliances for the private operating mode according to
              manufacturer's written instructions.

        5.    Test visible appliances for the public operating mode according to manufacturer's
              written instructions.

        6.    Factory-authorized service representative shall prepare the "Fire Alarm System
              Record of Completion" in the "Documentation" Section of the "Fundamentals of
              Fire Alarm Systems" Chapter in NFPA 72 and the "Inspection and Testing Form"
              in the "Records" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter in
              NFPA 72.

  D.    Reacceptance Testing: Perform reacceptance testing to verify the proper operation of
        added or replaced devices and appliances.



                                            13852-14
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                       Section 13852
Project No.: 04-23                              DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM

  E.    Fire-alarm system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.

  F.    Prepare test and inspection reports.

  G.    Maintenance Test and Inspection: Perform tests and inspections listed for weekly,
        monthly, quarterly, and semiannual periods. Use forms developed for initial tests and
        inspections.

  H.    Annual Test and Inspection: One year after date of Substantial Completion, test fire-
        alarm system complying with visual and testing inspection requirements in NFPA 72.
        Use forms developed for initial tests and inspections.

3.06    DEMONSTRATION

  A.    Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance
        personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain fire-alarm system.

                                  END OF SECTION 13852




                                           13852-15
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 13915
Project No.: 04-23                                                  FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING


                                       SECTION 13915

                                FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    This Section includes fire-suppression piping and equipment for the following building
        systems:

        1.    Wet-pipe, fire-suppression sprinklers, including piping, valves, specialties, and
              automatic sprinklers. Provide in all areas of the building.

  B.    Related Sections include the following:


  C.    Related Sections:

        1.    Division 15 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Piping and Equipment".

        2.    Division 16 Section "Fire Alarm Systems" for alarm devices not in this Section.

1.03    DEFINITIONS

  A.    CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic.

  B.    Working Plans:       Documents, including drawings, calculations, and material
        specifications prepared according to NFPA 13 for obtaining approval from authorities
        having jurisdiction.

1.04    SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

  A.    Design sprinkler piping according to the following and obtain approval from authorities
        having jurisdiction:

        1.    Include 5 percent margin of safety for available water flow and pressure.

        2.    Include losses through water-service piping, valves, and backflow preventers.

        3.    Sprinkler Occupancy Hazard Classifications: As follows:

              a.    Building Maintenance Areas: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1.
              b.    Electrical Equipment Rooms: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1.


                                           13915-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 13915
Project No.: 04-23                                                    FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING

              c.    General Storage Areas (including Evidence Archives): Ordinary Hazard,
                    Group 1.
              d.    Mechanical Equipment Rooms: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1.
              e.    Office, Holding, and Public Areas: Light Hazard.
              f.    Parking Garages: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1.
              g.    Emergency Generator: Ordinary Hazard, Group 2.
              h.    Firearm Storage (Rooms 115, 129A): Ordinary Hazard, Group 2.

        4.    Minimum Density for Automatic-Sprinkler Piping Design: As follows:

              a.    Light-Hazard Occupancy: 0.10 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. area.
              b.    Ordinary-Hazard, Group 1 Occupancy: 0.15 gpm over 1500- sq. ft. area.
              c.    Ordinary-Hazard, Group 2 Occupancy: 0.20 gpm over 1500- sq. ft. area.
              d.    Special Occupancy Hazard:      As determined by authorities having
                    jurisdiction.

        5.    Maximum Protection Area per Sprinkler: As follows:

              a.    Light-Hazard: 225 sq. ft.
              b.    Ordinary-Hazard: 130 sq. ft.
              c.    Other Areas: According to NFPA 13 recommendations, unless otherwise
                    indicated.

  B.    Components and Installation: Capable of producing piping systems with 175-psig
        minimum working-pressure rating, unless otherwise indicated.

  C.    Base bid to include a sprinkler branch to serve Bid Alternate #1 area and a separate
        branch to serve the Base Bid area. Bid Alternate #1 branch shall be sized for space
        build-out per Bid Alternate #1 occupancy classifications. If only Base Bid is awarded
        Bid Alternate #1 space will be provided with Ordinary Hazard, Group 1 Occupancy
        classification for sprinkler design.

1.05    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For the following:

        1.    Pipe and fitting materials and methods of joining for sprinkler piping.

        2.    Pipe hangers and supports.

        3.    Piping seismic restraints.

        4.    Valves, including specialty valves, accessories, and devices.

        5.    Alarm devices. Include electrical data.

        6.    Fire department connections. Include type; number, size, and arrangement of
              inlets; caps and chains; size and direction of outlet; escutcheon and marking; and
              finish.




                                            13915-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 13915
Project No.: 04-23                                                   FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING

        7.    Sprinklers, escutcheons, and guards. Include sprinkler flow characteristics,
              mounting, finish, and other pertinent data.

  B.    Fire-Hydrant Flow Test Report: As specified in "Preparation" Article.

  C.    Approved Sprinkler Piping Drawings: Working plans, prepared according to NFPA 13,
        that have been approved by authorities having jurisdiction.     Include hydraulic
        calculations, if applicable.

  D.    Field Test Reports and Certificates: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance
        with performance requirements and as described in NFPA 13. Include "Contractor's
        Material and Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping", and "Contractor's Material and
        Test Certificate for Underground Piping."

  E.    Maintenance Data: For each type of sprinkler specialty to include in maintenance
        manuals specified in Division 1.

1.06    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has designed and installed fire-
        suppression piping similar to that indicated for this Project and obtained design
        approval and inspection approval from authorities having jurisdiction.

  B.    Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of working plans, calculations, and field test
        reports by a qualified professional engineer, or certified sprinkler design technician.
        Base calculations on results of fire-hydrant flow test.

  C.    Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified
        to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing
        engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those
        performed for installations of fire-suppression piping that are similar to those indicated
        for this Project in material, design, and extent.

  D.    Certified Technician Qualifications: A NICET Level 3 or higher certified technician in
        fire sprinkler system design.

  E.    Manufacturer Qualifications: Firms whose equipment, specialties, and accessories are
        listed by product name and manufacturer in UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory"
        and FM's "Fire Protection Approval Guide" and that comply with other requirements
        indicated.

  F.    Sprinkler Components: Listing/approval stamp, label, or other marking by a testing
        agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

  G.    Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
        NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

  H.    NFPA Standards: Equipment, specialties, accessories, installation, and testing
        complying with the following:

        1.    1999 NFPA 13, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems."


                                            13915-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 13915
Project No.: 04-23                                                  FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING


1.07    EXTRA MATERIALS

  A.    Furnish extra materials described below that match product installed and that are
        packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing
        contents.

        1.    Sprinkler Cabinets: Finished, wall-mounting steel cabinet and hinged cover, with
              space for a minimum of six spare sprinklers plus sprinkler wrench. Include the
              number of sprinklers required by NFPA 13 and wrench for sprinklers. Include
              separate cabinet with sprinklers and wrench for each type of sprinkler on Project.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01    MANUFACTURERS

  A.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
        offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
        the following:

        1.    Specialty Valves and Devices:
              a.   Badger Fire Protection, Inc.
              b.   Central Sprinkler Corp.
              c.   Globe Fire Sprinkler Corp.
              d.   Grinnell Corp.
              e.   Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.
              f.   Star Sprinkler Corp.
              g.   Viking Corp.

        2.    Water-Flow Indicators and Supervisory Switches:

              a.    Gamewell Co.
              b.    Grinnell Corp.
              c.    Potter Electric Signal Co.
              d.    Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.
              e.    Viking Corp.
              f.    Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.

        3.    Sprinkler, Drain and Alarm Test Fittings:

              a.    Central Sprinkler Corp.
              b.    Fire-End and Croker Corp.
              c.    Grinnell Corp.
              d.    Victaulic Co. of America.

        4.    Sprinkler, Branch-Line Test Fittings:

              a.    Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., Inc.
              b.    Fire-End and Croker Corp.
              c.    Smith Industries, Inc.; Potter-Roemer Div.



                                            13915-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                       Section 13915
Project No.: 04-23                                               FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING


        5.    Sprinkler, Inspector's Test Fittings:

              a.    Fire-End and Croker Corp.
              b.    G/J Innovations, Inc.
              c.    Triple R Specialty of Ajax, Inc.

        6.    Fire Department Connections:

              a.    Badger Fire Protection, Inc.
              b.    Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., Inc.
              c.    Fire-End and Croker Corp.
              d.    Grinnell Corp.
              e.    Guardian Fire Equipment, Inc.
              f.    Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.
              g.    Smith Industries, Inc.; Potter-Roemer Div.

        7.    Sprinklers:

              a.    Grinnell Corp.
              b.    Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.
              c.    Star Sprinkler Corp.
              d.    Viking Corp.

        8.    Indicator Valves:

              a.    Central Sprink, Inc.
              b.    Grinnell Corp.
              c.    McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div.
              d.    Milwaukee Valve Co., Inc.
              e.    Nibco, Inc.
              f.    Victaulic Co. of America.
              g.    Stockham.

        9.    Fire-Protection-Service Valves:

              a.    Central Sprink, Inc.
              b.    Central Sprinkler Corp.
              c.    Grinnell Corp.
              d.    McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div.
              e.    Nibco, Inc.
              f.    Stockham Valves & Fittings, Inc.
              g.    Victaulic Co. of America.

        10.   Keyed Couplings for Steel Piping:

              a.    Central Sprink, Inc.
              b.    Ductilic, Inc.
              c.    Grinnell Corp.
              d.    National Fittings, Inc.



                                              13915-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 13915
Project No.: 04-23                                                   FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING

              e.    Star Pipe Products, Inc.; Star Fittings Div.
              f.    Victaulic Co. of America.

2.02    PIPING MATERIALS

  A.    Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and
        joining materials.

2.03    PIPES AND TUBES

  A.    Standard-Weight Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, ASTM A 135, or ASTM A 795; Schedule 40
        in NPS 6 and smaller, and Schedule 30 in NPS 8 and larger.

  B.    Schedule 30 Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795, with wall thickness less than
        Schedule 40 and equal to or greater than Schedule 30 or ASTM A 795 and
        ASME B36.10M, Schedule 30 wrought-steel pipe.

  C.    Thinwall, Threadable Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795, with wall thickness less
        than Schedule 40 and greater than Schedule 10.

  D.    Schedule 10 Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795, Schedule 10 in NPS 5 and
        smaller and NFPA 13 specified wall thickness in NPS 6 to NPS 10.

  E.    Thinwall Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795, threadable, with nonstandard OD
        and wall thickness less than Schedule 10.

  F.    Hybrid Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795, lightwall, with wall thickness less than
        Schedule 10 and greater than Schedule 5.

2.04    PIPE AND TUBE FITTINGS

  A.    Cast-Iron Threaded Flanges: ASME B16.1.

  B.    Cast-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4.

  C.    Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3.

  D.    Steel, Threaded Couplings: ASTM A 865.

  E.    Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M, ASME B16.9, or ASME B16.11.

  F.    Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5.

  G.    Steel, Grooved-End Fittings: UL-listed and FM-approved, ASTM A 47, malleable iron
        or ASTM A 536, ductile iron; with dimensions matching steel pipe and ends factory
        grooved according to AWWA C606.




                                            13915-6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 13915
Project No.: 04-23                                                    FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING

2.05    JOINING MATERIALS

  A.    Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for pipe-flange
        gasket materials and welding filler metals.

  B.    Steel, Keyed Couplings: UL 213 and AWWA C606, for steel-pipe dimensions. Include
        ASTM A 536, ductile-iron housing, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts and nuts. Include
        listing for dry-pipe service for couplings for dry piping.

2.06    GENERAL-DUTY VALVES

  A.    Refer to Division 15 Section "Valves" for gate, ball, butterfly, globe, and check valves
        not required to be UL listed and FM approved.

2.07    FIRE-PROTECTION-SERVICE VALVES

  A.    General: UL listed and FM approved, with minimum 175-psig, nonshock working-
        pressure rating. Valves for grooved-end piping may be furnished with grooved ends
        instead of type of ends specified.

  B.    Gate Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: UL 262; cast-bronze, threaded ends; solid wedge;
        OS&Y; and rising stem.

  C.    Indicating Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Smaller: UL 1091; butterfly or ball-type, bronze body
        with threaded ends; and integral indicating device.

        1.    Indicator: Visual.

        2.    Indicator: Electrical 115-V ac, prewired, single-circuit, supervisory switch.

        3.    Indicator: Electrical 115-V ac, prewired, two-circuit, supervisory switch.

  D.    Gate Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: UL 262, iron body, bronze mounted, taper wedge,
        OS&Y, and rising stem. Include replaceable, bronze, wedge facing rings and flanged
        ends.

  E.    Swing Check Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: UL 312 or MSS SP-80, Class 150; bronze
        body with bronze disc and threaded ends.

  F.    Swing Check Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: UL 312, cast-iron body and bolted cap,
        with bronze disc or cast-iron disc with bronze-disc ring and flanged ends.

  G.    Split-Clapper Check Valves, NPS 4 and Larger: UL 312, cast-iron body with rubber
        seal, bronze-alloy discs, and stainless-steel spring and hinge pin.

2.08    SPECIALTY VALVES

  A.    Alarm Check Valves: UL 193, 175-psig working pressure; designed for horizontal or
        vertical installation, with cast-iron flanged inlet and outlet, bronze grooved seat with O-
        ring seals, and single-hinge pin and latch design. Include trim sets for bypass, drain,



                                            13915-7
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                              Section 13915
Project No.: 04-23                                                      FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING

        electric sprinkler alarm switch, pressure gages, retarding chamber, and fill-line
        attachment with strainer.

        1.    Option: Grooved-end connections for use with keyed couplings.

  B.    Ball Drip Valves: UL 1726, automatic drain valve, NPS 3/4, ball check device with
        threaded ends.

2.09    SPRINKLERS

  A.    Automatic Sprinklers: With frangible bulb heat-responsive element complying with the
        following:

        1.    UL 199, for applications except residential.

        2.    UL 1767, for early suppression, fast-response applications.

  B.    Sprinkler Types and Categories:

        1.    Nominal 1/2-inch orifice for "Ordinary" temperature classification rating, unless
              otherwise indicated or required by application.

        2.    Provide 286 deg F temperature rated sprinklers in the dispatch area (Rooms 205,
              205A, 205B, 205C, 207) and the evidence areas (Rooms 125, 125A, 125B, 129,
              129A, 129B, 129C, 129D, 130).

        3.    Provide higher than 165 deg F sprinklers where required by NFPA 13.

  C.    Sprinkler types, features, and options include the following:

        1.    Extended-coverage sprinklers.

        2.    Institution sprinklers, made with small, breakaway projection.

        3.    Pendent sprinklers.

        4.    Pendent, dry-type sprinklers.

        5.    Quick-response sprinklers.

        6.    Recessed sprinklers, including escutcheon.

        7.    Sidewall sprinklers.

        8.    Sidewall, dry-type sprinklers.

        9.    Upright sprinklers.

  D.    Sprinkler Finishes: Chrome-plated, bronze, and painted.




                                               13915-8
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 13915
Project No.: 04-23                                                  FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING

  E.    Sprinkler Escutcheons: Materials, types, and finishes for the following sprinkler
        mounting applications. Escutcheons for concealed, flush, and recessed-type sprinklers
        are specified with sprinklers.

        1.    Ceiling Mounting: Chrome-plated steel, one piece flat.

        2.    Ceiling Mounting:      Chrome-plated steel, two piece, with 1-inch vertical
              adjustment.

        3.    Sidewall Mounting: Chrome-plated steel, one piece flat.

  F.    Sprinkler Guards: Wire-cage type, including fastening device for attaching to sprinkler.

2.10    SPECIALTY SPRINKLER FITTINGS

  A.    Specialty Fittings: UL listed and FM approved; made of steel, ductile iron, or other
        materials compatible with piping.

  B.    Drop-Nipple Fittings:     UL 1474, with threaded inlet, threaded outlet, and seals;
        adjustable.

  C.    Sprinkler, Drain and Alarm Test Fittings: UL-listed, cast- or ductile-iron body; with
        threaded inlet and outlet, test valve, and orifice and sight glass.

  D.    Sprinkler, Branch-Line Test Fittings: UL-listed, brass body; with threaded inlet and
        capped drain outlet and threaded outlet for sprinkler.

  E.    Sprinkler, Inspector's Test Fittings: UL-listed, cast- or ductile-iron housing; with
        threaded inlet and drain outlet and sight glass.

2.11    FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS

  A.    Wall, Fire Department Connections: UL 405; cast-brass body with brass, wall,
        escutcheon plate; brass, lugged caps with gaskets and brass chains; and brass,
        lugged swivel connections. Include inlets with threads according to NFPA 1963 and
        matching local fire department sizes and threads, outlet with pipe threads, extension
        pipe nipples, check devices or clappers for inlets, and escutcheon plate with marking
        "AUTO SPKR."

        1.    Type: Flush mounting.

        2.    Escutcheon Plate: Rectangular. Trim and grind edge smooth to fit plate within
              recessed CMU block course.

        3.    Finish: Polished brass.

        4.    Basis of Design: Potter-Roemer Figure 5021 with Figure 5604 back plate.

2.12    ALARM DEVICES

  A.    General: Types matching piping and equipment connections.


                                            13915-9
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 13915
Project No.: 04-23                                                  FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING

  B.    Water-Flow Indicators: UL 346; electrical-supervision, vane-type water-flow detector;
        with 250-psig pressure rating; and designed for horizontal or vertical installation.
        Include two single-pole, double-throw, circuit switches for isolated alarm and auxiliary
        contacts, 7 A, 125-V ac and 0.25 A, 24-V dc; complete with factory-set, field-adjustable
        retard element to prevent false signals and tamperproof cover that sends signal if
        removed.

  C.    Valve Supervisory Switches: UL 753; electrical; single-pole, double throw; with
        normally closed contacts. Include design that signals controlled valve is in other than
        fully open position.

  D.    Alarm Bell: UL listed; electrical with voltage to match fire alarm system, 10 inch round
        red enamel steel bell for exterior installations. Potter Roemer Figure 6230, or approved
        equal.

2.13    PRESSURE GAGES

  A.    Pressure Gages: UL 393, 3-1/2- to 4-1/2-inch- diameter dial, with dial range of 0 to
        250 psig.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01    PREPARATION

  A.    Information listed below is the fire hydrant flow test data available at the time the bid
        documents were issued. Contact the City of Fairbanks Fire Department to confirm the
        latest fire hydrant flow test data. Use the latest information for system design
        calculations required in "Quality Assurance" Article in Part 1 of this Section.


             Fire Hydrant:                               MB09
             Test Date                                 July 2001
             Static Pressure (psi)                         51
             Residual Pressure (psi)                       30
             Residual Flow (gpm)                         2210
             Calculated Flow at 20 psi (gpm)             2727

3.02    EXAMINATION

  A.    Examine roughing-in for hose connections and stations to verify actual locations of
        piping connections before installation.

  B.    Examine walls and partitions for suitable thickness, fire- and smoke-rated construction,
        framing for hose-station cabinets, and other conditions where hose connections and
        stations are to be installed.

  C.    Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.




                                           13915-10
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 13915
Project No.: 04-23                                                    FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING

3.03    PIPING APPLICATIONS

  A.    Do not use welded joints with galvanized steel pipe.

  B.    Flanges, unions, and transition and special fittings with pressure ratings the same as or
        higher than systems pressure rating may be used in aboveground applications, unless
        otherwise indicated.

  C.    Piping between Fire Department Connections and Check Valves: Use galvanized,
        standard-weight steel pipe with grooved ends; steel, grooved-end fittings; steel, keyed
        couplings; and grooved joints.

  D.    Wet-Pipe Sprinklers: Use any steel piping system approved by NFPA 13 and utilizing
        welded, threaded, flanged, grooved or roll-grooved joints.

3.04    VALVE APPLICATIONS

  A.    Drawings indicate valve types to be used.          Where specific valve types are not
        indicated, the following requirements apply:

        1.    Fire-Protection-Service Valves:     UL listed and FM approved for applications
              where required by NFPA 13.

              a.    Shutoff Duty: Use gate valves.

        2.    General-Duty Valves: For applications where UL-listed and FM-approved valves
              are not required by NFPA 13.

              a.    Shutoff Duty: Use gate or ball valves.

3.05    JOINT CONSTRUCTION

  A.    Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping
        joint construction.

  B.    Steel-Piping, Grooved Joints: Use Schedule 40 steel pipe with cut or roll-grooved ends
        and Schedule 30 or thinner steel pipe with roll-grooved ends; steel, grooved-end
        fittings; and steel, keyed couplings. Assemble joints with couplings, gaskets, lubricant,
        and bolts according to coupling manufacturer's written instructions. Use gaskets listed
        for dry-pipe service for dry piping.

  C.    Brazed Joints: Use AWS A5.8, BCuP-3 or BCuP-4 filler metals.

  D.    Dissimilar-Piping-Material Joints:    Construct joints using adapters or couplings
        compatible with both piping materials. Use dielectric fittings if both piping materials are
        metal. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for
        dielectric fittings.




                                            13915-11
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 13915
Project No.: 04-23                                                   FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING

3.06    WATER-SUPPLY CONNECTION

  A.    Connect sprinkler piping to building interior water distribution piping.      Refer to
        Division 15 Section "Water Distribution Piping", for interior piping.

  B.    Install shutoff valve, backflow preventer, pressure gage, drain, and other accessories
        indicated at connection to water distribution piping. Refer to Division 15 Section
        "Plumbing Specialties" for backflow preventers.

  C.    Install shutoff valve, check valve, pressure gage, drain, and other accessories at
        connection to water service.

3.07    PIPING INSTALLATION

  A.    Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping
        installation.

  B.    Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate
        general location and arrangement of piping. Install piping as indicated, as far as
        practical.

        1.    Deviations from approved working plans for piping require written approval from
              authorities having jurisdiction. File written approval with Architect before
              deviating from approved working plans.

  C.    Use approved fittings to make changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and
        reductions in pipe sizes.

  D.    Install unions adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 and smaller. Unions are not
        required on flanged devices or in piping installations using grooved joints.

  E.    Install flanges, or flange adapters on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-
        1/2 and larger connections.

  F.    Install "Inspector's Test Connections" in sprinkler piping, complete with shutoff valve,
        sized and located according to NFPA 13.

  G.    Install sprinkler piping with drains for complete system drainage.

  H.    Install sprinkler zone control valves, test assemblies, and drain risers adjacent to
        standpipes when sprinkler piping is connected to standpipes.

  I.    Install drain valves on standpipes.

  J.    Install ball drip valves to drain piping between fire department connections and check
        valves. Drain to floor drain or outside building.

  K.    Install alarm devices in piping systems.

  L.    Hangers and Supports: Comply with NFPA 13 for hanger materials. Install according
        to NFPA 13 for sprinkler piping.


                                              13915-12
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 13915
Project No.: 04-23                                                    FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING

  M.    Earthquake Protection: Install piping according to NFPA 13 to protect from earthquake
        damage.

  N.    Install piping with grooved joints according to manufacturer's written instructions.
        Construct rigid piping joints, unless otherwise indicated.

  O.    Install pressure gages on riser or feed main, at each sprinkler test connection, and at
        top of each standpipe. Include pressure gages with connection not less than NPS 1/4
        and with soft metal seated globe valve, arranged for draining pipe between gage and
        valve. Install gages to permit removal, and install where they will not be subject to
        freezing.

  P.    Pipe main drain to exterior of building, terminate with 45 deg elbow and threaded
        (FPT), removable plug. Piping and escutcheon exposed outside building shall be
        painted with bronze-colored paint. See section 09900.

3.08    VALVE INSTALLATION

  A.    Refer to Division 15 Section "Valves" for installing general-duty valves. Install fire-
        protection specialty valves, trim, fittings, controls, and specialties according to
        NFPA 13, manufacturer's written instructions, and authorities having jurisdiction.

  B.    Gate Valves: Install fire-protection-service valves supervised-open, located to control
        sources of water supply except from fire department connections. Provide permanent
        identification signs indicating portion of system controlled by each valve.

  C.    Install check valve in each water-supply connection.         Install backflow preventers
        instead of check valves in potable-water supply sources.

  D.    Alarm Check Valves: Install valves in vertical position for proper direction of flow.

3.09    SPRINKLER APPLICATIONS

  A.    General: Use sprinklers according to the following applications:

        1.    Rooms without Ceilings: Upright sprinklers.

        2.    Rooms with Suspended Ceilings: Recessed sprinklers.

        3.    Holding Rooms with Suspended Ceilings (Rooms 136, 136A, 136B, 136C, 136D,
              136E, 136F, 136G, 136H, 136I): Institution sprinklers.

        4.    Wall Mounting: Sidewall sprinklers.

        5.    Spaces Subject to Freezing: Upright; pendent, dry-type; and sidewall, dry-type
              sprinklers.

        6.    Special Applications:    Use extended-coverage, and quick-response sprinklers
              where indicated.

        7.    Sprinkler Finishes: Use sprinklers with the following finishes:


                                            13915-13
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 13915
Project No.: 04-23                                                    FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING

              a.    Upright, Pendent, and Sidewall Sprinklers: Chrome-plated in finished
                    spaces exposed to view; rough bronze in unfinished spaces not exposed to
                    view.
              b.    Recessed Sprinklers: Bright chrome, with bright chrome escutcheon.

3.10    SPRINKLER INSTALLATION

  A.    Install sprinklers in patterns indicated.

  B.    Install sprinklers in suspended ceilings in center of acoustical panels and tiles.

  C.    Do not install pendent or sidewall, wet-type sprinklers in areas subject to freezing. Use
        dry-type sprinklers with water supply from heated space.

  D.    Provide wire sprinkler guards on sprinklers in Janitor Rooms, Electrical Rooms,
        Building Maintenance Rooms, Mechanical Rooms, Elevator Equipment Rooms, and
        Garages.

3.11    CONNECTIONS

  A.    Connect water supplies to sprinklers. Include backflow preventers.

  B.    Install ball drip valves at each check valve for fire department connection. Drain to
        floor drain inside building.

  C.    Connect piping to specialty valves, specialties, fire department connections, and
        accessories.

  D.    Install Fire Department connection with escutcheon plate aligned with CMU blocks in
        wall.

  E.    Connect alarm devices to fire alarm.

3.12    LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION

  A.    Install labeling and pipe markers on equipment and piping according to requirements in
        NFPA 13 and in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification."

3.13    FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

  A.    Flush, test, and inspect sprinkler piping according to NFPA 13, "System Acceptance"
        Chapter.

  B.    Replace piping system components that do not pass test procedures and retest to
        demonstrate compliance. Repeat procedure until satisfactory results are obtained.

  C.    Report test results promptly and in writing to Architect and authorities having
        jurisdiction.




                                             13915-14
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 13915
Project No.: 04-23                                                  FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING

3.14    CLEANING

  A.    Clean dirt and debris from sprinklers.

  B.    Remove and replace sprinklers having paint other than factory finish.

3.15    PROTECTION

  A.    Protect sprinklers from damage until Substantial Completion.

3.16    COMMISSIONING

  A.    Verify that specialty valves, trim, fittings, controls, and accessories are installed and
        operate correctly.

  B.    Verify that specified tests of piping are complete.

  C.    Verify those damaged sprinklers and sprinklers with paint or coating not specified are
        replaced with new, correct type.

  D.    Verify that sprinklers are correct types, have correct finishes and temperature ratings,
        and have guards as required for each application.

  E.    Verify that potable-water supplies have correct types of backflow preventers.

  F.    Verify that hose connections and fire department connections have threads compatible
        with local fire department equipment.

  G.    Fill wet-pipe sprinkler piping with water.

  H.    Adjust operating controls and pressure settings.

  I.    Coordinate with fire alarm tests. Operate as required.

3.17    DEMONSTRATION

  A.    Demonstrate equipment, specialties, and accessories.            Review operating and
        maintenance information.

  B.    Schedule demonstration with Owner with at least seven days' advance notice.

                                   END OF SECTION 13915




                                             13915-15
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 15025
Project No.: 04-23                                       VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS


                                        SECTION 15025

                          VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS


PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    This Section includes solid-state, PWM, VFCs for speed control of three-phase,
        squirrel-cage induction motors.

  B.    Related Sections include the following:

        1.    Division 16 Section “Enclosed Controllers” for installation and testing of VFCs.

        2.    Division 16 Section "Transient Voltage Suppression" for low-voltage power,
              control, and communication surge suppressors.

1.03    DEFINITIONS

  A.    BMS: Building management system.

  B.    IGBT: Integrated gate bipolar transistor.

  C.    LAN: Local area network.

  D.    PID: Control action, proportional plus integral plus derivative.

  E.    PWM: Pulse-width modulated.

  F.    VFC: Variable frequency controller.

1.04    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For each type of VFC. Include dimensions, mounting arrangements,
        location for conduit entries, shipping and operating weights, and manufacturer's
        technical data on features, performance, electrical ratings, characteristics, and finishes.

  B.    Shop Drawings: For each VFC.

        1.    Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details, including required
              clearances and service space around equipment. Show tabulations of installed
              devices, equipment features, and ratings. Include the following:

              a.    Each installed unit's type and details.


                                            15025-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                       Section 15025
Project No.: 04-23                                      VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS


              b.    Nameplate legends.
              c.    Short-circuit current rating of integrated unit.
              d.    Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of each motor-
                    control center unit.

        2.    Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring for VFCs. Provide schematic
              wiring diagram for each type of VFC.

  C.    Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that VFCs,
        accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces defined in Division 16
        Section "Electrical Supports and Seismic Restraints." Include the following:

        1.    Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual
              test of assembled components or on calculation.

              a.    The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without
                    separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic
                    forces specified."

        2.    Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and
              locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.

        3.    Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is
              based and their installation requirements.

  D.    Qualification Data: For manufacturer.

  E.    Field quality-control test reports.

  F.    Operation and Maintenance Data: For VFCs, all installed devices, and components to
        include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items
        specified in Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the
        following:

        1.    Routine maintenance requirements for VFCs and all installed components.

  G.    Load-Current and List of Settings of Adjustable Overload Relays: Compile after motors
        have been installed and arrange to demonstrate that dip switch settings for motor
        running overload protection suit actual motor to be protected.

1.05    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer. Maintain, within 8 hours travel
        time of Project site, a service center capable of providing training, parts, and
        emergency maintenance and repairs.

  B.    Source Limitations: Obtain VFCs of a single type through one source from a single
        manufacturer.




                                              15025-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 15025
Project No.: 04-23                                       VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS


  C.    Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
        NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
        and marked for intended use.

  D.    Comply with NFPA 70.

1.06    DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

  A.    Store VFCs indoors in clean, dry space with uniform temperature to prevent
        condensation.    Protect VFCs from exposure to dirt, fumes, water, corrosive
        substances, and physical damage.

  B.    If stored in areas subject to weather, cover VFCs to protect them from weather, dirt,
        dust, corrosive substances, and physical damage. Remove loose packing and
        flammable materials from inside controllers; install electric heating of sufficient wattage
        to prevent condensation.

1.07    PROJECT CONDITIONS

  A.    Environmental Limitations: Rate equipment for continuous operation, capable of
        driving full load without derating, under the following conditions, unless otherwise
        indicated:

        1.    Ambient Temperature: 0 to 40 deg C.

        2.    Humidity: Less than 90 percent (noncondensing).

        3.    Altitude: Not exceeding 3300 feet.

1.08    COORDINATION

  A.    Coordinate layout and installation of VFCs with other construction including conduit,
        piping, equipment, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances
        and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels.

  B.    Coordinate features of VFCs, installed units, and accessory devices with pilot devices
        and control circuits to which they connect.

  C.    Coordinate features, accessories, and functions of each VFC and each installed unit
        with ratings and characteristics of supply circuit, motor, required control sequence, and
        duty cycle of motor and load.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    MANUFACTURERS

  A.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
        offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
        the following:




                                            15025-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                      Section 15025
Project No.: 04-23                                     VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS


        1.    ABB Power Distribution, Inc.; ABB Control, Inc. Subsidiary.

        2.    Baldor Electric Company (Graham).

        3.    Danfoss Inc.; Danfoss Electronic Drives Div.

        4.    Eaton Corporation; Cutler-Hammer Products.

        5.    General Electric Company; GE Industrial Systems.

        6.    Rockwell Automation; Allen-Bradley Co.; Industrial Control Group.

        7.    Siemens Energy and Automation; Industrial Products Division.

        8.    Square D.

2.02    VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS

  A.    Description: NEMA ICS 2, IGBT, PWM, VFC; listed and labeled as a complete unit
        and arranged to provide variable speed of an NEMA MG 1, Design B, 3-phase
        induction motor by adjusting output voltage and frequency.

        1.    Provide unit suitable for operation of premium-efficiency motor as defined by
              NEMA MG 1.

  B.    Design and Rating: Match load type such as fans, blowers, and pumps; and type of
        connection used between motor and load such as direct or through a power-
        transmission connection.

  C.    Output Rating: 3-phase; 6 to 60 Hz, with voltage proportional to frequency throughout
        voltage range.

  D.    Unit Operating Requirements:

        1.    Input ac voltage tolerance of 480 V, plus or minus 5 percent.

        2.    Input frequency tolerance of 50/60 Hz, plus or minus 6 percent.

        3.    Minimum Efficiency: 96 percent at 60 Hz, full load.

        4.    Minimum Displacement Primary-Side Power Factor: 96 percent.

        5.    Overload Capability: 1.1 times the base load current for 60 seconds; 2.0 times
              the base load current for 3 seconds.

        6.    Starting Torque: 100 percent of rated torque or as indicated.

        7.    Speed Regulation: Plus or minus 1 percent.




                                           15025-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 15025
Project No.: 04-23                                           VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS


  E.    Isolated control interface to allow controller to follow control signal over an 11:1 speed
        range.

        1.    Electrical Signal: 4 to 20 mA at 24 V.

  F.    Internal Adjustability Capabilities:

        1.    Minimum Speed: 5 to 25 percent of maximum rpm.

        2.    Maximum Speed: 80 to 100 percent of maximum rpm.

        3.    Acceleration: 2 to a minimum of 22 seconds.

        4.    Deceleration: 2 to a minimum of 22 seconds.

        5.    Current Limit: 50 to a minimum of 110 percent of maximum rating.

  G.    Self-Protection and Reliability Features:

        1.    Input transient protection by means of surge suppressors.

        2.    Under- and overvoltage            trips;   inverter   overtemperature,   overload,   and
              overcurrent trips.

        3.    Motor Overload Relay:            Adjustable and capable of NEMA ICS 2, Class 20
              performance.

        4.    Notch filter to prevent operation of the controller-motor-load combination at a
              natural frequency of the combination.

        5.    Instantaneous line-to-line and line-to-ground overcurrent trips.

        6.    Loss-of-phase protection.

        7.    Reverse-phase protection.

        8.    Short-circuit protection.

        9.    Motor over temperature fault.

  H.    Automatic Reset/Restart: Attempts three restarts after controller fault or on return of
        power after an interruption and before shutting down for manual reset or fault
        correction. Bidirectional autospeed search shall be capable of starting into rotating
        loads spinning in either direction and returning motor to set speed in proper direction,
        without damage to controller, motor, or load.

  I.    Power-Interruption Protection: To prevent motor from re-energizing after a power
        interruption until motor has stopped.




                                                15025-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                      Section 15025
Project No.: 04-23                                     VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS


  J.    Status Lights: Door-mounted LED indicators shall indicate the following conditions:

        1.    Power on.

        2.    Run.

        3.    Overvoltage.

        4.    Line fault.

        5.    Overcurrent.

        6.    External fault.

  K.    Panel-Mounted Operator Station: Start-stop and auto-manual selector switches with
        manual speed control potentiometer and elapsed time meter.

  L.    Indicating Devices: Meters or digital readout devices and selector switch, mounted
        flush in controller door and connected to indicate the following controller parameters:

        1.    Output frequency (Hz).

        2.    Motor speed (rpm).

        3.    Motor status (running, stop, fault).

        4.    Motor current (amperes).

        5.    Motor torque (percent).

        6.    Fault or alarming status (code).

        7.    PID feedback signal (percent).

        8.    DC-link voltage (VDC).

        9.    Set-point frequency (Hz).

        10.   Motor output voltage (V).

  M.    Control Signal Interface:

        1.    Electric Input Signal Interface: A minimum of 2 analog inputs (0 to 10 V or 0/4-20
              mA) and 6 programmable digital inputs.

        2.    Remote Signal Inputs: Capability to accept any of the following speed-setting
              input signals from the BMS or other control systems:

              a.     0 to 10-V dc.
              b.     0-20 or 4-20 mA.



                                             15025-6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                       Section 15025
Project No.: 04-23                                      VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS


              c.    Potentiometer using up/down digital inputs.
              d.    Fixed frequencies using digital inputs.
              e.    RS485.
              f.    Keypad display for local hand operation.

        3.    Output Signal Interface:

              a.    A minimum of 1 analog output signal (0/4-20 mA), which can be
                    programmed to any of the following:

                    1)    Output frequency (Hz).
                    2)    Output current (load).
                    3)    DC-link voltage (VDC).
                    4)    Motor torque (percent).
                    5)    Motor speed (rpm).
                    6)    Set-point frequency (Hz).

        4.    Remote Indication Interface: A minimum of 2 dry circuit relay outputs (120-V ac,
              1 A) for remote indication of the following:

              a.    Motor running.
              b.    Set-point speed reached.
              c.    Fault and warning indication (overtemperature or overcurrent).
              d.    PID high- or low-speed limits reached.

  N.    Communications: Provide an RS485 interface allowing VFC to be used with an
        external system within a multidrop LAN configuration. Interface shall allow all
        parameter settings of VFC to be programmed via BMS control. Provide capability for
        VFC to retain these settings within the nonvolatile memory.

  O.    Integral Disconnecting Means: NEMA KS 1, nonfusible switch with lockable handle.

2.03    ENCLOSURES

  A.    NEMA 250, Type 1 enclosure.

2.04    ACCESSORIES

  A.    Devices shall be factory installed in controller enclosure, unless otherwise indicated.

  B.    Push-Button Stations, Pilot Lights, and Selector Switches: NEMA ICS 2, heavy-duty
        type.

  C.    Stop and Lockout Push-Button Station: Momentary-break, push-button station with a
        factory-applied hasp arranged so padlock can be used to lock push button in
        depressed position with control circuit open.

  D.    Control Relays: Auxiliary and adjustable time-delay relays.




                                            15025-7
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                       Section 15025
Project No.: 04-23                                      VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS


  E.    Standard Displays:

        1.    Output frequency (Hz).

        2.    Set-point frequency (Hz).

        3.    Motor current (amperes).

        4.    DC-link voltage (VDC).

        5.    Motor torque (percent).

        6.    Motor speed (rpm).

        7.    Motor output voltage (V).

  F.    Historical Logging Information and Displays:

        1.    Real-time clock with current time and date.

        2.    Running log of total power versus time.

        3.    Total run time.

        4.    Fault log, maintaining last four faults with time and date stamp for each.

2.05    FACTORY FINISHES

  A.    Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory-assembled and -tested VFCs
        before shipping.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    APPLICATIONS

  A.    Select features of each VFC to coordinate with ratings and characteristics of supply
        circuit and motor; required control sequence; and duty cycle of motor, controller, and
        load.

  B.    Select horsepower rating of controllers to suit motor controlled.

3.02    INSTALLATION

  A.    VFCs shall be installed and tested under Part 3 of Division 16 Section “Enclosed
        Controllers”.




                                            15025-8
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                   Section 15025
Project No.: 04-23                                  VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS


3.03    DEMONSTRATION

  A.    Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance
        personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain variable frequency controllers. Refer to
        Division 1 Section "Demonstration and Training."

                                END OF SECTION 15025




                                         15025-9
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                     Section 15053
Project No.: 04-23                                       COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC


                                       SECTION 15053

                            COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    This Section includes the following:

        1.    Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems.

        2.    Transition fittings.

        3.    Dielectric fittings.

        4.    Mechanical sleeve seals.

        5.    Sleeves.

        6.    Grout.

        7.    Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections.

        8.    Concrete bases.

        9.    Supports and anchorages.

1.03    DEFINITIONS

  A.    Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms,
        furred spaces, pipe and duct chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces
        above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels.

  B.    Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished
        occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms.

  C.    Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor
        ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.

  D.    Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical
        contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and chases.




                                           15053 - 1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                       Section 15053
Project No.: 04-23                                         COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

  E.    Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather
        conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient
        temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters.

  F.    The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials:

        1.    PE: Polyethylene plastic.

        2.    PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.

  G.    The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials:

        1.    EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber.

        2.    NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber.

1.04    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For the following:

        1.    Transition fittings.

        2.    Dielectric fittings.

        3.    Mechanical sleeve seals.

1.05    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1,
        "Structural Welding Code--Steel."

  B.    Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and
        Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."

        1.    Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping."

        2.    Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding
              processes involved and that certification is current.

  C.    Electrical Characteristics for Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics
        may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and
        connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately
        modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall
        comply with requirements.

1.06    DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

  A.    Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through
        shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of
        dirt, debris, and moisture.



                                            15053 - 2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                      Section 15053
Project No.: 04-23                                        COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

  B.    Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and
        bending.

1.07    COORDINATION

  A.    Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during
        progress of construction, to allow for installations.

  B.    Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-
        place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed.

  C.    Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for items requiring access that
        are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in
        Division 8 Section "Access Doors and Frames."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    MANUFACTURERS

  A.    In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
        requirements apply for product selection:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:         Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified.

2.02    PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS

  A.    Refer to individual Division 15 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and
        joining methods.

  B.    Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings.

2.03    JOINING MATERIALS

  A.    Refer to individual Division 15 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed
        below.

  B.    Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping
        system contents.

        1.    ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness
              unless thickness or specific material is indicated.

              a.    Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast-bronze
                    flanges.
              b.    Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges.

        2.    AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated; and
              full-face or ring type, unless otherwise indicated.



                                           15053 - 3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                      Section 15053
Project No.: 04-23                                        COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

  C.    Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated.

  D.    Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys.         Include water-flushable flux
        according to ASTM B 813.

  E.    Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for general-
        duty brazing, unless otherwise indicated; and AWS A5.8, BAg1, silver alloy for
        refrigerant piping, unless otherwise indicated.

2.04    DIELECTRIC FITTINGS

  A.    Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded,
        solder-joint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials.

  B.    Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature.

  C.    Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working
        pressure at 180 deg F.

        1.    Manufacturers:

              a.    Capitol Manufacturing Co.
              b.    Central Plastics Company.
              c.    Eclipse, Inc.
              d.    Epco Sales, Inc.
              e.    Hart Industries, International, Inc.
              f.    Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
              g.    Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div.

  D.    Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-
        psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures.

        1.    Manufacturers:

              a.    Capitol Manufacturing Co.
              b.    Central Plastics Company.
              c.    Epco Sales, Inc.
              d.    Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.

  E.    Dielectric-Flange Kits: Companion-flange assembly for field assembly. Include
        flanges, full-face- or ring-type neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene
        bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers.

        1.    Manufacturers:

              a.    Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
              b.    Calpico, Inc.
              c.    Central Plastics Company.
              d.    Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.




                                           15053 - 4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                      Section 15053
Project No.: 04-23                                        COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

        2.    Separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts shall have 150- or 300-psig
              minimum working pressure where required to suit system pressures.

  F.    Dielectric Couplings:      Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive,
        thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225
        deg F.

        1.    Manufacturers:

              a.    Calpico, Inc.
              b.    Lochinvar Corp.

  G.    Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic
        lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at
        225 deg F.

        1.    Manufacturers:

              a.    Perfection Corp.
              b.    Precision Plumbing Products, Inc.
              c.    Sioux Chief Manufacturing Co., Inc.
              d.    Victaulic Co. of America.

2.05    MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS

  A.    Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular
        space between pipe and sleeve.

        1.    Manufacturers:

              a.    Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
              b.    Calpico, Inc.
              c.    Metraflex Co.
              d.    Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.

        2.    Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include
              type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe.

        3.    Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. Include two for each sealing element.

        4.    Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating of
              length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for
              each sealing element.

2.06    SLEEVES

  A.    Galvanized-Steel Sheet:      0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with
        welded longitudinal joint.

  B.    Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends.



                                           15053 - 5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                      Section 15053
Project No.: 04-23                                        COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

  C.    Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with
        plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.

  D.    Molded PVC: Permanent, with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms.

  E.    PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40.

  F.    Molded PE: Reusable, PE, tapered-cup shaped, and smooth-outer surface with nailing
        flange for attaching to wooden forms.

2.07    GROUT

  A.    Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic-cement
        grout.

        1.    Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive,
              nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications.

        2.    Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.

        3.    Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS

  A.    Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 15 Sections
        specifying piping systems.

  B.    Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of
        piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and
        calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install
        piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.

  C.    Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in
        equipment rooms and service areas.

  D.    Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas
        at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless
        specifically indicated otherwise.

  E.    Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel
        removal.

  F.    Install piping to permit valve servicing.

  G.    Install piping at indicated slopes.

  H.    Install piping free of sags and bends.




                                              15053 - 6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 15053
Project No.: 04-23                                           COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

  I.    Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

  J.    Install piping to allow application of insulation.

  K.    Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system
        operating pressure.

  L.    Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes.

  M.    Permanent sleeves are not required for holes formed by removable PE sleeves.

  N.    Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls and concrete
        floor and roof slabs.

  O.    Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum-board
        partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs.

        1.    Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.

              a.    Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment
                    areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. Extend cast-
                    iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if
                    ring is specified.

        2.    Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are constructed.

        3.    Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space
              between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials:

              a.    PVC Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6.
              b.    Steel Sheet Sleeves: For pipes NPS 6 and larger, penetrating gypsum-
                    board partitions.

        4.    Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve
              and pipe or pipe insulation, using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and
              location of joint. Refer to Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and
              installation.

  P.    Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and
        mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space
        between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.

        1.    Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter.

        2.    Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and larger in diameter.

        3.    Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing
              elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve.
              Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe




                                              15053 - 7
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 15053
Project No.: 04-23                                          COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

              and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to
              expand and make watertight seal.

  Q.    Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings,
        and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to
        Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for materials.

  R.    Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.

  S.    Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for
        roughing-in requirements.

3.02    PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION

  A.    Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 15 Sections
        specifying piping systems.

  B.    Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.

  C.    Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before
        assembly.

  D.    Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated,
        to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube
        Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32.

  E.    Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and
        Tube" Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with
        AWS A5.8.

  F.    Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1.
        Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs
        and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:

        1.    Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry
              seal threading is specified.

        2.    Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are
              corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open
              welds.

  G.    Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for
        service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on
        bolt threads.

3.03    PIPING CONNECTIONS

  A.    Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated:




                                            15053 - 8
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 15053
Project No.: 04-23                                          COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

        1.    Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final
              connection to each piece of equipment.

        2.    Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at
              final connection to each piece of equipment.

        3.    Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect
              piping materials of dissimilar metals.

3.04    EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS

  A.    Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting
        heights are not indicated.

  B.    Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems
        and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated.

  C.    Install equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of
        components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference
        to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations.

  D.    Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope.

3.05    CONCRETE BASES

  A.    Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to equipment
        manufacturer's written instructions and according to seismic codes at Project.

        1.    Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches
              larger in both directions than supported unit.

        2.    Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise
              indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of the
              base.

        3.    Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through
              concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor.

        4.    Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's
              setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with
              items to be embedded.

        5.    Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported
              equipment.

        6.    Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions.

        7.    Use 3000-psi, 28-day compressive-strength concrete and reinforcement as
              specified in Division 3 Section " Cast-in-Place Concrete."




                                            15053 - 9
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 15053
Project No.: 04-23                                          COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

3.06    ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES

  A.    Refer to Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural steel.

  B.    Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and
        elevation to support and anchor HVAC materials and equipment.

  C.    Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1.

3.07    GROUTING

  A.    Mix and install grout for HVAC equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other
        equipment base plates, and anchors.

  B.    Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout.

  C.    Provide forms as required for placement of grout.

  D.    Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout.

  E.    Place grout, completely filling equipment bases.

  F.    Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface for equipment.

  G.    Place grout around anchors.

  H.    Cure placed grout.

                                   END OF SECTION 15053




                                            15053 - 10
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                  Section 15057
Project No.: 04-23                         COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT



                                       SECTION 15057

                   COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    Section includes general requirements for single-phase and polyphase, general-
        purpose, horizontal, small and medium, squirrel-cage induction motors for use on ac
        power systems up to 600 V and installed at equipment manufacturer's factory or
        shipped separately by equipment manufacturer for field installation.

1.03    COORDINATION

  A.    Coordinate features of motors, installed units, and accessory devices to be compatible
        with the following:

        1.    Motor controllers.

        2.    Torque, speed, and horsepower requirements of the load.

        3.    Ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and required control sequence.

        4.    Ambient and environmental conditions of installation location.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS

  A.    Comply with requirements in this Section except when stricter requirements are
        specified in plumbing equipment schedules or Sections.

  B.    Comply with NEMA MG 1 unless otherwise indicated.

2.02    MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS

  A.    Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 40 deg C and at altitude of 3300 feet
        above sea level.

  B.    Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate
        connected loads at designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with
        indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering
        service factor.



                                           15057 - 1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                  Section 15057
Project No.: 04-23                         COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT


2.03    POLYPHASE MOTORS

  A.    Description: NEMA MG 1, Design B, medium induction motor.

  B.    Efficiency: Energy efficient, as defined in NEMA MG 1.

  C.    Service Factor: 1.15.

  D.    Multispeed Motors: Variable torque.

        1.    For motors with 2:1 speed ratio, consequent pole, single winding.

        2.    For motors with other than 2:1 speed ratio, separate winding for each speed.

  E.    Rotor: Random-wound, squirrel cage.

  F.    Bearings: Regreasable, shielded, antifriction ball bearings suitable for radial and thrust
        loading.

  G.    Temperature Rise: Match insulation rating.

  H.    Insulation: Class F.

  I.    Code Letter Designation:

        1.    Motors 15 HP and Larger: NEMA starting Code F or Code G.

        2.    Motors Smaller than 15 HP: Manufacturer's standard starting characteristic.

  J.    Enclosure Material: Cast iron for motor frame sizes 324T and larger; rolled steel for
        motor frame sizes smaller than 324T.

2.04    POLYPHASE MOTORS WITH ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

  A.    Motors Used with Variable Frequency Controllers: Ratings, characteristics, and
        features coordinated with and approved by controller manufacturer.

        1.    Windings: Copper magnet wire with moisture-resistant insulation varnish,
              designed and tested to resist transient spikes, high frequencies, and short time
              rise pulses produced by pulse-width modulated inverters.

        2.    Energy- and Premium-Efficient Motors:         Class B temperature rise; Class F
              insulation.

        3.    Inverter-Duty Motors: Class F temperature rise; Class H insulation.

        4.    Thermal Protection:     Comply with NEMA MG 1 requirements for thermally
              protected motors.




                                           15057 - 2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                  Section 15057
Project No.: 04-23                         COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT


2.05    SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS

  A.    Motors larger than 1/20 hp shall be one of the following, to suit starting torque and
        requirements of specific motor application:

        1.    Permanent-split capacitor.

  B.    Multispeed Motors: Variable-torque, permanent-split-capacitor type.

  C.    Bearings: Prelubricated, antifriction ball bearings or sleeve bearings suitable for radial
        and thrust loading.

  D.    Motors 1/20 HP and Smaller: Shaded-pole type.

  E.    Thermal Protection: Internal protection to automatically open power supply circuit to
        motor when winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to temperature rating
        of motor insulation. Thermal-protection device shall automatically reset when motor
        temperature returns to normal range.

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)

                                  END OF SECTION 15057




                                           15057 - 3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                   Section 15061
Project No.: 04-23                    HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT


                                      SECTION 15061

                HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    Section Includes:

        1.    Metal pipe hangers and supports.

        2.    Trapeze pipe hangers.

        3.    Equipment supports.

  B.    Related Sections:

        1.    Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural-steel shapes and plates for
              trapeze hangers for pipe and equipment supports.

        2.    Division 13 fire-suppression piping Sections for pipe hangers for fire-suppression
              piping.

        3.    Division 15 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Piping and Equipment"
              for vibration isolation devices.

        4.    Division 15 Section "Expansion Fittings and Loops for Piping" for pipe guides and
              anchors.

        5.    Division 15 Section "Metal Ducts" and "Nonmetal Ducts" for duct hangers and
              supports.

1.03    DEFINITIONS

  A.    MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.

1.04    PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

  A.    Structural Performance: Hangers and supports for plumbing piping and equipment
        shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under
        conditions indicated according to ASCE/SEI 7.

        1.    Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting
              combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water.

                                           15061 - 1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                   Section 15061
Project No.: 04-23                    HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

        2.    Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of
              supported equipment and connected systems and components.

        3.    Design seismic-restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment.

1.05    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

1.06    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Structural Steel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to
        AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."

  B.    Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME
        Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

  A.    Carbon-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports:

        1.    Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components.

        2.    Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped.

        3.    Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner.

        4.    Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion
              to support bearing surface of piping.

        5.    Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel.

  B.    Copper Pipe Hangers:

        1.    Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, copper-coated-steel, factory-
              fabricated components.

        2.    Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel.

2.02    TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS

  A.    Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly
        made from structural carbon-steel shapes with MSS SP-58 carbon-steel hanger rods,
        nuts, saddles, and U-bolts.

2.03    EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS

  A.    Description: Welded, shop- or field-fabricated equipment support made from structural
        carbon-steel shapes.

                                            15061 - 2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                   Section 15061
Project No.: 04-23                    HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

2.04    MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

  A.    Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and
        galvanized.

  B.    Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement, nonshrink
        and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications.

        1.    Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous.

        2.    Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

  A.    Metal Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install
        hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping
        from the building structure.

  B.    Metal Trapeze Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89.
        Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping, and support together on field-
        fabricated trapeze pipe hangers.

        1.    Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe
              size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified for
              individual pipe hangers.

        2.    Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel shapes selected for loads
              being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M.

  C.    Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods,
        nuts, washers, and other accessories.

  D.    Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes.

  E.    Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of
        piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate
        action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units.

  F.    Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying.

  G.    Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and
        stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.

  H.    Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not
        exceed maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping.




                                           15061 - 3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                   Section 15061
Project No.: 04-23                    HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

  I.    Insulated Piping:

        1.    Attach clamps and spacers to piping.

              a.    Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project
                    through insulation.
              b.    Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger
                    shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert.
              c.    Do not exceed pipe stress limits allowed by ASME B31.9 for building
                    services piping.

        2.    Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier
              is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation.

              a.    Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight-
                    distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers.

        3.    Install MSS SP-58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier.
              Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees.

              a.    Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight-
                    distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers.

        4.    Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following:

              a.    NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick.
              b.    NPS 4: 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick.
              c.    NPS 5 and NPS 6: 18 inches long and 0.06 inch thick.
              d.    NPS 8 to NPS 14: 24 inches long and 0.075 inch thick.

        5.    Thermal-Hanger Shields:       Install with insulation same thickness as piping
              insulation.

3.02    EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS

  A.    Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to
        support equipment above floor.

  B.    Grouting:   Place grout under supports for equipment and make bearing surface
        smooth.

  C.    Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports.

3.03    METAL FABRICATIONS

  A.    Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and
        equipment supports.

  B.    Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that
        cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations.


                                           15061 - 4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                   Section 15061
Project No.: 04-23                    HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

  C.    Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M procedures for shielded, metal arc
        welding; appearance and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding
        work; and with the following:

        1.    Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
              corrosion resistance of base metals.

        2.    Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.

        3.    Remove welding flux immediately.

        4.    Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and
              so contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours.

3.04    ADJUSTING

  A.    Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to
        achieve indicated slope of pipe.

  B.    Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches.

3.05    PAINTING

  A.    Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas
        immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for
        shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted
        surfaces.

        1.    Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.

  B.    Touchup: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and
        abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Division 9 painting
        Sections.

  C.    Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply
        galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.

3.06    HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE

  A.    Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems
        and equipment.

  B.    Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not
        specified in piping system Sections.

  C.    Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment
        that will not have field-applied finish.

  D.    Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments
        are in direct contact with copper tubing.


                                           15061 - 5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                   Section 15061
Project No.: 04-23                    HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

  E.    Use carbon-steel pipe hangers and supports or metal trapeze pipe hangers and
        attachments for general service applications.

  F.    Use carbon-steel pipe hangers and copper attachments for copper piping and tubing.

  G.    Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching.

  H.    Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as
        specified in piping system Sections, install the following types:

        1.    Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated
              or insulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30.

        2.    Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes NPS 1/2
              to NPS 24 if little or no insulation is required.

        3.    Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or
              contraction.

  I.    Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping
        system Sections, install the following types:

        1.    Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers
              NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 if longer ends are required for riser clamps.

  J.    Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe-hanger selections and applications that are
        not specified in piping system Sections.

                                  END OF SECTION 15061




                                           15061 - 6
City of Kodiak                                                                Section 15073
Kodiak Police Station                                               VIBRATION AND SEISMIC
Project No.: 04-23                                      CONTROLS FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT


                                       SECTION 15073

             VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

  B.    Mechanical components and their supports shall satisfy the requirements of ASCE 7
        Section 9.6.3 for seismic attachment to the structure.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    This Section includes the following:

        1.     Seismic snubbers.

        2.     Restraining braces and cables.

1.03    DEFINITIONS

  A.    IBC: International Building Code.

  B.    ICC-ES: ICC-Evaluation Service.

  C.    OSHPD: Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development for the State of
        California.

  D.    ASCE 7: American Society of Civil Engineers Standard 7-02, Minimum Design Loads
        for Buildings and Other Structures.

1.04    PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

  A.    Seismic-Restraint Loading:

        1.     Site Class as Defined in the IBC: D.

        2.     Assigned Seismic Use Group or Building Category as Defined in the IBC: IV.

               a.   Component Importance Factor: 1.5.
               b.   Component Response Modification Factor:           Varies depending on
                    mechanical component characteristics. Values to be taken from the
                    American Society of Civil Engineers, “Minimum Design Loads for buildings
                    and Other Structures”, 2002 Edition (ASCE 7-02), Table 9.6.3.2.
               c.   Component Amplification Factor:       Varies depending on mechanical
                    component characteristics. Values to be taken from the American Society



                                            15073 - 1
City of Kodiak                                                                Section 15073
Kodiak Police Station                                               VIBRATION AND SEISMIC
Project No.: 04-23                                      CONTROLS FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

                    of Civil Engineers, “Minimum Design Loads for buildings and Other
                    Structures”, 2002 Edition (ASCE 7-02), Table 9.6.3.2.

        3.    Design Spectral Response Acceleration at Short Periods (0.2 Second): 1.79.

        4.    Design Spectral Response Acceleration at 1-Second Period: .66.

1.05    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For the following:

        1.    Include rated load, rated deflection, and overload capacity for each vibration
              isolation device.
        2.    Illustrate and indicate style, material, strength, fastening provision, and finish for
              each type and size of seismic-restraint component used.

              a.    Tabulate types and sizes of seismic restraints, complete with report
                    numbers and rated strength in tension and shear as evaluated by an
                    agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
              b.    Annotate to indicate application of each product submitted and compliance
                    with requirements.

        3.    Interlocking Snubbers:    Include ratings for horizontal, vertical, and combined
              loads.

  B.    Delegated-Design Submittal: For vibration isolation and seismic-restraint details
        indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including
        analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for
        their preparation.

        1.    Design Calculations: Calculate static and dynamic loading due to equipment
              weight and operation, seismic forces required to select vibration isolators,
              seismic restraints, and for designing vibration isolation bases.
        2.    Riser Supports: Include riser diagrams and calculations showing anticipated
              expansion and contraction at each support point, initial and final loads on building
              structure, spring deflection changes, and seismic loads. Include certification that
              riser system has been examined for excessive stress and that none will exist.
        3.    Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail overall dimensions, including anchorages
              and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include auxiliary
              motor slides and rails, base weights, equipment static loads, power transmission,
              component misalignment, and cantilever loads.
        4.    Seismic-Restraint Details:

              a.    Design Analysis: To support selection and arrangement of seismic
                    restraints. Include calculations of combined tensile and shear loads.
              b.    Details: Indicate fabrication and arrangement. Detail attachments of
                    restraints to the restrained items and to the structure. Show attachment
                    locations, methods, and spacings. Identify components, list their strengths,
                    and indicate directions and values of forces transmitted to the structure
                    during seismic events. Indicate association with vibration isolation devices.


                                            15073 - 2
City of Kodiak                                                               Section 15073
Kodiak Police Station                                              VIBRATION AND SEISMIC
Project No.: 04-23                                     CONTROLS FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

              c.     Preapproval and Evaluation Documentation: By an agency acceptable to
                     authorities having jurisdiction, showing maximum ratings of restraint items
                     and the basis for approval (tests or calculations).

  C.    Coordination Drawings: Show coordination of seismic bracing for plumbing piping and
        equipment with other systems and equipment in the vicinity, including other supports
        and seismic restraints.

1.06    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and
        capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a nationally recognized testing
        laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to
        authorities having jurisdiction.

  B.    Comply with seismic-restraint requirements in the IBC and NFPA 13 unless
        requirements in this Section are more stringent.

  C.    Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural
        Welding Code - Steel."

  D.    Seismic-restraint devices shall have horizontal and vertical load testing and analysis
        and shall bear anchorage preapproval OPA number from OSHPD, preapproved by
        ICC-ES, or preapproved by another agency acceptable to authorities having
        jurisdiction, showing maximum seismic-restraint ratings.          Ratings based on
        independent testing are preferred to ratings based on calculations. If preapproved
        ratings are not available, submittals based on independent testing are preferred.
        Calculations (including combining shear and tensile loads) to support seismic-restraint
        designs must be signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICES

  A.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
        offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
        the following:

        1.    Amber/Booth Company, Inc.

        2.    California Dynamics Corporation.

        3.    Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries.

        4.    Hilti, Inc.

        5.    Kinetics Noise Control.

        6.    Loos & Co.; Cableware Division.



                                           15073 - 3
City of Kodiak                                                                Section 15073
Kodiak Police Station                                               VIBRATION AND SEISMIC
Project No.: 04-23                                      CONTROLS FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

        7.    Mason Industries.

        8.    TOLCO Incorporated; a brand of NIBCO INC.

        9.    Unistrut; Tyco International, Ltd.

  B.    General Requirements for Restraint Components: Rated strengths, features, and
        applications shall be as defined in reports by an agency acceptable to authorities
        having jurisdiction.

        1.    Structural Safety Factor: Allowable strength in tension, shear, and pullout force
              of components shall be at least four times the maximum seismic forces to which
              they will be subjected.

  C.    Snubbers: Factory fabricated using welded structural-steel shapes and plates, anchor
        bolts, and replaceable resilient isolation washers and bushings.

        1.    Anchor bolts for attaching to concrete shall be seismic-rated, drill-in, and stud-
              wedge or female-wedge type.

        2.    Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: Oil- and water-resistant neoprene.

        3.    Maximum 1/4-inch air gap, and minimum 1/4-inch-thick resilient cushion.

  D.    Channel Support System: MFMA-3, shop- or field-fabricated support assembly made
        of slotted steel channels with accessories for attachment to braced component at one
        end and to building structure at the other end and other matching components and with
        corrosion-resistant coating; and rated in tension, compression, and torsion forces.

  E.    Restraint Cables: ASTM A 603 galvanized-steel cables with end connections made of
        steel assemblies with thimbles, brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for restraining
        cable service; and with a minimum of two clamping bolts for cable engagement.

  F.    Hanger Rod Stiffener: Steel tube or steel slotted-support-system sleeve with internally
        bolted connections to hanger rod.

  G.    Mechanical Anchor Bolts: Drilled-in and stud-wedge or female-wedge type in zinc-
        coated steel for interior applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. Select
        anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488.
        Minimum length of eight times diameter.

2.02    FACTORY FINISHES

  A.    Finish: Manufacturer's standard prime-coat finish ready for field painting.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    EXAMINATION




                                            15073 - 4
City of Kodiak                                                               Section 15073
Kodiak Police Station                                              VIBRATION AND SEISMIC
Project No.: 04-23                                     CONTROLS FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

  A.    Examine areas and equipment to receive vibration isolation and seismic-control
        devices for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other
        conditions affecting performance.

  B.    Examine roughing-in of reinforcement and cast-in-place anchors to verify actual
        locations before installation.

  C.    Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02    APPLICATIONS

  A.    Multiple Pipe Supports: Secure pipes to trapeze member with clamps approved for
        application by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

  B.    Hanger Rod Stiffeners: Install hanger rod stiffeners where indicated or scheduled on
        Drawings to receive them and where required to prevent buckling of hanger rods due
        to seismic forces.

  C.    Strength of Support and Seismic-Restraint Assemblies: Where not indicated, select
        sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static and
        seismic loads within specified loading limits.

3.03    VIBRATION-CONTROL AND SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICE INSTALLATION

  A.    Equipment Restraints:

        1.    Install seismic snubbers on plumbing equipment mounted on vibration isolators.
              Locate snubbers as close as possible to vibration isolators and bolt to equipment
              base and supporting structure.

        2.    Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance
              between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inches.

        3.    Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by an agency
              acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction providing required submittals for
              component.

  B.    Piping Restraints:

        1.    Comply with requirements in MSS SP-127.

        2.    Space lateral supports a maximum of 40 feet o.c., and longitudinal supports a
              maximum of 80 feet o.c.

        3.    Brace a change of direction longer than 12 feet.

  C.    Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building
        structure.




                                           15073 - 5
City of Kodiak                                                              Section 15073
Kodiak Police Station                                             VIBRATION AND SEISMIC
Project No.: 04-23                                    CONTROLS FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

  D.    Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to
        authorities having jurisdiction providing required submittals for component.

  E.    Install bushing assemblies for anchor bolts for floor-mounted equipment, arranged to
        provide resilient media between anchor bolt and mounting hole in concrete base.

  F.    Install bushing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall-mounted equipment, arranged to
        provide resilient media where equipment or equipment-mounting channels are
        attached to wall.

  G.    Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing to
        structure at flanges of beams, at upper truss chords of bar joists, or at concrete
        members.

  H.    Drilled-in Anchors:

        1.    Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling
              holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcing or embedded items during
              coring or drilling. Notify the structural engineer if reinforcing steel or other
              embedded items are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed
              tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines.

        2.    Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has
              achieved full design strength.

        3.    Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation.
              Heavy-duty sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the
              structural element to which anchor is to be fastened.

        4.    Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench.

        5.    Install zinc-coated steel anchors for interior and stainless steel anchors for
              exterior applications.

3.04    ACCOMMODATION OF DIFFERENTIAL SEISMIC MOTION

  A.    Install flexible connections in piping where they cross seismic joints, where adjacent
        sections or branches are supported by different structural elements, and where the
        connections terminate with connection to equipment that is anchored to a different
        structural element from the one supporting the connections as they approach
        equipment. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Sections for piping flexible
        connections.


3.05    FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

  A.    Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.

  B.    Perform tests and inspections.



                                          15073 - 6
City of Kodiak                                                               Section 15073
Kodiak Police Station                                              VIBRATION AND SEISMIC
Project No.: 04-23                                     CONTROLS FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

  C.    Tests and Inspections:

        1.    Provide evidence of recent calibration of test equipment by a testing agency
              acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
        2.    Schedule test with Owner, through Architect, before connecting anchorage
              device to restrained component (unless postconnection testing has been
              approved), and with at least seven days' advance notice.
        3.    Obtain Architect's approval before transmitting test loads to structure. Provide
              temporary load-spreading members.
        4.    Test at least four of each type and size of installed anchors and fasteners
              selected by Architect.
        5.    Test to 90 percent of rated proof load of device.
        6.    Measure isolator restraint clearance.
        7.    Measure isolator deflection.
        8.    Verify snubber minimum clearances.
        9.    Air-Mounting System Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for
              leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist.
        10.   Air-Mounting System Operational Test: Test the compressed-air leveling system.
        11.   Test and adjust air-mounting system controls and safeties.
        12.   If a device fails test, modify all installations of same type and retest until
              satisfactory results are achieved.

  D.    Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.

  E.    Prepare test and inspection reports.

3.06    ADJUSTING

  A.    Adjust restraints to permit free movement of equipment within normal mode of
        operation.

                                  END OF SECTION 15073




                                           15073 - 7
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 15076
Project No.: 04-23                                IDENTIFICATION FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT


                                        SECTION 15076

                        IDENTIFICATION FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    Section Includes:

        1.    Equipment labels.

        2.    Pipe labels.

        3.    Duct labels.

        4.    Stencils.

        5.    Valve tags.

1.03    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

1.04    COORDINATION

  A.    Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting
        of surfaces where devices are to be applied.

  B.    Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors.

  C.    Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    EQUIPMENT LABELS

  A.    Plastic Labels for Equipment:

        1.    Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical
              engraving, 1/16 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.

        2.    Letter Color: Black.

        3.    Background Color: White.


                                            15076 - 1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 15076
Project No.: 04-23                               IDENTIFICATION FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

        4.    Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F.

        5.    Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not
              less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch.

        6.    Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than
              24 inches, 1/2 inchfor viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately
              larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-
              thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering.

        7.    Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws.

        8.    Adhesive:    Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with
              substrate.

  B.    Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number,
        Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus
        the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified.

  C.    Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-11-
        inchbond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing
        numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the
        Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment
        schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data.

2.02    PIPE LABELS

  A.    General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color-coded, with
        lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction.

  B.    Pretensioned Pipe Labels:        Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to cover full
        circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive.

  C.    Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations
        or abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction.

        1.    Flow-Direction Arrows:   Integral with piping system service lettering to
              accommodate both directions or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate
              flow direction.

        2.    Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches.

2.03    DUCT LABELS

  A.    Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving,
        1/16 inchthick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.

  B.    Letter Color: Black.

  C.    Background Color: White.



                                           15076 - 2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 15076
Project No.: 04-23                               IDENTIFICATION FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

  D.    Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F.

  E.    Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less
        than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch.

  F.    Minimum Letter Size: ¼-inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24
        inches, ½-inchfor viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering
        for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths
        the size of principal lettering.

  G.    Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws.

  H.    Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.

  I.    Duct Label Contents: Include identification of duct service using same designations or
        abbreviations as used on Drawings, duct size, and an arrow indicating flow direction.

        1.    Flow-Direction Arrows:    Integral with duct system service lettering to
              accommodate both directions or as separate unit on each duct label to indicate
              flow direction.

        2.    Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2.

2.04    STENCILS

  A.    Stencils: Prepared with letter sizes according to ASME A13.1 for piping; minimum
        letter height of 1-1/4 inchesfor ducts; and minimum letter height of 3/4 inchfor access
        panel and door labels, equipment labels, and similar operational instructions.

        1.    Stencil Material: Fiberboard or metal.

        2.    Stencil Paint: Exterior, gloss, alkyd enamel or acrylic enamel black unless
              otherwise indicated. Paint may be in pressurized spray-can form.

        3.    Identification Paint: Exterior, alkyd enamel or acrylic enamel in colors according
              to ASME A13.1 unless otherwise indicated.

2.05    VALVE TAGS

  A.    Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch letters for piping system abbreviation
        and 1/2-inch numbers.

        1.    Tag Material: Brass, 0.032-inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or
              stamped holes for attachment hardware.

        2.    Fasteners: Brass wire-link or beaded chain; or S-hook.

  B.    Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on 8-1/2-by-11-inchbond paper. Tabulate
        valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of
        valve (room or space), normal-operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and



                                            15076 - 3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 15076
Project No.: 04-23                                IDENTIFICATION FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

        variations for identification.   Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special
        uses.

        1.    Valve-tag schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    PREPARATION

  A.    Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of
        identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible
        primers, paints, and encapsulants.

3.02    EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION

  A.    Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment.

  B.    Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible.

3.03    PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION

  A.    Piping Color-Coding:     Painting of piping is specified in Division 9 Section "Interior
        Painting."

  B.    Stenciled Pipe Label Option:       Stenciled labels may be provided instead of
        manufactured pipe labels, at Installer's option. Install stenciled pipe labels with
        painted, color-coded bands or rectangles on each piping system.

        1.    Identification Paint: Use for contrasting background.

        2.    Stencil Paint: Use for pipe marking.

  C.    Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished
        spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and
        plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows:

        1.    Near each valve and control device.

        2.    Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal
              units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch.

        3.    Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures.

        4.    At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of
              concealed piping.

        5.    Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.

        6.    Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feetalong each run. Reduce intervals to 25
              feet in areas of congested piping and equipment.



                                             15076 - 4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 15076
Project No.: 04-23                                IDENTIFICATION FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

        7.    On piping above removable acoustical ceilings.        Omit intermediately spaced
              labels.

  D.    Pipe Label Color Schedule:

        1.    Domestic Water Piping:

              a.    Background Color: White.
              b.    Letter Color: Black.

        2.    Storm Drainage Piping:

              a.    Background Color: White.
              b.    Letter Color: Black.

        3.    Heating Water Piping:

              a.    Background Color: White.
              b.    Letter Color: Black.

        4.    Refrigerant Piping:

              a.    Background Color: White.
              b.    Letter Color: Black.

3.04    DUCT LABEL INSTALLATION

  A.    Install plastic-laminated duct labels with permanent adhesive on air ducts in the
        following color codes:

        1.    Blue: For cold-air supply ducts.

        2.    Yellow: For hot-air supply ducts.

        3.    Green: For exhaust-, outside-, relief-, return-, and mixed-air ducts.

        4.    ASME A13.1 Colors and Designs: For hazardous material exhaust.

  B.    Stenciled Duct Label Option: Stenciled labels, showing service and flow direction, may
        be provided instead of plastic-laminated duct labels, at Installer's option, if lettering
        larger than 1 inchhigh is needed for proper identification because of distance from
        normal location of required identification.

  C.    Locate labels near points where ducts enter into concealed spaces and at maximum
        intervals of 50 feetin each space where ducts are exposed or concealed by removable
        ceiling system.




                                           15076 - 5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                       Section 15076
Project No.: 04-23                              IDENTIFICATION FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

3.05    VALVE-TAG INSTALLATION

  A.    Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves;
        valves within factory-fabricated equipment units; shutoff valves; faucets; HVAC
        terminal devices; convenience and lawn-watering hose connections; and similar
        roughing-in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve
        schedule.

  B.    Valve-Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, and color
        scheme and with captions similar to those indicated in the following subparagraphs:

        1.    Valve-Tag Size and Shape:

              a.    Cold Water: 1-1/2 inches, round.
              b.    Hot Water: 1-1/2 inches, round.

        2.    Valve-Tag Color:

              a.    Cold Water: Natural.
              b.    Hot Water: Natural.

        3.    Letter Color:

              a.    Cold Water: Black.
              b.    Hot Water: Black.

                                 END OF SECTION 15076




                                           15076 - 6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                               Section 15082
Project No.: 04-23                                                            PIPING INSULATION


                                        SECTION 15082

                                       PIPING INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    Section Includes:

        1.    Insulation Materials:

              a.    Mineral fiber.
              b.    Phenolic.
              c.    Polyisocyanurate.
              d.    Polyolefin.
              e.    Polystyrene.

        2.    Adhesives.

        3.    Sealants.

        4.    Field-applied jackets.

        5.    Tapes.

        6.    Securements.

        7.    Corner angles.

1.03    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity,
        thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied, if any).

  B.    Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities
        having jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of
        insulation materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements
        indicated. Include dates of tests and test methods employed.

1.04    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an
        apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the Department of
        Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training.


                                            15082 - 1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 15082
Project No.: 04-23                                                         PIPING INSULATION

  B.    Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Insulation and related materials shall have fire-
        test-response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per
        ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
        jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes,
        and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing and
        inspecting agency.

        1.    Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-
              developed index of 50 or less.

        2.    Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-
              developed index of 150 or less.

1.05    DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

  A.    Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with
        appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use
        temperature.

1.06    COORDINATION

  A.    Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in
        Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports."

  B.    Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation
        application, duct Installer for duct insulation application, and equipment Installer for
        equipment insulation application.       Before preparing piping and ductwork Shop
        Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation
        and field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance.

  C.    Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing.

1.07    SCHEDULING

  A.    Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required,
        after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments
        that have satisfactory test results.

  B.    Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in
        each area of construction.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    INSULATION MATERIALS

  A.    Comply with requirements in Part 3 schedule articles for where insulating materials
        shall be applied.

  B.    Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.




                                            15082 - 2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                               Section 15082
Project No.: 04-23                                                            PIPING INSULATION

  C.    Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride
        content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871.

  D.    Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable
        according to ASTM C 795.

  E.    Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the
        manufacturing process.

  F.    Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation:

        1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may
              be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Coreplus 1200.
              b.    Johns Manville; Micro-Lok.
              c.    Knauf Insulation; 1000(Pipe Insulation.
              d.    Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley-K.
              e.    Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation.

        2.    Type I, 850 deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting
              resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with factory-applied ASJ-SSL.
              Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets"
              Article.

2.02    ADHESIVES

  A.    Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for
        bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated.

  B.    Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A.

        1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may
              be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-82.
              b.    Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20.
              c.    ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S-90/80.
              d.    Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225.
              e.    Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.

  C.    ASJ Adhesive, and FSK and PVDC Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C,
        Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints.

        1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may
              be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-82.
              b.    Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20.
              c.    ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S-90/80.
              d.    Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225.


                                            15082 - 3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                              Section 15082
Project No.: 04-23                                                           PIPING INSULATION

              e.    Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.

2.03    SEALANTS

  A.    Joint Sealants:

        1.    Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.

        2.    Permanently flexible, elastomeric sealant.

        3.    Service Temperature Range: Minus 100 to plus 300 deg F.

        4.    Color: White or gray.

  B.    FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants:

        1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may
              be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-76-8.
              b.    Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 95-44.
              c.    Marathon Industries, Inc.; 405.
              d.    Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05.
              e.    Vimasco Corporation; 750.

        2.    Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.

        3.    Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.

        4.    Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F.

        5.    Color: Aluminum.

  C.    ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl, PVDC, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants:

        1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may
              be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-76.

        2.    Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.

        3.    Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.

        4.    Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F.

        5.    Color: White.

        6.    For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less.




                                            15082 - 4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 15082
Project No.: 04-23                                                        PIPING INSULATION

2.04    FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS

  A.    Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise
        indicated.

  B.    Metal Jacket:

        1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may
              be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Childers Products, Division of ITW; Metal Jacketing Systems.
              b.    PABCO Metals Corporation; Surefit.
              c.    RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate.

  C.    Self-Adhesive Outdoor Jacket: 60-mil-thick, laminated vapor barrier and waterproofing
        membrane for installation over insulation located aboveground outdoors; consisting of
        a rubberized bituminous resin on a crosslaminated polyethylene film covered with
        stucco-embossed aluminum-foil facing.

        1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may
              be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Polyguard; Alumaguard 60.

  D.    PVDC Jacket for Indoor Applications: 4-mil-thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented barrier
        film with a permeance at 0.02 permswhen tested according to ASTM E 96 and with a
        flame-spread index of 5 and a smoke-developed index of 20 when tested according to
        ASTM E 84.

        1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may
              be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Dow Chemical Company (The), Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film.

  E.    PVDC Jacket for Outdoor Applications: 6-mil-thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented
        barrier film with a permeance at 0.01 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96 and
        with a flame-spread index of 5 and a smoke-developed index of 25 when tested
        according to ASTM E 84.

        1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may
              be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Dow Chemical Company (The), Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film.

  F.    PVDC-SSL Jacket: PVDC jacket with a self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based
        adhesive covered by a removable protective strip.

        1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may
              be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:




                                          15082 - 5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 15082
Project No.: 04-23                                                        PIPING INSULATION

              a.    Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film and
                    Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film.

2.05    TAPES

  A.    Aluminum-Foil Tape: Vapor-retarder tape with acrylic adhesive.

        1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may
              be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0800.
              b.    Compac Corp.; 120.
              c.    Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 488 AWF.
              d.    Venture Tape; 3520 CW.

        2.    Width: 2 inches.

        3.    Thickness: 3.7 mils.

        4.    Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch in width.

        5.    Elongation: 5 percent.

        6.    Tensile Strength: 34 lbf/inchin width.

  B.    PVDC Tape for Indoor Applications:        White vapor-retarder PVDC tape with acrylic
        adhesive.

        1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may
              be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Tape.

        2.    Width: 3 inches.

        3.    Film Thickness: 4 mils.

        4.    Adhesive Thickness: 1.5 mils.

        5.    Elongation at Break: 145 percent.

        6.    Tensile Strength: 55 lbf/inch in width.

  C.    PVDC Tape for Outdoor Applications: White vapor-retarder PVDC tape with acrylic
        adhesive.

        1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may
              be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Tape.



                                            15082 - 6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 15082
Project No.: 04-23                                                        PIPING INSULATION

        2.    Width: 3 inches.

        3.    Film Thickness: 6 mils.

        4.    Adhesive Thickness: 1.5 mils.

        5.    Elongation at Break: 145 percent.

        6.    Tensile Strength: 55 lbf/inch in width.

2.06    SECUREMENTS

  A.    Insulation Pins and Hangers:

        1.    Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin, fully annealed
              for capacitor-discharge welding, 0.106-inch-diameter shank, length to suit depth
              of insulation indicated.

              a.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that
                    may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
                    following:

                    1)    AGM Industries, Inc.; CWP-1.
                    2)    GEMCO; CD.
                    3)    Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; CD.
                    4)    Nelson Stud Welding; TPA, TPC, and TPS.

        2.    Cupped-Head, Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel
              pin, fully annealed for capacitor-discharge welding, 0.106-inch-diameter shank,
              length to suit depth of insulation indicated with integral 1-1/2-inchgalvanized
              carbon-steel washer.

              a.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that
                    may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
                    following:

                    1)    AGM Industries, Inc.; CWP-1.
                    2)    GEMCO; Cupped Head Weld Pin.
                    3)    Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Cupped Head.
                    4)    Nelson Stud Welding; CHP.

        3.    Metal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate
              welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness
              indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place.
              Comply with the following requirements:

              a.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that
                    may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
                    following:

                    1)    AGM Industries, Inc.; Tactoo Insul-Hangers, Series T.


                                            15082 - 7
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 15082
Project No.: 04-23                                                          PIPING INSULATION

                    2)    GEMCO; Perforated Base.
                    3)    Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Spindle.

              b.    Baseplate: Perforated, galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0.030 inch thick by
                    2 inchessquare.
              c.    Spindle: Copper- or zinc-coated, low carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106-
                    inch-diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated.
              d.    Adhesive:     Recommended by hanger manufacturer.               Product with
                    demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates
                    indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates.

        4.    Nonmetal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate
              fastened to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness
              indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place.
              Comply with the following requirements:

              a.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that
                    may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
                    following:

                    1)    GEMCO; Nylon Hangers.
                    2)    Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Nylon Insulation Hangers.

              b.    Baseplate: Perforated, nylon sheet, 0.030 inchthick by 1-1/2 inchesin
                    diameter.
              c.    Spindle: Nylon, 0.106-inch-diameter shank, length to suit depth of
                    insulation indicated, up to 2-1/2 inches.
              d.    Adhesive:      Recommended by hanger manufacturer.           Product with
                    demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates
                    indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates.

        5.    Self-Sticking-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle
              that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position
              indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following
              requirements:

              a.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that
                    may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
                    following:

                    1)    AGM Industries, Inc.; Tactoo Insul-Hangers, Series TSA.
                    2)    GEMCO; Press and Peel.
                    3)    Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Self Stick.

              b.    Baseplate:    Galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0.030 inchthick by 2
                    inchessquare.
              c.    Spindle: Copper- or zinc-coated, low carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106-
                    inch-diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated.
              d.    Adhesive-backed base with a peel-off protective cover.




                                           15082 - 8
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 15082
Project No.: 04-23                                                         PIPING INSULATION

        6.    Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch-
              thick, galvanized-steel sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold
              insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inchesin diameter.

              a.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that
                    may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
                    following:

                    1)    AGM Industries, Inc.; RC-150.
                    2)    GEMCO; R-150.
                    3)    Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; WA-150.
                    4)    Nelson Stud Welding; Speed Clips.

              b.    Protect ends with capped self-locking washers incorporating a spring steel
                    insert to ensure permanent retention of cap in exposed locations.

        7.    Nonmetal Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from
              0.016-inch-thick nylon sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold
              insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter.

              a.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that
                    may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
                    following:

                    1)    GEMCO.
                    2)    Midwest Fasteners, Inc.

  B.    Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch-wide, stainless steel or
        Monel.

2.07    CORNER ANGLES

  A.    PVC Corner Angles: 30 milsthick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, PVC according to
        ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C. White or color-coded to match adjacent surface.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    EXAMINATION

  A.    Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation
        and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application.

        1.    Verify that systems and equipment to be insulated have been tested and are free
              of defects.

        2.    Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry.

        3.    Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been
              corrected.




                                           15082 - 9
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                              Section 15082
Project No.: 04-23                                                           PIPING INSULATION

3.02    PREPARATION

  A.    Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials
        that will adversely affect insulation application.

  B.    Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating,
        apply a corrosion coating to insulated surfaces as follows:

        1.    Stainless Steel: Coat 300 series stainless steel with an epoxy primer 5 milsthick
              and an epoxy finish 5 milsthick if operating in a temperature range between 140
              and 300 deg F. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials
              and application methods for operating temperature range.

        2.    Carbon Steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature between 32
              and 300 deg Fwith an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for
              appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature
              range.

  C.    Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with
        requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation.

  D.    Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in
        contact with stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water.

3.03    GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

  A.    Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even
        surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of equipment and piping including fittings,
        valves, and specialties.

  B.    Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses
        required for each item of equipment and pipe system as specified in insulation system
        schedules.

  C.    Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service.
        Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket
        in either wet or dry state.

  D.    Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.

  E.    Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.

  F.    Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and
        specialties.

  G.    Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.

  H.    Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints
        with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer.

  I.    Install insulation with least number of joints practical.


                                             15082 - 10
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                              Section 15082
Project No.: 04-23                                                           PIPING INSULATION

  J.    Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at
        hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic.

        1.    Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.

        2.    For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on
              anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to
              structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier
              mastic.

        3.    Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal
              insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended
              by insulation material manufacturer.

        4.    Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install
              shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger,
              support, and shield.

  K.    Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows:

        1.    Draw jacket tight and smooth.

        2.    Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch-wide strips, of same material as insulation
              jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both
              edges of strip, spaced 4 incheso.c.

        3.    Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Install insulation with
              longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-
              sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2
              incheso.c.

              a.    For below ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples.

        4.    Cover joints and seams with tape as recommended by insulation material
              manufacturer to maintain vapor seal.

        5.    Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and
              joints and at ends adjacent to duct and pipe flanges and fittings.

  L.    Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate
        and wet and dry film thicknesses.

  M.    Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its
        nominal thickness.

  N.    Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and
        cracking due to thermal movement.

  O.    Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged
        areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and
        seal patches similar to butt joints.


                                            15082 - 11
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                                Section 15082
Project No.: 04-23                                                             PIPING INSULATION

  P.    For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following:

        1.    Vibration-control devices.

        2.    Testing agency labels and stamps.

        3.    Nameplates and data plates.

        4.    Manholes.

        5.    Handholes.

        6.    Cleanouts.

3.04    GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION

  A.    Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where
        more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation
        articles.

  B.    Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions:

        1.    Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other
              specialties with continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity, unless otherwise
              indicated.

        2.    Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made
              from same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be
              butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints,
              seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth,
              hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation.

        3.    Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of
              same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe
              insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie
              wire. Bond pieces with adhesive.

        4.    Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of
              same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap
              adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe
              insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to
              and including the bonnets, valve stuffing-box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints,
              seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement.

        5.    Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of
              same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap
              adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe
              insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and
              irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket
              flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the



                                            15082 - 12
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 15082
Project No.: 04-23                                                          PIPING INSULATION

              insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below
              ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier.

        6.    Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe
              insulation. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the
              thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker.

        7.    Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat
              with a mastic. Install vapor-barrier mastic for below ambient services and a
              breather mastic for above ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric-
              reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well-shaped contour.

        8.    For services not specified to receive a field-applied jacket except for flexible
              elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers,
              valves, flanges, and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC
              covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC tape.

        9.    Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word
              "UNION." Match size and color of pipe labels.

  C.    Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure
        temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on
        insulated pipes, vessels, and equipment. Shape insulation at these connections by
        tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing
        cement, mastic, and flashing sealant.

  D.    Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to
        the following:

        1.    Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of
              same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as
              adjoining pipe insulation.

        2.    When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend
              insulation from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness
              over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange
              cover in place with stainless-steel or aluminum bands. Select band material
              compatible with insulation and jacket.

        3.    Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges
              except divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body.

        4.    When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting
              of mitered blocks wired to stainless-steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its
              attached insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches
              over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or
              union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly
              with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and
              trowel second coat to a smooth finish.




                                          15082 - 13
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                              Section 15082
Project No.: 04-23                                                           PIPING INSULATION

        5.    Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules, finish exposed
              surfaces with a metal jacket.

3.05    MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION INSTALLATION

  A.    Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:

        1.    Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and
              tighten bands without deforming insulation materials.

        2.    Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and
              protrusions with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant.

        3.    For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above ambient surfaces, secure
              laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches o.c.

        4.    For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below ambient surfaces, do not
              staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as
              recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier
              mastic and flashing sealant.

  B.    Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:

        1.    Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.

        2.    Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus
              twice the thickness of pipe insulation.

        3.    Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer
              circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral-fiber blanket
              insulation.

        4.    Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap
              seams at least 1 inch, and seal joints with flashing sealant.

  C.    Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:

        1.    Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe
              insulation when available.

        2.    When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered
              sections of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation.
              Secure insulation materials with wire or bands.

  D.    Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:

        1.    Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe
              insulation when available.

        2.    When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe
              insulation to valve body.


                                           15082 - 14
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                                 Section 15082
Project No.: 04-23                                                              PIPING INSULATION

        3.    Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation
              without disturbing insulation.

        4.    Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.

3.06    FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION

  A.    Where glass-cloth jackets are indicated, install directly over bare insulation or
        insulation with factory-applied jackets.

        1.    Draw jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2-inch overlap at seams and joints.

        2.    Embed glass cloth between two 0.062-inch-thick coats of lagging adhesive.

        3.    Completely encapsulate insulation with coating, leaving no exposed insulation.

  B.    Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows:

        1.    Draw jacket material smooth and tight.

        2.    Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket.

        3.    Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.

        4.    Install jacket with 1-1/2-inch laps at longitudinal seams and 3-inch-wide joint
              strips at end joints.

        5.    Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor-retarder jackets and exposed
              insulation with vapor-barrier mastic.

  C.    Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and
        end joints; for horizontal applications, install with longitudinal seams along top and
        bottom of tanks and vessels. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.

        1.    Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap
              and the finish bead along seam and joint edge.

  D.    Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inchoverlap at longitudinal seams and
        end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with
        weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with
        stainless-steel bands 12 inches o.c. and at end joints.

  E.    Where PVDC jackets are indicated, install as follows:

        1.    Apply three separate wraps of filament tape per insulation section to secure pipe
              insulation to pipe prior to installation of PVDC jacket.

        2.    Wrap factory-presized jackets around individual pipe insulation sections with one
              end overlapping the previously installed sheet. Install presized jacket with an
              approximate overlap at butt joint of 2 inchesover the previous section. Adhere



                                            15082 - 15
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                                  Section 15082
Project No.: 04-23                                                               PIPING INSULATION

              lap seal using adhesive or SSL, and then apply 1-1/4 circumferences of
              appropriate PVDC tape around overlapped butt joint.

        3.    Continuous jacket can be spiral wrapped around a length of pipe insulation.
              Apply adhesive or PVDC tape at overlapped spiral edge. When electing to use
              adhesives, refer to manufacturer's written instructions for application of
              adhesives along this spiral edge to maintain a permanent bond.

        4.    Jacket can be wrapped in cigarette fashion along length of roll for insulation
              systems with an outer circumference of 33-1/2 inchesor less. The 33-1/2-inch-
              circumference limit allows for 2-inch-overlap seal. Using the length of roll allows
              for longer sections of jacket to be installed at one time. Use adhesive on the lap
              seal. Visually inspect lap seal for "fishmouthing," and use PVDC tape along lap
              seal to secure joint.

        5.    Repair holes or tears in PVDC jacket by placing PVDC tape over the hole or tear
              and wrapping a minimum of 1-1/4 circumferences to avoid damage to tape
              edges.

3.07    FINISHES

  A.    Duct, Equipment, and Pipe Insulation with ASJ, Glass-Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket
        Material: Paint jacket with paint system identified below and as specified in Division 9
        painting Sections.

        1.    Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket
              material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof.

              a.    Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size.

  B.    Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two
        coats of insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating.

  C.    Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual
        inspection of the completed Work.

  D.    Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets.

3.08    PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL

  A.    Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are
        identified for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is
        listed for a piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.

  B.    Items Not Insulated:     Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the
        following:

        1.    Drainage piping located in crawl spaces.

        2.    Underground piping.



                                           15082 - 16
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                                Section 15082
Project No.: 04-23                                                             PIPING INSULATION

        3.    Chrome-plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury.

3.09    INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE

  A.    Heating-Hot-Water Supply and Return, 200 Deg F and below. Insulation shall have a
        conductivity of 0.32-0.34 at a mean rating temperature of 250 degrees F:

        1.    NPS 4 and Smaller: Insulation shall be the following:

              a.    Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe, Type I: 1 inch thick.

        2.    NPS 4 to 8: Insulation shall be the following:

              a.    Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1-1/2 inch thick.

  B.    Domestic Cold Water, Hot Water, and Recirculated Hot Water. Insulation shall have a
        conductivity of 0.22-0.28 at a mean rating temperature of 100 degrees F:

        1.    NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Insulation shall be the following:

              a.    Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1/2 inch thick.

        2.    NPS 2 to 8: Insulation shall be the following:

              a.    Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch thick.

  C.    Refrigerant Piping. Insulation shall have a conductivity of 0.22-0.28 at a mean rating
        temperature of 100 degrees F:

        1.    NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Insulation shall be the following:

              a.    Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1/2 inch thick.

        2.    NPS 2 to 8: Insulation shall be the following:

              a.    Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch thick.

3.10    INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE

  A.    Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install
        the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket.

  B.    If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.

                                   END OF SECTION 15082




                                            15082 - 17
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 15092
Project No.: 04-23                                     SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PIPING


                                       SECTION 15092

                         SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    Section Includes:

        1.    Sleeves.

        2.    Sleeve-seal systems.

        3.    Grout.

1.03    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    SLEEVES

  A.    Galvanized-Steel Wall Pipes: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, with plain ends and
        welded steel collar; zinc coated.

  B.    Galvanized-Steel-Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40,
        zinc coated, with plain ends.

  C.    Black-Steel-Pipe Sleeves:    ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, with
        plain ends.

  D.    Molded-PE or -PP Sleeves: Removable, tapered-cup shaped, and smooth outer
        surface with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms.

2.02    SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS

  A.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
        offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
        the following:

        1.    Advance Products & Systems, Inc.

        2.    CALPICO, Inc.


                                           15092 - 1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 15092
Project No.: 04-23                                      SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PIPING

        3.    Metraflex Company (The).

        4.    Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.

        5.    Proco Products, Inc.

  B.    Description: Modular sealing-element unit, designed for field assembly, for filling
        annular space between piping and sleeve.

        1.    Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe.
              Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe.

        2.    Pressure Plates: Carbon steel, Plastic, or Stainless steel.

        3.    Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, with corrosion-resistant coating, or
              Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements.

2.03    GROUT

  A.    Standard: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting,
        dry, hydraulic-cement grout.

  B.    Characteristics: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications.

  C.    Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.

  D.    Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    SLEEVE INSTALLATION

  A.    Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and
        walls.

  B.    For sleeves that will have sleeve-seal system installed, select sleeves of size large
        enough to provide 1-inch annular clear space between piping and concrete slabs and
        walls.

        1.    Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes.

  C.    Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs
        and walls are constructed.

        1.    Permanent sleeves are not required for holes in slabs formed by molded-PE or -
              PP sleeves.

        2.    Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.

              a.    Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment
                    areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level.


                                            15092 - 2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 15092
Project No.: 04-23                                       SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PIPING

        3.    Using grout, seal the space outside of sleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve-
              seal system.

  D.    Install sleeves for pipes passing through interior partitions.

        1.    Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.

        2.    Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space
              between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation.

        3.    Seal annular space between sleeve and piping or piping insulation; use joint
              sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with
              requirements for sealants specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."

  E.    Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings,
        and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply
        with requirements for firestopping specified in Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration
        Firestop Systems."

3.02    SLEEVE-SEAL-SYSTEM INSTALLATION

  A.    Install sleeve-seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs-on-grade at
        service piping entries into building.

  B.    Select type, size, and number of sealing elements required for piping material and size
        and for sleeve ID or hole size. Position piping in center of sleeve. Center piping in
        penetration, assemble sleeve-seal system components, and install in annular space
        between piping and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing
        elements to expand and make a watertight seal.

3.03    SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL SCHEDULE

  A.    Use sleeves and sleeve seals for the following piping-penetration applications:

        1.    Exterior Concrete Walls above Grade:

              a.    Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized-steel wall sleeves.

        2.    Concrete Slabs-on-Grade:

              a.    Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized-steel wall sleeves with sleeve-
                    seal system.

                    1)    Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between
                          piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system.

        3.    Concrete Slabs above Grade:

              a.    Piping Smaller Than NPS 6 (DN 150): Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves.




                                             15092 - 3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 15092
Project No.: 04-23                                     SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PIPING

        4.    Interior Partitions:

              a.    Piping Smaller Than NPS 6 (DN 150): Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves.

                                     END OF SECTION 15092




                                           15092 - 4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 15098
Project No.: 04-23                                                 ESCUTCHEONS FOR PIPING


                                      SECTION 15098

                               ESCUTCHEONS FOR PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    Section Includes:

        1.    Escutcheons.

        2.    Floor plates.

1.03    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    ESCUTCHEONS

  A.    One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type:       With polished, chrome-plated finish and setscrew
        fastener.

  B.    One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Type: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with chrome-plated
        finish and spring-clip fasteners.

  C.    One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With chrome-plated finish and spring-clip fasteners.

  D.    Split-Casting Brass Type:    With polished, chrome-plated finish and with concealed
        hinge and setscrew.

  E.    Split-Plate, Stamped-Steel Type: With chrome-plated finish, and exposed-rivet hinge,
        and spring-clip fasteners.

2.02    FLOOR PLATES

  A.    One-Piece Floor Plates: Cast-iron flange with holes for fasteners.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    INSTALLATION




                                           15098 - 1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 15098
Project No.: 04-23                                                   ESCUTCHEONS FOR PIPING

  A.    Install escutcheons for exposed finished piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and
        finished floors.

  B.    Install escutcheons with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and
        with OD that completely covers opening.

        1.    Escutcheons:

              a.    Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep-
                    pattern type.
              b.    Chrome-Plated Piping: One-piece, cast-brass or split-casting brass type
                    with polished, chrome-plated finish.
              c.    Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece,
                    cast-brass or split-casting brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish.
              d.    Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece,
                    stamped-steel type or split-plate, stamped-steel type with exposed-rivet
                    hinge.
              e.    Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece,
                    stamped-steel type or split-plate, stamped-steel type with exposed-rivet
                    hinge.
              f.    Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast-brass or split-casting
                    brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish.
              g.    Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, stamped-steel type or split-
                    plate, stamped-steel type with exposed-rivet hinge.

  C.    Install floor plates for piping penetrations of equipment-room floors.

  D.    Install floor plates with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and
        with OD that completely covers opening.

        1.    New Piping: One-piece, floor-plate type.

                                   END OF SECTION 15098




                                            15098 - 2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                       Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                        GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING


                                          SECTION 15112

                            GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    Section Includes:

        1.    Bronze angle valves.

        2.    Brass ball valves.

        3.    Bronze ball valves.

        4.    Iron ball valves.

        5.    Iron, single-flange butterfly valves.

        6.    Iron, grooved-end butterfly valves.

        7.    High-performance butterfly valves.

        8.    Bronze lift check valves.

        9.    Bronze swing check valves.

        10.   Iron swing check valves.

        11.   Iron swing check valves with closure control.

        12.   Iron, grooved-end swing-check valves.

        13.   Iron, center-guided check valves.

        14.   Iron, plate-type check valves.

        15.   Bronze gate valves.

        16.   Iron gate valves.

        17.   Bronze globe valves.

        18.   Iron globe valves.


                                             15112 - 1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                         GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

        19.   Lubricated plug valves.

        20.   Eccentric plug valves.

  B.    Related Sections:

        1.    Division 15 piping Sections for specialty valves applicable to those Sections only.

        2.    Division 15 Section "Identification for Piping and Equipment" for valve tags and
              schedules.

1.03    DEFINITIONS

  A.    CWP: Cold working pressure.

  B.    EPDM: Ethylene propylene copolymer rubber.

  C.    NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene, Buna-N, or nitrile rubber.

  D.    NRS: Nonrising stem.

  E.    OS&Y: Outside screw and yoke.

  F.    RS: Rising stem.

  G.    SWP: Steam working pressure.

1.04    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For each type of valve indicated.

1.05    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from
        single manufacturer.

  B.    ASME Compliance:

        1.    ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design
              criteria.

        2.    ASME B31.1 for power piping valves.

        3.    ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves.

1.06    DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

  A.    Prepare valves for shipping as follows:

        1.    Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion.



                                            15112 - 2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                            GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

        2.    Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends.

        3.    Set angle, gate, and globe valves closed to prevent rattling.

        4.    Set ball and plug valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces.

        5.    Set butterfly valves closed or slightly open.

        6.    Block check valves in either closed or open position.

  B.    Use the following precautions during storage:

        1.    Maintain valve end protection.

        2.    Store valves indoors and maintain at higher than ambient dew point temperature.
              If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight
              enclosures.

  C.    Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not
        use handwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES

  A.    Refer to valve schedule articles for applications of valves.

  B.    Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for
        system pressures and temperatures.

  C.    Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated.

  D.    Valve Actuator Types:

        1.    Handwheel: For valves other than quarter-turn types.

        2.    Handlever: For quarter-turn valves NPS 6 and smaller except plug valves.

        3.    Wrench: For plug valves with square heads. Furnish Owner with 1 wrench for
              every 5 plug valves, for each size square plug-valve head.

  E.    Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2-inch stem extensions and the following features:

        1.    Gate Valves: With rising stem.

        2.    Ball Valves: With extended operating handle of non-thermal-conductive material,
              and protective sleeve that allows operation of valve without breaking the vapor
              seal or disturbing insulation.

        3.    Butterfly Valves: With extended neck.



                                            15112 - 3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                     Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                      GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

  F.    Valve-End Connections:

        1.    Flanged: With flanges according to ASME B16.1 for iron valves.

        2.    Grooved: With grooves according to AWWA C606.

        3.    Solder Joint: With sockets according to ASME B16.18.

        4.    Threaded: With threads according to ASME B1.20.1.

  G.    Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45.

2.02    BRONZE ANGLE VALVES

  A.    Class 125, Bronze Angle Valves with Bronze Disc:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Hammond Valve.
              b.    Milwaukee Valve Company.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1.
              b.    CWP Rating: 200 psig.
              c.    Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet.
              d.    Ends: Threaded.
              e.    Stem and Disc: Bronze.
              f.    Packing: Asbestos free.
              g.    Handwheel: Malleable iron.

  B.    Class 125, Bronze Angle Valves with Nonmetallic Disc:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    American Valve, Inc.
              b.    NIBCO INC.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 2.
              b.    CWP Rating: 200 psig.
              c.    Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet.
              d.    Ends: Threaded.
              e.    Stem: Bronze.
              f.    Disc: PTFE or TFE.



                                           15112 - 4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                     Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                      GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

              g.    Packing: Asbestos free.
              h.    Handwheel: Malleable iron.

  C.    Class 150, Bronze Angle Valves with Bronze Disc:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division.
              b.    Kitz Corporation.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1.
              b.    CWP Rating: 300 psig.
              c.    Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and union-ring
                    bonnet.
              d.    Ends: Threaded.
              e.    Stem and Disc: Bronze.
              f.    Packing: Asbestos free.
              g.    Handwheel: Malleable iron.

  D.    Class 150, Bronze Angle Valves with Nonmetallic Disc:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
              b.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
              c.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division.
              d.    Hammond Valve.
              e.    Milwaukee Valve Company.
              f.    NIBCO INC.
              g.    Powell Valves.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 2.
              b.    CWP Rating: 300 psig.
              c.    Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and union-ring
                    bonnet.
              d.    Ends: Threaded.
              e.    Stem: Bronze.
              f.    Disc: PTFE or TFE.
              g.    Packing: Asbestos free.
              h.    Handwheel: Malleable iron.




                                          15112 - 5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                         GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

2.03    BRASS BALL VALVES

  A.    Two-Piece, Full-Port, Brass Ball Valves with Stainless-Steel Trim:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
              b.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
              c.    Flow-Tek, Inc.; a subsidiary of Bray International, Inc.
              d.    Hammond Valve.
              e.    Jamesbury; a subsidiary of Metso Automation.
              f.    Kitz Corporation.
              g.    Marwin Valve; a division of Richards Industries.
              h.    Milwaukee Valve Company.
              i.    RuB Inc.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-110.
              b.    SWP Rating: 150 psig.
              c.    CWP Rating: 600 psig.
              d.    Body Design: Two piece.
              e.    Body Material: Forged brass.
              f.    Ends: Threaded.
              g.    Seats: PTFE or TFE.
              h.    Stem: Stainless steel.
              i.    Ball: Stainless steel, vented.
              j.    Port: Full.

  B.    Three-Piece, Full-Port, Brass Ball Valves with Stainless-Steel Trim:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Jomar International, LTD.
              b.    Kitz Corporation.
              c.    Marwin Valve; a division of Richards Industries.
              d.    Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-110.
              b.    SWP Rating: 150 psig.
              c.    CWP Rating: 600 psig.
              d.    Body Design: Three piece.
              e.    Body Material: Forged brass.
              f.    Ends: Threaded.


                                            15112 - 6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                       Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                        GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

              g.    Seats: PTFE or TFE.
              h.    Stem: Stainless steel.
              i.    Ball: Stainless steel, vented.
              j.    Port: Full.

2.04    BRONZE BALL VALVES

  A.    Two-Piece, Full-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze, Brass, or Stainless-Steel Trim:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves.
              b.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
              c.    Hammond Valve.
              d.    Lance Valves; a division of Advanced Thermal Systems, Inc.
              e.    Milwaukee Valve Company.
              f.    NIBCO INC.
              g.    Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-110.
              b.    SWP Rating: 150 psig.
              c.    CWP Rating: 600 psig.
              d.    Body Design: Two piece.
              e.    Body Material: Bronze.
              f.    Ends: Threaded.
              g.    Seats: PTFE or TFE.
              h.    Stem: Stainless steel.
              i.    Ball: Bronze, Brass, or Stainless steel, vented.
              j.    Port: Full.

  B.    Three-Piece, Full-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze, Brass, or Stainless-Steel Trim:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves.
              b.    Hammond Valve.
              c.    Milwaukee Valve Company.
              d.    NIBCO INC.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-110.
              b.    SWP Rating: 150 psig.
              c.    CWP Rating: 600 psig.



                                           15112 - 7
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                       Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                        GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

              d.    Body Design: Three piece.
              e.    Body Material: Bronze.
              f.    Ends: Threaded.
              g.    Seats: PTFE or TFE.
              h.    Stem: Stainless steel.
              i.    Ball: Bronze, Brass, or Stainless steel, vented.
              j.    Port: Full.

2.05    IRON BALL VALVES

  A.    Class 125, Iron Ball Valves:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    American Valve, Inc.
              b.    Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves.
              c.    Kitz Corporation.
              d.    Sure Flow Equipment Inc.
              e.    Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-72.
              b.    CWP Rating: 200 psig.
              c.    Body Design: Split body.
              d.    Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron.
              e.    Ends: Flanged.
              f.    Seats: PTFE or TFE.
              g.    Stem: Stainless steel.
              h.    Ball: Stainless steel.
              i.    Port: Full.

2.06    BRONZE LIFT CHECK VALVES

  A.    Class 125, Lift Check Valves with Bronze Disc:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
              b.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
              c.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1.
              b.    CWP Rating: 200 psig.



                                           15112 - 8
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                      Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                       GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

              c.    Body Design: Vertical flow.
              d.    Body Material: ASTM B 61 or ASTM B 62, bronze.
              e.    Ends: Threaded.
              f.    Disc: Bronze.

  B.    Class 125, Lift Check Valves with Nonmetallic Disc:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Flo Fab Inc.
              b.    Hammond Valve.
              c.    Kitz Corporation.
              d.    Milwaukee Valve Company.
              e.    Mueller Steam Specialty; a division of SPX Corporation.
              f.    NIBCO INC.
              g.    Red-White Valve Corporation.
              h.    Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 2.
              b.    CWP Rating: 200 psig.
              c.    Body Design: Vertical flow.
              d.    Body Material: ASTM B 61 or ASTM B 62, bronze.
              e.    Ends: Threaded.
              f.    Disc: NBR, PTFE, or TFE.

2.07    BRONZE SWING CHECK VALVES

  A.    Class 150, Bronze Swing Check Valves with Bronze Disc:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    American Valve, Inc.
              b.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
              c.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
              d.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division.
              e.    Kitz Corporation.
              f.    Milwaukee Valve Company.
              g.    NIBCO INC.
              h.    Red-White Valve Corporation.
              i.    Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 3.



                                          15112 - 9
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                      Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                       GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

              b.    CWP Rating: 300 psig.
              c.    Body Design: Horizontal flow.
              d.    Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze.
              e.    Ends: Threaded.
              f.    Disc: Bronze.

2.08    IRON SWING CHECK VALVES

  A.    Class 250, Iron Swing Check Valves with Metal Seats:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
              b.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
              c.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division.
              d.    Hammond Valve.
              e.    Milwaukee Valve Company.
              f.    NIBCO INC.
              g.    Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-71, Type I.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 500 psig.

              c.    Body Design: Clear or full waterway.
              d.    Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet.
              e.    Ends: Flanged.
              f.    Trim: Bronze.
              g.    Gasket: Asbestos free.

2.09    IRON, CENTER-GUIDED CHECK VALVES

  A.    Class 125, Iron, Compact-Wafer, Center-Guided Check Valves with Metal Seat:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Anvil International, Inc.
              b.    APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
              c.    Crispin Valve.
              d.    DFT Inc.
              e.    Flo Fab Inc.
              f.    GA Industries, Inc.
              g.    Hammond Valve.
              h.    Metraflex, Inc.
              i.    Milwaukee Valve Company.



                                          15112 - 10
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                      Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                       GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

              j.    Mueller Steam Specialty; a division of SPX Corporation.
              k.    NIBCO INC.
              l.    Spence Strainers International; a division of CIRCOR International.
              m.    Sure Flow Equipment Inc.
              n.    Val-Matic Valve & Manufacturing Corp.
              o.    Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-125.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 200 psig.

              c.    Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron.
              d.    Style: Compact wafer.
              e.    Seat: Bronze.

  B.    Class 125, Iron, Globe, Center-Guided Check Valves with Metal Seat:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
              b.    Crispin Valve.
              c.    DFT Inc.
              d.    Flomatic Corporation.
              e.    Hammond Valve.
              f.    Metraflex, Inc.
              g.    Milwaukee Valve Company.
              h.    Mueller Steam Specialty; a division of SPX Corporation.
              i.    NIBCO INC.
              j.    Spence Strainers International; a division of CIRCOR International.
              k.    Sure Flow Equipment Inc.
              l.    Val-Matic Valve & Manufacturing Corp.
              m.    Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-125.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 200 psig.
              c.    Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron.
              d.    Style: Globe, spring loaded.
              e.    Ends: Flanged.
              f.    Seat: Bronze.

  C.    Class 150, Iron, Compact-Wafer, Center-Guided Check Valves with Metal Seat:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:


                                          15112 - 11
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                     Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                      GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

              a.    APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
              b.    Crispin Valve.
              c.    Val-Matic Valve & Manufacturing Corp.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-125.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 300 psig.
              c.    Body Material: ASTM A 395/A 395M or ASTM A 536, ductile iron.
              d.    Style: Compact wafer.
              e.    Seat: Bronze.

  D.    Class 150, Iron, Globe, Center-Guided Check Valves with Metal Seat:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
              b.    Crispin Valve.
              c.    Val-Matic Valve & Manufacturing Corp.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-125.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 300 psig.
              c.    Body Material: ASTM A 395/A 395M or ASTM A 536, ductile iron.
              d.    Style: Globe, spring loaded.
              e.    Ends: Flanged.
              f.    Seat: Bronze.

  E.    Class 250, Iron, Compact-Wafer, Center-Guided Check Valves with Metal Seat:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
              b.    Crispin Valve.
              c.    DFT Inc.
              d.    Flo Fab Inc.
              e.    Hammond Valve.
              f.    Metraflex, Inc.
              g.    Milwaukee Valve Company.
              h.    NIBCO INC.
              i.    Sure Flow Equipment Inc.
              j.    Val-Matic Valve & Manufacturing Corp.




                                         15112 - 12
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                      Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                       GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-125.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 400 psig.

              c.    Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron.
              d.    Style: Compact wafer, spring loaded.
              e.    Seat: Bronze.

  F.    Class 250, Iron, Globe, Center-Guided Check Valves with Metal Seat:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
              b.    Crispin Valve.
              c.    DFT Inc.
              d.    Flomatic Corporation.
              e.    Hammond Valve.
              f.    Metraflex, Inc.
              g.    Milwaukee Valve Company.
              h.    Mueller Steam Specialty; a division of SPX Corporation.
              i.    NIBCO INC.
              j.    Val-Matic Valve & Manufacturing Corp.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-125.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 400 psig.
              c.    Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron.
              d.    Style: Globe, spring loaded.
              e.    Ends: Flanged.
              f.    Seat: Bronze.

  G.    Class 300, Iron, Compact-Wafer, Center-Guided Check Valves with Metal Seat:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
              b.    Crispin Valve.
              c.    Val-Matic Valve & Manufacturing Corp.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-125.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 500 psig.
              c.    Body Material: ASTM A 395/A 395M or ASTM A 536, ductile iron.



                                          15112 - 13
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                         GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

              d.    Style: Compact wafer, spring loaded.
              e.    Seat: Bronze.

  H.    Class 300, Iron, Globe, Center-Guided Check Valves with Metal Seat:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
              b.    Crispin Valve.
              c.    Val-Matic Valve & Manufacturing Corp.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-125.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 500 psig.
              c.    Body Material: ASTM A 395/A 395M or ASTM A 536, ductile iron.
              d.    Style: Globe, spring loaded.
              e.    Ends: Flanged.
              f.    Seat: Bronze.

  I.    Class 125, Iron, Compact-Wafer, Center-Guided Check Valves with Resilient Seat:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
              b.    Crispin Valve.
              c.    DFT Inc.
              d.    Flo Fab Inc.
              e.    Hammond Valve.
              f.    Milwaukee Valve Company.
              g.    NIBCO INC.
              h.    Spence Strainers International; a division of CIRCOR International.
              i.    Sure Flow Equipment Inc.
              j.    Val-Matic Valve & Manufacturing Corp.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-125.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 200 psig.
              c.    Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron.
              d.    Style: Compact wafer.
              e.    Seat: EPDM or NBR.

  J.    Class 125, Iron, Globe, Center-Guided Check Valves with Resilient Seat:




                                          15112 - 14
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                     Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                      GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Anvil International, Inc.
              b.    APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
              c.    Crispin Valve.
              d.    DFT Inc.
              e.    GA Industries, Inc.
              f.    Hammond Valve.
              g.    Milwaukee Valve Company.
              h.    NIBCO INC.
              i.    Sure Flow Equipment Inc.
              j.    Val-Matic Valve & Manufacturing Corp.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-125.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 200 psig.
              c.    Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron.
              d.    Style: Globe, spring loaded.
              e.    Ends: Flanged.
              f.    Seat: EPDM or NBR.

  K.    Class 150, Iron, Compact-Wafer, Center-Guided Check Valves with Resilient Seat:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
              b.    Crispin Valve.
              c.    Val-Matic Valve & Manufacturing Corp.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-125.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 300 psig.
              c.    Body Material: ASTM A 395/A 395M or ASTM A 536, ductile iron.
              d.    Style: Compact wafer.
              e.    Seat: EPDM or NBR.

  L.    Class 150, Iron, Globe, Center-Guided Check Valves with Resilient Seat:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
              b.    Crispin Valve.



                                         15112 - 15
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                     Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                      GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

              c.    DFT Inc.
              d.    Val-Matic Valve & Manufacturing Corp.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-125.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 300 psig.
              c.    Body Material: ASTM A 395/A 395M or ASTM A 536, ductile iron.
              d.    Style: Globe, spring loaded.
              e.    Ends: Flanged.
              f.    Seat: EPDM or NBR.

  M.    Class 250, Iron, Compact-Wafer, Center-Guided Check Valves with Resilient Seat:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
              b.    Crispin Valve.
              c.    DFT Inc.
              d.    Flo Fab Inc.
              e.    Hammond Valve.
              f.    Milwaukee Valve Company.
              g.    NIBCO INC.
              h.    Sure Flow Equipment Inc.
              i.    Val-Matic Valve & Manufacturing Corp.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-125.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 400 psig.
              c.    Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron.
              d.    Style: Compact wafer, spring loaded.
              e.    Seat: EPDM or NBR.

  N.    Class 250, Iron, Globe, Center-Guided Check Valves with Resilient Seat:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
              b.    Crispin Valve.
              c.    DFT Inc.
              d.    Hammond Valve.
              e.    Milwaukee Valve Company.
              f.    NIBCO INC.
              g.    Val-Matic Valve & Manufacturing Corp.




                                         15112 - 16
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                     Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                      GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-125.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 400 psig.
              c.    Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron.
              d.    Style: Globe, spring loaded.
              e.    Ends: Flanged.
              f.    Seat: EPDM or NBR.

  O.    Class 300, Iron, Compact-Wafer, Center-Guided Check Valves with Resilient Seat:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
              b.    Crispin Valve.
              c.    Val-Matic Valve & Manufacturing Corp.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-125.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 500 psig.
              c.    Body Material: ASTM A 395/A 395M or ASTM A 536, ductile iron.
              d.    Style: Compact wafer, spring loaded.
              e.    Seat: EPDM or NBR.

  P.    Class 300, Iron, Globe, Center-Guided Check Valves with Resilient Seat:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
              b.    Crispin Valve.
              c.    Val-Matic Valve & Manufacturing Corp.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-125.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 500 psig.
              c.    Body Material: ASTM A 395/A 395M or ASTM A 536, ductile iron.
              d.    Style: Globe, spring loaded.
              e.    Ends: Flanged.
              f.    Seat: EPDM or NBR.

2.010   IRON, PLATE-TYPE CHECK VALVES

  A.    Class 125, Iron, Dual-Plate Check Valves with Metal Seat:




                                         15112 - 17
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                      Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                       GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
              b.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
              c.    Flomatic Corporation.
              d.    Mueller Steam Specialty; a division of SPX Corporation.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: API 594.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 200 psig.
              c.    Body Design: Wafer, spring-loaded plates.
              d.    Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron.
              e.    Seat: Bronze.

  B.    Class 150, Iron, Dual-Plate Check Valves with Metal Seat:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
              b.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
              c.    Mueller Steam Specialty; a division of SPX Corporation.
              d.    Val-Matic Valve & Manufacturing Corp.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: API 594.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 300 psig.
              c.    Body Design: Wafer, spring-loaded plates.
              d.    Body Material: ASTM A 395/A 395M or ASTM A 536, ductile iron.
              e.    Seat: Bronze.

  C.    Class 250, Iron, Dual-Plate Check Valves with Metal Seat:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
              b.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: API 594.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 400 psig.
              c.    Body Design: Wafer, spring-loaded plates.



                                          15112 - 18
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                      Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                       GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

              d.    Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron.
              e.    Seat: Bronze.

  D.    Class 300, Iron, Dual-Plate Check Valves with Metal Seat:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
              b.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
              c.    Mueller Steam Specialty; a division of SPX Corporation.
              d.    Val-Matic Valve & Manufacturing Corp.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: API 594.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 500 psig.

              c.    Body Design: Wafer, spring-loaded plates.
              d.    Body Material: ASTM A 395/A 395M or ASTM A 536, ductile iron.
              e.    Seat: Bronze.

  E.    Class 125, Iron, Single-Plate Check Valves with Resilient Seat:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Flo Fab Inc.
              b.    Sure Flow Equipment Inc.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: API 594.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 200 psig.
              c.    Body Design: Wafer, spring-loaded plate.
              d.    Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron.
              e.    Seat: EPDM or NBR.

  F.    Class 125, Iron, Dual-Plate Check Valves with Resilient Seat:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
              b.    Cooper Cameron Valves TVB Techno.
              c.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
              d.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division.



                                          15112 - 19
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                      Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                       GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

              e.    NIBCO INC.
              f.    Spence Strainers International; a division of CIRCOR International.
              g.    Sure Flow Equipment Inc.
              h.    Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: API 594.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 200 psig.
              c.    Body Design: Wafer, spring-loaded plates.
              d.    Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron.
              e.    Seat: EPDM or NBR.

  G.    Class 150, Iron, Dual-Plate Check Valves with Resilient Seat:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
              b.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
              c.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
              d.    Val-Matic Valve & Manufacturing Corp.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: API 594.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 300 psig.
              c.    Body Design: Wafer, spring-loaded plates.
              d.    Body Material: ASTM A 395/A 395M or ASTM A 536, ductile iron.
              e.    Seat: EPDM or NBR.

  H.    Class 250, Iron, Wafer, Single-Plate Check Valves with Resilient Seat:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Sure Flow Equipment Inc.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: API 594.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 400 psig.
              c.    Body Design: Wafer, spring-loaded plate.
              d.    Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron.
              e.    Seat: EPDM or NBR.

  I.    Class 250, Iron, Dual-Plate Check Valves with Resilient Seat:




                                          15112 - 20
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                      Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                       GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
              b.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
              c.    Sure Flow Equipment Inc.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: API 594.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 400 psig.
              c.    Body Design: Wafer, spring-loaded plates.
              d.    Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron.
              e.    Seat: EPDM or NBR.

  J.    Class 300, Iron, Dual-Plate Check Valves with Resilient Seat:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
              b.    Val-Matic Valve & Manufacturing Corp.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: API 594.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 500 psig.
              c.    Body Design: Wafer, spring-loaded plates.
              d.    Body Material: ASTM A 395/A 395M or ASTM A 536, ductile iron.
              e.    Seat: EPDM or NBR.

2.011   BRONZE GATE VALVES

  A.    Class 150, NRS Bronze Gate Valves:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Hammond Valve.
              b.    Kitz Corporation.
              c.    Milwaukee Valve Company.
              d.    NIBCO INC.
              e.    Powell Valves.
              f.    Red-White Valve Corporation.
              g.    Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

        2.    Description:



                                          15112 - 21
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                      Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                       GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1.
              b.    CWP Rating: 300 psig.
              c.    Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and union-ring
                    bonnet.
              d.    Ends: Threaded.
              e.    Stem: Bronze.
              f.    Disc: Solid wedge; bronze.
              g.    Packing: Asbestos free.
              h.    Handwheel: Malleable iron.

  B.    Class 150, RS Bronze Gate Valves:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
              b.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division.
              c.    Hammond Valve.
              d.    Kitz Corporation.
              e.    Milwaukee Valve Company.
              f.    NIBCO INC.
              g.    Powell Valves.
              h.    Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
              i.    Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 2.
              b.    CWP Rating: 300 psig.
              c.    Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and union-ring
                    bonnet.
              d.    Ends: Threaded.
              e.    Stem: Bronze.
              f.    Disc: Solid wedge; bronze.
              g.    Packing: Asbestos free.
              h.    Handwheel: Malleable iron.

2.012   IRON GATE VALVES

  A.    Class 250, NRS, Iron Gate Valves:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
              b.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division.
              c.    NIBCO INC.




                                          15112 - 22
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                      Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                       GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-70, Type I.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 500 psig.
              c.    Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet.
              d.    Ends: Flanged.
              e.    Trim: Bronze.
              f.    Disc: Solid wedge.
              g.    Packing and Gasket: Asbestos free.

  B.    Class 250, OS&Y, Iron Gate Valves:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
              b.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division.
              c.    Hammond Valve.
              d.    Milwaukee Valve Company.
              e.    NIBCO INC.
              f.    Powell Valves.
              g.    Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-70, Type I.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 500 psig.
              c.    Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet.
              d.    Ends: Flanged.
              e.    Trim: Bronze.
              f.    Disc: Solid wedge.
              g.    Packing and Gasket: Asbestos free.

2.013   BRONZE GLOBE VALVES

  A.    Class 150, Bronze Globe Valves with Nonmetallic Disc:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
              b.    Hammond Valve.
              c.    Kitz Corporation.
              d.    Milwaukee Valve Company.
              e.    NIBCO INC.
              f.    Powell Valves.
              g.    Red-White Valve Corporation.
              h.    Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.


                                          15112 - 23
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                      Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                       GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

              i.    Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 2.
              b.    CWP Rating: 300 psig.
              c.    Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and union-ring
                    bonnet.
              d.    Ends: Threaded.
              e.    Stem: Bronze.
              f.    Disc: PTFE or TFE.
              g.    Packing: Asbestos free.
              h.    Handwheel: Malleable iron.

2.014   IRON GLOBE VALVES

  A.    Class 250, Iron Globe Valves:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
              b.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
              c.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division.
              d.    Hammond Valve.
              e.    Milwaukee Valve Company.
              f.    NIBCO INC.
              g.    Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-85, Type I.
              b.    CWP Rating: 500 psig.
              c.    Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet.
              d.    Ends: Flanged.
              e.    Trim: Bronze.
              f.    Packing and Gasket: Asbestos free.

2.015   LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES

  A.    Class 125, Regular-Gland, Lubricated Plug Valves with Threaded Ends:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Nordstrom Valves, Inc.

        2.    Description:



                                          15112 - 24
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                      Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                       GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-78, Type II.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 200 psig.
              c.    Body Material:       ASTM A 48/A 48M or ASTM A 126, cast iron with
                    lubrication-sealing system.
              d.    Pattern: Regular or short].
              e.    Plug: Cast iron or bronze with sealant groove.

  B.    Class 125, Regular-Gland, Lubricated Plug Valves with Flanged Ends:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Nordstrom Valves, Inc.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-78, Type II.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 200 psig.
              c.    Body Material:       ASTM A 48/A 48M or ASTM A 126, cast iron with
                    lubrication-sealing system.
              d.    Pattern: Regular or short.
              e.    Plug: Cast iron or bronze with sealant groove.

  C.    Class 125, Cylindrical, Lubricated Plug Valves with Threaded Ends:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Homestead Valve; a division of Olson Technologies, Inc.
              b.    Milliken Valve Company.
              c.    R & M Energy Systems; a unit of Robbins & Myers, Inc.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-78, Type IV.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 200 psig.
              c.    Body Material:       ASTM A 48/A 48M or ASTM A 126, cast iron with
                    lubrication-sealing system.
              d.    Pattern: Regular or short.
              e.    Plug: Cast iron or bronze with sealant groove.

  D.    Class 125, Cylindrical, Lubricated Plug Valves with Flanged Ends:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Homestead Valve; a division of Olson Technologies, Inc.



                                         15112 - 25
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                     Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                      GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

              b.    Milliken Valve Company.
              c.    R & M Energy Systems; a unit of Robbins & Myers, Inc.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-78, Type IV.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 200 psig.
              c.    Body Material:       ASTM A 48/A 48M or ASTM A 126, cast iron with
                    lubrication-sealing system.
              d.    Pattern: Regular or short.
              e.    Plug: Cast iron or bronze with sealant groove.

  E.    Class 250, Regular-Gland, Lubricated Plug Valves with Threaded Ends:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Nordstrom Valves, Inc.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-78, Type II.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 400 psig.
              c.    Body Material:       ASTM A 48/A 48M or ASTM A 126, cast iron with
                    lubrication-sealing system.
              d.    Pattern: Regular or short.
              e.    Plug: Cast iron or bronze with sealant groove.

  F.    Class 250, Regular-Gland, Lubricated Plug Valves with Flanged Ends:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Nordstrom Valves, Inc.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-78, Type II.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 400 psig.
              c.    Body Material:       ASTM A 48/A 48M or ASTM A 126, cast iron with
                    lubrication-sealing system.
              d.    Pattern: Regular or short.
              e.    Plug: Cast iron or bronze with sealant groove.

  G.    Class 250, Cylindrical, Lubricated Plug Valves with Threaded Ends:




                                         15112 - 26
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                      Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                       GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Homestead Valve; a division of Olson Technologies, Inc.
              b.    Milliken Valve Company.
              c.    R & M Energy Systems; a unit of Robbins & Myers, Inc.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-78, Type IV.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 400 psig.
              c.    Body Material:       ASTM A 48/A 48M or ASTM A 126, cast iron with
                    lubrication-sealing system.
              d.    Pattern: Regular or short.
              e.    Plug: Cast iron or bronze with sealant groove.

  H.    Class 250, Cylindrical, Lubricated Plug Valves with Flanged Ends:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Homestead Valve; a division of Olson Technologies, Inc.
              b.    Milliken Valve Company.
              c.    R & M Energy Systems, a unit of Robbins & Myers, Inc.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Standard: MSS SP-78, Type IV.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 400 psig.
              c.    Body Material: ASTM A 48/A 48M or ASTM A 126, Grade 40 cast iron with
                    lubrication-sealing system.
              d.    Pattern: Regular or short.
              e.    Plug: Cast iron or bronze with sealant groove.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    EXAMINATION

  A.    Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion.
        Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement
        during shipping and handling.

  B.    Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats
        made accessible by such operations.

  C.    Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness.




                                         15112 - 27
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                          GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

  D.    Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting
        for proper size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its
        material composition is suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and
        damage.

  E.    Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves.

3.02    VALVE INSTALLATION

  A.    Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow
        service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown.

  B.    Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary.

  C.    Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe.

  D.    Install valves in position to allow full stem movement.

  E.    Install check valves for proper direction of flow and as follows:

        1.    Swing Check Valves: In horizontal position with hinge pin level.

        2.    Center-Guided and Plate-Type Check Valves: In horizontal or vertical position,
              between flanges.

        3.    Lift Check Valves: With stem upright and plumb.

3.03    ADJUSTING

  A.    Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into
        service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking
        occurs.

3.04    GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS

  A.    If valve applications are not indicated, use the following:

        1.    Shutoff Service: Ball, butterfly or gate valves.

        2.    Butterfly Valve Dead-End Service: Single-flange (lug) type.

        3.    Throttling Service except Steam: Globe, angle, ball, or butterfly valves.

        4.    Pump-Discharge Check Valves:

              a.    NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Bronze swing check valves with bronze or
                    nonmetallic disc.
              b.    NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Iron swing check valves with lever and
                    weight or with spring or iron, center-guided, metal or resilient-seat check
                    valves.



                                            15112 - 28
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                         GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

  B.    If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same types
        of valves with higher SWP classes or CWP ratings may be substituted.

  C.    Select valves, except wafer types, with the following end connections:

        1.    For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends except where
              solder-joint valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules below.

        2.    For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged ends
              except where threaded valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules below.

        3.    For Copper Tubing, NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: Flanged ends.

        4.    For Steel Piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends.

        5.    For Steel Piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged ends except
              where threaded valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules below.

        6.    For Steel Piping, NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: Flanged ends.

        7.    For Grooved-End Copper Tubing and Steel Piping except Steam and Steam
              Condensate Piping: Valve ends may be grooved.

3.05    JOINT CONSTRUCTION

  A.    Refer to Division 15 Section "Common Work Results" for basic piping joint
        construction.

  B.    Grooved Joints: Assemble joints with keyed coupling housing, gasket, lubricant, and
        bolts according to coupling and fitting manufacturer's written instructions.

  C.    Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux; ASTM B 32, lead-
        free-alloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated.

3.06    HEATING-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE

  A.    Pipe NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller:

        1.    Bronze and Brass Valves: May be provided with solder-joint ends instead of
              threaded ends.

        2.    Ball Valves: Two piece, full port, brass or bronze with stainless-steel trim.

        3.    Bronze Swing Check Valves: Class 150, bronze disc.

        4.    Bronze Gate Valves: Class 150, NRS.

        5.    Bronze Globe Valves: Class 125, nonmetallic disc.

  B.    Pipe NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger:



                                           15112 - 29
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                      Section 15112
Project No.: 04-23                                       GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PIPING

        1.    Iron Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100):        May be provided with
              threaded ends instead of flanged ends.

        2.    Iron Ball Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 10 (DN 65 to DN 250): Class 150.

        3.    Iron Swing Check Valves: Class 250, metal seats.

        4.    Iron Gate Valves: Class 250, OS&Y.

  C.    Iron Globe Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300): Class 250.

  D.    Domestic Water Piping: Use the following types of valves:

        1.    Angle Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Type 2, Class 125, bronze.

        2.    Ball Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Class 150, ferrous alloy.

        3.    Butterfly Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Flanged, 150-psig CWP rating,
              ferrous alloy, with EPDM liner.

        4.    Lift Check Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Type 2, Class 125, horizontal or
              vertical, bronze.

        5.    Swing Check Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Type 4, Class 125, bronze.

        6.    Gate Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Type 1, Class 125, bronze.

        7.    Globe Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Type 2, Class 125, bronze.

  E.    Select valves, except wafer and flangeless types, with the following end connections:

        1.    For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Solder-joint or threaded ends.

        2.    For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100):               Flanged or
              threaded ends.

        3.    For Copper Tubing, NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: Flanged ends.

        4.    For Steel Piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends.

        5.    For Steel Piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged ends.

        6.    For Steel Piping, NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: Flanged ends.

        7.    For Grooved-End, Copper Tubing and Steel Piping: Valve ends may be grooved.

                                  END OF SECTION 15112




                                          15112 - 30
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 15127
Project No.: 04-23                                                         METERS AND GAGES



                                       SECTION 15127

                                   METERS AND GAGES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    Section Includes:

        1.    Liquid-in-glass thermometers.

        2.    Thermowells.

        3.    Dial-type pressure gages.

        4.    Gage attachments.

  B.    Related Sections:

        1.    Division 2 Section "Water Distribution" for domestic water meters and combined
              domestic and fire-protection water-service meters outside the building.

        2.    Division 2 Section "Facility Fire-Suppression Water-Service Piping" for fire-
              protection water-service meters outside the building.

        3.    Division 13 fire-suppression piping Sections for fire-protection pressure gages.

        4.    Division 15 Section "Domestic Water Piping" for water meters inside the building.

1.03    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    LIQUID-IN-GLASS THERMOMETERS

  A.    Metal-Case, Industrial-Style, Liquid-in-Glass Thermometers:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:




                                            15127-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 15127
Project No.: 04-23                                                        METERS AND GAGES

              a.    Flo Fab Inc.
              b.    Miljoco Corporation.
              c.    Palmer Wahl Instrumentation Group.
              d.    Tel-Tru Manufacturing Company.
              e.    Trerice, H. O. Co.
              f.    Weiss Instruments, Inc.
              g.    Winters Instruments - U.S.

        2.    Standard: ASME B40.200.

        3.    Case: Cast aluminum; 7-inch nominal size unless otherwise indicated.

        4.    Case Form: Adjustable angle unless otherwise indicated.

        5.    Tube: Glass with magnifying lens and blue or red organic liquid.

        6.    Tube Background: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale
              markings graduated in deg F.

        7.    Window: Glass or plastic.

        8.    Stem: Aluminum and of length to suit installation.

        9.    Connector: 1-1/4 inches, with ASME B1.1 screw threads.

        10.   Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of scale range or one scale division, to a
              maximum of 1.5 percent of scale range.

2.02    DUCT-THERMOMETER MOUNTING BRACKETS

  A.    Description: Flanged bracket with screw holes, for attachment to air duct and made to
        hold thermometer stem.

2.03    THERMOWELLS

  A.    Thermowells:

        1.    Standard: ASME B40.200.

        2.    Description: Pressure-tight, socket-type fitting made for insertion into piping tee
              fitting.

        3.    Material for Use with Copper Tubing: CNR or CUNI.

        4.    Material for Use with Steel Piping: CRES or CSA.

        5.    Type: Stepped shank unless straight or tapered shank is indicated.

        6.    External Threads: NPS 1/2, NPS 3/4, or NPS 1, ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads.




                                            15127-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 15127
Project No.: 04-23                                                       METERS AND GAGES

        7.    Internal Threads: 1/2, 3/4, and 1 inch, with ASME B1.1 screw threads.

        8.    Bore: Diameter required to match thermometer bulb or stem.

        9.    Insertion Length: Length required to match thermometer bulb or stem.

        10.   Lagging Extension: Include on thermowells for insulated piping and tubing.

        11.   Bushings: For converting size of thermowell's internal screw thread to size of
              thermometer connection.

2.04    PRESSURE GAGES

  A.    Direct-Mounted, Metal-Case, Dial-Type Pressure Gages:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    AMETEK, Inc.; U.S. Gauge.
              b.    Ashcroft Inc.
              c.    Ernst Flow Industries.
              d.    Flo Fab Inc.
              e.    Marsh Bellofram.
              f.    Miljoco Corporation.
              g.    Noshok.
              h.    Palmer Wahl Instrumentation Group.
              i.    REOTEMP Instrument Corporation.
              j.    Tel-Tru Manufacturing Company.
              k.    Trerice, H. O. Co.
              l.    Watts Regulator Co.; a div. of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
              m.    Weiss Instruments, Inc.
              n.    WIKA Instrument Corporation - USA.
              o.    Winters Instruments - U.S.

        2.    Standard: ASME B40.100.

        3.    Case: Sealed type(s); cast aluminum or drawn steel; 4-1/2-inch          nominal
              diameter.

        4.    Pressure-Element Assembly: Bourdon tube unless otherwise indicated.

        5.    Pressure Connection: Brass, with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2, ASME B1.20.1 pipe
              threads and bottom-outlet type unless back-outlet type is indicated.

        6.    Movement: Mechanical, with link to pressure element and connection to pointer.

        7.    Dial: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings graduated
              in psi.




                                           15127-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                              Section 15127
Project No.: 04-23                                                           METERS AND GAGES

        8.    Pointer: Dark-colored metal.

        9.    Window: Glass or plastic.

        10.   Ring: Metal.

        11.   Accuracy: Grade C, plus or minus 3 percent of middle half of scale range.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    INSTALLATION

  A.    Install thermowells with socket extending one-third of pipe diameter and in vertical
        position in piping tees.

  B.    Install thermowells of sizes required to match thermometer connectors.              Include
        bushings if required to match sizes.

  C.    Install thermowells with extension on insulated piping.

  D.    Install duct-thermometer mounting brackets in walls of ducts.           Attach to duct with
        screws.

  E.    Install direct-mounted pressure gages in piping tees with pressure gage located on
        pipe at the most readable position.

  F.    Install valve and snubber in piping for each pressure gage for fluids (except steam).

  G.    Install valve and syphon fitting in piping for each pressure gage for steam.

  H.    Install permanent indicators on walls or brackets in accessible and readable positions.

  I.    Install connection fittings in accessible locations for attachment to portable indicators.

  J.    Install pressure gages in the following locations:

        1.    Discharge of each pressure-reducing valve.
        2.    Inlet and outlet of each chiller chilled-water and condenser-water connection.
        3.    Suction and discharge of each pump.

3.02    CONNECTIONS

  A.    Install meters and gages adjacent to machines and equipment to allow service and
        maintenance of meters, gages, machines, and equipment.

3.03    ADJUSTING

  A.    After installation, calibrate meters according to manufacturer's written instructions.

  B.    Adjust faces of meters and gages to proper angle for best visibility.



                                             15127-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 15127
Project No.: 04-23                                                       METERS AND GAGES

3.04    PRESSURE-GAGE SCHEDULE

  A.    Pressure gages at discharge of each pressure-reducing valve shall be the following:

        1.    Sealed, direct-mounted, metal case.

        2.    Test plug with EPDM self-sealing rubber inserts.

  B.    Pressure gages at inlet and outlet of each chiller chilled-water and condenser-water
        connection shall bethe following:

        1.    Sealed, direct-mounted, metal case.

        2.    Test plug with EPDM self-sealing rubber inserts.

  C.    Pressure gages at suction and discharge of each pump shall be the following:

        1.    Sealed, direct-mounted, metal case.

        2.    Test plug with EPDM self-sealing rubber inserts.

3.05    PRESSURE-GAGE SCALE-RANGE SCHEDULE

  A.    Scale Range for Heating, Hot-Water Piping: 0 to 30 psi.

                                  END OF SECTION 15127




                                           15127-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 15140
Project No.: 04-23                                                    DOMESTIC WATER PIPING


                                         SECTION 15140

                                     DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    Section Includes:

        1.    Under-building slab and aboveground domestic water pipes, tubes, fittings, and
              specialties inside the building.

  B.    Related Section:

        1.    Division 2 Section "Water Distribution" for water-service piping and water meters
              outside the building from source to the point where water-service piping enters
              the building.

1.03    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For the following products:

        1.    Dielectric fittings.

        2.    Backflow preventers and vacuum breakers.

        3.    Water penetration systems.

  B.    Water Samples: Specified in "Cleaning" Article.

1.04    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.

  B.    Comply with NSF 61 for potable domestic water piping and components.

1.05    PROJECT CONDITIONS

  A.    Interruption of Existing Water Service: Do not interrupt water service to facilities
        occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then
        only after arranging to provide temporary water service according to requirements
        indicated:




                                            15140-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 15140
Project No.: 04-23                                                    DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

        1.    Notify Construction Manager no fewer than two days in advance of proposed
              interruption of water service.

        2.    Do not proceed with interruption of water service without Construction Manager's
              written permission.

1.06    COORDINATION

  A.    Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    PIPING MATERIALS

  A.    Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube,
        fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe
        sizes.


2.02    COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS

  A.    Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L water tube, drawn temper.

        1.    Cast-Copper Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.18, pressure fittings.
        2.    Wrought-Copper Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought-copper pressure
              fittings.
        3.    Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint ends.
        4.    Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body, with
              ball-and-socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint or threaded
              ends.
        5.    Copper Pressure-Seal-Joint Fittings:

              a.    Manufacturers:     Subject to compliance with requirements, available
                    manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work
                    include, but are not limited to, the following:

                    1)    Elkhart Products Corporation; Industrial Division.
                    2)    NIBCO INC.
                    3)    Viega; Plumbing and Heating Systems.

2.03    PIPING JOINING MATERIALS

  A.    Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick or
        ASME B16.21, nonmetallic and asbestos free, unless otherwise indicated; full-face or
        ring type unless otherwise indicated.

  B.    Metal, Pipe-Flange Bolts and Nuts:      ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise
        indicated.




                                            15140-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 15140
Project No.: 04-23                                                     DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

  C.    Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys.           Include water-flushable flux
        according to ASTM B 813.

  D.    Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8/A5.8M, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for
        general-duty brazing unless otherwise indicated.

2.04    DIELECTRIC FITTINGS

  A.    General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials or ferrous
        material body with separating nonconductive insulating material suitable for system
        fluid, pressure, and temperature.

  B.    Dielectric Unions:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Capitol Manufacturing Company.
              b.    Central Plastics Company.
              c.    EPCO Sales, Inc.
              d.    Hart Industries International, Inc.
              e.    Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
              f.    Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Water Control Products.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Pressure Rating: 150 psig at 180 deg F.
              b.    End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous.

  C.    Dielectric Couplings:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Calpico, Inc.
              b.    Lochinvar Corporation.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Galvanized-steel coupling.
              b.    Pressure Rating: 300 psig at 225 deg F.
              c.    End Connections: Female threaded.
              d.    Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic.

  D.    Dielectric Nipples:




                                             15140-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 15140
Project No.: 04-23                                                      DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Perfection Corporation; a subsidiary of American Meter Company.
              b.    Precision Plumbing Products, Inc.
              c.    Victaulic Company.

        2.    Description:

              a.    Electroplated steel nipple complying with ASTM F 1545.
              b.    Pressure Rating: 300 psig at 225 deg F.
              c.    End Connections: Male threaded or grooved.
              d.    Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, propylene.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    EARTHWORK

  A.    Comply with requirements in Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavating, trenching,
        and backfilling.

3.02    PIPING INSTALLATION

  A.    Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of
        domestic water piping. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe
        and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping
        as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.

  B.    Install shutoff valve, hose-end drain valve, strainer, pressure gage, and test tee with
        valve, inside the building at each domestic water service entrance. Comply with
        requirements in Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages" for pressure gages and
        Division 15 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for drain valves and strainers.

  C.    Install shutoff valve immediately upstream of each dielectric fitting.

  D.    Install water-pressure-reducing valves downstream from shutoff valves. Comply with
        requirements in Division 15 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for pressure-
        reducing valves.

  E.    Install domestic water piping level without pitch and plumb.

  F.    Rough-in domestic water piping for water-meter installation according to utility
        company's requirements.

  G.    Install piping concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building
        occupants unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service
        areas.




                                             15140-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 15140
Project No.: 04-23                                                     DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

  H.    Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas
        at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless
        specifically indicated otherwise.

  I.    Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel
        removal, and coordinate with other services occupying that space.

  J.    Install piping adjacent to equipment and specialties to allow service and maintenance.

  K.    Install piping to permit valve servicing.

  L.    Install nipples, unions, special fittings, and valves with pressure ratings the same as or
        higher than system pressure rating used in applications below unless otherwise
        indicated.

  M.    Install piping free of sags and bends.

  N.    Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

  O.    Install unions in copper tubing at final connection to each piece of equipment, machine,
        and specialty.

  P.    Install pressure gages on suction and discharge piping from each plumbing pump and
        packaged booster pump. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Meters and
        Gages for Plumbing Piping" for pressure gages.

  Q.    Install thermostats in hot-water circulation piping. Comply with requirements in
        Division 15 Section "Domestic Water Pumps" for thermostats.

  R.    Install thermometers on inlet and outlet piping from each water heater. Comply with
        requirements in Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages" for thermometers.

  S.    Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with
        requirements for sleeves specified in Division 15 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals
        for Piping."

  T.    Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with
        requirements for sleeve seals specified in Division 15 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve
        Seals for Piping."

  U.    Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with
        requirements for escutcheons specified in Division 15 Section "Escutcheons for
        Piping."

3.03    JOINT CONSTRUCTION

  A.    Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.

  B.    Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and
        fittings before assembly.



                                              15140-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                              Section 15140
Project No.: 04-23                                                       DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

  C.    Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1.
        Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs
        and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:

        1.    Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads.

        2.    Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are
              corroded or damaged.

  D.    Flanged Joints: Select appropriate asbestos-free, nonmetallic gasket material in size,
        type, and thickness suitable for domestic water service. Join flanges with gasket and
        bolts according to ASME B31.9.

  E.    Brazed Joints: Join copper tube and fittings according to CDA's "Copper Tube
        Handbook," "Brazed Joints" Chapter.

  F.    Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux to end of tube. Join copper
        tube and fittings according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook."

  G.    Pressure-Sealed Joints: Join copper tube and pressure-seal fittings with tools
        recommended by fitting manufacturer.

  H.    Copper-Tubing Grooved Joints: Roll groove end of tube. Assemble coupling with
        housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Join copper tube and grooved-end fittings
        according to AWWA C606 for roll-grooved joints.

  I.    Steel-Piping Grooved Joints: Cut groove end of pipe. Assemble coupling with
        housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Join steel pipe and grooved-end fittings
        according to AWWA C606 for steel-pipe grooved joints.

  J.    Flanged Joints: Select appropriate asbestos-free, nonmetallic gasket material in size,
        type, and thickness suitable for domestic water service. Join flanges with gasket and
        bolts according to ASME B31.9.

  K.    Dissimilar-Material Piping Joints: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials
        of both piping systems.

3.04    DIELECTRIC FITTING INSTALLATION

  A.    Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing.

  B.    Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 and Smaller: Use dielectric couplings, nipples, or unions.

  C.    Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Use dielectric flange kits.

3.05    HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

  A.    Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports for Piping and
        Equipment" for pipe hanger and support products and installation.




                                              15140-6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 15140
Project No.: 04-23                                                      DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

        1.    Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or 42, clamps.

        2.    Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs:

              a.    100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.
              b.    Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers.
              c.    Longer Than 100 Feet if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.

        3.    Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44,
              pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze.

        4.    Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.

  B.    Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.

  C.    Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double-rod hangers, to a minimum of
        3/8 inch.

  D.    Support piping and tubing not listed in this article according to MSS SP-69 and
        manufacturer's written instructions.

3.06    CONNECTIONS

  A.    Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

  B.    Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines to allow service and maintenance.

  C.    Connect domestic water piping to exterior water-service piping. Use transition fitting to
        join dissimilar piping materials.

  D.    Connect domestic water piping to water-service piping with shutoff valve; extend and
        connect to the following:

        1.    Water Heaters: Cold-water inlet and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated,
              but not smaller than sizes of water heater connections.

        2.    Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot-water supply piping in sizes indicated, but not
              smaller than required by plumbing code.           Comply with requirements in
              Division 15 plumbing fixture Sections for connection sizes.

        3.    Equipment: Cold- and hot-water supply piping as indicated, but not smaller than
              equipment connections. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection.
              Use flanges instead of unions for NPS 2-1/2 and larger.




                                            15140-7
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 15140
Project No.: 04-23                                                     DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

3.07    IDENTIFICATION

  A.    Identify system components. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section
        "Identification for Piping and Equipment" for identification materials and installation.

  B.    Label pressure piping with system operating pressure.


3.08    FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

  A.    Piping Inspections:

        1.    Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected and
              approved by authorities having jurisdiction.
        2.    During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least one day before
              inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of
              authorities having jurisdiction:

              a.    Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing
                    or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures.
              b.    Final Inspection: Arrange final inspection for authorities having jurisdiction
                    to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with
                    requirements.

        3.    Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass tests
              or inspections, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.
        4.    Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having
              jurisdiction.

  B.    Piping Tests:

        1.    Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air
              bound and that piping is full of water.
        2.    Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have
              been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit
              a separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested.
        3.    Leave new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping uncovered and
              unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was
              covered or concealed before it was tested.
        4.    Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig above operating
              pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate
              test source and allow to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure
              constitute defects that must be repaired.
        5.    Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping or portion thereof
              until satisfactory results are obtained.
        6.    Prepare reports for tests and for corrective action required.

  C.    Domestic water piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and
        inspections.




                                            15140-8
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 15140
Project No.: 04-23                                                     DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

  D.    Prepare test and inspection reports.

3.09    ADJUSTING

  A.    Perform the following adjustments before operation:

        1.    Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs.

        2.    Open shutoff valves to fully open position.

        3.    Open throttling valves to proper setting.

        4.    Adjust balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping to provide adequate
              flow.

              a.    Manually adjust ball-type balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return
                    piping to provide flow of hot water in each branch.
              b.    Adjust calibrated balancing valves to flows indicated.

        5.    Remove plugs used during testing of piping and for temporary sealing of piping
              during installation.

        6.    Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs.

        7.    Remove filter cartridges from housings and verify that cartridges are as specified
              for application where used and are clean and ready for use.

        8.    Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and
              operation.

3.10    CLEANING

  A.    Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows:

        1.    Purge new piping before using.

        2.    Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having
              jurisdiction; if methods are not prescribed, use procedures described in either
              AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or follow procedures described below:

              a.    Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not
                    appear at outlets.
              b.    Fill and isolate system according to either of the following:

                    1)    Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50
                          ppm of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours.
                    2)    Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least
                          200 ppm of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three hours.




                                            15140-9
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 15140
Project No.: 04-23                                                    DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

              c.    Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming
                    from system after the standing time.
              d.    Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction.
                    Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination.

  B.    Clean non-potable domestic water piping as follows:

        1.    Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended,
              or repaired before using.

        2.    Use purging procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or; if
              methods are not prescribed, follow procedures described below:

              a.    Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not
                    appear at outlets.
              b.    Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction.
                    Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination.

  C.    Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities.

  D.    Clean interior of domestic water piping system.       Remove dirt and debris as work
        progresses.

3.11    PIPING SCHEDULE

  A.    Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may
        be used in applications below unless otherwise indicated.

  B.    Under-building-slab, domestic water, building service piping, NPS 3 and smaller, shall
        be the following:

        1.    Soft copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type K (ASTM B 88M, Type A; wrought-copper
              solder-joint fittings; and brazed joints.

  C.    Under-building-slab, domestic water, building-service piping, NPS 4 to NPS 8, shall
        be one of the following:

        1.    Mechanical-joint, ductile-iron pipe; standard or compact-pattern mechanical-joint
              fittings; and mechanical joints.
        2.    Push-on-joint, ductile-iron pipe; standard or compact-pattern push-on-joint
              fittings; and gasketed joints.
        3.    Plain-end, ductile-iron pipe; grooved-joint, ductile-iron-pipe appurtenances; and
              grooved joints.

  D.    Under-building-slab, domestic water piping, NPS 2, shall be the following:

        1.    Soft copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; wrought-copper solder-joint fittings; and
              brazed joints.

  E.    Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 2, shall be one of the following:



                                           15140-10
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 15140
Project No.: 04-23                                                   DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

        1.    Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; cast- or wrought-copper solder-joint
              fittings; and joints.
        2.    Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; copper pressure-seal-joint fittings; and
              pressure-sealed joints.

  F.    Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4, shall be one of the following:

        1.    Hard copper tube,; cast- or wrought-copper solder-joint fittings; and joints.
        2.    Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; copper pressure-seal-joint fittings; and
              pressure-sealed joints.
        3.    Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; grooved-joint copper-tube
              appurtenances; and grooved joints.
        4.    Galvanized-steel pipe and nipples; galvanized, gray-iron threaded fittings; and
              threaded joints.
        5.    Galvanized-steel pipe; grooved-joint, galvanized-steel-pipe appurtenances; and
              grooved joints.

  G.    Flanges and unions may be used for aboveground piping joints unless otherwise
        indicated.

3.12    VALVE SCHEDULE

  A.    Drawings indicate valve types to be used.        Where specific valve types are not
        indicated, the following requirements apply:

        1.    Shutoff Duty: Use ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use
              butterfly, ball, or gate valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

        2.    Throttling Duty: Use ball or globe valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use
              butterfly or ball valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

        3.    Hot-Water Circulation Piping, Balancing Duty: Calibrated balancing valves.

        4.    Drain Duty: Hose-end drain valves.

  B.    Use check valves to maintain correct direction of domestic water flow to and from
        equipment.

  C.    Iron grooved-end valves may be used with grooved-end piping.

                                  END OF SECTION 15140




                                           15140-11
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 15145
Project No.: 04-23                                     DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES



                                       SECTION 15145

                           DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    This Section includes the following domestic water piping specialties:

        1.    Backflow preventers.

        2.    Strainers.

        3.    Hose bibbs.

        4.    Wall hydrants.

        5.    Water hammer arresters.

        6.    Trap-seal primer systems.

  B.    Related Sections include the following:

        1.    Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages" for thermometers, pressure gages, and
              flow meters in domestic water piping.

        2.    Division 15 Section "Domestic Water Piping" for water meters.

        3.    Division 15 Section "Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers" for water filters for
              water coolers.

1.03    PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

  A.    Minimum Working Pressure for Domestic Water Piping Specialties: 125 psig, unless
        otherwise indicated.

1.04    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

  B.    Operation and Maintenance Data: For domestic water piping specialties to include in
        emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.




                                            15145-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 15145
Project No.: 04-23                                     DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES

1.05    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
        NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
        and marked for intended use.

  B.    NSF Compliance:

        1.    Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Components and Related Materials," for
              plastic domestic water piping components.

        2.    Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects;
              Sections 1 through 9."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    BACKFLOW PREVENTERS

  A.    Double-Check Backflow-Prevention Assemblies:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Ames Co.
              b.    Conbraco Industries, Inc.
              c.    FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls.
              d.    Flomatic Corporation.
              e.    Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
              f.    Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.

        2.    Standard: ASSE 1015.

        3.    Operation: Continuous-pressure applications, unless otherwise indicated.

        4.    Pressure Loss: 5 psig maximum, through middle 1/3 of flow range.

        5.    Body: Bronze for NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron with interior lining complying with
              AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved for NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

        6.    End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2
              (DN 65) and larger.

        7.    Configuration: Designed for horizontal, straight through flow.

        8.    Accessories:

              a.    Valves: Ball type with threaded ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 2 and
                    smaller; outside screw and yoke gate-type with flanged ends on inlet and
                    outlet of NPS 2-1/2 and larger.



                                            15145-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 15145
Project No.: 04-23                                     DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES

  B.    Hose-Connection Backflow Preventers:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Conbraco Industries, Inc.
              b.    Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
              c.    Woodford Manufacturing Company.

        2.    Standard: ASSE 1052.

        3.    Operation: Up to 10-foot head of water back pressure.

        4.    Inlet Size: NPS 3/4.

        5.    Outlet Size: Garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7.

        6.    Capacity: At least 3-gpm flow.

  C.    Backflow-Preventer Test Kits:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Conbraco Industries, Inc.
              b.    FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls.
              c.    Flomatic Corporation.
              d.    Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
              e.    Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.

        2.    Description: Factory calibrated, with gages, fittings, hoses, and carrying case
              with test-procedure instructions.

2.02    STRAINERS FOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

  A.    Y-Pattern Strainers:

        1.    Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum, unless otherwise indicated.

        2.    Body: Bronze for NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron with interior lining complying with
              AWWA C550 or FDA-approved, epoxy coating and for NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

        3.    End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 and
              larger.

        4.    Screen: Stainless steel with round perforations, unless otherwise indicated.




                                           15145-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                       Section 15145
Project No.: 04-23                                    DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES

        5.    Perforation Size:

              a.    Strainers NPS 2 and Smaller: 0.020 inch.
              b.    Strainers NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: 0.045 inch.
              c.    Strainers NPS 5 and Larger: 0.10 inch.

        6.    Drain: Pipe plug.

2.03    HOSE BIBBS

  A.    Hose Bibbs:

        1.    Standard: ASME A112.18.1 for sediment faucets.

        2.    Body Material: Bronze.

        3.    Seat: Bronze, replaceable.

        4.    Supply Connections: NPS 3/4 threaded or solder-joint inlet.

        5.    Outlet Connection: Garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7.

        6.    Pressure Rating: 125 psig.

        7.    Vacuum Breaker: Integral nonremovable, drainable, hose-connection vacuum
              breaker complying with ASSE 1011.

        8.    Finish for Equipment Rooms: Rough bronze, or chrome or nickel plated.

        9.    Finish for Service Areas: Chrome or nickel plated.

        10.   Finish for Finished Rooms: Chrome or nickel plated.

        11.   Operation for Equipment Rooms: Wheel handle or operating key.

        12.   Operation for Service Areas: Wheel handle.

        13.   Operation for Finished Rooms: Operating key.

        14.   Include operating key with each operating-key hose bibb.

2.04    WALL HYDRANTS

  A.    Nonfreeze Wall Hydrants:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Josam Company.



                                           15145-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 15145
Project No.: 04-23                                      DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES

              b.    MIFAB, Inc.
              c.    Prier Products, Inc.
              d.    Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.
              e.    Tyler Pipe; Wade Div.
              f.    Watts Drainage Products Inc.
              g.    Woodford Manufacturing Company.
              h.    Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation.
              i.    Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

        2.    Standard: ASME A112.21.3M for concealed or exposed-outlet, self-draining wall
              hydrants as noted on the drawings.

        3.    Pressure Rating: 125 psig.

        4.    Operation: Loose key.

        5.    Casing and Operating Rod: Of length required to match wall thickness. Include
              wall clamp.

        6.    Inlet: NPS 3/4.

        7.    Outlet: Concealed, with integral vacuum breaker and garden-hose thread
              complying with ASME B1.20.7.

        8.    Box: Flush mounting with cover.

        9.    Box and Cover Finish: Polished nickel bronze.

        10.   Outlet:  Exposed, with integral vacuum breaker and garden-hose thread
              complying with ASME B1.20.7.

        11.   Nozzle and Wall-Plate Finish: Polished nickel bronze.

        12.   Operating Keys(s): Two with each wall hydrant.

2.05    WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS

  A.    Water Hammer Arresters:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    AMTROL, Inc.
              b.    Josam Company.
              c.    MIFAB, Inc.
              d.    PPP Inc.
              e.    Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc.
              f.    Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.
              g.    Tyler Pipe; Wade Div.


                                            15145-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 15145
Project No.: 04-23                                      DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES

              h.    Watts Drainage Products Inc.
              i.    Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

        2.    Standard: ASSE 1010 or PDI-WH 201.

        3.    Size: ASSE 1010, Sizes AA and A through F or PDI-WH 201, Sizes A through F.

2.06    TRAP-SEAL PRIMER SYSTEMS

  A.    Trap-Seal Primer Systems:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    PPP Inc.

        2.    Standard: ASSE 1044,

        3.    Piping: NPS 3/4, ASTM B 88, Type L (DN 20, ASTM B 88M, Type B); copper,
              water tubing.

        4.    Cabinet: Recessed-mounting steel box with stainless-steel cover.

        5.    Vacuum Breaker: ASSE 1001.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    INSTALLATION

  A.    Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for piping
        joining materials, joint construction, and basic installation requirements.

  B.    Install backflow preventers in each water supply to mechanical equipment and systems
        and to other equipment and water systems that may be sources of contamination.
        Comply with authorities having jurisdiction.

        1.    Locate backflow preventers in same room as connected equipment or system.

        2.    Install drain for backflow preventers with atmospheric-vent drain connection with
              air-gap fitting, fixed air-gap fitting, or equivalent positive pipe separation of at
              least two pipe diameters in drain piping and pipe to floor drain. Locate air-gap
              device attached to or under backflow preventer. Simple air breaks are not
              acceptable for this application.

        3.    Do not install bypass piping around backflow preventers.

  C.    Install Y-pattern strainers for water on supply side of each pump.

  D.    Install water hammer arresters in water piping according to PDI-WH 201.



                                            15145-6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                       Section 15145
Project No.: 04-23                                    DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES

  E.    Install trap-seal primer systems with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a
        minimum of 1 percent, and connect to floor-drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. Adjust
        system for proper flow.

3.02    CONNECTIONS

  A.    Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings
        indicate general arrangement of piping and specialties.

  B.    Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."

  C.    Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."

3.03    LABELING AND IDENTIFYING

  A.    Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic-laminate equipment
        nameplate or sign on or near each of the following:

        1.    Double-check backflow-prevention assemblies.

        2.    Trap-seal primer systems.

  B.    Distinguish among multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate
        safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations, in
        addition to identifying unit. Nameplates and signs are specified in Division 15 Section
        "Mechanical Identification."

                                  END OF SECTION 15145




                                           15145-7
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 15150
Project No.: 04-23                                          SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING



                                          SECTION 15150

                            SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    Section Includes:

        1.    Pipe, tube, and fittings.

  B.    Related Sections:

        1.    Division 2 Section "Sanitary Sewerage" for sanitary sewerage piping and
              structures outside the building.


1.03    PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

  A.    Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum
        working pressure unless otherwise indicated:

        1.    Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: 10-foot head of water.

1.04    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

  B.    LEED Submittal:

        1.    Product Data for Credit EQ 4.1: For solvent cements and adhesive primers,
              documentation including printed statement of VOC content.

  C.    Field quality-control reports.


1.05    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.




                                             15150-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 15150
Project No.: 04-23                                         SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING


PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    PIPING MATERIALS

  A.    Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube,
        fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe
        sizes.

2.02    HUB-AND-SPIGOT, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS

  A.    Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74, Service class.

  B.    Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber.

2.03    HUBLESS, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS

  A.    Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301.

  B.    Hubless-Piping Couplings:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    ANACO-Husky.
              b.    Dallas Specialty & Mfg. Co.
              c.    Fernco Inc.
              d.    Matco-Norca, Inc.
              e.    MIFAB, Inc.
              f.    Mission Rubber Company; a division of MCP Industries, Inc.
              g.    Stant.
              h.    Tyler Pipe.

        2.    Standards: ASTM C 1277 and CISPI 310.
        3.    Description: Stainless-steel corrugated shield with stainless-steel bands and
              tightening devices; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe
              stop.

  C.    Heavy-Duty, Hubless-Piping Couplings:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    ANACO-Husky.
              b.    Clamp-All Corp.
              c.    Dallas Specialty & Mfg. Co.
              d.    MIFAB, Inc.
              e.    Mission Rubber Company; a division of MCP Industries, Inc.
              f.    Stant.

                                            15150-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                    Section 15150
Project No.: 04-23                                     SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING


              g.    Tyler Pipe.

        2.    Standards: ASTM C 1277 and ASTM C 1540.
        3.    Description: Stainless-steel shield with stainless-steel bands and tightening
              devices; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop.


2.04    ABS PIPE AND FITTINGS

  A.    Solid-Wall ABS Pipe: ASTM D 2661, Schedule 40.

  B.    Cellular-Core ABS Pipe: ASTM F 628, Schedule 40.

  C.    ABS Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2661, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent
        patterns.

  D.    Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2235.

        1.    Use ABS solvent cement that has a VOC content of 325 g/L or less when
              calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D.

2.05    PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS

  A.    Solid-Wall PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665, drain, waste, and vent.

  B.    Cellular-Core PVC Pipe: ASTM F 891, Schedule 40.

  C.    PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent
        patterns and to fit Schedule 40 pipe.

  D.    Adhesive Primer: ASTM F 656.

        1.    Use adhesive primer that has a VOC content of 550 g/L or less when calculated
              according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D.

  E.    Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2564.

        1.    Use PVC solvent cement that has a VOC content of 510 g/L or less when
              calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    EARTH MOVING

  A.    Comply with requirements for excavating, trenching, and backfilling specified in
        Division 2 Section "Earthwork."

3.02    PIPING INSTALLATION



                                         15150-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 15150
Project No.: 04-23                                           SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING


  A.    Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of
        piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and
        calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install
        piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings.

  B.    Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in
        equipment rooms and service areas.

  C.    Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas
        at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless
        specifically indicated otherwise.

  D.    Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel
        removal.

  E.    Install piping to permit valve servicing.

  F.    Install piping at indicated slopes.

  G.    Install piping free of sags and bends.

  H.    Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

  I.    Install piping to allow application of insulation.

  J.    Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint
        devices specified in Division 15 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing
        Piping and Equipment."

  K.    Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using
        appropriate branches, bends, and long-sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short-sweep
        1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from
        horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn, double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if two
        fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight
        tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of flow
        more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of
        different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is
        prohibited.

  L.    Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true
        to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends
        of piping upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written
        instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements.
        Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed.

  M.    Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes unless
        otherwise indicated:

        1.    Building Sanitary Drain: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3
              and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 and larger.

                                              15150-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 15150
Project No.: 04-23                                          SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING


        2.    Horizontal Sanitary Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow.
        3.    Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack.

  N.    Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings
        Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings."

  O.    Install aboveground ABS piping according to ASTM D 2661.

  P.    Install aboveground PVC piping according to ASTM D 2665.

  Q.    Install underground ABS and PVC piping according to ASTM D 2321.

  R.    Plumbing Specialties:

        1.    Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect to
              building sanitary sewers in sanitary drainage gravity-flow piping. Install cleanout
              fitting with closure plug inside the building in sanitary drainage force-main piping.
              Comply with requirements for cleanouts specified in Division 15 Section "Sanitary
              Waste Piping Specialties."
        2.    Install drains in sanitary drainage gravity-flow piping. Comply with requirements
              for drains specified in Division 15 Section "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties."

  S.    Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by
        authorities having jurisdiction.

  T.    Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with
        requirements for sleeves specified in Division 15 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals
        for Plumbing Piping."

  U.    Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with
        requirements for sleeve seals specified in Division 15 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve
        Seals for Plumbing Piping."

  V.    Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with
        requirements for escutcheons specified in Division 15 Section "Escutcheons for
        Plumbing Piping."

3.03    JOINT CONSTRUCTION

  A.    Join hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil piping with gasket joints according to CISPI's "Cast
        Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for compression joints.

  B.    Join hubless, cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI 310 and CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil
        Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for hubless-piping coupling joints.

  C.    Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1.
        Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs
        and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:



                                            15150-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 15150
Project No.: 04-23                                         SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING


        1.    Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry
              seal threading is specified.
        2.    Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are
              corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open
              welds.

3.04    HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

  A.    Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in Division 15 Section
        "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."

  B.    Comply with requirements for pipe hanger and support devices and installation
        specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and
        Equipment."

        1.    Install carbon-steel pipe hangers for horizontal piping in          noncorrosive
              environments.
        2.    Install stainless-steel pipe hangers for horizontal piping         in   corrosive
              environments.
        3.    Install carbon-steel pipe support clamps for vertical piping in     noncorrosive
              environments.
        4.    Install stainless-steel pipe support clamps for vertical piping     in corrosive
              environments.
        5.    Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps.
        6.    Install individual, straight, horizontal piping runs:

              a.    100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.
              b.    Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers.
              c.    Longer Than 100 Feet if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.

        7.    Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44,
              pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze.
        8.    Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.

  C.    Support horizontal piping and tubing within 12 inches of each fitting, valve, and
        coupling.

  D.    Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.

  E.    Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double-rod hangers, with 3/8-inch minimum
        rods.

  F.    Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing
        and minimum rod diameters:

        1.    NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
        2.    NPS 3: 60 inches with 1/2-inch rod.
        3.    NPS 4: 60 inches with 5/8-inch rod.
        4.    Spacing for 10-foot lengths may be increased to 10 feet. Spacing for fittings is
              limited to 60 inches.

                                            15150-6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 15150
Project No.: 04-23                                            SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING


  G.    Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet.

  H.    Install hangers for ABS and PVC piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing
        and minimum rod diameters:

        1.    NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 48 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
        2.    NPS 3: 48 inches with 1/2-inch rod.
        3.    NPS 4: 48 inches with 5/8-inch rod.

  I.    Install supports for vertical ABS and PVC piping every 48 inches.

  J.    Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and
        manufacturer's written instructions.

3.05    CONNECTIONS

  A.    Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

  B.    Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition
        fitting to join dissimilar piping materials.

  C.    Connect drainage and vent piping to the following:

        1.    Plumbing Fixtures: Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller
              than required by plumbing code.
        2.    Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes
              indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction.
        3.    Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but
              not smaller than required by plumbing code.
        4.    Install test tees (wall cleanouts) in conductors near floor and floor cleanouts with
              cover flush with floor.
        5.    Equipment: Connect drainage piping as indicated. Provide shutoff valve if
              indicated and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for
              connections NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

  D.    Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and
        maintenance of equipment.

3.06    IDENTIFICATION

  A.    Identify exposed sanitary waste and vent piping. Comply with requirements for
        identification specified in Division 15 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and
        Equipment."

3.07    FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

  A.    During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before
        inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities
        having jurisdiction.


                                              15150-7
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 15150
Project No.: 04-23                                         SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING


        1.    Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or
              closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures.
        2.    Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to
              observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.

  B.    Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or
        inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.

  C.    Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having
        jurisdiction.

  D.    Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having
        jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows:

        1.    Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have
              been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit
              separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested.
        2.    Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage
              and vent piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was
              covered or concealed before it was tested.
        3.    Roughing-in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent piping except
              outside leaders on completion of roughing-in. Close openings in piping system
              and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of water.
              From 15 minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level
              must not drop. Inspect joints for leaks.
        4.    Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof,
              until satisfactory results are obtained.
        5.    Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.

3.08    CLEANING AND PROTECTION

  A.    Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.

  B.    Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and
        debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work.

  C.    Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops.

  D.    Exposed ABS and PVC Piping: Protect plumbing vents exposed to sunlight with two
        coats of water-based latex paint.

3.09    PIPING SCHEDULE

  A.    Aboveground, soil and waste piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be any of the following:

        1.    Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints.
        2.    Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; heavy-duty hubless-piping couplings; and
              coupled joints.
        3.    Solid-wall or Cellular-core ABS pipe; ABS socket fittings, and solvent-cemented
              joints.

                                            15150-8
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 15150
Project No.: 04-23                                          SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING


        4.    Solid-wall or Cellular-core PVC pipe; PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented
              joints.

  B.    Aboveground, vent piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be any of the following:

        1.    Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints.
        2.    Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; Heavy-duty hubless-piping couplings;
              and coupled joints.
        3.    Solid-wall or Cellular-core ABS pipe; ABS socket fittings, and solvent-cemented
              joints. ABS piping installed in return air plenums shall be insulated to maintain
              non combustibles in plenum space.
        4.    Solid-wall or Cellular-core PVC pipe; PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented
              joints. PVC piping installed in return air plenums shall be insulated to maintain
              non combustibles in plenum space.

  C.    Underground, soil, waste, and vent piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be any of the
        following:

        1.    Service class, cast-iron soil piping; gaskets; and gasketed joints.

        2.    Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; heavy-duty cast-iron hubless-piping
              couplings; and coupled joints.


                                   END OF SECTION 15150




                                            15150-9
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 15155
Project No.: 04-23                                      SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES


                                       SECTION 15155

                           SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    This Section includes the following sanitary drainage piping specialties:

        1.    Cleanouts.

        2.    Floor drains.

        3.    Miscellaneous sanitary drainage piping specialties.

        4.    Oil interceptors.

1.03    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating
        characteristics, and accessories for the following:

        1.    Oil interceptors.

  B.    Operation and Maintenance Data: For drainage piping specialties to include in
        emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

1.04    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Drainage piping specialties shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified
        testing agency.

  B.    Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
        NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
        and marked for intended use.

  C.    Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Components and Related Materials," for plastic
        sanitary piping specialty components.

1.05    COORDINATION

  A.    Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases.
        Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3.




                                            15155-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 15155
Project No.: 04-23                                     SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES


  B.    Coordinate size and location of roof penetrations.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    CLEANOUTS

  A.    Exposed Metal Cleanouts:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Josam Company; Josam Div.
              b.    MIFAB, Inc.
              c.    Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.
              d.    Tyler Pipe; Wade Div.
              e.    Watts Drainage Products Inc.
              f.    Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

        2.    Standard: ASME A112.36.2M for cast iron for cleanout test tee.

        3.    Size: Same as connected drainage piping

        4.    Body Material: Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe test tee as required to match
              connected piping.

        5.    Closure: Countersunk or raised-head, brass or cast-iron plug.

        6.    Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout
              size.

  B.    Metal Floor Cleanouts:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Josam Company; Josam Div.
              b.    Oatey.
              c.    Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc.
              d.    Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.
              e.    Tyler Pipe; Wade Div.
              f.    Watts Drainage Products Inc.
              g.    Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation.
              h.    Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

        2.    Standard: ASME A112.36.2M for adjustable housing cast-iron soil pipe with
              cast-iron ferrule cleanout.

        3.    Size: Same as connected branch.


                                           15155-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 15155
Project No.: 04-23                                     SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES


        4.    Type: Adjustable housing.

        5.    Body or Ferrule: Cast iron.

        6.    Clamping Device: Not required.

        7.    Closure: Brass plug with straight threads and gasket.

        8.    Top Loading Classification: Medium Duty.

  C.    Cast-Iron Wall Cleanouts:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Josam Company; Josam Div.
              b.    MIFAB, Inc.
              c.    Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.
              d.    Tyler Pipe; Wade Div.
              e.    Watts Drainage Products Inc.
              f.    Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

        2.    Standard: ASME A112.36.2M. Include wall access.

        3.    Size: Same as connected drainage piping.

        4.    Body: Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe test tee as required to match connected
              piping.

        5.    Closure: Countersunk or raised-head, drilled-and-threaded brass plug.

        6.    Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout
              size.

        7.    Wall Access: Round, flat, chrome-plated brass or stainless-steel cover plate with
              screw.

        8.    Wall Access:       Round, nickel-bronze, copper-alloy, or stainless-steel wall-
              installation frame and cover.

2.02    FLOOR DRAINS

  A.    Cast-Iron Floor Drains:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:




                                            15155-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 15155
Project No.: 04-23                                       SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES


              a.    Commercial Enameling Co.
              b.    Josam Company; Josam Div.
              c.    MIFAB, Inc.
              d.    Prier Products, Inc.
              e.    Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.
              f.    Tyler Pipe; Wade Div.
              g.    Watts Drainage Products Inc.
              h.    Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation.
              i.    Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

        2.    Standard: ASME A112.6.3.

        3.    Body Material: Gray iron.

        4.    Outlet: Bottom.

        5.    Top or Strainer Material: Nickel bronze.

        6.    Top Shape: As noted on drawings.

        7.    Inlet Fitting: Gray iron, with threaded inlet and threaded or spigot outlet, and
              trap-seal primer valve connection.

        8.    Trap Material: Cast iron.

        9.    Trap Pattern: Standard P-trap.

        10.   Trap Features: Trap-seal primer valve drain connection.

2.03    MISCELLANEOUS SANITARY DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES

  A.    Floor-Drain, Trap-Seal Primer Fittings:

        1.    Description: Cast iron, with threaded inlet and threaded or spigot outlet, and
              trap-seal primer valve connection.

        2.    Size: Same as floor drain outlet with NPS 1/2 side inlet.

2.04    OIL INTERCEPTORS

  A.    Oil Interceptors:

        1.    Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the
              product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following:

              a.    Applied Chemical Technology, Incorporated.
              b.    Josam Company; Josam Div.
              c.    MIFAB, Inc.
              d.    Rockford Sanitary Systems, Inc.
              e.    Schier Products Company.


                                            15155-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 15155
Project No.: 04-23                                     SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES


              f.    Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.
              g.    Tyler Pipe; Wade Div.
              h.    Watts Drainage Products Inc.
              i.    Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

        2.    Type: Factory-fabricated interceptor for separating and removing oil from
              wastewater.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    INSTALLATION

  A.    Refer to Division 15 Section "Common Work Results " for piping joining materials, joint
        construction, and basic installation requirements.

  B.    Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping according to the
        following, unless otherwise indicated:

        1.    Size same as drainage piping up to NPS 4. Use NPS 4 for larger drainage piping
              unless larger cleanout is indicated.

        2.    Locate at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees.

        3.    Locate at minimum intervals of 50 feet for piping NPS 4 and smaller and 100 feet
              for larger piping.

        4.    Locate at base of each vertical soil and waste stack.

  C.    For floor cleanouts for piping below floors, install cleanout deck plates with top flush
        with finished floor.

  D.    For cleanouts located in concealed piping, install cleanout wall access covers, of types
        indicated, with frame and cover flush with finished wall.

  E.    Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. Set grates of drains
        flush with finished floor, unless otherwise indicated.

        1.    Position floor drains for easy access and maintenance.

        2.    Set floor drains below elevation of surrounding finished floor to allow floor
              drainage. Set with grates depressed according to the following drainage area
              radii:

              a.    Radius, 30 Inches or Less: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not less than
                    1/4-inch total depression.
              b.    Radius, 30 to 60 Inches: Equivalent to 1 percent slope.
              c.    Radius, 60 Inches or Larger: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not greater
                    than 1-inch total depression.




                                           15155-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 15155
Project No.: 04-23                                        SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES


        3.    Install floor-drain flashing collar or flange so no leakage occurs between drain
              and adjoining flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where
              penetrated.

        4.    Install individual traps for floor drains connected to sanitary building drain, unless
              otherwise indicated.

  F.    Install floor-drain, trap-seal primer fittings on inlet to floor drains that require trap-seal
        primer connection.

        1.    Exception: Fitting may be omitted if trap has trap-seal primer connection.

        2.    Size: Same as floor drain inlet.

  G.    Install oil interceptors, including trapping, venting, and flow-control fitting, according to
        authorities having jurisdiction and with clear space for servicing.

  H.    Install wood-blocking reinforcement for wall-mounting-type specialties.

  I.    Install traps on plumbing specialty drain outlets. Omit traps on indirect wastes unless
        trap is indicated.

3.02    CONNECTIONS

  A.    Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings
        indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

  B.    Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance.

  C.    Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."

  D.    Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."

3.03    LABELING AND IDENTIFYING

  A.    Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic-laminate equipment
        nameplate or sign on or near each of the following:

        1.    Oil interceptors.

  B.    Distinguish among multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate
        safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations, in
        addition to identifying unit. Nameplates and signs are specified in Division 15 Section
        "Identification for Piping and Equipment."




                                              15155-6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                      Section 15155
Project No.: 04-23                                   SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES


3.04    PROTECTION

  A.    Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or
        debris and to prevent damage from traffic or construction work.

  B.    Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops.

                                 END OF SECTION 15155




                                          15155-7
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 15160
Project No.: 04-23                                                    STORM DRAINAGE PIPING



                                          SECTION 15160

                                  STORM DRAINAGE PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    This Section includes the following storm drainage piping inside the building:

        1.    Pipe, tube, and fittings.

        2.    Special pipe fittings.

1.03    DEFINITIONS

  A.    TPE: Thermoplastic elastomer.

1.04    PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

  A.    Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum
        working-pressure, unless otherwise indicated:

        1.    Storm Drainage Piping: 10-foot head of water.

1.05    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For pipe, tube, fittings, and couplings.

1.06    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.

  B.    Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials,"
        for plastic piping components. Include marking with "NSF-drain" for plastic drain piping
        and "NSF-sewer" for plastic sewer piping.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    MANUFACTURERS

  A.    In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements
        apply to product selection:




                                             15160-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 15160
Project No.: 04-23                                                    STORM DRAINAGE PIPING

        1.    Available Manufacturers:         Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, manufacturers specified.

2.02    PIPING MATERIALS

  A.    Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and
        joining materials.

2.03    HUBLESS CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS

  A.    Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301.

  B.    Shielded Couplings: ASTM C 1277 assembly of metal shield or housing, corrosion-
        resistant fasteners, and rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop.

        1.    Standard, Shielded, Stainless-Steel Couplings: CISPI 310, with stainless-steel
              corrugated shield; stainless-steel bands and tightening devices; and
              ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve.

              a.    Manufacturers:

                    1)    ANACO.
                    2)    Fernco, Inc.
                    3)    Ideal Div.; Stant Corp.
                    4)    Mission Rubber Co.
                    5)    Tyler Pipe; Soil Pipe Div.

  C.    Rigid, Unshielded Couplings: ASTM C 1461, sleeve-type, reducing- or transition-type
        mechanical coupling molded from ASTM C 1440, TPE material with corrosion-
        resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end.

        1.    Manufacturers:

              a.    ANACO.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    EXCAVATION

  A.    Refer to Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling.

3.02    PIPING APPLICATIONS

  A.    Aboveground storm drainage piping NPS 6 and smaller shall be any of the following:

        1.    Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; standard, shielded, stainless-steel
              couplings; and coupled joints.




                                            15160-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 15160
Project No.: 04-23                                                    STORM DRAINAGE PIPING

        2.    Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure pipe couplings for
              joining dissimilar pipe materials with small difference in OD.

        3.    Pressure pipe couplings if dissimilar pipe materials or piping with small difference
              in OD must be joined.

3.03    PIPING INSTALLATION

  A.    Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic
        Mechanical Materials and Methods."

  B.    Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings
        Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings."

  C.    Make changes in direction for storm drainage piping using appropriate branches,
        bends, and long-sweep bends. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees.
        Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are
        connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited.

  D.    Install storm drainage piping at the following minimum slopes, unless otherwise
        indicated:

        1.    Building Storm Drain: 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3
              and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 and larger.

        2.    Horizontal Storm-Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow.

  E.    Install engineered controlled-flow storm drainage piping in locations indicated.

  F.    Sleeves are not required for cast-iron soil piping passing through concrete slabs-on-
        grade if slab is without membrane waterproofing.

  G.    Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by
        authorities having jurisdiction.

  H.    Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with
        requirements for sleeves specified in Division 15 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals
        for Piping."

  I.    Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with
        requirements for sleeve seals specified in Division 15 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve
        Seals for Piping."

  J.    Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with
        requirements for escutcheons specified in Division 15 Section "Escutcheons for
        Piping."




                                            15160-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                                  Section 15160
Project No.: 04-23                                                           STORM DRAINAGE PIPING

3.04    JOINT CONSTRUCTION

  A.    Basic piping joint construction requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic
        Mechanical Materials and Methods."

  B.    Hubless Cast-Iron Soil Piping Coupled Joints: Join according to CISPI 310 and
        CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for hubless-coupling joints.

3.05    HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

  A.    Pipe hangers and supports are specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and
        Supports." Install the following:

        1.    Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps.

        2.    Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: According to the following:

              a.    100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.
              b.    Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers.
              c.    Longer Than 100 Feet, if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.

        3.    Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44,
              pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze.

        4.    Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.

  B.    Install supports according to Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports."

  C.    Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.

  D.    Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double-rod hangers, with 3/8-inch minimum
        rods.

  E.    Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing
        and minimum rod diameters:

        1.    NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod.

        2.    NPS 3: 60 inches with 1/2-inch rod.

        3.    NPS 4 and NPS 5: 60 inches with 5/8-inch rod.

        4.    NPS 6: 60 inches with 3/4-inch rod.

        5.    Spacing for 10-foot lengths may be increased to 10 feet. Spacing for fittings is
              limited to 60 inches.

  F.    Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet.




                                              15160-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 15160
Project No.: 04-23                                                    STORM DRAINAGE PIPING

  G.    Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and
        manufacturer's written instructions.

3.06    CONNECTIONS

  A.    Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

  B.    Connect storm drainage piping to roof drains and storm drainage specialties.

3.07    CLEANING

  A.    Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.

  B.    Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and
        debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work.

  C.    Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops.

                                  END OF SECTION 15160




                                            15160-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                       Section 15165
Project No.: 04-23                                    STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES


                                      SECTION 15165

                        STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    Section Includes:

        1.    Roof drains.

        2.    Miscellaneous storm drainage piping specialties.

1.03    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

1.04    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Drainage piping specialties shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified
        testing agency.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    METAL ROOF DRAINS

  A.    Cast-Iron, Medium-Sump, General-Purpose Roof Drains:

        1.    Manufacturers:        Subject to compliance with requirements, available
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Josam Company.
              b.    Marathon Roofing Products.
              c.    MIFAB, Inc.
              d.    Portals Plus; Commercial Products Group of Hart & Cooley, Inc.
              e.    Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.
              f.    Tyler Pipe.
              g.    Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
              h.    Zurn Plumbing Products Group.

        2.    Standard: ASME A112.6.4, for general-purpose roof drains.

        3.    Body Material: Cast iron.


                                           15165-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 15165
Project No.: 04-23                                      STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES


        4.    Dimension of Body: 8- to 12-inch diameter.

        5.    Combination Flashing Ring and Gravel Stop: Required.

        6.    Flow-Control Weirs: Required.

        7.    Outlet: Bottom.

        8.    Underdeck Clamp: Required.

        9.    Dome Material: Aluminum or Cast iron.

        10.   Water Dam: 2 inches high.

2.02    MISCELLANEOUS STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES

  A.    Conductor Nozzles:

        1.    Description: Bronze body with threaded inlet and bronze wall flange with
              mounting holes.

        2.    Size: Same as connected conductor.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    INSTALLATION

  A.    Install roof drains at low points of roof areas according to roof membrane
        manufacturer's written installation instructions. Roofing materials are specified in
        Division 7 Sections.

        1.    Install flashing collar or flange of roof drain to prevent leakage between drain and
              adjoining roofing. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where penetrated.

        2.    Position roof drains for easy access and maintenance.

  B.    Install conductor nozzles at exposed bottom of conductors where they spill onto grade.

3.02    CONNECTIONS

  A.    Comply with requirements for piping specified in Division 15 Sections.          Drawings
        indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

3.03    PROTECTION

  A.    Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or
        debris and to prevent damage from traffic or construction work.

  B.    Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops.



                                            15165-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                          Section 15165
Project No.: 04-23                       STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES


                        END OF SECTION 15165




                               15165-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 15181
Project No.: 04-23                                                          HYDRONIC PIPING



                                       SECTION 15181

                                      HYDRONIC PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    This Section includes pipe and fitting materials, joining methods, special-duty valves,
        and specialties for the following:

        1.    Hot-water heating piping.

  B.    Related Sections include the following:

        1.    Division 15 Section "Hydronic Pumps" for pumps, motors, and accessories for
              hydronic piping.

1.03    DEFINITIONS

  A.    PTFE: Polytetrafluoroethylene.

1.04    PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

  A.    Hydronic piping components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the
        following minimum working pressure and temperature:

        1.    Hot-Water Heating Piping: 50 psig at 200 deg F.

1.05    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For each type of the following:

        1.    Valves. Include flow and pressure drop curves based on manufacturer's testing
              for calibrated-orifice balancing valves and automatic flow-control valves.

        2.    Air control devices.

        3.    Chemical treatment.

        4.    Hydronic specialties.




                                           15181-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 15181
Project No.: 04-23                                                             HYDRONIC PIPING


  B.    Welding certificates.

  C.    Operation and Maintenance Data: For air control devices, hydronic specialties, and
        special-duty valves to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

  D.    Water Analysis: Submit a copy of the water analysis to illustrate water quality available
        at Project site.

1.06    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Steel Support Welding:       Qualify processes and              operators   according   to
        AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."

  B.    ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for
        materials, products, and installation. Safety valves and pressure vessels shall bear the
        appropriate ASME label. Fabricate and stamp air separators and expansion tanks to
        comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS

  A.    Drawn-Temper Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type L.

  B.    Wrought-Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22.

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Anvil International, Inc.
              b.    S. P. Fittings; a division of Star Pipe Products.
              c.    Victaulic Company of America.

        2.    Grooved-End Copper Fittings:        ASTM B 75 (ASTM B 75M), copper tube or
              ASTM B 584, bronze casting.

        3.    Grooved-End-Tube Couplings:        Rigid pattern, unless otherwise indicated;
              gasketed fitting. Ductile-iron housing with keys matching pipe and fitting
              grooves, prelubricated EPDM gasket rated for minimum 230 deg F for use with
              housing, and steel bolts and nuts.

  C.    Wrought-Copper Unions: ASME B16.22.

2.02    STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

  A.    Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, black steel with plain ends; type, grade, and wall
        thickness as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article.




                                             15181-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 15181
Project No.: 04-23                                                           HYDRONIC PIPING


  B.    Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of same materials and wall thicknesses as
        pipe in which they are installed.

2.03    JOINING MATERIALS

  A.    Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping
        system contents.

        1.    ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness
              unless thickness or specific material is indicated.

  B.    Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys.         Include water-flushable flux
        according to ASTM B 813.

  C.    Gasket Material: Thickness, material, and type suitable for fluid to be handled and
        working temperatures and pressures.

2.04    DIELECTRIC FITTINGS

  A.    Description: Combination fitting of copper-alloy and ferrous materials with threaded,
        solder-joint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials.

  B.    Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature.

  C.    Dielectric Unions:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Capitol Manufacturing Company.
              b.    Central Plastics Company.
              c.    Hart Industries International, Inc.
              d.    Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
              e.    Zurn Plumbing Products Group; AquaSpec Commercial Products Division.

        2.    Factory-fabricated union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at
              180 deg F.

  D.    Dielectric Couplings:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Calpico, Inc.
              b.    Lochinvar Corporation.

        2.    Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive thermoplastic lining;
              threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F.


                                             15181-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                              Section 15181
Project No.: 04-23                                                              HYDRONIC PIPING


  E.    Dielectric Nipples:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Perfection Corporation; a subsidiary of American Meter Company.
              b.    Precision Plumbing Products, Inc.
              c.    Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc.
              d.    Victaulic Company of America.

        2.    Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain,
              threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225
              deg F.

2.05    VALVES

  A.    Gate, Globe, Check, Ball, and Butterfly Valves: Comply with requirements specified in
        Division 15 Section "Valves."

  B.    Bronze, Calibrated-Orifice, Balancing Valves:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
              b.    Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a division of ITT Industries.
              c.    Flow Design Inc.
              d.    Gerand Engineering Co.
              e.    Griswold Controls.
              f.    Taco.

        2.    Body: Bronze, ball or plug type with calibrated orifice or venturi.

        3.    Ball: Brass or stainless steel.

        4.    Plug: Resin.

        5.    Seat: PTFE.

        6.    End Connections: Threaded or socket.

        7.    Pressure Gage Connections:        Integral seals for portable differential pressure
              meter.

        8.    Handle Style: Lever, with memory stop to retain set position.




                                            15181-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 15181
Project No.: 04-23                                                            HYDRONIC PIPING


        9.    CWP Rating: Minimum 125 psig.

        10.   Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F.

  C.    Diaphragm-Operated Safety Valves:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.      Amtrol, Inc.
              b.      Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
              c.      Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a division of ITT Industries.
              d.      Conbraco Industries, Inc.
              e.      Spence Engineering Company, Inc.
              f.      Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

        2.    Body: Bronze or brass.

        3.    Disc: Glass and carbon-filled PTFE.

        4.    Seat: Brass.

        5.    Stem Seals: EPDM O-rings.

        6.    Diaphragm: EPT.

        7.    Wetted, Internal Work Parts: Brass and rubber.

        8.    Valve Seat and Stem: Noncorrosive.

        9.    Valve Size, Capacity, and Operating Pressure: Comply with ASME Boiler and
              Pressure Vessel Code: Section IV, and selected to suit system in which
              installed, with operating pressure and capacity factory set and field adjustable.

2.06    AIR CONTROL DEVICES

  A.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
        offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
        the following:

        1.    Amtrol, Inc.

        2.    Armstrong Pumps, Inc.

        3.    Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a division of ITT Industries.

        4.    Taco.




                                             15181-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 15181
Project No.: 04-23                                                          HYDRONIC PIPING


  B.    Manual Air Vents:

        1.    Body: Bronze.

        2.    Internal Parts: Nonferrous.

        3.    Operator: Screwdriver or thumbscrew.

        4.    Inlet Connection: NPS 1/2.

        5.    Discharge Connection: NPS 1/8.

        6.    CWP Rating: 150 psig.

        7.    Maximum Operating Temperature: 225 deg F.

  C.    Automatic Air Vents:

        1.    Body: Bronze or cast iron.

        2.    Internal Parts: Nonferrous.

        3.    Operator: Noncorrosive metal float.

        4.    Inlet Connection: NPS 1/2.

        5.    Discharge Connection: NPS 1/4.

        6.    CWP Rating: 150 psig.

        7.    Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F.

  D.    Bladder-Type Expansion Tanks:

        1.    Tank: Welded steel, rated for 125-psig working pressure and 375 deg F
              maximum operating temperature. Factory test with taps fabricated and supports
              installed and labeled according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code:
              Section VIII, Division 1.

        2.    Bladder: Securely sealed into tank to separate air charge from system water to
              maintain required expansion capacity.

        3.    Air-Charge Fittings: Schrader valve, stainless steel with EPDM seats.

  E.    In-Line Air Separators:

        1.    Tank: One-piece cast iron with an integral weir constructed to decelerate system
              flow to maximize air separation.




                                            15181-6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 15181
Project No.: 04-23                                                            HYDRONIC PIPING


        2.    Maximum Working Pressure: Up to 175 psig.

        3.    Maximum Operating Temperature: Up to 300 deg F.

2.07    HYDRONIC PIPING SPECIALTIES

  A.    Y-Pattern Strainers:

        1.    Body: ASTM A 126, Class B, cast iron with bolted cover and bottom drain
              connection.

        2.    End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged ends for
              NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

        3.    Strainer Screen: 40-mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless-steel basket
              with 50 percent free area.

        4.    CWP Rating: 125 psig.

2.08    CHEMICAL TREATMENT

  A.    Propylene Glycol: Industrial grade with corrosion inhibitors and environmental-stabilizer
        additives for mixing with water in systems indicated to contain antifreeze or glycol
        solutions.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    PIPING APPLICATIONS

  A.    Hot-water heating piping, aboveground, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be any of the
        following:

        1.    Type L, drawn-temper copper tubing, wrought-copper fittings, and soldered
              joints.

  B.    Hot-water heating piping, aboveground, NPS 2-1/2 and larger, shall be any of the
        following:

        1.    Type L, drawn-temper copper tubing, wrought-copper fittings, and soldered
              joints.

        2.    Steel schedule 40 with welded or grooved joints.

3.02    VALVE APPLICATIONS

  A.    Install shutoff-duty valves at each branch connection to supply mains, and at supply
        connection to each piece of equipment.

  B.    Install calibrated-orifice, balancing valves at each branch connection to return main.



                                            15181-7
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                              Section 15181
Project No.: 04-23                                                              HYDRONIC PIPING


  C.    Install calibrated-orifice, balancing valves in the return pipe of each heating terminal.

  D.    Install safety valves at hot-water generators and elsewhere as required by ASME
        Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Install drip-pan elbow on safety-valve outlet and
        pipe without valves to the nearest floor drain or as indicated on Drawings. Comply with
        ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1, for installation
        requirements.

3.03    PIPING INSTALLATIONS

  A.    Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of
        piping systems. Indicate piping locations and arrangements if such were used to size
        pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design
        considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on
        Coordination Drawings.

  B.    Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in
        equipment rooms and service areas.

  C.    Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas
        at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless
        specifically indicated otherwise.

  D.    Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel
        removal.

  E.    Install piping to permit valve servicing.

  F.    Install piping at indicated slopes.

  G.    Install piping free of sags and bends.

  H.    Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

  I.    Install piping to allow application of insulation.

  J.    Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system
        operating pressure.

  K.    Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and
        servicing of valves.

  L.    Reduce pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with level side up.

  M.    Install branch connections to mains using tee fittings in main pipe, with the branch
        connected to the bottom of the main pipe. For up-feed risers, connect the branch to
        the top of the main pipe.

  N.    Install valves according to Division 15 Section "Valves."



                                              15181-8
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                                Section 15181
Project No.: 04-23                                                                HYDRONIC PIPING


  O.    Install unions in piping, NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to valves, at final connections of
        equipment, and elsewhere as indicated.

  P.    Install flanges in piping, NPS 2-1/2 and larger, at final connections of equipment and
        elsewhere as indicated.

  Q.    Install strainers on inlet side of each pressure-reducing valve, solenoid valve, in-line
        pump, and elsewhere as indicated. Install NPS 3/4 nipple and ball valve in blowdown
        connection of strainers NPS 2 and larger. Match size of strainer blowoff connection for
        strainers smaller than NPS 2.

  R.    Identify piping as specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification."

  S.    Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with
        requirements for sleeves specified in Division 15 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals
        for Piping."

  T.    Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with
        requirements for sleeve seals specified in Division 15 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve
        Seals for Piping."

  U.    Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with
        requirements for escutcheons specified in Division 15 Section "Escutcheons for
        Piping."

3.04    HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

  A.    Hanger, support, and anchor devices are specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and
        Supports." Comply with the following requirements for maximum spacing of supports.

  B.    Install the following pipe attachments:

        1.    Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal piping.

        2.    Adjustable steel clevis hangers or trapeze hangars for multiple horizontal piping
              20 feet or longer.

        3.    Provide copper-clad hangers and supports for hangers and supports in direct
              contact with copper pipe.

        4.    On plastic pipe, install pads or cushions on bearing surfaces to prevent hanger
              from scratching pipe.

  C.    Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod
        sizes:

        1.    NPS 3/4: Maximum span, 7 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch.

        2.    NPS 1: Maximum span, 7 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch.



                                             15181-9
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                              Section 15181
Project No.: 04-23                                                              HYDRONIC PIPING


        3.    NPS 1-1/2: Maximum span, 9 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

        4.    NPS 2: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

        5.    NPS 2-1/2: Maximum span, 11 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

        6.    NPS 3: Maximum span, 12 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

        7.    NPS 4: Maximum span, 14 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch.

        8.    NPS 6: Maximum span, 17 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch.

  D.    Install hangers for drawn-temper copper piping with the following maximum spacing
        and minimum rod sizes:

        1.    NPS 3/4: Maximum span, 5 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch.

        2.    NPS 1: Maximum span, 6 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch.

        3.    NPS 1-1/2: Maximum span, 8 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

        4.    NPS 2: Maximum span, 8 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

        5.    NPS 2-1/2: Maximum span, 9 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

        6.    NPS 3: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

  E.    Support vertical runs at roof, at each floor, and at 10-foot intervals between floors.

3.05    PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION

  A.    Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 15 Sections
        specifying piping systems.

  B.    Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.

  C.    Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before
        assembly.

  D.    Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated,
        to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube
        Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32.

  E.    Grooved Joints: Assemble joints with coupling and gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Cut or
        roll grooves in ends of pipe based on pipe and coupling manufacturer's written
        instructions for pipe wall thickness. Use grooved-end fittings and rigid, grooved-end-
        pipe couplings.

  F.    Mechanically Formed, Copper-Tube-Outlet Joints: Use manufacturer-recommended
        tool and procedure, and brazed joints.


                                            15181-10
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                              Section 15181
Project No.: 04-23                                                              HYDRONIC PIPING


3.06    HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION

  A.    Install manual air vents at high points in piping, at heat-transfer coils, and elsewhere as
        required for system air venting.

  B.    Install automatic air vents at high points of system piping in mechanical equipment
        rooms only. Manual vents at heat-transfer coils and elsewhere as required for air
        venting.

  C.    Install piping from boiler air outlet, air separator, or air purger to expansion tank with a
        2 percent upward slope toward tank.

  D.    Install in-line air separators in pump suction.       Install drain valve on air separators
        NPS 2 and larger.

  E.    Install bypass chemical feeders in each hydronic system where indicated, in upright
        position with top of funnel not more than 48 inches above the floor. Install feeder in
        minimum NPS 3/4 bypass line, from main with full-size, full-port, ball valve in the main
        between bypass connections. Install NPS 3/4 pipe from chemical feeder drain, to
        nearest equipment drain and include a full-size, full-port, ball valve.

  F.    Install expansion tanks above the air separator. Install tank fitting in tank bottom and
        charge tank. Use manual vent for initial fill to establish proper water level in tank.

        1.    Install tank fittings that are shipped loose.

        2.    Support tank from floor or structure above with sufficient strength to carry weight
              of tank, piping connections, fittings, plus tank full of water. Do not overload
              building components and structural members.

  G.    Install expansion tanks on the floor. Vent and purge air from hydronic system, and
        ensure tank is properly charged with air to suit system Project requirements.

3.07    TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS

  A.    Sizes for supply and return piping connections shall be the same as or larger than
        equipment connections.

  B.    Install control valves in accessible locations close to connected equipment.

  C.    Install ports for pressure gages and thermometers at coil inlet and outlet connections
        according to Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages."

                                   END OF SECTION 15181




                                             15181-11
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 15183
Project No.: 04-23                                                         REFRIGERANT PIPING


                                       SECTION 15183

                                    REFRIGERANT PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    This Section includes refrigerant piping used for air-conditioning applications.

1.03    PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

  A.    Line Test Pressure for Refrigerant R-407C:

        1.    Suction Lines for Air-Conditioning Applications: 230 psig.

        2.    Hot-Gas and Liquid Lines: 380 psig.

1.04    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For each type of valve and refrigerant piping specialty indicated.
        Include pressure drop, based on manufacturer's test data, for the following:

        1.    Pressure-regulating valves.

  B.    Operation and Maintenance Data:        For refrigerant valves and piping specialties to
        include in maintenance manuals.

1.05    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to ASME Boiler and Pressure
        Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."

  B.    Comply with ASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for Refrigeration Systems."

  C.    Comply with ASME B31.5, "Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components."

1.06    PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING

  A.    Store piping in a clean and protected area with end caps in place to ensure that piping
        interior and exterior are clean when installed.




                                            15183-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 15183
Project No.: 04-23                                                        REFRIGERANT PIPING

1.07    COORDINATION

  A.    Coordinate size and location of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations.
        These items are specified in Division 7 Section "Roof Accessories."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS

  A.    Copper Tube: ASTM B 280, Type ACR.

  B.    Wrought-Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22.

  C.    Wrought-Copper Unions: ASME B16.22.

  D.    Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32. Use 95-5 tin antimony or alloy HB solder to join
        copper socket fittings on copper pipe.

  E.    Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8.

2.02    REFRIGERANTS

  A.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
        offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
        the following:

        1.    Atofina Chemicals, Inc.

        2.    DuPont Company; Fluorochemicals Div.

        3.    Honeywell, Inc.; Genetron Refrigerants.

        4.    INEOS Fluor Americas LLC.

  B.    ASHRAE 34, R-407C: Difluoromethane/Pentafluoroethane/1,1,1,2-Tetrafluoroethane.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    PIPING APPLICATIONS FOR REFRIGERANT R-407C

  A.    Suction Lines NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller for Conventional Air-Conditioning Applications:
        Copper, Type ACR, annealed-temper tubing and wrought-copper fittings with brazed
        joints.

  B.    Suction Lines NPS 4 and Smaller for Conventional Air-Conditioning Applications:
        Copper, Type ACR, drawn-temper tubing and wrought-copper fittings with brazed
        joints.




                                            15183-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                              Section 15183
Project No.: 04-23                                                          REFRIGERANT PIPING

3.02    PIPING INSTALLATION

  A.    Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of
        piping systems; indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and
        calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install
        piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings.

  B.    Install refrigerant piping according to ASHRAE 15.

  C.    Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in
        equipment rooms and service areas.

  D.    Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas
        at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless
        specifically indicated otherwise.

  E.    Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel
        removal.

  F.    Install piping adjacent to machines to allow service and maintenance.

  G.    Install piping free of sags and bends.

  H.    Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

  I.    Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system
        operating pressure.

  J.    Refer to Division 15 Sections "HVAC Instrumentation and Controls" and "Sequence of
        Operation" for solenoid valve controllers, control wiring, and sequence of operation.

  K.    Install piping as short and direct as possible, with a minimum number of joints, elbows,
        and fittings.

  L.    Arrange piping to allow inspection and service of refrigeration equipment. Install valves
        and specialties in accessible locations to allow for service and inspection. Install
        access doors or panels as specified in Division 8 Section "Access Doors and Frames"
        if valves or equipment requiring maintenance is concealed behind finished surfaces.

  M.    Install refrigerant piping in protective conduit where installed belowground.

  N.    Install refrigerant piping in rigid or flexible conduit in locations where exposed to
        mechanical injury.

  O.    Slope refrigerant piping as follows:

        1.    Install horizontal hot-gas discharge piping with a uniform slope downward away
              from compressor.

        2.    Install horizontal suction lines with a uniform slope downward to compressor.



                                               15183-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                                   Section 15183
Project No.: 04-23                                                               REFRIGERANT PIPING

        3.    Install traps and double risers to entrain oil in vertical runs.

        4.    Liquid lines may be installed level.

  P.    When brazing or soldering, remove solenoid-valve coils and sight glasses; also remove
        valve stems, seats, and packing, and accessible internal parts of refrigerant specialties.
        Do not apply heat near expansion-valve bulb.

  Q.    Install piping with adequate clearance between pipe and adjacent walls and hangers or
        between pipes for insulation installation.

  R.    Identify refrigerant piping and valves according to Division 15 Section "Mechanical
        Identification."

  S.    Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with
        requirements for sleeves specified in Division 15 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals
        for Piping."

  T.    Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with
        requirements for sleeve seals specified in Division 15 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve
        Seals for Piping."

  U.    Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with
        requirements for escutcheons specified in Division 15 Section "Escutcheons for
        Piping."

3.03    PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION

  A.    Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.

  B.    Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before
        assembly.

  C.    Fill pipe and fittings with an inert gas (nitrogen or carbon dioxide), during brazing or
        welding, to prevent scale formation.

  D.    Soldered Joints: Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube
        Handbook."

  E.    Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," Chapter
        "Pipe and Tube."

        1.    Use Type BcuP, copper-phosphorus alloy for joining copper socket fittings with
              copper pipe.

        2.    Use Type BAg, cadmium-free silver alloy for joining copper with bronze or steel.




                                              15183-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                                Section 15183
Project No.: 04-23                                                            REFRIGERANT PIPING

3.04    HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

  A.    Hanger, support, and anchor products are specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers
        and Supports."

  B.    Install the following pipe attachments:

        1.    Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal runs less than 20 feet
              long.

        2.    Roller hangers and spring hangers for individual horizontal runs 20 feet or longer.

        3.    Pipe Roller: MSS SP-58, Type 44 for multiple horizontal piping 20 feet or longer,
              supported on a trapeze.

        4.    Spring hangers to support vertical runs.

        5.    Copper-clad hangers and supports for hangers and supports in direct contact
              with copper pipe.

  C.    Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod
        sizes:

        1.    NPS 1/2: Maximum span, 60 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch.

        2.    NPS 5/8: Maximum span, 60 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch.

        3.    NPS 1: Maximum span, 72 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch.

        4.    NPS 1-1/4: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

        5.    NPS 1-1/2: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

        6.    NPS 2: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

        7.    NPS 2-1/2: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

        8.    NPS 3: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

  D.    Support multifloor vertical runs at least at each floor.

3.05    SYSTEM CHARGING

  A.    Charge system using the following procedures:

        1.    Install core in filter dryers after leak test but before evacuation.

        2.    Evacuate entire refrigerant system with a vacuum pump to 500 micrometers. If
              vacuum holds for 12 hours, system is ready for charging.




                                              15183-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                               Section 15183
Project No.: 04-23                                                           REFRIGERANT PIPING

        3.    Break vacuum with refrigerant gas, allowing pressure to build up to 2 psig.

        4.    Charge system with a new filter-dryer core in charging line.

3.06    ADJUSTING

  A.    Adjust high- and low-pressure switch settings to avoid short cycling in response to
        fluctuating suction pressure.

  B.    Adjust set-point temperature of air-conditioning controllers to the system design
        temperature.

  C.    Perform the following adjustments before operating the refrigeration system, according
        to manufacturer's written instructions:

        1.    Open shutoff valves in condenser water circuit.

        2.    Verify that compressor oil level is correct.

        3.    Open compressor suction and discharge valves.

        4.    Open refrigerant valves except bypass valves that are used for other purposes.

        5.    Check open compressor-motor alignment and verify lubrication for motors and
              bearings.

  D.    Replace core of replaceable filter dryer after system has been adjusted and after
        design flow rates and pressures are established.

                                   END OF SECTION 15183




                                             15183-6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 15185
Project No.: 04-23                                                          HYDRONIC PUMPS



                                        SECTION 15185

                                       HYDRONIC PUMPS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    This Section includes the following:

        1.    Close-coupled, in-line centrifugal pumps.

        2.    Separately coupled, base-mounted, end-suction centrifugal pumps.

1.03    DEFINITIONS

  A.    Buna-N: Nitrile rubber.

  B.    EPT: Ethylene propylene terpolymer.

1.04    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: Include certified performance curves and rated capacities, operating
        characteristics, furnished specialties, final impeller dimensions, and accessories for
        each type of product indicated. Indicate pump's operating point on curves.

  B.    Operation and Maintenance Data: For pumps to include in emergency, operation, and
        maintenance manuals.

1.05    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Source Limitations:       Obtain hydronic pumps through one source from a single
        manufacturer.

  B.    Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of
        hydronic pumps and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 1
        Section "Product Requirements."

  C.    Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
        NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
        and marked for intended use.

  D.    UL Compliance: Comply with UL 778 for motor-operated water pumps.




                                               15185-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 15185
Project No.: 04-23                                                           HYDRONIC PUMPS


1.06    DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

  A.    Manufacturer's Preparation for Shipping: Clean flanges and exposed machined metal
        surfaces and treat with anticorrosion compound after assembly and testing. Protect
        flanges, pipe openings, and nozzles with wooden flange covers or with screwed-in
        plugs.

  B.    Store pumps in dry location.

  C.    Retain protective covers for flanges and protective coatings during storage.

  D.    Protect bearings and couplings against damage from sand, grit, and other foreign
        matter.

  E.    Comply with pump manufacturer's written rigging instructions.

1.07    COORDINATION

  A.    Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases.
        Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    MANUFACTURERS

  A.    In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements
        apply to product selection:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:         Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, manufacturers specified.

2.02    CLOSE-COUPLED, IN-LINE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS

  A.    Manufacturers:

        1.    Armstrong Pumps Inc.

        2.    Aurora Pump; Division of Pentair Pump Group.

        3.    Bell & Gossett; Div. of ITT Industries.

        4.    Burks Pumps; Div. of Crane Pumps & Systems.

        5.    Demming Div.; Crane Co.

        6.    Flowserve Corporation; Div. of Ingersoll-Dresser Pumps.

        7.    Grundfos Pumps Corporation.




                                             15185-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 15185
Project No.: 04-23                                                            HYDRONIC PUMPS


        8.    Little Giant Pump Co.; Subsidiary of Tecumseh Products Co.

        9.    MEPCO (Marshall Engineered Products Co.).

        10.   PACO Pumps.

        11.   Patterson Pump Co.; a Subsidiary of The Gorman-Rupp Co.

        12.   Peerless Pump; a Member of the Sterling Fluid Systems Group.

        13.   Taco, Inc.

        14.   Thrush Company Inc.
        15.   Weinman; Div. of Crane Pumps & Systems.

  B.    Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, centrifugal, overhung-impeller, close-
        coupled, in-line pump as defined in HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3; designed for installation with
        pump and motor shafts mounted horizontally or vertically. Rate pump for 125-psig
        minimum working pressure and a continuous water temperature of 225 deg F.

  C.    Pump Construction:

        1.    Casing: Radially split, cast iron, with replaceable bronze wear rings, threaded
              gage tappings at inlet and outlet, and threaded companion-flange connections.

        2.    Impeller: ASTM B 584, cast bronze; statically and dynamically balanced, keyed
              to shaft, and secured with a locking cap screw. Trim impeller to match specified
              performance.

        3.    Pump Shaft: Steel, with copper-alloy shaft sleeve.

        4.    Mechanical Seal: Carbon rotating ring against a ceramic seat held by a
              stainless-steel spring, and Buna-N bellows and gasket. Include water slinger on
              shaft between motor and seal.

        5.    Pump Bearings: Oil lubricated; bronze-journal or thrust type.

  D.    Motor: Single speed, with permanently lubricated ball bearings, unless otherwise
        indicated; and rigidly mounted to pump casing. Comply with requirements in
        Division 15 Section "Motors."

2.03    SEPARATELY         COUPLED,     BASE-MOUNTED,         END-SUCTION       CENTRIFUGAL
        PUMPS

  A.     Manufacturers:

        1.    American-Marsh Pumps.

        2.    Armstrong Pumps Inc.




                                            15185-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 15185
Project No.: 04-23                                                         HYDRONIC PUMPS


        3.    Aurora Pump; Division of Pentair Pump Group.

        4.    Bell & Gossett; Div. of ITT Industries.

        5.    Buffalo Pumps, Inc.; an Ampco Pittsburgh Co.

        6.    Burks Pumps; Div. of Crane Pumps & Systems.

        7.    Deming Pumps; Div. of Crane Pumps & Systems.

        8.    Flowserve Corporation; Div. of Ingersoll-Dresser Pumps.

        9.    MEPCO (Marshall Engineered Products Co.).

        10.   PACO Pumps.

        11.   Scot Pump; Div. of Ardox Corp.

        12.   Taco, Inc.

        13.   Thrush Company Inc.

        14.   Weinman; Div. of Crane Pumps & Systems.

  B.    Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, centrifugal, overhung-impeller, separately
        coupled, end-suction pump as defined in HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3; designed for base
        mounting, with pump and motor shafts horizontal. Rate pump for 125-psig minimum
        working pressure and a continuous water temperature of 225 deg F.

  C.    Pump Construction:

        1.    Casing: Radially split, cast iron, with replaceable bronze wear rings, threaded
              gage tappings at inlet and outlet, drain plug at bottom and air vent at top of
              volute, and flanged connections.

        2.    Impeller: ASTM B 584, cast bronze; statically and dynamically balanced, keyed
              to shaft, and secured with a locking cap screw. Trim impeller to match specified
              performance.

        3.    Pump Shaft: Steel, with copper-alloy shaft sleeve.

        4.    Mechanical Seal: Carbon rotating ring against a ceramic seat held by a
              stainless-steel spring, and Buna-N bellows and gasket.

        5.    Pump Bearings: Grease-lubricated ball bearings contained in cast-iron housing
              with grease fittings.

  D.    Shaft Coupling: Molded rubber insert and interlocking spider capable of absorbing
        vibration. Couplings shall be drop-out type to allow disassembly and removal without
        removing pump shaft or motor EPDM coupling sleeve for variable-speed applications.


                                             15185-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 15185
Project No.: 04-23                                                           HYDRONIC PUMPS


  E.    Coupling Guard: Dual rated; ANSI B15.1, Section 8; OSHA 1910.219 approved; steel;
        removable; attached to mounting frame.

  F.    Mounting Frame: Welded-steel frame and cross members, factory fabricated from
        ASTM A 36/A 36M channels and angles. Fabricate to mount pump casing, coupling
        guard, and motor.

  G.    Motor: Single speed, with permanently lubricated ball bearings, unless otherwise
        indicated; secured to mounting frame, with adjustable alignment. Comply with
        requirements in Division 15 Section "Motors."

2.04    PUMP SPECIALTY FITTINGS

  A.    Suction Diffuser: Angle pattern, 175-psig pressure rating, ductile-iron body and end
        cap, pump-inlet fitting; with bronze startup and bronze or stainless-steel permanent
        strainers; bronze or stainless-steel straightening vanes; drain plug; and factory-
        fabricated support.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    EXAMINATION

  A.    Examine equipment foundations and anchor-bolt locations for compliance with
        requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of
        work.

  B.    Examine roughing-in for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections
        before pump installation.

  C.    Examine foundations and inertia bases for suitable conditions where pumps are to be
        installed.

  D.    Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02    CONCRETE BASES

  A.    Install concrete bases of dimensions indicated for pumps and controllers. Refer to
        Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods."

        1.    Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise
              indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around full perimeter of base.

        2.    For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through
              concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor.

        3.    Place and secure anchorage devices.            Use setting drawings, templates,
              diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.

        4.    Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported
              equipment.


                                            15185-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                              Section 15185
Project No.: 04-23                                                             HYDRONIC PUMPS


  B.    Cast-in-place concrete materials and placement requirements are specified in
        Division 3.

3.03    PUMP INSTALLATION

  A.    Install pumps with access for periodic maintenance including removal of motors,
        impellers, couplings, and accessories.

  B.    Independently support pumps and piping so weight of piping is not supported by
        pumps and weight of pumps is not supported by piping.

  C.    Install continuous-thread hanger rods and spring hangers with vertical-limit stop of
        sufficient size to support pump weight. Vibration isolation devices are specified in
        Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls." Fabricate brackets
        or supports as required. Hanger and support materials are specified in Division 15
        Section "Hangers and Supports."

  D.    Set base-mounted pumps on concrete foundation. Disconnect coupling before setting.
        Do not reconnect couplings until alignment procedure is complete.

        1.    Support pump baseplate on rectangular metal blocks and shims, or on metal
              wedges with small taper, at points near foundation bolts to provide a gap of 3/4 to
              1-1/2 inches between pump base and foundation for grouting.

        2.    Adjust metal supports or wedges until pump and driver shafts are level. Check
              coupling faces and suction and discharge flanges of pump to verify that they are
              level and plumb.

3.04    ALIGNMENT

  A.    Align pump and motor shafts and piping connections after setting on foundation, grout
        has been set and foundation bolts have been tightened, and piping connections have
        been made.

  B.    Comply with pump and coupling manufacturers' written instructions.

  C.    Adjust pump and motor shafts for angular and offset alignment by methods specified in
        HI 1.1-1.5, "Centrifugal Pumps for Nomenclature, Definitions, Application and
        Operation."

  D.    After alignment is correct, tighten foundation bolts evenly but not too firmly.
        Completely fill baseplate with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout while metal blocks and
        shims or wedges are in place. After grout has cured, fully tighten foundation bolts.

3.05    CONNECTIONS

  A.    Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings
        indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

  B.    Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance.


                                            15185-6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                              Section 15185
Project No.: 04-23                                                             HYDRONIC PUMPS


  C.    Connect piping to pumps. Install valves that are same size as piping connected to
        pumps.

  D.    Install suction and discharge pipe sizes equal to or greater than diameter of pump
        nozzles.

  E.    Install check valve and throttling valve on discharge side of pumps.

  F.    Install suction diffuser and shutoff valve on suction side of pumps.

  G.    Install flexible connectors on suction and discharge sides of base-mounted pumps
        between pump casing and valves.

  H.    Install pressure gages on pump suction and discharge, at integral pressure-gage
        tapping, or install single gage with multiple input selector valve.

  I.    Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."

  J.    Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."

3.06    DEMONSTRATION

  A.    Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance
        personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain hydronic pumps. Refer to Division 1
        Section "Closeout Procedures."

                                   END OF SECTION 15185




                                            15185-7
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                               Section 15192
Project No.: 04-23                                                             FUEL OIL SYSTEMS


                                         SECTION 15192

                                      FUEL OIL SYSTEMS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
        Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    This Section includes the following:

        1.    This Section includes storage tanks, tank accessories, piping, valves, and
              specialties for fuel-oil distribution system.

  B.    Related Sections include the following:

        1.    Division 15 Section “Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods.”

        2.    Division 15 Section “Sequence of Operations” for DDC monitoring requirements
              of AST-1 level.

1.03    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For the following:

        1.    Type and size of fuel-oil storage tanks.

        2.    Fuel-oil storage tank accessories and specialty fittings.

        3.    General-and special-duty valves.

        4.    Combined Liquid-level gage, leak-detection and leak-monitoring systems.

        5.    Day tank and pumps.

  B.    Product Data: Include rated capacities; shipping, installed, and operating weights;
        furnished specialties; and accessories.

  C.    Shop Drawings: Include storage tanks, day tank, accessories, pipe sizes, valves, and
        specialties. Indicate interface and spatial relationship between piping, adjacent utilities,
        and proximate structures.

  D.    Field quality-control test reports.

  E.    Operation and maintenance data.

                                               15192-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                               Section 15192
Project No.: 04-23                                                             FUEL OIL SYSTEMS

1.04    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Distribution Components: Listing/approval stamp, label, or other marking by testing
        agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

  B.    Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
        NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
        and marked for intended use.

  C.    Comply with NFPA 30, "Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code," and NFPA 31,
        "Installation of Oil Burning Equipment," for design and construction, installation, testing,
        and inspection of fuel-oil distribution system tanks, piping, and other components.

  D.    Comply with NFPA 70.

  E.    Comply with requirements of the EPA and state and local environmental-protection
        authorities having jurisdiction. Include recording of fuel-oil storage tanks and
        monitoring of tanks and piping.

1.05    WARRANTY

  A.    Special Warranty: Steel Tank Institute standard form in which STI agrees to provide
        for repair or replacement of tanks that fail in material or workmanship within 30 years
        from date of substantial completion.

        1.    Failures include structural failures of tanks, including cracking, breakup, and
              collapse; and failure due to external and internal corrosion if used for storage of
              fuel oils at temperatures not exceeding 150 deg F.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01    MANUFACTURERS

  A.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
        offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
        the manufacturers specified.

2.02    PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS

  A.    Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fittings, and
        joining materials.

        1.    Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Schedule 40, Type S or E, Grade A or B, black.

              a.    Steel, Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234, ASME B16.9, or ASME B16.11.
              b.    Steel, Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.11.
              c.    Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5.
              d.    Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150.
              e.    Malleable-Iron Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150.



                                             15192-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 15192
Project No.: 04-23                                                           FUEL OIL SYSTEMS

2.03    PIPING SPECIALTIES AND SPECIAL-DUTY VALVES

  A.    Tank, Pipe Connectors: Comply with UL 567.

  B.    Bronze, Ball Valves:      MSS SP-110; three-piece bolted-body; minimum, WOG,
        nonshock, working-pressure rating. Include full-port, cast-bronze, chrome-plated
        bronze ball; PTFE seats; lever handle; and threaded ends.

  C.    Bronze, Check Valves: MSS SP-80, Type 3, Class 200, with threaded ends.

  D.    Steel, Ball Valves: MSS SP-72; full-port, chrome-plated steel ball; TFE seats; and
        flanged ends.

  E.    Cast-Iron, Check Valves: MSS SP-71, Type I, Class 250, with flanged ends.

  F.    Anti-Siphon Valves: Carefully coordinate selection of anti-siphon valve spring length
        and stiffness with factory based upon final installed elevations for ASTs, piping, and the
        day tank.

2.04    STEEL, FUEL-OIL STORAGE TANKS

  A.    Available Manufacturers:

        1.    Ace Tank & Equipment Co.

        2.    Anchorage Tank and Welding.

        3.    Greer Tank Inc.

        4.    Northern Steel Industries.

  B.    Labeling: UL 142 and STI F921 double-wall aboveground storage tank.

  C.    Capacity: Nominal gallons as scheduled on drawings.

  D.    Paint: Manufacturer’s marine-grade epoxy coating.

  E.    Skid-mounting: Steel I-Beam skid with anchor points for slings to allow dragging the
        tank into place.

2.05    FUEL-OIL STORAGE TANK FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES

  A.    Tank Manholes: 30-inch Diameter.

  B.    Threaded pipe connection fittings on top of tanks: For manual fill, transfer, return,
        drain, water draw, normal venting, emergency venting, sounding, and gauging, in
        locations and of sizes indicated. Provide three 4-inch diameter spare ports. Provide
        with cast-iron plugs for shipping.

  C.    Striker Plates: Inside tank, on bottom below fill, transfer, water draw, and gage ports.


                                            15192-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 15192
Project No.: 04-23                                                          FUEL OIL SYSTEMS

  D.    Lifting Lugs: For handling and installation.

  E.    Ladders and walkways: OSHA-approved carbon-steel ladder primed and painted, and
        located as indicated with access to OSHA-approved, elevated, steel grate, walkway
        with OSHA approved handrails for access to the tank fill containment sumps and
        supply and return shutoff valves.

  F.    Fill and Transfer Port Supply Tube: Extension of supply piping fitting into tank,
        terminating 2 inches above tank bottom and cut at a 45 degree angle.

  G.    Water Draw: Drop tube to within 1-inch of bottom, shut off valve, dry-break cam-lok
        fitting, and cap.

2.06    FUEL-OIL TANK SPECIALTY FITTINGS

  A.    Materials: Cast-iron, malleable-iron, brass, or corrosion-resistant metal; suitable for
        fuel-oil service.

  B.    Fittings: Weatherproof.

  C.    Weatherproof Vent Cap: Increaser fitting with corrosion-resistant wire screen, with free
        area at least equal to cross-sectional area of connecting pipe and threaded-end
        connection.

  D.    Manhole Frames and Covers: Cast-iron or steel material, size as indicated. Furnish
        manhole units of adequate size for access to fittings if size is not indicated.

  E.    Monitoring Well Caps: Locking pipe plugs and manholes.

2.07    COMBINED LIQUID-LEVEL GAGE LEAK-DETECTION AND -MONITORING
        SYSTEMS

  A.    Manufacturers:

        1.    Pneumercator.

        2.    EBW.

        3.    EMSCO.

        4.    Veeder-Root.

  B.    Description: Calibrated, liquid-level gage, leak-detection and leak-monitoring system,
        complying with UL 1238 with probes and remote annunciator panel.

  C.    Probes: Made for tank mounting and suitable for use in fuel oil.

  D.    Annunciator Panel: With visual and audible, high- and low-tank-level alarms, fuel
        indicator with registration in, and overfill alarm. Include gage volume range that covers
        fuel-oil storage capacity. Selectable for monitoring of each AST.


                                            15192-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 15192
Project No.: 04-23                                                           FUEL OIL SYSTEMS

  E.    Controls: Electrical and operate on 120-V ac power.

  F.    Communications: Provide analog output of tank level for connection to DDC system.

2.08    DAY TANK

  A.    Construction: UL 142, double-wall, aboveground steel tank all seam welded, square,
        atmospheric tank of heavy gauge steel with internal reinforcements, tested to 5 PSI
        test pressure. Welded flange pipefittings for fuel return, overflow, vent, drain.
        Submerged fuel oil supply drop tube. Heavy gauge steel channel feet with mounting
        holes. Separate mechanical and electrical compartments, each with steel housing and
        removable access covers.

        1.    Manufacturer: SIMPLX Model SST or approved equal.

        2.    Capacity: As scheduled on drawings.

  B.    Pumps:

        1.    Provide Day Tank with integral duplex 2-gpm supply pumps.

  C.    Level Controller:

        1.    UL 508 listed.

        2.    Indication Functions:    Indicators shall be long life, extra-bright large display,
              LED's.

              a.    Fuel level.
              b.    Power available.
              c.    Switch off (flashing).
              d.    Pump running.
              e.    Low level alarm.
              f.    Overflow alarm/pump control backup activated.

  D.    Outputs:

              a.    Pump start-stop (1HP).
              b.    Low level alarm (60W).
              c.    High level alarm (60W).
              d.    Control Functions:

                    1)      "Auto-off-manual" pump control switch.
                    2)      "Press to test" pump push-button.
                    3)      Pump start-stop automatic level control.
                    4)      Automatic disconnect of pump on overflow/high level alarm.

  E.    Secondary Containment:

        1.    UL142 Secondary Containment Dike.


                                             15192-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 15192
Project No.: 04-23                                                           FUEL OIL SYSTEMS

        2.    Leak sensor.

  F.    Options:

        1.    Fuel strainer.

        2.    AC Solenoid valve.

        3.    Manual shut-off valve, bronze.

        4.    Overflow basin.

        5.    Rupture float switch.

        6.    Overflow-return tank.

        7.    Seven-gpm overflow return pump and controller.

2.09    SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

  A.    Perform factory tests, according to UL 1316 and ASTM D 4021, after fabrication and
        before shipment.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01    PIPING APPLICATIONS

  A.    Aboveground:

        1.    Steel pipe, steel welding fittings, and welded joints.

3.02    VALVE APPLICATIONS

  A.    Shutoff Duty: Use ball valves.

3.03    FUEL-OIL STORAGE TANK INSTALLATION

  A.    Install according to manufacturer's written instructions and standards specified.

  B.    Install piping connections.

  C.    Install tank leak-detection and -monitoring devices.

3.04    PIPING INSTALLATION

  A.    Install piping free of sags and bends.

  B.    Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit valve servicing.

  C.    Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.


                                             15192-6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                               Section 15192
Project No.: 04-23                                                             FUEL OIL SYSTEMS

  D.    Install double-contained piping according to manufacturer's written instructions for
        assembly, joining, trench preparation, and installation.

3.05    CONNECTIONS

  A.    Connect fuel-oil distribution piping to fuel-oil storage tanks and building fuel oil piping.
        Use pipe adapters or transition fittings compatible with both piping systems.

  B.    Connect vent, fill, sounding, gage, and other piping to fittings and specialty devices.

  C.    Piping Connections:

        1.    Install unions in piping 2-1/2 inches and smaller adjacent to each valve and at
              final connection to each piece of equipment having threaded pipe connection.
        2.    Install flanges in piping 3 inches and larger adjacent to flanged valves and at final
              connection to each piece of equipment having flanged pipe connection.
        3.    Install dielectric unions to connect piping of dissimilar metals.

  D.    Make connections to liquid-level gage system.

  E.    Make connections to fuel oil storage tank leak-detection system.

  F.    Make electrical connections to pumps, control panels, liquid-level gages, and leak-
        detection and -monitoring devices.

3.06    LEVEL MONITORING, LEAK-DETECTION AND LEAK-MONITORING SYSTEM
        INSTALLATION

  A.    Fuel-Oil Storage Tanks: Install probes or use factory-installed, integral probes in
        interstitial space of double-wall tanks.

  B.    Contractor may substitute manufacturer supplied leak detector sensors specifically
        manufactured to be installed within the secondary space of each pipe. Piping shall be
        sloped toward the sensors.

  C.    Connect liquid level output signal to DDC system.

3.07    DAY TANK

  A.    Install in accordance with manufacturer instructions.

  B.    Overflow pipe:

        1.    An overflow pipe back to the main storage tank of at least double the size of the
              fill pipe shall be installed with consideration given to length of run and vertical
              drop.

  C.    Vent Pipe.

        1.    Provide a vent pipe to atmosphere (outside of the building) of the same diameter
              as the threaded vent fitting installed in the tank. It shall extend a minimum of 12

                                             15192-7
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 15192
Project No.: 04-23                                                        FUEL OIL SYSTEMS

              feet above grade and 12 feet above the top of the day tank, whichever is higher.
              Secure to wall with Unistrut or equal. There shall be no low portions or sags in
              the vent pipe which can trap liquid. Protect the open end by suitable means to
              prevent entry by insects, foreign matter and precipitation.

3.08    LABELING AND IDENTIFYING

  A.    Install engraved, plastic-laminate equipment nameplates and signs on aboveground
        storage tanks. Four to each tank, one on each end and one on each side.

  B.    Text of Signs: "FUEL OIL"

3.09    FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

  A.    All electric manufacturers' representative shall perform startup, testing, and Owner
        training for electronic monitoring systems. Systems shall be furnished by the same
        manufacturer.

  B.    Perform pressure test for tightness according to NFPA 30 and NFPA 31 on tanks
        before installation. Repair or replace defective tanks and retest until there are no
        leaks.

  C.    Test fuel-oil distribution piping according to NFPA 30 and NFPA 31. Remake leaks
        and defects with new materials and retest until there are no leaks.

  D.    Test and adjust leak-detection and -monitoring system controls and devices. Replace
        damaged and malfunctioning controls and devices.

  E.    Adjust controls and safety devices. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
        safety devices.

                                 END OF SECTION 15560




                                          15192-8
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 15410
Project No.: 04-23                                                          PLUMBING FIXTURES



                                       SECTION 15410

                                    PLUMBING FIXTURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    This Section includes the following conventional plumbing fixtures and related
        components:

        1.    Faucets for lavatories, showers, and sinks.

        2.    Flushometers.

        3.    Toilet seats.

        4.    Protective shielding guards.

        5.    Fixture supports.

        6.    Water closets.

        7.    Urinals.

        8.    Lavatories.

        9.    Individual showers.

        10.   Kitchen sinks.

        11.   Service basins.

  B.    Related Sections include the following:

        1.    Division 10 Section "Toilet and Bath Accessories."

        2.    Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for backflow preventers, floor drains,
              and specialty fixtures not included in this Section.

        3.    Division 15 Section "Water Filtration Equipment" for water filters.

        4.    Division 15 Section "Security Plumbing Fixtures."




                                             15410-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 15410
Project No.: 04-23                                                         PLUMBING FIXTURES


        5.    Division 15 Section "Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers."

        6.    Division 2 Section "Water Distribution" for exterior plumbing fixtures and
              hydrants.

1.03    DEFINITIONS

  A.    ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic.

  B.    Accessible Fixture: Plumbing fixture that can be approached, entered, and used by
        people with disabilities.

  C.    Cast Polymer: Cast-filled-polymer-plastic material. This material includes cultured-
        marble and solid-surface materials.

  D.    Cultured Marble: Cast-filled-polymer-plastic material with surface coating.

  E.    Fitting: Device that controls the flow of water into or out of the plumbing fixture.
        Fittings specified in this Section include supplies and stops, faucets and spouts,
        shower heads and tub spouts, drains and tailpieces, and traps and waste pipes. Piping
        and general-duty valves are included where indicated.

  F.    PMMA: Polymethyl methacrylate (acrylic) plastic.

  G.    PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.

1.04    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For each type of plumbing fixture indicated. Include selected fixture and
        trim, fittings, accessories, appliances, appurtenances, equipment, and supports.
        Indicate materials and finishes, dimensions, construction details, and flow-control rates.

  B.    LEED Submittal:

        1.    Product Data for Credit WE 3.1 and 3.2:       Documentation indicating flow and
              water consumption requirements.

  C.    Operation and Maintenance Data: For plumbing fixtures to include in emergency,
        operation, and maintenance manuals.

  D.    Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.

1.05    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Source Limitations: Obtain plumbing fixtures, faucets, and other components of each
        category through one source from a single manufacturer.

        1.    Exception: If fixtures, faucets, or other components are not available from a
              single manufacturer, obtain similar products from other manufacturers specified
              for that category.


                                            15410-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 15410
Project No.: 04-23                                                      PLUMBING FIXTURES


  B.    Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in ICC A117.1, "Accessible and
        Usable Buildings and Facilities" for plumbing fixtures for people with disabilities.

  C.    Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in Public Law 102-486, "Energy
        Policy Act," about water flow and consumption rates for plumbing fixtures.

  D.    NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components--Health
        Effects," for fixture materials that will be in contact with potable water.

  E.    Select combinations of fixtures and trim, faucets, fittings, and other components that
        are compatible.

  F.    Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for
        plumbing fixtures:

        1.    Enameled, Cast-Iron Fixtures: ASME A112.19.1M.

        2.    Plastic Mop-Service Basins: ANSI Z124.6.

        3.    Porcelain-Enameled, Formed-Steel Fixtures: ASME A112.19.4M.

        4.    Slip-Resistant Bathing Surfaces: ASTM F 462.

        5.    Stainless-Steel Residential Sinks: ASME A112.19.3.

        6.    Vitreous-China Fixtures: ASME A112.19.2M.

  G.    Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for
        lavatory and sink faucets:

        1.    Backflow Protection Devices for Faucets with Side Spray: ASME A112.18.3M.

        2.    Backflow Protection     Devices   for   Faucets   with    Hose-Thread    Outlet:
              ASME A112.18.3M.

        3.    Diverter Valves for Faucets with Hose Spray: ASSE 1025.

        4.    Faucets: ASME A112.18.1.

        5.    Hose-Connection Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1011.

        6.    Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7.

        7.    Integral, Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001.

        8.    NSF Potable-Water Materials: NSF 61.

        9.    Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1.




                                          15410-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 15410
Project No.: 04-23                                                      PLUMBING FIXTURES


        10.   Supply Fittings: ASME A112.18.1.

        11.   Brass Waste Fittings: ASME A112.18.2.

  H.    Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for
        shower faucets:

        1.    Backflow Protection Devices for Hand-Held Showers: ASME A112.18.3M.

        2.    Combination, Pressure-Equalizing and Thermostatic-Control Antiscald Faucets:
              ASSE 1016.

        3.    Faucets: ASME A112.18.1.

        4.    Hand-Held Showers: ASSE 1014.

        5.    High-Temperature-Limit   Controls     for   Thermal-Shock-Preventing   Devices:
              ASTM F 445.

        6.    Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7.

        7.    Manual-Control Antiscald Faucets: ASTM F 444.

        8.    Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1.

        9.    Pressure-Equalizing-Control Antiscald Faucets: ASTM F 444 and ASSE 1016.

        10.   Thermostatic-Control Antiscald Faucets: ASTM F 444 and ASSE 1016.

  I.    Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for
        miscellaneous fittings:

        1.    Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001.

        2.    Brass and Copper Supplies: ASME A112.18.1.

        3.    Manual-Operation Flushometers: ASSE 1037.

        4.    Plastic Tubular Fittings: ASTM F 409.

        5.    Brass Waste Fittings: ASME A112.18.2.

  J.    Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for
        miscellaneous components:

        1.    Flexible Water Connectors: ASME A112.18.6.

        2.    Floor Drains: ASME A112.6.3.

        3.    Grab Bars: ASTM F 446.


                                          15410-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 15410
Project No.: 04-23                                                       PLUMBING FIXTURES


        4.    Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7.

        5.    Off-Floor Fixture Supports: ASME A112.6.1M.

        6.    Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1.

        7.    Plastic Toilet Seats: ANSI Z124.5.

        8.    Supply and Drain Protective Shielding Guards: ICC A117.1.

1.06    WARRANTY

  A.    Special Warranties: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to
        repair or replace components of whirlpools that fail in materials or workmanship within
        specified warranty period.

        1.    Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Structural failures of unit shell.
              b.    Faulty operation of controls, blowers, pumps, heaters, and timers.
              c.    Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal
                    use.

        2.    Warranty Period for Commercial Applications: One year from date of Substantial
              Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    LAVATORY FAUCETS

  A.    Lavatory Faucets:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:
              a.    American Standard Companies, Inc.
              b.    Delta Faucet Company.
              c.    Eljer.
              d.    Gerber Plumbing Fixtures LLC.
              e.    Moen, Inc.
              f.    Phoenix Products, Inc.
              g.    Sayco; a Briggs Plumbing Products, Inc. Company.
              h.    Sterling Plumbing Group, Inc.
              i.    WhiteRock Corp.
              j.    Wolverine Brass, Inc.

2.02    SHOWER FAUCETS

  A.    Shower Faucets:



                                             15410-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 15410
Project No.: 04-23                                                     PLUMBING FIXTURES


        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:
              a.    Chicago Faucets.
              b.    Grohe America, Inc.
              c.    Lawler Manufacturing Co., Inc.
              d.    T & S Brass and Bronze Works, Inc.

2.03    SINK FAUCETS

  A.    Sink Faucets:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:
              a.    American Standard Companies, Inc.
              b.    Delta Faucet Company.
              c.    Eljer.
              d.    Moen, Inc.
              e.    Phoenix Products, Inc.
              f.    Sayco; a Briggs Plumbing Products, Inc. Company.
              g.    Sterling Plumbing Group, Inc.
              h.    WhiteRock Corp.
              i.    Wolverine Brass, Inc.

2.04    FLUSHOMETERS

  A.    Flushometers:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:
              a.    Coyne & Delany Co.
              b.    Delta Faucet Company.
              c.    Hydrotek International, Inc.
              d.    Sloan Valve Company.
              e.    TOTO USA, Inc.
              f.    Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Commercial Brass Operation.

2.05    TOILET SEATS

  A.    Toilet Seats:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:
              a.    Bemis Manufacturing Company.
              b.    Centoco Manufacturing Corp.
              c.    Church Seats.



                                          15410-6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 15410
Project No.: 04-23                                                     PLUMBING FIXTURES


              d.    Kohler Co.
              e.    Olsonite Corp.
              f.    Pressalit A/S.
              g.    Sanderson Plumbing Products, Inc.; Beneke Div.
              h.    Sperzel.

2.06    PROTECTIVE SHIELDING GUARDS

  A.    Protective Shielding Pipe Covers:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

        2.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
              one of the following:

              a.    Engineered Brass Co.
              b.    Insul-Tect Products Co.; a Subsidiary of MVG Molded Products.
              c.    McGuire Manufacturing Co., Inc.
              d.    Plumberex Specialty Products Inc.
              e.    TCI Products.
              f.    TRUEBRO, Inc.
              g.    Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Tubular Brass Plumbing Products
                    Operation.

        3.    Description: Manufactured plastic wraps for covering plumbing fixture hot-water
              supply and trap and drain piping. Comply with Americans with Disabilities Act
              (ADA) requirements.

2.07    WATER CLOSETS

  A.    Water Closets:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    American Standard Companies, Inc.
              b.    Briggs Plumbing Products, Inc.
              c.    Capizzi.
              d.    Crane Plumbing, L.L.C./Fiat Products.
              e.    Eljer.
              f.    Kohler Co.
              g.    St. Thomas Creations.
              h.    TOTO USA, Inc.

2.08    URINALS

  A.    Urinals:


                                            15410-7
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                        Section 15410
Project No.: 04-23                                                     PLUMBING FIXTURES


        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.      American Standard Companies, Inc.
              b.      Briggs Plumbing Products, Inc.
              c.      Capizzi.
              d.      Crane Plumbing, L.L.C./Fiat Products.
              e.      Duravit USA, Inc.
              f.      Eljer.
              g.      Kohler Co.
              h.      Mansfield Plumbing Products, Inc.
              i.      Peerless Pottery, Inc.
              j.      Sanitarios Azteca, S.A. de C.V.
              k.      St. Thomas Creations.
              l.      TOTO USA, Inc.

2.09    LAVATORIES

  A.    Lavatories:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:
              a.    American Standard Companies, Inc.
              b.    Barclay Products, Ltd.
              c.    Briggs Plumbing Products, Inc.
              d.    Crane Plumbing, L.L.C./Fiat Products.
              e.    Eljer.
              f.    Gerber Plumbing Fixtures LLC.
              g.    Kohler Co.
              h.    Mansfield Plumbing Products, Inc.
              i.    Peerless Pottery, Inc.
              j.    Sterling Plumbing Group, Inc.
              k.    St. Thomas Creations.
              l.    TOTO USA, Inc.

2.010   KITCHEN SINKS

  A.    Kitchen Sinks:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:
              a.    Dayton Products, Inc.
              b.    Elkay Manufacturing Co.
              c.    Franke Consumer Products, Inc., Kitchen Systems Div.
              d.    Just Manufacturing Company.
              e.    Kohler Co.



                                            15410-8
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 15410
Project No.: 04-23                                                        PLUMBING FIXTURES


              f.     Moen, Inc.
              g.     Revere Sink.
              h.     Sterling Plumbing Group, Inc.
              i.     Teka USA.
              j.     WhiteRock Corp.

  B.    Bar Sinks:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:
              a.    Barclay Products, Ltd.
              b.    Dayton Products, Inc.
              c.    Elkay Manufacturing Co.
              d.    Franke Consumer Products, Inc.; Kitchen Systems Div.
              e.    Just Manufacturing Company.
              f.    Kohler Co.
              g.    Moen, Inc.
              h.    Revere Sink.
              i.    Sterling Plumbing Group, Inc.
              j.    WhiteRock Corp.

2.011   SERVICE BASINS

  A.    Service Basins:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.     Acorn Engineering Company.
              b.     Crane Plumbing, L.L.C./Fiat Products.
              c.     Florestone Products Co., Inc.
              d.     Precast Terrazzo Enterprises, Inc.
              e.     Stern-Williams Co., Inc.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    EXAMINATION

  A.    Examine roughing-in of water supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to
        verify actual locations of piping connections before plumbing fixture installation.

  B.    Examine cabinets, counters, floors, and walls for suitable conditions where fixtures will
        be installed.

  C.    Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02    INSTALLATION



                                            15410-9
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                                Section 15410
Project No.: 04-23                                                             PLUMBING FIXTURES


  A.    Assemble plumbing fixtures, trim, fittings, and other components according to
        manufacturers' written instructions.

  B.    Install off-floor supports, affixed to building substrate, for wall-mounting fixtures.

        1.    Use carrier supports with waste fitting and seal for back-outlet fixtures.

        2.    Use carrier supports without waste fitting for fixtures with tubular waste piping.

        3.    Use chair-type carrier supports with rectangular steel uprights for accessible
              fixtures.

  C.    Install back-outlet, wall-mounting fixtures onto waste fitting seals and attach to
        supports.

  D.    Install floor-mounting fixtures on closet flanges or other attachments to piping or
        building substrate.

  E.    Install wall-mounting fixtures with tubular waste piping attached to supports.

  F.    Install counter-mounting fixtures in and attached to casework.

  G.    Install fixtures level and plumb according to roughing-in drawings.

  H.    Install water-supply piping with stop on each supply to each fixture to be connected to
        water distribution piping. Attach supplies to supports or substrate within pipe spaces
        behind fixtures. Install stops in locations where they can be easily reached for
        operation.

        1.    Exception: Use ball, gate, or globe valves if supply stops are not specified with
              fixture. Valves are specified in Division 15 Section "Valves."

  I.    Install trap and tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be directly
        connected to sanitary drainage system.

  J.    Install tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be indirectly connected to
        drainage system.

  K.    Install flushometer valves for accessible water closets and urinals with handle mounted
        on wide side of compartment. Install other actuators in locations that are easy for
        people with disabilities to reach.

  L.    Install tanks for accessible, tank-type water closets with lever handle mounted on wide
        side of compartment.

  M.    Install toilet seats on water closets.

  N.    Install faucet-spout fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if
        faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required.



                                             15410-10
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                              Section 15410
Project No.: 04-23                                                           PLUMBING FIXTURES


  O.    Install water-supply flow-control fittings with specified flow rates in fixture supplies at
        stop valves.

  P.    Install faucet flow-control fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts
        if faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if
        required.

  Q.    Install shower flow-control fittings with specified maximum flow rates in shower arms.

  R.    Install traps on fixture outlets.

        1.    Exception: Omit trap on fixtures with integral traps.

        2.    Exception: Omit trap on indirect wastes, unless otherwise indicated.

  S.    Install escutcheons at piping wall ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations
        and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal
        protruding fittings. Escutcheons are specified in Division 15 Section "Escutcheons for
        Plumbing Piping."

  T.    Set service basins in leveling bed of cement grout. Grout is specified in Division 15
        Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods."

  U.    Seal joints between fixtures and walls, floors, and countertops using sanitary-type, one-
        part, mildew-resistant silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Sealants
        are specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."

3.03    CONNECTIONS

  A.    Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings
        indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

  B.    Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and
        vent piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures.

3.04    FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

  A.    Verify that installed plumbing fixtures are categories and types specified for locations
        where installed.

  B.    Check that plumbing fixtures are complete with trim, faucets, fittings, and other
        specified components.

  C.    Inspect installed plumbing fixtures for damage.         Replace damaged fixtures and
        components.

3.05    ADJUSTING

  A.    Operate and adjust faucets and controls.         Replace damaged and malfunctioning
        fixtures, fittings, and controls.


                                            15410-11
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 15410
Project No.: 04-23                                                          PLUMBING FIXTURES


  B.    Operate and adjust controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning units and controls.

  C.    Adjust water pressure at faucets and flushometer valves to produce proper flow and
        stream.

  D.    Replace washers and seals of leaking and dripping faucets and stops.

3.06    CLEANING

  A.    Clean fixtures, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning
        methods and materials. Do the following:

        1.    Remove faucet spouts and strainers, remove sediment and debris, and reinstall
              strainers and spouts.

        2.    Remove sediment and debris from drains.

  B.    After completing installation of exposed, factory-finished fixtures, faucets, and fittings,
        inspect exposed finishes and repair damaged finishes.

3.07    PROTECTION

  A.    Provide protective covering for installed fixtures and fittings.

  B.    Do not allow use of plumbing fixtures for temporary facilities unless approved in writing
        by Owner.

                                    END OF SECTION 15410




                                             15410-12
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 15415
Project No.: 04-23                                  DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLERS



                                         SECTION 15415

                        DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLERS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    This Section includes the following water coolers and related components:

        1.    Pressure water coolers.

        2.    Fixture supports.

1.03    DEFINITIONS

  A.    Accessible Water Cooler: Fixture that can be approached and used by people with
        disabilities.

  B.    Fitting: Device that controls flow of water into or out of fixture.

  C.    Fixture: Drinking fountain or water cooler unless one is specifically indicated.

  D.    Water Cooler: Electrically powered fixture for generating and delivering cooled drinking
        water.

1.04    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For each fixture indicated.             Include rated capacities, furnished
        specialties, and accessories.

  B.    Operation and Maintenance Data: For fixtures to include in emergency, operation, and
        maintenance manuals.

1.05    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
        NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
        and marked for intended use.




                                              15415-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                       Section 15415
Project No.: 04-23                                DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLERS



  B.    Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in ICC A117.1, "Accessible and
        Usable Buildings and Facilities" for fixtures for people with disabilities.

  C.    NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components--Health
        Effects," for fixture materials that will be in contact with potable water.

  D.    ARI Standard: Comply with ARI 1010, "Self-Contained, Mechanically Refrigerated
        Drinking-Water Coolers," for water coolers and with ARI's "Directory of Certified
        Drinking Water Coolers" for type and style classifications.

  E.    ASHRAE Standard: Comply with ASHRAE 34, "Designation and Safety Classification
        of Refrigerants," for water coolers. Provide HFC 134a (tetrafluoroethane) refrigerant,
        unless otherwise indicated.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    PRESSURE WATER COOLERS

  A.    Water Coolers:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:           Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Elkay Manufacturing Co.
              b.    Halsey Taylor.
              c.    Haws Corporation.
              d.    Larco, Inc.
              e.    Oasis Corporation.
              f.    Sunroc Corp.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    EXAMINATION

  A.    Examine roughing-in for water and waste piping systems to verify actual locations of
        piping connections before fixture installation. Verify that sizes and locations of piping
        and types of supports match those indicated.

  B.    Examine walls and floors for suitable conditions where fixtures are to be installed.

  C.    Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02    APPLICATIONS

  A.    Use carrier off-floor supports for wall-mounting fixtures, unless otherwise indicated.




                                            15415-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                       Section 15415
Project No.: 04-23                                DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLERS



  B.    Use mounting frames for recessed water coolers, unless otherwise indicated.

  C.    Use chrome-plated brass or copper tube, fittings, and valves in locations exposed to
        view. Plain copper tube, fittings, and valves may be used in concealed locations.

3.03    INSTALLATION

  A.    Install mounting frames affixed to building construction and attach recessed water
        coolers to mounting frames, unless otherwise indicated.

  B.    Install fixtures level and plumb. For fixtures indicated for children, install at height
        required by authorities having jurisdiction.

  C.    Install water-supply piping with shutoff valve on supply to each fixture to be connected
        to water distribution piping. Use ball, gate, or globe valve. Install valves in locations
        where they can be easily reached for operation. Valves are specified in Division 15
        Section "Valves."

  D.    Install trap and waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be connected to sanitary
        drainage system.

  E.    Install pipe escutcheons at wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations. Use deep-
        pattern escutcheons where required to conceal protruding pipe fittings. Escutcheons
        are specified in Division 15 Section "Escutcheons for Piping."

  F.    Seal joints between fixtures and walls and floors using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew-
        resistant, silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Sealants are specified
        in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."

3.04    CONNECTIONS

  A.    Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings
        indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

  B.    Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and
        vent piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures.

  C.    Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."

  D.    Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."

3.05    ADJUSTING

  A.    Adjust fixture flow regulators for proper flow and stream height.

  B.    Adjust water cooler temperature settings.




                                            15415-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                    Section 15415
Project No.: 04-23                             DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLERS



3.06    CLEANING

  A.    After completing fixture installation, inspect unit. Remove paint splatters and other
        spots, dirt, and debris. Repair damaged finish to match original finish.

  B.    Clean fixtures, on completion of installation, according to manufacturer's written
        instructions.

                                 END OF SECTION 15415




                                          15415-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 15441
Project No.: 04-23                                                  DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS



                                       SECTION 15441

                                 DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    Section Includes:

        1.    In-line, sealless centrifugal pumps.

1.03    DEFINITIONS

  A.    Low Voltage: As defined in NFPA 70 for circuits and equipment operating at less than
        50 V or for remote-control, signaling power-limited circuits.

1.04    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include materials of construction,
        rated capacities, certified performance curves with operating points plotted on curves,
        operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and
        accessories.

  B.    Operation and Maintenance Data: For domestic water pumps to include in operation
        and maintenance manuals.

1.05    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
        NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and
        application.

  B.    UL Compliance: Comply with UL 778 for motor-operated water pumps.

1.06    DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

  A.    Retain shipping flange protective covers and protective coatings during storage.




                                            15441-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 15441
Project No.: 04-23                                                   DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS



  B.    Protect bearings and couplings against damage.

  C.    Comply with pump manufacturer's written rigging instructions for handling.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    IN-LINE, SEALLESS CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS

  A.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
        offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
        the following:

        1.    Armstrong Pumps Inc.

        2.    Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; ITT Corporation.

        3.    Grundfos Pumps Corp.

        4.    TACO Incorporated.

        5.    WILO USA LLC - WILO Canada Inc.

  B.    Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, in-line, close-coupled, canned-motor,
        sealless, overhung-impeller centrifugal pumps.

  C.    Pump Construction:

        1.    Pump and Motor Assembly: Hermetically sealed, replaceable-cartridge type with
              motor and impeller on common shaft and designed for installation with pump and
              motor shaft horizontal.

        2.    Casing: Bronze, with threaded or companion-flange connections.

        3.    Impeller: Plastic.

        4.    Motor: Single speed, unless otherwise indicated.

2.02    MOTORS

  A.    Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and
        efficiency requirements for motors specified in Division 15 Section "Common Motor
        Requirements for Equipment."

        1.    Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven
              load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0.




                                            15441-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 15441
Project No.: 04-23                                                  DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS



        2.    Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Comply with requirements for
              electrical devices and connections specified in Division 16 Sections.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    EXAMINATION

  A.    Examine roughing-in of domestic-water-piping system to verify actual locations of
        connections before pump installation.

3.02    PUMP INSTALLATION

  A.    Comply with HI 1.4.

  B.    Install in-line, sealless centrifugal pumps with shaft horizontal unless otherwise
        indicated.

3.03    CONNECTIONS

  A.    Comply with requirements for piping specified in Division 15 Section "Domestic Water
        Piping." Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

  B.    Install piping adjacent to pumps to allow service and maintenance.

  C.    Connect domestic water piping to pumps. Install suction and discharge piping equal to
        or greater than size of pump nozzles.

        1.    Install flexible connectors adjacent to pumps in suction and discharge piping of
              the following pumps:

              a.    Comply with requirements for flexible connectors specified in Division 15
                    Section "Domestic Water Piping."

        2.    Install shutoff valve and strainer on suction side of each pump, and check,
              shutoff, and throttling valves on discharge side of each pump. Install valves
              same size as connected piping. Comply with requirements for valves specified in
              Division 15 Section "General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping" and comply with
              requirements for strainers specified in Division 15 Section "Domestic Water
              Piping Specialties."

        3.    Install pressure gage at suction of each pump and pressure gage at discharge of
              each pump. Install at integral pressure-gage tappings where provided or install
              pressure-gage connectors in suction and discharge piping around pumps.
              Comply with requirements for pressure gages and snubbers specified in
              Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages for Piping."




                                           15441-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 15441
Project No.: 04-23                                                  DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS



  D.    Comply with Division 16 Sections for electrical connections, and wiring methods.

3.04    IDENTIFICATION

  A.    Comply with requirements for identification specified in Division 15 Section
        "Identification for Piping and Equipment" for identification of pumps.

                                  END OF SECTION 15441




                                           15441-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 15512
Project No.: 04-23                                                        CAST-IRON BOILERS



                                         SECTION 15512

                                    CAST-IRON BOILERS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    This Section includes packaged cast-iron boilers, trim, and accessories for generating
        hot water with the following configurations and burners:

        1.    Factory assembled.

        2.    Oil burner.

1.03    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data:      Include performance data, operating characteristics, furnished
        specialties, and accessories.

  B.    Operation and Maintenance Data: For boilers, components, and accessories to
        include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

  C.    Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.

  D.    Other Informational Submittals:

        1.    Startup service reports.

1.04    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
        NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
        and marked for intended use.

  B.    ASME Compliance: Fabricate and label boilers to comply with ASME Boiler and
        Pressure Vessel Code.

  C.    ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 Compliance: Boilers shall have minimum efficiency according to
        "Gas and Oil Fired Boilers - Minimum Efficiency Requirements."

  D.    DOE Compliance: Minimum efficiency shall comply with 10 CFR 430, Subpart B,
        Appendix N, "Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of
        Furnaces and Boilers."



                                            15512-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 15512
Project No.: 04-23                                                         CAST-IRON BOILERS



  E.    I=B=R Compliance: Boilers shall be tested and rated according to HI's "Rating
        Procedure for Heating Boilers" and "Testing Standard for Commercial Boilers," with
        I=B=R emblem on a nameplate affixed to boiler.

  F.    UL Compliance:         Test boilers for compliance with UL 726, "Oil-Fired Boiler
        Assemblies." Boilers shall be listed and labeled by a testing agency acceptable to
        authorities having jurisdiction.

1.05    COORDINATION

  A.    Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases.
        Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3.

1.06    WARRANTY

  A.    Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to
        repair or replace controls and heat exchangers of boilers that fail in materials or
        workmanship within specified warranty period.

        1.    Warranty Period for Controls: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.

        2.    Warranty Period for Heat Exchangers:           10 years from date of Substantial
              Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    MANUFACTURERS

  A.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
        offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
        the following:

        1.    Burnham Hydronics.

        2.    Crown Boiler Co.

        3.    Hydrotherm, Inc.; a division of Mestek, Inc.

        4.    Lennox Industries Inc.

        5.    Peerless Boilers.

        6.    Slant/Fin Corp.

        7.    Smith Cast Iron Boilers.

        8.    Viessmann Manufacturing Co. (US) Inc.

        9.    Weil-McLain; a United Dominion Company.



                                            15512-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                            Section 15512
Project No.: 04-23                                                         CAST-IRON BOILERS



2.02    BURNER

  A.    Burner: Welded construction with multivane, stainless-steel, flame-retention diffuser
        for fuel oil.

  B.    Blower: Forward-curved centrifugal fan integral to burner, directly driven by motor; with
        adjustable, dual-blade damper assembly and locking quadrant to set air-fuel ratio.

        1.     Motors: Comply with requirements specified in Division 15 Section "Motors."

               a.    Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so
                     driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above
                     1.0.

  C.    Oil Supply: Control devices and control sequence shall comply with requirements in
        ASME CSD-1.

        1.     Oil Pump: Two-stage, gear-type oil pump shall be capable of producing 300-psig
               discharge pressure and 15-inch Hg vacuum.

        2.     Oil Piping Specialties:

               a.    Suction-line, manual, gate valve.
               b.    Removable-mesh oil strainer.
               c.    0- to 30-inch Hg vacuum; 0- to 30-psig vacuum-pressure gage.
               d.    0- to 300-psig oil-nozzle pressure gage.
               e.    Nozzle-line, solenoid-safety-shutoff oil valve.

  D.    Pilot: Intermittent-electric-spark pilot ignition with 100 percent main-valve and pilot-
        safety shutoff.

2.03    TRIM

  A.    Include devices sized to comply with ANSI B31.9, "Building Services Piping."

  B.    Aquastat Controllers: Operating, firing rate, and high limit.

  C.    Safety Relief Valve: ASME rated.

  D.    Pressure and Temperature Gage: Minimum 3-1/2-inch-diameter, combination water-
        pressure and -temperature gage. Gages shall have operating-pressure and -
        temperature ranges so normal operating range is about 50 percent of full range.

  E.    Boiler Air Vent: Automatic.

  F.    Drain Valve: Minimum NPS 3/4 hose-end gate valve.

  G.    Tankless Heater: Carbon-steel header with copper-tube heat exchanger, mounted in
        an upper port of cast-iron sections and sealed with fiber gasket.



                                             15512-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                             Section 15512
Project No.: 04-23                                                          CAST-IRON BOILERS



        1.    Tappings NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1 for
              pipe threads.

        2.    Tappings NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged ends according to ASME B16.5 for
              steel and stainless-steel flanges, and according to ASME B16.24 for copper and
              copper-alloy flanges.

2.04    CONTROLS

  A.    Refer to Division 15 Section "HVAC Instrumentation and Controls."

  B.    Building Automation System Interface: Factory install hardware and software to enable
        building automation system to monitor, control, and display boiler status and alarms.

        1.    Hardwired Points:

              a.    Monitoring: On/off status, common trouble alarm and low water level
                    alarm.
              b.    Control:    On/off operation, hot water supply temperature set-point
                    adjustment.

        2.    A communication interface with building automation system shall enable building
              automation system operator to remotely control and monitor the boiler from an
              operator workstation.     Control features available, and monitoring points
              displayed, locally at boiler control panel shall be available through building
              automation system.

2.05    ELECTRICAL POWER

  A.    Single-Point Field Power Connection: Factory-installed and -wired switches, motor
        controllers, transformers, and other electrical devices necessary shall provide a single-
        point field power connection to boiler.

        1.    House in NEMA 250, Type 1 enclosure.

        2.    Wiring shall be numbered and color-coded to match wiring diagram.

        3.    Install factory wiring outside of an enclosure in a metal raceway.

        4.    Field power interface shall be to fused disconnect switch.

        5.    Provide branch power circuit to each motor and to controls with disconnect
              switch or circuit breaker.

        6.    Provide each motor with overcurrent protection.




                                            15512-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                               Section 15512
Project No.: 04-23                                                            CAST-IRON BOILERS



PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    EXAMINATION

  A.    Before boiler installation, examine roughing-in for concrete equipment bases, anchor-
        bolt sizes and locations, and piping and electrical connections to verify actual locations,
        sizes, and other conditions affecting boiler performance, maintenance, and operations.

        1.    Final boiler locations indicated on Drawings are approximate. Determine exact
              locations before roughing-in for piping and electrical connections.

  B.    Examine mechanical spaces for suitable conditions where boilers will be installed.

  C.    Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02    BOILER INSTALLATION

  A.    Install boilers level on concrete base. Concrete base is specified in Division 15 Section
        "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods," and concrete materials and installation
        requirements are specified in Division 3.

  B.    Vibration isolation devices and installation requirements are specified in Division 15
        Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls."

  C.    Install oil-fired boilers according to NFPA 31.

  D.    Assemble and install boiler trim.

  E.    Install electrical devices furnished with boiler but not specified to be factory mounted.

  F.    Install control wiring to field-mounted electrical devices.

3.03    CONNECTIONS

  A.    Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings
        indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

  B.    Install piping adjacent to boiler to allow service and maintenance.

  C.    Connect oil piping full size to burner inlet with shutoff valve and union.

  D.    Connect hot-water piping to supply- and return-boiler tappings with shutoff valve and
        union or flange at each connection.

  E.    Install piping from safety relief valves to nearest floor drain.

  F.    Install piping from equipment drain connection to nearest floor drain. Piping shall be at
        least full size of connection. Provide an isolation valve if required.




                                              15512-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                         Section 15512
Project No.: 04-23                                                      CAST-IRON BOILERS



  G.    Connect breeching full size to boiler outlet. Comply with requirements in Division 15
        Section "Breechings, Chimneys, and Stacks" for venting materials.

  H.    Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."

  I.    Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."

3.04    DEMONSTRATION

  A.    Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain boilers. Refer
        to Division 1 Section "Demonstration and Training."

                                 END OF SECTION 15512




                                          15512-6
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 15671
Project No.: 04-23                                                         CONDENSING UNITS


                                         SECTION 15671

                                      CONDENSING UNITS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01    RELATED DOCUMENTS

  A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
        Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02    SUMMARY

  A.    This Section includes air-cooled condensing units.

1.03    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data:       For each condensing unit, include rated capacities, operating
        characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories. Include equipment dimensions,
        weights and structural loads, required clearances, method of field assembly,
        components, and location and size of each field connection.

  B.    Field quality-control test reports.

  C.    Operation and Maintenance Data: For condensing units to include in emergency,
        operation, and maintenance manuals.

  D.    Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.

1.04    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of
        condensing units and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 1
        Section "Product Requirements."

  B.    Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
        NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
        and marked for intended use.

  C.    Fabricate and label refrigeration system according to ASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for
        Mechanical Refrigeration."

  D.    ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004    Compliance:           Applicable      requirements      in
        ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004, Section 6 - "Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning."

1.05    COORDINATION

  A.    Coordinate location of piping and electrical rough-ins.

1.06    WARRANTY


                                              15671-1
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                          Section 15671
Project No.: 04-23                                                        CONDENSING UNITS


  A.    Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to
        repair or replace components of condensing units that fail in materials or workmanship
        within specified warranty period.

        1.    Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

              a.    Compressor failure.
              b.    Condenser coil leak.

        2.    Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01    MANUFACTURERS

  A.    In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements
        apply to product selection:

        1.    Available Manufacturers:         Subject to compliance with requirements,
              manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
              but are not limited to, manufacturers specified.

2.02    CONDENSING UNITS, AIR COOLED, 6 TO 120 TONS

  A.    Manufacturers:

        1.    Carrier Corporation; Carrier Air Conditioning Div.

        2.    Continental Products.

        3.    Engineered Air.

        4.    Lennox Industries Inc.

        5.    McQuay International.

        6.    Rheem Manufacturing Air Conditioning Div.

        7.    Trane Co. (The); Worldwide Applied Systems Group.

        8.    York International Corp.

  B.    Description:  Factory assembled and tested, air cooled; consisting of casing,
        compressors, condenser coils, condenser fans and motors, and unit controls.

  C.    Compressor: Hermetic or semihermetic compressor designed for service with
        crankcase sight glass, crankcase heater, and backseating service access valves on
        suction and discharge ports.

        1.    Capacity Control: Hot-gas bypass.


                                             15671-2
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                                  Section 15671
Project No.: 04-23                                                                CONDENSING UNITS


  D.    Condenser Coil: Seamless copper-tube, aluminum-fin coil, including subcooling circuit
        and backseating liquid-line service access valve. Factory pressure test coils, then
        dehydrate by drawing a vacuum and fill with a holding charge of nitrogen or refrigerant.

  E.    Condenser Fans: Propeller-type vertical discharge; either directly or belt driven.
        Include the following:

        1.    Permanently lubricated ball-bearing motors.

        2.    Separate motor for each fan.

        3.    Dynamically and statically balanced fan assemblies.

  F.    Operating and safety controls include the following:

        1.    Manual-reset, high-pressure cutout switches.

        2.    Automatic-reset, low-pressure cutout switches.

        3.    Low oil pressure cutout switch.

        4.    Compressor-winding thermostat cutout switch.

        5.    Three-leg, compressor-overload protection.

        6.    Control transformer.

        7.    Magnetic contactors for compressor and condenser fan motors.

        8.    Timer to prevent excessive compressor cycling.

  G.    Accessories:

        1.    Hot-gas bypass kit.

  H.    Unit Casings: Designed for outdoor installation with weather protection for components
        and controls and with removable panels for required access to compressors, controls,
        condenser fans, motors, and drives. Additional features include the following:

        1.    Steel, galvanized or zinc coated, for exposed casing surfaces; treated and
              finished with manufacturer's standard paint coating.

        2.    Perimeter base rail with forklift slots and lifting holes to facilitate rigging.

        3.    Gasketed control panel door.

        4.    Nonfused disconnect switch, factory mounted and wired, for single external
              electrical power connection.

        5.    Condenser coil grille to protect coil from physical damage.


                                               15671-3
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                           Section 15671
Project No.: 04-23                                                         CONDENSING UNITS


2.03    MOTORS

  A.    General requirements for motors are specified in Division 15 Section "Motors."

        1.    Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven
              load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0.

        2.    Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Electrical devices and connections
              are specified in Division 16 Sections.

2.04    SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

  A.    Verification of Performance:     Rate condensing units according to ARI 210/240,
        ARI 340/360, or ARI 365.

        1.    Energy Efficiency: Equal to or greater than prescribed by ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-
              2004, "Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings except Low-Rise Residential
              Buildings."

  B.    Testing Requirements: Factory test sound-power-level ratings according to ARI 270.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01    EXAMINATION

  A.    Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
        requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of
        condensing units.

  B.    Examine roughing-in for refrigerant piping systems to verify actual locations of piping
        connections before equipment installation.

  C.    Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where condensing units will be
        installed.

  D.    Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02    INSTALLATION

  A.    Install units level and plumb, firmly anchored in locations indicated; maintain
        manufacturer's recommended clearances.

  B.    Vibration Isolation: Vibration isolation devices and installation requirements are
        specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls."

  C.    Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances for service and maintenance.

  D.    Loose Components: Install electrical components, devices, and accessories that are
        not factory mounted.



                                            15671-4
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                              Section 15671
Project No.: 04-23                                                            CONDENSING UNITS


3.03    CONNECTIONS

  A.    Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings
        indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

  B.    Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance.

  C.    Connect refrigerant piping to air-cooled condensing units; maintain required access to
        unit. Install furnished field-mounted accessories. Refrigerant piping and specialties
        are specified in Division 15 Section "Refrigerant Piping."

3.04    FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

  A.    Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:

        1.    Perform electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection.

        2.    Leak Test: After installation, charge systems with refrigerant and oil and test for
              leaks. Repair leaks, replace lost refrigerant and oil, and retest until no leaks
              exist.

        3.    Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to
              confirm proper operation, product capability, and compliance with requirements.

        4.    Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning
              controls and equipment.

        5.    Verify proper airflow over coils.

  B.    Verify that vibration isolation and flexible connections properly dampen vibration
        transmission to structure.

  C.    Remove and replace malfunctioning condensing units and retest as specified above.

3.05    DEMONSTRATION

  A.    Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain condensing
        units.

                                   END OF SECTION 15671




                                             15671-5
City of Kodiak
Kodiak Police Station                                                   Section 15725
Project No.: 04-23                MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS


                                          SECTION 15725

              MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01    SUMMARY

  A.    Section Includes:

        1.    Constant-air-volume, single-zone air-handling units.

1.02    PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

1.03    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Product Data: For each air-handling unit indicated.

        1.    Unit dimens